8 9 and ten fathom deep Bâ—twixt Keeshoeck and Schuytesand or betwixt the beakons of Claesoomen the point of the water lyeth a little narrow plate alongst the reach allmost in the middest of the fareway nearest to the west shoare where upon it is not deeper then four fathom or 3 fathom and an hâ—lfe when men turne to windewards they are over it with 2 or 3 casts of the lead Westwards from the buy upon Keeshoeck lyeth the Old-Flye Old-Flye it lyeth in first s s.w and then forth to the buy upon the Nesse in the Tessel stream The after floud with the fore ebb fall in verie strong into this channel In sailing upwards you might sail within it in 4 fathom The marks of it are the steeple of Franiker right to the southwards of the steeple of Harlingen From thence outwards off unto Schieringshals the w. shoare is verie steep in eight fathom you shall be close by the shoare The fareway betwixt these buyes and thwart of the buye upon the Ellbowâ— is tenne and eleven fathom deep From Keeshoeck to Wolfshoeck Wolfshoeck the course is first northwest and northwest and by north unto the buye betwixt them both by some called the Schor tun and by the Pilots the buy upon the Ellbowe Schor tun or the buy upon the Ellbow and from thence to the buy upon Wolfshoeck north or somewhat more easterly which lieth in four fathom on the east shoare From the buy upon Wolfshoeck unto the buy unto Schieringshals Schâ—eringshals the course is northnorthwest north w. and by north according as the winde and tyde shall be To the northwards or to the eastwards of the buy upon Wolfshoecke goeth up a broade bight southeast farre into the groundes so deep as the right farewaie called the Inschot The Inschot comming in you might saile within in seven fathom the forefloud falleth from Schieringshals verie strong into it and the fore ebbe to the contrarie very strong out of it upon the taile of Schieringshals where by maine ships are miscarried Schieringshals is a tail of sand which shooteth off from the west shoare upon it lyeth a white buye in three or four fathom comming in from without men might saile within it in sixe fathom the right deepe betwixt Wolfshoeck and Schieringshals is nine fathom From Schieringshals to Longsand Longsand the course is northwest and northwest and by north betwixt them both on the w. shoare it is shallow water and the best roade of al the Flye streame there goeth also little tyde The right deepe is eight nine and ten fathom Longsand men might sail within it on the east shoare in sayling up but if they keep themselves in 7 or 8 fathom they shall not come too neare neither of Longesand nor Schieringshals When the eastermost house upon Grindt commeth a little to the northwards of the westermost then you have even the length of the buye upon Longsand From Longsand to the Sloot the course is forth northnorth w. the right deep is tenne fathome Moncksloot or men runne alongst by the beakons upon Crakesand untill they come into the Sloot The Island Flyeland is three leagues long and a land very easy to be known upon the east end lye high white sand-hilles and to the westwards it is a land ful of short low hommocks or knobbs Upon the west end standeth a Church with a mill to the eastwards of it From the w. end shooteth off a riffe a good waies into sea To the westwards of this riffe betwixt Flyeland and the Eyerland goeth in a deep called the Westergat or Westfiel deepe which is not for great ships but onely for Fisher boates there is not above 8 or 10 foote water Upon the east end standeth a mill with a Cape the which are markes for to avoyd the grounds which lye before the Flye The east end of Flyeland and the west end off Tessel lye eight leagues asunder Eastwards from Vlieland lyeth der Schelling der Schelling and is about three leagues long Upon it stand two Churches and upon the west end thereof it hath an high stubbed tower called Brandaâ—ies and by it standeth a Mill about the middle of the land standeth a sharpe steeple called Midlands East thereof standeth another Spire steeple called the Hoorn betweene Midland and the Hoorn standeth a mill On the east end there lye little hills or downes Upon the west end standeth a Light-house upon which there is fire at night and two Capes the biggest serveth as a Mark of the easterne Booms channell and the least for the westerne Booms-channel Stortemelck To sayle into Stortemelck that is the Landdeep of Vlieland bring the Cape that is on the east end of Vlieland and the Lighthouse together they shall then stand from you southsoutheast or a little easterly sayle there upon and you shall fall right upon the first buy that lyeth in five fathom on the outermost of the long Banke the Banke is on the northside reasonable plaine so that those who come out of the north may run thereby upon the lead in five or six fathom and so likewise find the outermost Buy If neede require men may run over the end of the long banke but nâ—â— too farr eastwards of the outermost buy in three â—â—â—â—om or eighteen foot towards the shoare though not eastwards of the second Buy but a good way westwards lyeth right southwards the point of another small tayle whereupon neere the buy is no more then eleven foote water betweene this tayle and the long banke runneth a Chopp in the ground to the eastwards off five fathome deepe It happeneth sometimes that shippes comming over the end of the Long bancke and finding againe deeper water doe thinke themselves to bee in the right depth of Stortemelck where upon they luffe but runne in the foresayd Chopp in betwixt the two foresayd tayles and if with a westerly wind not without greate danger and yet must run out againe backwards Comming out of the west alongst by Vlieland in foure or five fathom you shall not misse to run the foresayd outermost buy in sight Hee that in the night falleth about Stortemelek let him bring the light-house southsoutheast from him and run there upon till hee come neerer the shoare hee shall run to the westwards of the outermost buy within Stortemelck there lye 7 blacke buyes with one white buy sayling in leave all the blacke on the larboard and run alongst the southwards leave the white on the starboard even as al other white buyes as well in Booms channell the letting as upon the Vliestream In comming from Stortemelck you must somewhat shun the shoar for it hath a shoale right over against the first buy The second Buy called the outtermost Drooge drie lyeth on eleven foote upon the ridge or the shoalest of the channell south thereof is alsoo not more then 11 foot water and a little further againe 16 foote deepe The third is called
All the depths here before rehearsed as well of Stortemelck as of the Boomkens-gat are sayd of the lowest water at halfe flood is three foot deeper it floweth upon these at the foresayd places with a common tyde 5 and an half or 6 foot up and downe The numbers of the depths set downe in the carde of the Flye and Ameland-gat are to be understood of feet as for example by the outer buy of the Boomkens gat stand 66 that are 66 foot or eleven fathom sixe foote being reckoned for a fathome Ameland-gat Two leagues to the eastwardes of the Schelling lyeth Ameland lying eastnortheast and westsouthwest foure great leagues Upon the west end of Ameland standeth a Cape and a great thick flat steeple called the Hoelme the roofe of this Church is broken off but the after front with the roofe standeth above the side walls to the eastwards of the Church of Hoelm standeth a mill with a house to the westwards of the mill alsoo a broad flat tower About the place where Midlan-church was wont to stand lye three or foure white sandhilles which are low flat long towards the east end it is knobbie land with white amongst it From the west end of Ameland runneth off a riff almost three leagues into sea called Born-rif Born-riffe which is upon the outer side verâ—e steep come no nearer it then in 12 fathom comming from the eastwards you cannot saile within it but in sailing alongst by it in seven fathom you shall not run a bowles cast along without it For to saile into Ameland-gat comming out of the sea bring the cape upon the east end of the Schelling right over the steeple of Horne which shall then stand from you southsouthwest or a little more westerly saile in right with them untill that the Cape upon Ameland and the steeple of Hoelme are one over the other then leave the first markes and saile in upon the second and you shall finde the outermost buye which lyeth somewhat within the outermost point of Born-riff Comming from the westwards run alongst by the strand of the Schelling in five or five fathom and an halfe at low water and you shall not fail to saile right upon the outermost buye then the C. steeple upon Ameland shall also come one over the other and stand from you east or a little more southerly Comming alongst by the Schelling in four fathome you shall not saile within the Koggedeeps ground Kog deep gâ—ounds over against then lyeth the first buye on the south side of Bornerif run alongst to the southwards of it keeping the Cape and steeple one over the other untill you be past the second buye which lyeth thwart of the west end of Kamper sand Kâ—mpersand the farewaye betwixt these two buyes is five and sixe fathome deep Being past the second buye bring the steeple somewhat to the northwards of the Cape and goe on east n.e. towardes the third buye upon Gerritshonden Gerritshonden for to avoide the plate which lyeth off from the south side towardes Bornriff on it lye two white buyes the first over against the a foresaid third black buye the other over against the fourth black buye lying from the third about southeast leave the black buyes all on the larboard side and the white on the starboard side and run through so betwixt them both the plate is on the north side â—â—different flat so that you may run to it upon the lead reckon wel your tydes especially be carefull of a fore-ebbe which falleth very strong over that channell northnorthwest into sea over Bornriffe Betwixt the second and third buye in the fareway it is eight and nine fathom Betwixt the third and the foresayd plate seven fathom Being past the fourth buye both sides are very steepe the fareway eight nine ten and twelve fathom deepe goe then in southsoutheast untill that the steeple of Holm come over the south point of Ameland where the boats lye and then you come in the bight where it is on the s side flat and good anchoring in 5 or 6 fathom the north shoare is very steepe For to saile further into Horsen go away from the bight eastnortheast alongst by the south side in five or six fathom so long untill Heynooms chamber being a red tyled house come a handspikes length to the northwards or to the eastwards of Hoelm-church anchor there in five or six fathom you shall lye there in good ground sheltred for all winds also there goeth little tyde in this fareway it is twelve fathom deepe the north shoare is there very steep These foresayd depths like as also those of the Flye are sayd of low water Of the tides At Amsterdam a northeast and s w moone maketh the highest water At Horne Enckhuysen and at Urck a north south moone Betwixt Cripple-sand and the Creyl a n. by w. s and by e. moone Upon the Frieze and Wieringer flat a n.w. and s e moone In the Flye Amelandgat a southeast n.w. moon maketh high water before the Flye the flood falleth to the eastwards thwart over the grounds almost untill halfe flood before it setteth into Boomkens gat Likewise the Ebbe to the contrary falleth to the westwards thwart over the grounds almost untill half Ebbe before it setteth right out at the channell The afterflood turneth about with the fore ebbe and fall alongst Flyeland out at Stortemelck but the foreflood runneth right into Stortemelck Of the depths about these places and in what depths men may see the land The Islands Flyeland the Schelling and Tessel men may see in 15 and 16 fathom Thwart of the Schelling the ground is white sand The steep grounds or Petersand and Born-riffe are very steepe on the off side close by them it is 12 or 13 fathom deepe Ameland men may see in 12 fathom the depth of 13 and 14 fathom runneth farr off to seawards so that men cannot see it in 15 fathom Courses and Distances From the Flye to the Naes n. by e. a little easterly about 85 leagues From the Flye unto the Riffe in 16 fathom n. and by e. 66 or 67 leagues From Flye to Boevenbergen the course is n.n.e. or a little more easterly about 69 leagues From the Flye to Rinkopper or Numer-deep n.n.e. or a little more easterly about 58 leagues From the Flye to the Island Silt on the coast of Iutland the course is northeast 46 leagues From Born-riffe to the Naes the course is north or a little more easterly 82 leagues From Born-riffe to Holy Land northeast and by east 30 leagues From Born-riffe to Wrangher-oogh eastnortheast 27 leagues From Born-riffe to the Wester-Eems 12 leagues Peter-sand or the steepe grounds Born-riffe lye n.e. and by e. and south-southwest and by west foure leagues asunder From the Flye to the n.e. end of the Broad fourteens the course is w.n.w. 8 leagues From the Flye to Tinmouth or Newcastle westnorthwest 88
leagues From the Flye to Hitland the course is n.w. by north somewhat northerly 156 leagues From the Flye to Fairehill northwest by north about 151 leagues From the Flye to Scuytenes the course is north by w. somewhat northerly 106 leagues How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the Schelling when you saile alongst by it about two leagues from the Land Thus sheweth Flyeland when you are two leagues thwart off from it Ameland sheweth it selfe thus when you are two leagues thwart off from it The second Demonstration Where in The Scholbalgh Lauwers both the Eemses the Weser the Elve the Eyder and other channels of the Sea betweene them SChiermonck-oogh Schiermonck-oogh lyeth from the east end of Ameland east somewhat northerly 3 leagues it is a little low plaine Island about 2 leagues long there standeth no speciall thing upon it to bee knowne but upon the west end two capes with a white sand-hill otherwise it is all with lowe blackish sand-hils or hommocks but higher then upon the east end and mingled with white the east end is a long flat strand with little low rough sand-hills When you bring the two capes upon the west end one in the other and runne so in you shall finde the outermost buye which lyeth without the channell at sea in 7 fathom or there abouts Sometimes there lye two and sometimes three buyes in the channell which you must leave on the starboardside and runne alongst to the eastwards of them being come within the channell you shall find also beacons on the w. shoare which you must follow all along untill you come to Ostmerhorn where you may anchor The lying in and depths of that channell do alter and shift oftentimes and sometimes much within a short time so that there is no certaintie to be written off it where unto men might trust Foure leagues to the eastwards of Schiermonckoogh lyeth the Island Rottum Rottum and betwixt them the little Island the Bosch A few yeares past through setting off spyrie grasse or heath there was grown two or three handsome sand-hils but are now againe altogether blowne away and altered into a plaine flat strande which the sea at high flouds doth altogether runne over Betwixt these Islands the Bosch Schiermonckoogh was wont to goe in a channell of indifferent depth called the Lawers which is now most cast too by the foresayd strand of the Bosch which is grown in all alongst unto the oogh so that there is no more remaining then a narrow shoale creek To the eastwards of the Bosch goeth in the Schille also an altering uncertain channell which is sometimes deepe and sometimes againe shoale and the channell shifteth too and againe so that there is no certaintie to be written of it whereunto men might trust The Island Rottum is a little Island about a league half long and very easy to be knowne the west end is high and steep the rest is low land with some little sand-hills Upon the east end stand two capes the greatest or the runner standeth upon the e. end upon the flat strand the smallest on the south side of the sand-hill There stand also two houses upon it the one upon the west end the other in the middst of the Island in a valley Borckum Borckum is also an Island easy to be knowne two great leagues long it ariseth commonly when you come in out of the sea in three parts as if it were three Islands when you come from the westwards it sheweth it self in foure parts for with high flouds the water runneth through in 3 places The Wor. Counsell of Embden hath caused to be set upon the west end a high thick steeple which men may see far off at sea on the west side of that steeple standeth a little low church From the west end of Borckum shooteth off a riffe a great wayes into sea called Burckum riffe To the southwards of it to witt betwixt Borckum Rottum goeth in the wester-Eems which is the verie best channell that lyeth in all this coast The Old or westerne Eems Bring the Capes upon Rottum together and they shall then stand southeast and somewhat more easterly if you come out of the sea sayle resolutely upon them then shall you find the outermost Buy then shall you have the Tower of Borckum e. and more southerly from you the west end of Rottum southeast by south lyes upon the tayle of Geltsacks plate Geltsacks-plate there is a white buy with a little flagge lyeth upon 6 fathom with low water and is marked in the Card with the letter a. From the first to the second the course is southeast by south is marked with letter b and is the first black buy upon 7 fathom on the south shoare let this buy in your sayling in lye on your starboard and the white on your larboard then have you from this foresayd black buy the tower upon Borckum east the Capes upon Rottum southeast by e. from you from the first black buy to the second third and fourth buy marked with the letters c d e your course is east and by south Comming from the w. neere the Lauwers or Bossandt keepe the stroake of the shoare upon 5 fathom till you are past it sayle then freely eastwards on so shall you run within through Geltsack plate in five foure and three fathom afterwards on eight fathom and soo come by the fourth blacke buy which lyeth in foure fathom Pascaarte vande EEMSEN Al 's de oude ofte wester Eems en de ooster Eems Pascaarte van't VLIE Al 's mede een gedeelt van't Amelander gat PascaerteVande EEMS ELVE Weser Eyder en de Hever al 's mede hoe die selvighe gaten van Heylighe landt gelegen syn The Borckummer riffe Borckummer riffe commeth on from without and is flatt on the end when as the Capes upon Rottum stand southeast off then come you over the riffe and shall come upon the tayle of the riff with low water with lesse then 7 dutch ells depth of water for it is flatte and broad on the inner side it is very high and steep and shootes with a brest inwards but you may cast your lead well upon it From the fourth buy till within the bending of Rottum the course is eastsoutheast is marked with f and lyeth upon 7 fathom from this to the buy upon the high plate and is the sixth buy marked with g and lyeth upon 7 fathom as also to the Huyberts buy h the course is east and by south when the Cape upon the south-side and the tower come together they stand southsouthwest from one another so are you even with the outtermost Huyberts buy goe then eastsoutheast on to the innermost Huyberts buy marked with i which lyeth also even as the first Huyberts buy in 6 fathom upon the west side of these buyes you have Huyberts plate which is now devided from
Huyberts sand and you may under sayle it with low water and is in the fareway 12 13 and 14 fathom deepe from the innermost Huyberts buy marked with i to the buy before the watt called Steven Ianss buy Steven Ianâ—s buy marked with k the course is southeast and lyeth on 8 fathom k comming alongst by the buy on Huyberts plate you must leave Borckum a little that so you may shun the Mieuwen tayle Mieuwen tayle which shooteth from off the wolds or the south end of Borckum this you may under sayle upon 5 fathom when you come inwards Westwards from Steven Ianss buy stand 5 beakons a little to the southwards there goeth the watt 〈◊〉 north and by east almost as farr from Steven Ianss buy as the innermost Huyberts buy lyeth from Steven Ianss buy there shooteth out also an out corner or riffe called Ransel Ransel but you may under sayle it upon 5 fathom the marks of this channell and how to shun the tayle or Ransel are these upon the south end of Borckum lye two little downes called the Wolden keepe the tower of Borckum on the west side of those little downes so shall you not sayle upon the Ransel in this channell it is deep nine and eight fathom From Steven Ianss buy to Doecke buy l the course is eastsoutheast there find you southwards from this buy a beakon m called Ruytebaken Ruyte baken this buy lyeth upon 5 fathom and in the fareway you have 7 fathom deep the flood falleth very strong behind this buy into Doecke-gat whereof you must beware from the buy with the Doeck to the Camper buy the course is eastsoutheast marked with n from thence to the buy of Eemshorn marked with o the course is southeast lye both upon 5 fathom in the midst of the farewater it is 7 fathom deep Marks of the buy of Eemshorn the Marks of the Eemshorn buy are these when the Cloyster of the Dam being a flat Church commeth together with Holdwijck then have you the length of the buy these marks stand then about south and by west from you stretching out from the buy of Eemshorn you shall find on the south shoare five beakons sayle about that from thence to the Groningerdike southsouthwest till you get the Church of Wtwyrde the Cloyster of the Dam together run betwixt to the shoare of Delftsayl for being past the buy of the Doecke then you must presently sound the west shoare as far as Otterdum in 5 6 and 7 fathom and come not neerer them for it very steepe the east coast in sayling up you may hereabout sound upon six fathom behind a plate called the Hondt being a hard sand and somewhat more inward lyeth yet another plate called the Pape also an hard sand runneth through betweene both the creekes but the west shoare is soft clay ground as farre as Otterdum you must keepe the west shoare and follow the beakons which stand alongst the shoare this reach stretches southsoutheast and south and by west and so in the bending alongst southsoutheast and by the Groninger land southeast For to avoyd Reydersand or Iannens sand Reyder that is a plate in the middest of the Eems betwixt Otterdum and Reyde where upon at low water it is ten foote you must looke out for Otterdum a slat church without a steeple standing in Groningerland on the dyke when you come thwart of it edge over to Embderland to wit to the Knock which is a steeple broken of standing in the water upon the poynt Comming by the Knock then runne within two cables length along by the north shoare unto Loegerhorn and then you shall not sail too near the plate There standeth a flat steeple betwixt the Knock Loegerhorne called Gerritswaert when you can see through that steeple or when that steeple the church come one to the other then are you thwart of that foresaid plate When you sayl up the Western Eems you must leave all the buyes on the starboard side A southeast and northwest moon maketh without the Eems the highest water In the Balgh a southsoutheast and northnorthwest moone Before the towne of Embden a south or south by west and a north or north and by east moone The Island Iuyst Island Iuyst lyeth a great league or a league a half eastnortheast from Borckum which is a little low Island the west end is a high steep poynt gray land the east end is higher then the middest The church standeth in the midst upon the land the steeple is somewhat sharpe and standeth at the east end of the church for you cannot see the church but thwart of a low place or valley Betwixt Borckum Iuyst goeth in the eastern Eems From the west end of Iuyst lyeth off a riffe two leagues or 2 leagues a half west into sea on the off side you may sound it in 3 or 4 fathom to the southwards of it goeth in the eastern Eems The easterne Eems Run upon the grounds of Borckum in 5 fathom and set the tower of Borckum with the New Cape which is of late there made then will they stand south from you or if you come from the west then keepe the tower upon Iuyst east and east and by north from you so shall you find the first or outtermost buy in 5 fathom from the outtermost to the second the course is east and by north from the second to the third eastsoutheast they lye all in 5 fathom in the fareway it is five six eight and ten fathom deep The end of the Iuyster riff betweene the outtermost and the second buy is upon the innermost side so extraordinary steep and rising up that you cannot sound upon it but more inwards from the second buy it is slatter there is good sounding ground the third buy lyeth upon the poynt of Brewers plate Brewers plate on the east side of Borckum which you may under sayle the tayle is on the north side very steepe from the third buy sayle yet eastsoutheast on till you come even with the beacon upon the Hooge-Horn there is a good roade upon five six or 7 fathom and good lying for a south wind then with a flood you must goe on east somewhat more northerly that you may so shun the poynt of the foresayd Brewers plate the Iuyster riff is inwards from the second buy flatt so that you may sound in 5 or 6 fathom when you are a little eastwards the third buy goe then southeast on the eastern Eems is thereabouts wide and broad The east end of Borckum is flatt then you must not forget to sound when you sayle out or in with a ship that draweth much water and if it bee with a southeast course then come you upon the Conings plate Conings plate upon the poynt or tayle of which lyeth a buy and upon the plate a Beakon this buy and Beakon you must bring on your starboard To
or 12 fathom soft ground Easter Til. then that is certainly of the Broadbalgh or Wester Till take then the sounding of which side that you will and sound it about by the grounds in 4 or 5 fathom and you shall find amongst the sands smooth water and good roade and may lye sheltered for all winds The wester Till lyeth in first eastsoutheast alongst by the north shoare it is deepest on the south shoare you cannot sail within any tailes in sailing out but you may in sayling in when you come somwhat further in lyeth up more to the southwards there are divers Balgs or channells where men may saile through that are acquainted The Easter Till or Broadbalgh lyeth betwixt the Wester Till Wester Til. the Hondtbalgh which runneth in seven fathom into the eastermost point or the old Schorhorn that is a taile which lyeth off a good wayes and which you might at unawares sail within in seven fathom comming from the westward This Till lyeth in also like as the other first eastsoutheast but a little further in more easterly Here also you may take the sounding of which side or shoare that you will Being com within you shall get smooth water of the sands for all winds In this channell is not lesse then 7 fathom water The Hondtbalgh Hondtbalgh lyeth right into the westwards of the Steep-buye or Schorhorn If you will goe in there with small shipps for to saile over the Wadt into the Weser then goe when you have the Steepe buye in southsoutheast The Hondtbalgh is without indifferent wide keepe that course untill you come thwart of the beakons which you must leave on the starboard side you may well sound in about the off-side of the Schor-horne but not the west side by it lye plates which you might saile foule of in 9 fathom in comming in but on the Schor-horne you cannot doe amisse Holy land The Island Holyland and the outermost buye in the Weser lye one from the other south somewhat westerly and north somewhat easterly When it is cleare and good sight you may see Holy land when you lye in the Weser by the buye upon the head Holyland and Bornrisse lye one from the other southwest and by west and northeast and by east according to the common opinion two and thirty leagues When you come from the westwards and begin to get Holy-land in sight it sheweth it selfe with a high reddish steep point which is slat above For to anchor or make roade under Holy land comming from the westwards then runne to that land in tenne or twelve fathom When you saile towards the south point and come somewhat near the land you shall espie a rock like unto a small tower close by the high land called the Monck Monck which is almost so high as the high land About southsoutheast an English mile or a little more from that rock under water Rock under water If you keepe your self in eight and nine fathom then you run without this rock and cannot take any hurt of it When the Monck is covered of the other land then you are thwart of this suncken rock When the soresayd Monck commeth a handspikes length past or without the other land there is the road good anchoring in ten or eleven fathom the ground is there faire and cleane except it be of wracks of lost shipps or lost anchors which are there may Lying there in nine tenne or eleven fathom you have shelter for a westfouthwest northwest and north windes From the point where the Monck standeth by shooteth off a little riffe from the shoare which men may sound in 3 fathom you may also runne in 5 fathom from the shoare and saile cleare of the foresayd suncken rock to wit through betwixt the suncken Rock and the little riffe but if you runne into deeper water to wit in 7 fathom you shall runne right upon the suncken Rock In 8 or 9 fathom you doe runne about without the suncken Rock From the north side of holy-Holy-land lyeth off a filthy Riffe almost a league into sea so that you cannot come nearer the whole north side then in nine or tenne fathom If you will goe about to the northwards of Holy land being come so farre that the east end of Holy land come to be south and south and by east from you sayle then freely unto the Scholvers point Scholvers poynt that is a flatt point which you may sound in five six and seven fathom If so be that you will runne in eight fathom off from it you shall runne above two great leagues from the shoare The right fareway bewixt the Hever and Holy-land is not more then nine or tenne fathom deepe When you come about the point to the roade and that Scholvers point lye northeast and the Rock southwest from you there is good lying in five fathom Scholvers point is the point where the South Haven South-haven lyeth within which lyeth from the high land about east into sea From the outermost end of Scholvers poynt lyeth a banck of three fathom unto the poynt where the Monck alsoo standeth within it is very good lying for ships of little draught that is called the south Haven of Holyland A southsouthwest and northnortheast moone maketh there the highest water Of the Elve The Roade of Holy land and the outermost buye of the Elve called the Schortunne or the Steep-buye lye right southeast and by east and northwest and by west 8 leagues asunder which lyeth right to the northwards of the Schor-horn that is the outermost poynt of the New-workes ground on the south side of the Elve the right deepe of the Elve runneth in alongst to the northwardes of it On the north side of the Elve lye the north ground which lye somewhat flat far off to seawardes upon the northwest side The south end of the north-grounds Mirdle of Vogelsand called Voghelsand runneth from the foresayd buye a good wayes west and by north into sea with a narrow tayle of perfect hard sand about a halfe league broad which waxeth by little and little the farther from the shoare the deeper Three leagues from the foresaide buye there is upon it eleven fathom water when you saile on north from the steep-buye you runne over it in three fathom or three fathom and a halfe but it doth soone deepe againe in five seven eight tenne fathom soft ground that is in the creeke of the North Elve North-Elve To the southwardes of that a foresayd Voghelsand in the right fareway of the Elve for him that commeth from the westwardes it is also somewhat soft ground and fourteene and thirteene fathom deepe to the southwardes of it towards the souther or Steepe grounds the ground is againe very hard and the grounds very steep you may not come nearer them especialy by night or darke weather then in eleven or twelve fathom if you come nearer to them you might sayle foule of
then about by them northwest or somewhat more westerly up unto the Eyder or else you may runne further alongst by the foresayd south shoare untill you come about the beakon upon Hoedmeersand and then forth betwixt the Island Bulheads and Buysen alongst by the Beakons upon Hoedmeersand with many poynts and bights on to the southwards and come out at last upon the Old Elve about northeast from the New-work against the New-grounds which is not well to bee sayled but of those that are there very well acquainted Alongst by the North shoare of the Eyder close to the southwards of the little sand-hills the southerheads runneth in yet a Land-deepe east and east and by north in commeth out againe upon the Eyder by the Hulck that serveth but onely for small ships there remaineth at low water but five foot Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Before the Scholbalgh the Lauwers and the Schille before the Western-Eems a southeast and northwest Moone maketh high water Before Embden and Delszyle a north or north by east and a south or south and by west Moone In the Eastern-Eems Burckumbalgh a southsoutheast and northnorthwest Moone Before the Channells betwixt the Eastern-Eems the Weser a south south by east a north north by west Moone In the fareway betwixt the Flye the Elve the foreflood commeth out of the north sea turneth about by little and little with the sunne falling the halfe tyde eastnortheast alongst the shoare the ebbe westsouthwest Before the Weser and Elve and alsoo in the Eyder a south and north Moone maketh high water The flood commeth there out of the northwest the ebbe out of the southeast and fall very strong over the grounds that lye out there Under Holyland a northnortheast southsouthwest Moone maketh full sea Of the Depths about these places and in what depths men may see the land Schiermonickoogh men may see in 12 13 fathom 4 great leagues without the land Rottum Borckum men may see in 14 15 fathom Thwart of Borckum the ground is grosse red sand mingled with some black Juyst men may see in 13 and 14 fathom 3 leagues without the land it is 12 fathom deep Buys Norderny men may see from the Poop in 12 13 fathom Baltrum Langeroogh Wrangeroogh men may see it in 14 and 15 fathom Thwart of Botjadigerland Reidingerland Ditmarsen the grounds lye so farre without the land that you cannot see the coasts except you clim be up into the top About Holyland it is deep 7 8 and 9 fathom to wit on the inner side but without on the west side 15 16 18 19 fathom in such depth you may see the land of Holy-land from the westwards Courses and Distances The coast alongst these Islands lyeth eastnortheast and westsouthwest From Borckum-Riffe to Wrangeroogh east northeast 17 leagues From the Eastern-Eems or Juyst-riffe to the Steep-buye or Schortunne eastnortheast 20 leagues From the Eems to Flambrough-headwest somewhat northerly 77 leagues From the Eems to Bovenbergen north bye 57 leag From the Eems to Holyland the course is northeast and northeast and by east 21 or 22 leagues From Wrangheroogh to the New-worke eastnortheast 8 leagues From the outermost buye upon the Elve to the Eyder north 7 or 8 leagues From Laâ—gheroogh to Holy-land northnortheast tenne leagues Holyland the outermost buye in the Weser lye north somewhat easterly and south somewhat westerly The buy upon the Head in the Weser and Holyland lye north and south asunder 8 leagues The steep-buye on the New-work Holyland lye south east and by east and northwest and by west asunder 8 leagues The outtermost Buy in the Eyder holy-Holy-land lie east somewhat northerly and west somewhat southerly asunder 7 or 8 leagues From Holyland to the Holms before Jarmouth the course is westsouthw or somewhat more westerly 72 leag From Holyland to Scarbrough Flambrough head west or somewhat more southerly 88 leagues From Holyland to Tinmouth or Newcastle west somewhat Pascaerte Vande West en Oost-zyde van IVTLANDT Al 's mede De Belt Mitsgaders De Zee-cust van Holster Mekelenborg en de Eylanden van Lalandt Falster ende Meun what more northerly 106 leagues From Holyland to Leeth in Scotland west and by north somewhat more northerly 120 leagues From holy-Holy-land to Boecknes northwest and by west 128 leagues From Holy-land to Hanghlip in Hitland northwest 169 leagues From Holyland to Bovenbergen n. by w. 43 leagues From Holyland to the Horne or Dodebergh north 25 leagues From Holyland to Knuytsdeep or Ryperdeep the course is north and north and by east 20 leagues From Holyland to the Deepe of Silt or List north by east 17 leagues From Holyland to Ameren or Small-deep the course is northnortheast somewhat easterly 10 leagues From Holyland to the outermost buye in the Hever northeast 8 leagues When you lye by the outermost buy in the Hever in cleare weather you may see Holyland How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth Schiermonckoogh being 2 leagues thwart off from you Borckum Rottum Thus sheweth Borckum and Rottum when you sayle alongst by them being two leagues a seaboard the Land Thus sheweth the Island Iuyst being about 2 leagues off from you Norderny Buys Thus shew the Islands Buys and Norderny being two leagues thwart off from you Thâ— riseth Baltrum when you are about two leagues a seaboard the land Langeroogh sheweth it selfe thus when you are about two leagues off from it Thus sheweth Spykeroogh when it is about two leag from you Thus sheweth Wrangeroogh when it is about two lagues thwart off from you Holyland northeast by east 5 leagues from you sheweth it selfe thus White Cliffe Holyland northeast and by east from you sheweth thus Thus sheweth the New-land or New-worke when you are at the entring of the Elve The third Demonstration Where in Are deciphered the Sea-Coasts of the west and east side of Iutland together with the Belt untill you are past Laland and Langeland FRom the New-worke or Steepe-Buy to the Hever the course is north ten leagues when you come about halfe wayes betwixt them both you shall meet with the foresayd sand or tayle of Blavoort in the depth of two or three fathom In this fareway you must be very carefull of your tydes that you come not upon the grounds which lye far out a seaboard the Land the foreflood falleth there very strong thwart over the grounds towards the land and the ebbe to the contrary For to sayle from Holyland to the Hever goe on northeast somewhat easterly or according as the winde and tyde shall be and runne towards the grounds untill you come in six or seven fathom and then you shall espye a steeple which is sharpe and indifferent high called Piel-worme bring that northeast by north from you a masts length to the southwards of the southermost Cow-house upon the
little Island Nuball keepe that so standing and sayle towards it and you shall so finde the outermost buy from that to the second buy goe on northeast and northeast and by east being come to it Piel-worme steeple shall stand northnortheast from you From the second buy alongst inwards the course is northeast and by east Being come in so a good wayes you shall finde two beakons on the starboard side upon a dry sand called the Quade there over against commeth the north balgh in the right Hever From the first beakon to the second third the course is east and by north sayle all alongst by the beakons leaving them on the starboard side To the northwards of them betwixt the first and third beakon it is full of sands and plates where you might at unawares sayle within By the third beakon commeth the souther baâ—gh into the Hever From that third beakon to the two other beakons the course is northeast and by east being past that you shall come by the greene land on the starboard side there it is a square deepe large and broâ—d channell from thence you may sayle alongst amidst the channell unto Hoesem at the bridge or anchor thereabouts every where where you will Without in the Hever the north side is steepe therefore keepe the south side untill you come within the beakons in the channell is at halfe floud two fathom and a halfe water and without the channell it is very farre flat Somewhat without the Hever lyeth also a banck whereof men must bee carefull when they will sayle in there A south and north Moone maketh there the highest water The south balgh goeth into the southwards of the foresayd bank the Quade in right with the little Island Utto and alongst to the northwards of it it is from without a league and a halfe to sayle to Utto From Utto it lyeth in alongst northeast and by north and commeth out into the Hever by the third beakon The north balgh lyeth in to the northwards of the Hever about east and by north or west and by south from Pielworme right in with the foresayd little Island Nuball which you must leave on the larboard side running in along by it and so come into the Hever against the foresayd drye sand the Quade you may also comming in at the north balgh sayle up to the northwards from the Island Nuball unto the end of Strand till you come thwart of a flat Church and anchor there behind the shoals that is a deepe balgh or Creek Small deepe Three or foure leagues to the northwards of the Hever lyeth the Small-deep For to sayle off from holy-Holy-land toward it goe on northeast and by north and runne to the grounds about west and by north from the Pielworme the south end of Ameren shall then bee north or thereabouts from you Seek then to the south grounds and sound about by them and there you cannot doe amisse it is flat rising ground farre without the land On the north side lye many sands shoals and poynts that lye out which men might without good heed-taking sayle within sayle in therefore alongst by the south side north and by east northnortheast and northeast and by north and so you shall find one shoale or breach leave that on the larboard side If you leave that on the starboard side you should runne into a dead Balgh or Creek wherein is at the first at least 7 fathom depth but runneth at last by little and little to nothing you may also runne alongst by that foresayd shoale by your lead until you come within it comming then thwart of the south end of Ameren you might unawares sayle within the south grounds behinde a snare which shooteth off from the grounds of Vooren therefore keepe the south side untill that you come thwart of the Island Vooren The Red-deepe For to saile in at the Red or Silter-deepe comming from the northwards or out of the sea runne in sight of the Island Ameren About the middest of Ameren lyeth a white round hill a little higher then the other Hommocks in a low plaine valley Bring that northeast from you and run in so right with it untill you come within the riffe that shooteth off from the Voortrap and commonly is called Ameren Borne â—meren-Borne and so you connot take any hurt of it and then you shall have upon the poynt of the Riffe not lesse then three fathom water and within the same riffe eleven twelve or thirteene fathom Saile so in untill that the north end of Ameren be north and by east from you and then run right with the north end of Ameren untill you come within the dry sand and there you may anchor where you please or sayle so farre in as you will and sound it all alongst by the Riffe The Strand of Ameren is a faire Strand without any tayles that men might sayle within When the foresayd hill upon Ameren is eastnortheast from you and sayle so right with it then you run too neare the foresayd Riffe of Silt the hill is then also in two parts the northermost is then the smallest For to sayle in at the Red-deepe or Silter-deepe comming off from Holyland and that you have gotten sight of the land then bring the north end of Ameren north and by east from you untill that you be come in betwixt Ameren and the Riffe of Silt runne then in alongst by the Strand of Ameren untill you come about the north poynt of Ameren and so along to the eastwards untill that Ameren lye south and southsouthwest from you You may not sayle into this channell further to the eastwards for then you come against the Island of Vooren but you may sayle to the northwards alongst betwixt Vooren and Silt till you come before Lit. In Silter-deepe is upon the shoalest three fathom water being over it there is againe eight nine tenne and twelve fathom there lye two riffes or bad sands the one about westsouthwest from Ameren dry above water that is very farre flat to wit in three foure or five fathom it is called of the Juthes the Borne or Ameren-Borne although that it be not fast to Ameren for the Red-deep goeth in betwixt them both It is not also fast unto the Voortraps or that south end of Silt although it commeth shooting off from it betwixt them goeth out into sea a deepe of about a fathom and a halfe where the fishermen doe dayly goe out through for to fish especially those of the Island Vooren this is the outermost sand that lyeth on this coast They that use this coast much either for Rypen or the quarters thereabouts are very much afraid for this Ameren-Borne when they come off from Holyland they finde this shoale about westsouthwest from Ameren The other sand shooteth off from the south end of Ameren lying about south and south and by west into sea alongst the Land that is also called by many the Borne or
that is the ground of Doggers sand The Holmes Holmes is a plain pointe going downe steepe on the northeast side upon the middest of the hill standeth a square church without a steeple When that highest of of the land is southsoutheast from you and that you can but even see the north end of it then it is fifteen fathom deep grosse rough sand with some little stones amongst it Two leagues northeast or as some say somewhat more easterly off from the north pointe of the Holmes to wit betwixt the north poynte and the Holmes and the easter pointe lyeth a stone banck in manner as the Trindell of Lesolde upon which there is no more then twelve foot water so that there remaineth about two third parts of the water betwixt that Stonebanck and the north poynt and the other third parte betwixt the Easter poynte the aforesaid Stonebanck there have divers shippes beene lost upon it The foresaid Easter poynt lyeth about four leagues to the eastwards of the Holmes is also a high steep poynt as if it where the Holmes Right thwart of this caster point shooteth off a riffe almost a league off into sea which you may sound about in seven fathom Some say that men may sayl through betwixt that riffe and the land From the Holmes to Robsnot or Robbeknuyt the course is northeast nine or ten leagues A little to the westwards of Robsnot in the bight towards the eastern poynte nearest to Robsnot stand five churches with flat steeples There lye also two blewe lands betwixt the easter poynte and Robsnot in the high you may see also a cloven hill or sand-hill before you come to Robsnot It is there all alongst a flat strand To the eastwardes of the Holmes goeth in a little river called Misdorp A little to the westwardes of that white cliffe or of Robsnot goeth in also a little River where upon lyeth a little towne called Werlom Robsnot Robsnot or Robbeknuyt is a high round hill upon the toppe where of standeth a church with a sharpe steeple The land falleth away to the eastwards from this point with a great bight towards Hartshals Thwart of Robsnot it is farre off slatt fifteene fathom depth is almost three leagues from the shoare There also thwart of Robsnot about soure leagues from the shoare lyeth a banck of nine fathom lying alongst the shoare Thwart of Robsnot lyeth also a rock about a league from the land From Robsnot to Hartshals Hartshals it is northeast by east four leagues there standeth a flat steeple betwixt both nearest to Robsnot there you may see the high land of Lackley alongst over that high land Hartshals is a long smooth hill which is at the east end somewhat steep Thwart of Hartshals lyeth a shoale or stony ground about an English mile from the shoare upon which as men saye there have beene shippes lost but men doe seldome come neare it From Hartshals to the Scawe The Scawe or Schagen the course is eastnortheast eight leagues The land to the eastwards of Hartshals is altogether full of hommocks and sand-hills you may see the high land of Lackley also alongst over this land Alongst these coastes men finde none such long plaine hilles as are Boevenbergen the Holmes Hartshals and Robsnot Somewhat within the poynt of the Scawe standeth a flat Church with a slat steeple called Old Schagen when that is southsoutheast from you then there runneth off from the shoare a little spitt or shoale there you must edge somewhat off from the shoare otherwise it is all alongst a steep strand betwixt Hartshals and the Scawe but you may sounde about this little sand in four and five fathom so neare as you will Upon the east end or outermost poynt of the Scawe standeth a fire beakon like a Cape to see too when the Church is south-southwest and by west from you then are the fire beakon and the steeple one in the other and then you are right thwart of the riffe of the Scawe which lyeth off from the poynt eastnortheast and by north almost a league into sea He that commeth from the westward and will sayle alongst by the land about the Riffe must especially bee verie carefull in using the lead he may take the sounding of the shoare so neare as he will according as the winde shall be in eight seven sixe five four and also well in three fathom without doing amisse he neede not to feare If he be but carefull in using his lead with a southwest winde he may sayl about it in three or four fathom When the fire beakon commeth to the east side of the houses of the Scawe then you come against the west side of the riffe when the fire beakon and the Church are one in the other then you are on the east side of the Riffe When the fire beakon commeth about halfe wayes the houses nearest the west side then you are right upon the poynt of the Riffe what depth that you have then you shall keep it still without finding it shoaler whether you saile alongst southeast or northwest He that commeth from the southwards and is bound about the Scaw to the westwards may not sound the Riffe because the south side of it is steepe needle too it is not good to come nearer to it then in twelve thirteen or fourteen fathom especially by night or darke weather Marks of the Scawe riffe For to knowe by certaine markes when you are cleare of this Riffe as well over the one side as the other then marke comming from the westwards when the old church and the firebeakon are one in the other then you come upon the westside of the Riffe comming from the southwardes or the eastwardes when the old Church commeth in the south end of the village then you come upon the south side of the Riffe When the steeple and firebeacon are south-southwest and by west from you then they are one in the other then you are thwart of that Riffe When the steeple is southwest and southwest and by south from you then you are without or to the westwardes of that Riffe when the steeple or firebeakon is westsouthwest and west and by south from you then you are within the riffe This you may set by night by the compasse and so may perceive wether you be within or without that riffe when the Firemaker doth fire well You may anchor on both sides of the Riffe in seven or eight fathom and have roome enough to set sayle Some also say that men may runne through betwixt the riffe and the land If neede require in two fathom and a half Tydes out of the Belt Betwixt the Scaw and Maelstrand or Norwaye it is all soft ground the nearer to Norway the deeper water When men come out of the Sound and are in the farewaie and can gett no ground in eighteen twentie and two and twentie fathom that is a signe that they are
it From the great Helme unto the Island Wero Wero the course is northnorthwest and southsoutheast foure leagues distant there it is foure and five fathom deep From Wero there runneth off a shoale unto Kyholm and about Kyholme Kyholme and also about the little Island Samps Samps it is also full of shoale grounds which run off unto the great Island Sampso From the great Helm unto the Island Sampso Sampso it is southwest northeast foure leagues From the north end of the Island Sampso there shooteth off a little riffe north into the sea you must sound close about by it for to come into the road of Sampso when you will anchor there It is there in the road tenne fathom deepe and you shall be there under the Swan-grounds sheltred for all winds From the south end of Ebeltud to Aerhuysen Aerhuysen the coâ—rse is west and by south and westsouthwest five leagues It is there all shoale water of 2 and 3 fathom deep He that will anchor in the road before Aerhuysen let him bring the great steeple in the midst betwixt the two other sharp steeples there is the best ground and good road in three foure and five fathom so shoale as you will To the southwards of Aerhuysen goeth in the Wedersound Wedersound betwixt Jutland and Sampso he that will sayle in there must bee well acquainted for it is there all full of riffes and shoals You may not also use that fareway by night by reason of all the sand and shoals aâ—â—lso by day you must be very carefull circumspect in â—â—oking out For to sail through the Wedersound and not spare your lead but you may ancâ—or and have road there every where When you will saile through the Wedersound comming off from the gr at Helme or Ebeltud you must leave the Island Tâ—â—â—s and the Swangrounds on the larboard side running all alongst by the Juttish coast in 2 or 3 fathom untill past Horsens or the Island Endelau which you mâ—y not sayle to not come neare from the westwards by reason of all the grounds which lye before it on the west side It is a narrow channell betwixt Endelau and the main land lying from the Wedersound through the Swan-grounds Swanne-grounds south it is on both sides shoale and but a creek for to sayle through When you come off from the Melversound and will sayle through the Wedersound it is best to runne alongst by the Juttish side untill thwart of the river of Horsens then you must edge somewhat off there from the land and sayle right with the Island Tons and so you runne through betwixt the Norther and Souther grounds leaving the Island Tons on the starboard side When you are then past Tons you shall runne out close by the north poynt of Sampso towards the land of Ebeltud it is altogether one course from Horsens to Tons and forth to Sampso and the poynt of Ebeltud to wit northeast and southeast eight or nine leagues From Horsens or that Island Endelaw unto the Melversound Melversound the course is south and south and by west 7 or 8 leagues The Melversound is a deep sound of 20 and 25 fathom very crooked to come into it goeth in betwixt Fuynen Jutland which are both high lands From the Island Ebelo unto Melversound the course is south-southwest and south-southwest by south five great leagues From the road of Sampso to Ebelo the course is south by west 5 leagues From the south end of Sampso to Ebelo Ebelo the course is south-southwest and by south 4 leagues From Sampso to Roems Roems the course is southeast and by south six leagues The northwest coast of Fuynen lyeth south-southwest and by west eight leagues The little Island Ebelo lyeth off a league from the same right before Bowens but you cannot sayle through betwixt the Island and Fuynen To the southwards of the Island lyeth a great rocke under water betwixt this rock and the Island is the road before Bouwens Road before Bounes in eight and nine fathom Betwixt Syro and Wero lyeth a dangerous riffe long and broad lying further then halfe way to Syro When you will runne through betwixt the two foresaid Islands a weather of Russenesse you must leave at least the two third parts of the water on the side of Wero and goe in southsouthwest towards Roems which is nine leagues distant The foresaid riffe is called Haters riffe Haters riffe is on the east side very hard and stony hee that commeth from Balt-sack he shall run close to the Island Wero for to avoyd that riffe the channell betwixt the riffe and Wero is not very broad 3 fathom or 3 fathom a halfe deep He that commeth from Roems or Rusnes wil saile through Wero sound let him bring the great Helm to the east side of Wero and keep them so standing sailing on so right with them he shall so doing take no hurt of Haters riffe Betwixt Syro and Haters riffe and somewhat more southwardly the ground is very uneven of 5 6 7 8 and 9 fathom On the south side of Haters riffe it is good anchoring for northerly winds in six seven fathom Rusnes and Syro lye northnortheast and southsouthwest about five leagues a sunder From the poynt of Rusnes runneth off a little riffe to seawards but to the eastwards of it betwixt Rusnes and Haselyn lyeth off a riffe at least two leagues into sea which lyeth dry at the end by it it is very steep close alongst by the end it is eight fathom deep From Rusnes to Spro it is south and by east eight or nine leagues Betwixt Rusnes and Spro lyeth Callenburch Callenburgh which is also a lade place and about 2 leagues to the southwards of Callenburch lyeth a flat alongst the coast about a league from the shoare of five fathom depth you must also avoyd the south corner of Callenburgh for there shooteth off a riffe halfe a league into sea there is also to the northwards a long flat alongst the shoare but not deep to the seawards betweene Callenburgh and Rusnes it is good lying for an easterly wind From the east end of Spro runneth off a little riffe or ledge of rocks and over against it commeth also a flat shooting off from the land betwixt them both it is foure and five fathom deep Going on the south side of Spro it is also very foule more then halfe a league without the shoare But behinde or thwart of Spro lyeth Casseur Casseur a faire Haven where men doe lie at the Kay and let their goods be carried into the ships where also it is betweene both fourty fifty and sixty fathom deepe but in the middle of the fareway lye some banks where there is no more then five and six fathom water good strand ground From Spro to Langeland the course is south and south and by east foure leagues distant He that
league long and upon the end flatt which men may runne over by the lead When you will sayl into the Golversound you must leave these two Islands lying on the larboard side The Island Laland hath upon the west poynt over against the south end of Langeland a riffe or Hooke Riffe on Laland lying off from Laland at least half wayes over the Belt for to avoyd that you must runne alongst within an English mile to the eastwards of Langeland or when that you leave the two third parts of the water on Lalands side and the other third part on the side of Langeland you shall not come too neare it When you come from the southwards are bound into the Belt and that then the steeple of Mascon which standeth upon Laland commeth to stand northeast and by east from you then you are past that riffe and lyeth to the southwardes of you It is here in this Channell betwixt Laland and the south end of Langeland five sixe and seven fathom deep From the south end of Langeland to Femeren the course is southeast and southeast and by east distant eight leagues When as you come off from Langeland and are past the riffe or Hooke of Laland then the south coast of Laland lyeth east west alongst by it lyeth a sand which is called the Red-sand Redsand lyeth alongst untill before Golversound which runneth in betwixt Laland and Gester To the northwards of this sand is a roade of fourteen sixteen and eighteen foot water before the little townes of Aelholm and Roo-buy Aelholme Roobuye where men do lade nuts and Barâ—â—â— Betwixt Laland and Gester thwart of this Red-sand as hath been sayd runneth in the Golversound which men may run into come out again into the Belt but in this sound or channell there is little depth there lyeth a stone banck within thwart over the channell The little town Nicoppen lyeth upon the Island Falster a league within Gester Nicoppen Gester rif From Gester shooteth of Gester riffe at least three leagues into sea which is a shoale riffe To the eastwards of Gester riff lieth an Island called Bout Bout it is there abouts all shoale water to witt three and four fathom To the eastwards of Bout goeth in the Green sound Green-sound by the little towne Stuybekuype commeth out again into the Belt to the northwards of Laland the Green sound lyeth in about west and west and by north in three fathom there lyeth a shoale on the larboard side of the mouth of the Sound called the Tolck Tolck which men must avoyd you must goe into the eastwards of it you may lead it in alongst by the land of Meun in fourteen or fifteen foot that foresayd town Stuybekuype Stuybekuyp lyeth about a league within the mouth of the channell From Gester riff to Meun the course is northnortheast seven leagues but from Bout to Meun it is northeast about six leagues From the Gelversound to Meun Meun the land lyeth in a bay you may anchor there for a northeast north northwest and west winde in five and six fathom He that commeth out of the Sound and is bound to the southwards of Meun may come so near Meun as he will and luffe up to the westwards by the poynt and anchor where he please in five or six fathom On the north side of Meun you may also anchor in six fathom behinde a little riffe that shooteth off from the north poynt for an east southsouthwest and westwind it is there all over flat and good ground Of the depths about these places and in what depths men may see the land In the Ripe Eyder and Hever a south and north Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there out of the northwest and the ebbe out of the southeast and so run over the north grounds In the deep of List or Silt a south and north Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there out of the northwest and falleth very little alongst the land and the ebb to the contrary In Knuytsdeep a southsouthwest and northnortheast Moone maketh the highest water The floud commeth there also out of the northwest and falleth but a great quarter tyde alongst the land and the ebbe to the contrary In the Haven of Zuyder-zyt the Growe-deepe the Schellinghkroegh a southsouthwest and northnortheast Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there also out of the northwest and falleth over the Reefshorne towards the Iuttish Island and the ebbe againe to the contrary off from the land in the north Sea Of the grounds and Depths The grounds of the Hever and the bankes of the Small deep without Strand and Eyderstee lye at least two leagues without the coast of the land Betwixt Holyland and Ameren or Strand it is tenne or eleven fathom deep in that depth you may see both the lands if you climbe up in the shroudes Strand is to bee knowne by the steeple of Pielworme standing upon the south end of the land Upon the Island Strand stand more Churches and steeples but none so easy to be knowne as Pielworme Ameren is a league and a halfe long and hath all alongst low sandhills growne with spiry grasse The Island Silt you may see in ten fathom Upon this Island nearest to the north end lyeth a high â—â—eepe red cliffe on both sides going sloping downe upon the south side of the cliffe standeth a flat Church with a low steeple and to the eastwards of it another Church with a high thick steeple called Heydom The north end of the Island is called List and the south end Voortrap Courses and Distances From the Eyder to Hever the land lyeth northnorthwest and southsoutheast 5 leagues From the Hever or the south end of Strand to the south end of Ameren northnorthwest about 5 leagues Two leagues north from Ameren lyeth Silt which is about five leagues long and lyeth south and by east north by west From the north end of Silt called List unto the south end of Rim or Rem it is northeast and south-southwest one great league Rem is three leagues long and lyeth most south and north From the north end of Rem to the south end of Manu it is northeast and south-southwest a league and a halfe you can hardly get sight of it by reason of the grounds and great shoals which lye thwart of it to seawards Manu and Phanu lye about two leagues one from the other Manu is almost a league long and Phanu about 4 leagues long and lyeth from Phanu Knuyters to Knuytes-deepe southsoutheast and northnorthwest This Island hath also a faire strand but the north end towards Grouwe deepe is very flat From Phanu to Doodenbergh it is about foure leagues betwixt them lye the Havens of the Growedeepe Schelling-kroegh From Holyland to the Eyder east and by north and west by south 7 leagues From Holyland to the outermost buy in
or 10 leagues From the Trave of Lubeck to Gester-riffe northeast 19 leagues From Wismerdeep to Gester-risse northnortheast 12 or 13 leagues From Rostick to Gester-riffe the course is north 7 or 8 leagues From Gester-riffe to Doornbosh east 9 leagues From Gester to Meun northeast 7 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Northerhead Tatinghen Gartinghen Souterhead Thus sheweth the Land of Eyderstee to the northwardes of the Eyder Thus sheweth the Island Ameren List White-cliffe Red-cliffe Heydom Voortrap Thus sheweth it selfe the Island Silt when you sayle alongst by it Doodenbergh Zuyder-zyt Langelegh Luysbergh Thus sheweth the Land of Zuyder-zyt to the southwards of the Doodenbergh Blawebergh Doodenbergh Thus sheweth the Land betwixt the Horne or Doodenbergh and the Haven of Numen Easter poynt Holmes Boevenberghen To the southwards of Boevenberghen Thus sheweth the land betwixt Boevenberghen and the Holmes when you sayle alongst by it three leagues from the land The Scaw Harshals Robsnot Thus riseth the Land betwixt the Holmes and the Scaw when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the land and the Church of Aelst when you are 2 leagues and an half by east Aelburger-deep Wismer Great Cruysoort Little Cruysoort Holster land The east poynt When you sayle to Lubeck alongst betwixt the Land of Cruysoort and Holster land then it sheweth it selfe on both sides thus Barto Robbenesse Rostick Oudevaet Buck-hoocke Thus sheweth the Coast of Meckelenburgh betwixt Cruysoort Dornebosh or the Jelle when you sayle alongst by it a league without the Land The fourth Demonstration Where in are described The Schager Rack as also the Sound from the Paternosters Kol and so forth through the Sound to Falsterbon Britto MAELSTRAND The Westerbergh Island Maelstrand Out-rockes or Paternosters Eastnortheast Pas caarte vant SCHAGER-RACK vande Pater-nosters aen Kol al 's mede de Sondt oock hoe dese landen van Schagen gelegen zyn De SONDT met alle zyn gelegentheyt in t groot About the middest going in at the souther channel lyeth a rock above water which you may sail about on both sides but within that rock lyeth a suncken rock under water and to the southwardes of it also a great rock but a little further out then the other There lyeth also a suncken rock under water by the Island on the north side of the foresayd rock which lyeth above water which men must be very carefull to take heed of There is every where good anchor ground From thence you may sail through within the rocks to Calf-sound Calfsound Bahouse and Nilus Calf-sound lyeth distant from Maelstrand about foure leagues For to sail in there out of the sea you must run 〈◊〉 alongst to the southwards of a great rock whereupon standeth a Warder On the south side of the Havens-mouth there are great rocks but on the north side all small rocks When you come within the rocks about the poynt of the north land there you may anchor in fifteen or sixteen fathom there is good anchor ground From Calfsound you may run up to the southwards through within the rocks unto the river of Nilus Four leagues southsoutheast from Calf-sound lyeth the Island Winneu to the southwards of it goeth in the channell of Nilus or Gottenbergh which is a large and broad sound lying in northnortheast in 8 9 and 10 fathom you must leave Winneu on the larboard side and runne in betwixt the poynt of the main land called Kalderhead and the Island little Denmarck and then in alongst by the main land on the south side untill past Elsburgh to Gottenburgh Gottenburgh it is there all cleane and cleare without any danger that might hurt you You may also sayle into the northwards of Winneu then you must leave Winneu and also some long rocks on the starboard side and the through Island or little Denmarck on the larboard side and then in alongst by the poynt of the mayn land on the south side as is before said Three leagues southsouthe from Winneu lye Malesound and Consback Malesound Malesound is a rough Island which you may sayle round about in seven or eight fathom under it is also good road Two cables length westnorthwest from Malesound lyeth a suncken rock under water and also one even with the water a bow shot from the land whereupon standeth a Warder Eastnortheast from Malesound lyeth the haven of Cons-back Consback there stand 2 great Warders each upon a rock close to the land betwixt them lyeth in the haven it is a fayre haven ten fathom deep and good anchor ground when you come about the low poynt you shall see Cons-back lye to the northwards of you From Malesound south-southwest and south-southwest and by west a great league to seawards lyeth the fowle and dangerous rock Nyng or Nijding Nyding The land upon Nyng is about a halfe league long The riffe on the north end runnes till about a league on the land northeast and is a halfe league broad wholy riffe with sharpe stones Upon some places eight seven five and foure foot water The taile which shooteth southerly downe is narrow and runneth from the land northeast about 2 leagues There upon is 5 4 and 3 foot water A league and a half without Nynger-Riffe northwest men may stay upon 6 and 7 fathom You may saile through betwixt Nyding and Malesound or the mayn land but it is there all shallow water Upon Nyding is a fire-beacon whereupon they make fire every night Nydingh Great stones Three leagues to the southwards of Watersbergen lyeth the river of Valckenburgh Valckenburgh On the north side of the Riversmouth lyeth an Island called Murupting and 3 leagues to the southwards of it lyeth an Island called Tullo Tullo betwixt that Island and Valckenburgh within the land lyeth a high hill called Haver being white to see to as if it were sandy Land sea faring men doe name it yong Coll because of the likenesse of height fashion which it hath like Col and sometimes it is mistaken for Coll. Three leagues eastwards from Tullo lyeth Helmstee Helmstee upon a river but there can go in no shipps but onely huyes and boates This river of Helmstee lyeth within a greate Inlet about southsouthwest 4 leagues from Swedereur Kol over these two Warders s w. from you Swedereur Two leagues southwards from Helmstee lyeth the little towne or little castle called Laholm Laholm there goeth also a little river into the land A league westwardes from Laholme lyeth Bosstadt these places lye in a great bay Swedereur Three leagues to the westwardes of Bosstadt lyeth the Island Swedereur you may runne in behind it at both sides for to anchor from the northwardes it is there large and broade for to go in but from the north end of Swedereur shooteth off a little ledge of rocks you must runne alongst to the northwards of the rocks that lye at the north end of Swedereur leaving them on the starboard
side and anchor behinde the Island betwixt the greate and little rockes in seven fathom thwart of the little white church of Turcko so that the greate rock with the two warders at the south end be south-southwest from you and Col stand over the foresayd Rock there it is best lying and there you are landlockt for all winds If you wil run out again to the southwards of it then leave the two rocks with the Warders on the starboard side and runne boldy close about by them towards Coll. Hee that commeth off from Anout by reason of southerly windes cannot run a weather Col let him goe from Col northeast and by north towards Swedereur and runne close about by the two foresayd rocks with the Warders at the south end of Swedereur untill he come behind the Island and anchor as is before sayd there it is soft ground A north wind bloweth there opē in From Swedereur to Coll Coll. the course is south-southwest and by south betwixt both lyeth a greate baye upon which lyeth that little towne Engelholme where men also may ride For to sayle from the Scaw to Coll. From the Riffe of the Scawe to the Island Lesou the course is southsoutheast but the poynte of the Riffe and the Trindel lye due southeast and northwest eight leagues asunder The Island Lesou Lesou is compassed round about with foule Dwaelgrounds riffs and sands that lye off From the southeast end where the Church stands upon lyeth off such a great riffe or shoale from the shoare that aboute 3 leagues from the land to the southwards of it it is not deeper then two fathom there under it you may make rode for a southsoutheast winde Likewise from the south-southwest poynt lyeth off such a great shoale that when the foresayd flatt church is east and eastnortheast from you you cannot come neare the land within three leagues But the north end you may come so near that you may have rode under it for a southerly southeast winde in three four five sixe and seven fathom the church being about south from you Riffe of Lesou From the northeast end lyeth off also a riffe right towardes the Trindel which you may sound about when you sayle through betwixt Lesou and the Trindell which is the nearer Lesou the shoaler and the nearer the Trindell the deeper Close by the Trindell on the Inner side or west side it is deep five and six fathom The Trindell Trindel is a stony sand-plate three cornerd and somewhat long of fashion it is no more then four foot deep and about two Akers of land great and lyeth most alongst the farewaye lying from the northeast end of Lesou northeast or a little more easterly about 3 leagues distant On the northeast side of the Trindell lyeth alwayes a great buy whereby you may know it a farre off Depths about the Scaw When the point of the Scaw is northwest and by west about a league from you there it is seventeen and eighteene fathom deep but when the poynt lyeth west and west and by south from you about a league there it is four or five and thirty fathom deep But he that commeth sayling about the Scaw runneth without the riffe in tenne eleven or twelve fathom and goeth on from thence southeast or southsoutheast keepeth a long while still the depth fifteen sixteen fathom at least the space of three leagues before he get twenty or five and twenty fathom When as that you beginne to get againe shoaler water of tenne eight seven and six fathom that goeth then through within the Trindell When as you shall meete with the foresaide depth of the shoaling and saile yet further on southsoutheast then you must be very carefull to use your lead of then because of the foresaid shoale which lyeth off from the northeast end of Lesou towards the Trindell you may runne over it as is said in five foure and so well in the narrowe in three fathom When the northeast point of Lesou beginneth to come southsouthwest from you then you come on against the riff or shoale but when the poynt is southwest from you then you are over the shoalest of the riffe When the west end of Lesou is south-southwest and the church south-southwest and by south from you then you are about thwart of the buye of the Trindell Four leagues south and by west from the Scaw lye the smal-Helmes not far from the shoare The Helmes there are three little Islands the southermost the Iuttes doe call the Deynen or the Dee the midlemost Holmes the northermost Grasholme by them lieth yet another little Island You may saile throug between the southermost the middlemost but then you must runne nearest the southermost through betwixt them is four fathom water Under the Helmes is good road for southeast southsoutheast southerly windes He that will go to anchor under them comming from the Scawe must runne to the strand in three fathom and runne so alongst by it in betweene the strand and the Helmes untill that he be within the rockes there he may anchor he may also well runne through alongst by the footstrand in 3 fathom When the rockes of the Helms are east east by north from you there is the road in 4 fathom 4 fathom a half The best road for to ly under the Helms with small ships is betwixt the southermost middle most little Island somwhat nearer the main land then the Islands but for great ships it is best to lye by the Grasholme He that will not lye so farr within the Helmes may also anchor farther out under the high land of Lacklou so that the Helms bee southeast from him in four five or seven fathom there it is also verie good lying for south southsoutheast windes in clean ground of small white and black sand Betwixt the Scawe and the Helmes in the farewaye it is deep eighteen sixteen and fifteene fathom Betwixt the Helmes and the maine land there is at the shoalest three fathom water When you come from the northwardes through betwixt them untill you come thwart of the south end of the rockes there runneth off a little riffe from the Helmes towards the strand where the greate stones lye called Bourser riffe but keeping in three fathom you cannot take hurt of that riffe You may well run out againe by that south end towards Zeabuy So that you may sayl round about the Helmes with shippes that are not of very great draughts Betwixt the Helmes and Lesou a good wayes from the Helmes it is 20 25 fathom deep soft ground but one league from the Helms lye some rocks or shoals where of you must take heed To the westwardes of Lesou lye the Dwaelgrounds Dwaelgrounds to the northwards of the foresaid riff that lyeth off from the southwest point of Lesou where the flat church standeth upon Which are very uneven of three four five and six
yet about three leagues south from you comming neare Anout it wil be verie uneven at one time thirtie and then soone againe fifteene seventeene also twenty fathom If you will saile towards Lesou with a southwest winde comming about the Riffe of Anout from the southwardes then goe not on more westerly then northwest If you goe on more westerly eyther westnorthwest or northwest and by west then you shall come soon upon the flatte betwixt Anout and Lesou and shall finde first tenne and then by little and little six five and four fathom When that with the northwest waye you beginne to gette Lesou in sight then it lyeth high that is the west end about westnorthwest and the northeast end where the riffe lyeth off about northnorthwest from you When you come so neere to Lesou that you can see the east end out of the toppe in cleare weather about northwest from you Depths by Lesou there it is thirtie and four and thirtie fathom deepe that lasteth so long untill that the foresayd east poynt be southwest from you but when that poynte is southsouthwest from you then you are right thwart or upon the poynte or shoalest of the riff then you shall runne over there in three four and five fathom when that foresayd poynt commeth to be south and by west from you then you are past and cleare of the riffe Betwixt Anout and Waesbergen in the farewaye it is deepe one and twentie two and twentie Depths thwart of Anout and three and twentie fathom betwixt them lyeth also a banck of ten twelve fourteene and sixteene fathom When the northermost high hill of Waesbergen is northeast from you then the poynts of Anouts riffes are southwest from you but when that hill is northeast and by east from you and that you be somewhat nearer Norwaye then the riffe then you are upon that bank When you come upon it by night then goe on south or south and by east according as the winde shall bee then you shall get againe deeper water There lyeth yet another banck betwixt the riffe of Anout Valckenburgh which lyeth alongst unto Haland which at some places is not deeper then eight fathom When the poynt of the riffe is about south and by east and the high land of Anout is about south and by west from you four leagues there lyeth also a banck of 14 or 15 fathom The riffe of Anout Riffe off Anout lyeth off from the northeast poynt of Anout about eastnortheast a league and half into sea and at the end lyeth drye above water which is exceeding steepe and needle too The north side when you come from the northwardes or the westwardes you may sound and runne alongst by it in seventeene or eighteene fathom but comming from the southwards you cannot in no wise come neare it by your lead for on the south side close to the Riff it is thirty and five and thirty fathom deepe On the north side of the riffe you may anchor at many places in ten eleven twelve and thirteen fathom When you anchor in eleven twelve or thirteene fathom so that the firebeacon be southeast and by south and the high land of Anout Road under Anout riffe which is the west end about south-southwest and by west from you then lyeth the outermost end of the riffe east by north from you there is verie good lying for eastsoutheast southeast south and southsouthwest windes When you set sayle from thence are bound to the Sound then you may boldly without feare either by night or darke weather sayl alongst by the riffe in sixteen seventeen or eighteen fathom untill thwart of the end keeping in such depth you can take no hurt of it Comming by the end it is four and twenty and five and twenty fathom deepe but when you come about the poynt and beginne to goe on southsoutheast then you have presently close to the riffe no ground in thirty and five and thirty fathom The riffe of Anout and Col lye one from the other southeast and northwest about ten leagues asunder In cleare weather you may easily see from belowe both Coll and Anout when you are betwixt them both Depths betwixt Anout riff and the Sound For to sayle from the riffe to the Sound with a westsouthwest winde you need not sayle nearer with a ship that sayleth wel then southsoutheast with that course you shall sayl farre enough a weather of Col. Comming neare the Coast of Zealand that you may sound in fourteene twelve tenne eight fathom deepe Betwixt Anout Zealand in the farewaye it is eightteene and twenty fathom deep Betwixt Anout and Zealand fifteen and sixteen fathom but in the farewaye betwixt Anout and Coll it is deep twenty one and twenty two and twenty three and twenty fathom To the southwards of the westwardes of it it is shoaler to witt nineteen eighteen and also well fourteen thirteen and twelve fathom according as you come to the westwards but towardes Norwaye it is deeper to witt four and twenty five and twenty eight twenty and also thirty fathom whereby you may perceive whether you be nearest the Norway side to the eastward of the fareway or to the westward About northwest from Coll four leagues and southeast and by east from Anout there lyeth a banck of nine tenne and twelve fathom Diversbancks About east and by south from Anout so far that you cannot well see it from beneath but may see it out of the top and northwest from Coll there lyeth also a banck of sixteen fathom grosse sandy ground as if it where ground of the riffe South and by east about eight leagues from the poynt of Arnouts riffe southeast and by south from the south end of Anout and west and by north from Coll about five leagues lye the Lowsegroundes Louseground upon which is no more then eight foot water He that commeth off from Anout riffe being bound for the Sound and goeth not more southerly then southsoutheast shall not sayle within these grounds but with a south by east course he should fall with them He that commeth out of the Sound being bound towards Anout should with a westnorthwest course off from the Sound also sayle within the same therefore he that is bound with a bare winde from Anout to the Sound or from the Sound to Anout must be carefull thereof The Island Haselin Haselin lyeth from Anouts riffe south 11 leagues distant and from Coll southwest by west eight leagues which is on the north side or outer side very full off riffes and shoales but on the south side or inner side towards Zealand it is indifferent clean so that you may well have roade there From the east end of Haselin lyeth off a Riffe northnortheast and northeast and by north towardes Norwaye three leagues into sea untill within a league near to the Lowsegrounds he that must turne to windewardes here with
thee end of Falsterborn you shall run in great danger for to come on ground When you come within the Riffe you may run alongst by the coast of Schoonen in four fathom without taking hurt He that commeth out of the Sound and is bound to the southwards of Meun may come so near Meun as he will and loose up to the westwards by the poynt and anchor where he please in five or six fathom On the north side of Meun you may also anchor in six fathom behinde a little riffe that shooteth off from the north poynt for an east southsouthwest and west wind it is there all over flatt and good ground From Meun to Steden the course is northwest and by north four leagues betwixt them both goeth in the Wolf-sound or Wolvegat that runneth past Werdenborgh and Nest-veld through the Golversound out into the Belt Meun and Fasterborne lye north and by east and south and by west five leagues asunder Of the Tydes and Course of the streames In the Scawe reach betwixt Maelstrand and Waersbergen the streame goeth most still with the winde and it rippleth there sometimes in some places as if there were shoals this you may finde in calme weather if you let a lead sinke to the ground By the Scawe the Streame commeth most commonly falling out at the Belt towardes the land of Northeast especially wâ—en the winde hath blown a while out of the east or no theast and runneth alongst by the Norwaye to the northwardes Men comming off from Anout that will sayle by night with a westerly winde towardes the Scawe or comming from the westwardes about the Scaw with a southerly wind being bound for the Sound might soon be carried with this current under Norway a good while before they should thinke or feare of it Of this current read further in the first booke In this farewaye betwixt the Scawe and the Sound then from the Sound untill about Fasterborne it is exceeding necessarie that a Pilot or he to whom the charge is committed be very carefull in looking out be very vigilant that he may avoide the multitude of daungers of shoales and riffes lying there the skilfullest and best experienced of all hath there enough to doe Through the Sound and the shoales or groundes the streame runneth commonly with the winde but the most part of the time to the northwards before the comming of a hard east winde or when it hath blowne out of the east then the streame runnes still out the northwards Courses and Distances From the west end of the Paternosters to the Maelstrand the course is eastnortheast 2 leagues From Maelstrand to Winneu southeast 5 leagues From Winneu to Maelsound southsoutheast 3 leagues From Maelsound to Waersberghen southsoutheast 5 leagues From Waersbergen to Tuylo southeast 5 leagues From Tuylo to Laholme southeast and by east 5 leagues From Laholme to the poynt of Turko behinde Swedereur the course is westsouthwest 3 leagues From Turko to Engelholme southeast 4 leagues From Engelholme to Coll west 6 great leagues From Maelstrand to Nyding southsoutheast 8 or 9 leag From Maelsound to Nyding the couse is southwest and southwest and by west a league and an half From Nyding to Waersbergen southeast about 5 leagues From Waersbergen to Collsouth and by east 12 leagues From the south end of Swedero to Coll south-southwest 4 leag From the Riffe of the Scaw to Maelstrand eastnortheast 13 leagues From the Riffe of the Scaw to Nyding southeast and by south 13 leagues From the Riffe of the Scawe to Waersbergen eastsoutheast 20 leagues From the Riffe of the Scawe to Coll alongst without the Trindle south 30 leagues From the Riffe of the Scawe to Lesou southsoutheast 8 leagues From the Riffe of the Scaw to the Trindel due southeast 8 leagues From the Trindel to Anout riffe southeast or as some will saye somewhat more southerly 10 leagues From Anoutes riffe to Coll it is right southeast 10 leag From Anouts riffe to Haselin south 11 leagues From Coll to Haselin southwest and by west 8 leagues From Coll to Elseneur the course is southeast southeast and by south 5 or 6 leagues From Lapsand to Ween southsoutheast 3 leagues From Elseneure to the norther buye in the shoales or grounds south and by east 6 leagues From Elseneur to Landscroone eastsoutheast 4 leagues From Ween to Malmuyen southeast and southeast and by south 6 leagues From Malmuyen to Reefsholme west 5 leagues From Malmuyen to Steden southsouthwest and southwest and by south 10 leagues From the buy upon Draker-riff to Kuyck southwest 5 great leagues From the buye upon Draker-riff to Steden the course is south and by west 5 great leagues From the Buye upon Draker-riff to the buye upon Falsterbornes-riffe the course is south 5 leagues From Meun to Steden northwest and by north 4 leagues From Meun to Falsterborne north and by east 5 leagues From Meun to the buy upon Falsterborn-riffe north 4 or 5 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Britto Waersbergen Thus sheweth the land betwixt Maelstrand and Waersberghen Thus sheweth the Land of Waersbergen when you saile alongst by it from Anout into the sound Thus sheweth Anout when you sayle off from Lesou Thus sheweth Lesou when you sayle from the Scawe towards it Thus sheweth Zealand when you come from Anout and will sayle toward the Sound Kol Elsenbergh Lands-croon Persebeck Malmuyen Schooner Falsterborn Thus sheweth the Land of Schoonen off from Col unto Falsterborne when you sayle through the shoales or grounds The fifth Demonstration Where in Are sheweth the Coasts of Norway from the Paternosters to the Naze THe west end of the rockes which men do call the Paternosters Pater-nosters and Harmanshead lye northwest and by west somewhat Northerly and south and by east somewhat southerly 5 leag asunder to the southwardes of them men do sayle into Maelstrand Upon the Coast betwixt Farder and Maelstrand is allmost every where good anchor ground in 35 and 40 fathom From Harmanshead to Southerwixholme the course is south and by east six leag betwixt them lyeth Boechschaer but two leagues to the southwards of Harmansound lyeth Kercksound which is a great river which lyeth in farr within the Land Northerwixholm Northerwixholm and Southerwixholm two great Islands in a great sound which lyeth far deep within the land upon it far within the land lye many little townes as Oldburgh Oldwat Alleroers and Dragens from thence commeth much fat ware Southerwixholm Southerwixholm and the Island Akersound lye northwest and by west and southeast and by east six leagues asunder and to Ottrom northwest five leagues The Island Akersound men may sayl round about it to the northwards of it lyeth a great Bay or Sound lying in farre within the Land called Ottrom Ottrom From the Island of Akersound Akersound to the Sister the course is west by north 4 leagues betwixt them lyeth the Graswijcke Graswicke within
it hath manie faire deep Havens with verie good anchor ground where in great abundance of timber and boards laden The first Haven to the eastwards of the Naze The kloof Cowe Calfe is called the Kloof or the Cowe Calfe after two high hommockes easy to be knowne the one somewhat greater then the other which lye within the Haven upon the high land and are so called by the Dutch Schippers He that will sayle into this Haven comming from the westwardes shall meete with a great rock somewhat to the eastwardes of the Naze called Melyn where upon is a Warder being past that he shall find another outrock where upon standeth also a Warder called Sparrels Betwixt these two outrockes he must runne into this haven the Kloof When he commeth against Sparrels there lyeth a suncken rock under water where of hee must take heed Somewhat within Sparrels lyeth an other Rock in the farewaye but above water which he must leave on the larboard side In sayling in so the haven doth open it self by little and little and so shall come against the Kloof being come within it he must edge up to the westwards about the poynt and anchor there in a sand baye in fifteen or sixteen fathom so that the two foresayd hommocks the Cowe and the Calfe stande about northeast from him Of the streames on these Coasts Although the water on these Coasts of Norway doth ebbe and flow beyond Bergen as farre as Stadt neverthelesse it keepeth no certaine tyde in sometimes of the yeare and principally in the Spring time there goeth such a strong streame about west alongst Norway that a ship having a southwest storme shall not bee able to stem it when it can beare sayle How nearer you come under the land of Norway so much the stronger goeth the streame This streame falleth out of the Belt on against the land from the northeast and turneth so alongst by the Coast of Norway towards the north Sea Read more largely of this in the description of the Belt How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the west end of the Paternosters to Harmanshead north and by west somewhat northerly 5 leagues From Harmanshead to southerwixholm north and west 6 leagues From Southerwixholm to Akersound southeast and by east 6 leagues From Akersound to the Sisters west and by north 4 leagues From the Sisters to Bast northwest and by west 5 leag From the Red-poynt to Bast southsouthwest 3 leagues From Coperwijck to Bast south and by east 4 leagues From Soen-water to Farder south somewhat westerly 8 leagues From Bast to Farder south and by east 5 leagues From Monck Island or Roge to Farder southsouthwest 5 leagues From the Sisters to Farder southwest and by west four leagues From Farder to Laerwijck westsouthwest 4 leagues From the Island Farder to the Longesound westsouthwest 8 leagues From the Longesound to the Iofferland southsouthwest one great league From Iofferland to Maerdow southwest 8 leagues From Iofferland to Fleckory southwest 19 leagues From Eastrysen to Maerdow southsouthwest 3 leagues From Maerdow to Wolfsound or Reperwyck westsouthwest 8 leagues From Maerdow to Blindsound southwest 6 leagues From Blindsound to Wolfsound southwest 3 leagues From Wolfsound to Fleckory southwest and by west and westsouthwest 3 leagues From Reperwijck or Wolfsound to the Naze westsouthwest 11 leagues From Fleckory to the Naze westsouthwest 8 leagues From Schare sound to the Naze westsouthwest 3 leag From the Naze to the Holmes in Jutland southeast 19 or 20 leagues From the Naze to Boevenbergen southeast and by south 24 leagues From the Naze to Holyland the Course is south and by east and southsoutheast 67 or 68 leagues From the Naze to the Eems south somewhat easterly 75 or 76 leagues From the Naze to Born-riffe south somewhat westerly 83 leagues From the Naze to the Tessel or Maersdeep the course is south and by west distant 93 leagues From the Naze to Walcheren south and by west 125 or 126 leagues From the Naze to the Head or the Strait betwixt Calice and Dover the course is southsouthwest or somewhat more westerly 143 leagues From the Naze to the Holmes before Yarmouth southsouthwest somewhat westerly 104 leagues From the Naze to Flambrough head southwest 100 leagues From the Naze to Scarborough southwest 99 leagues From the Naze to the river of Newcastle southwest by west somewhat westerly 104 leagues From the Naze to Liet in Scotland westsouthwest somewhat westerly 103 leagues From the Naze to Boecknesse west somwhat northerly 88 or 89 leagues From the Naze to Fayrhil westnorthwest 93 leagues From the Naze to Hitland the course is northwest and by west about 100 or 101 leagues From the Kloof or the Cow and Calf to the Scaw the course is east and by south somewhat easterly 30 leagues From Fleckory to the Holmes in Jutland southeast and by south 19 leagues From Fleckory to the Scaw east and by south 25 or 26 leagues From Reperwycke to the Scaw east and by south and eastsoutheast 24 leagues From Maerdow to the Holmes the course is south 24 leagues From Maerdow to the Scaw southeast and by east 20 or 21 leagues How these Lands doe shew them selves at sea Calfe cow Thus sheweth the Cow and Calfe being foure or five leagues north and by east from you Calfe cow Thus sheweth the Cow and Calfe when you come from the westwards and are thwart of them Thus sheweth the Naze being four or five leagues west from you Thus sheweth the land to the eastwards of Longsound when you are about five leagues off from the land and saile from the westwards alongst by it The Naze The land of Spranger Thus sheweth it selfe the land of Norway betwixt the Naze and Fleckory when you are about five leagues off from it Fleckery The Boat Wolfsound Hamersound The land betwixt Fleckory and Maerdow or the Drommels sheweth thus when you come from the westwards and saile alongst by it Drommels Hill to the northwards of the Drommels East Drommels The land of westkiel Thus sheweth the land betwixt Maerdow and Longsound when you are about Langen five leagues without the land Distelbergh Long. Britto Thus sheweth the land of Northeast betwixt Southerwycksholme and Maelstrand when you saile alongst by it being foure leagues without the land De Custen van NOORWEGEN Tusschen Der Neus en Schui tenes The sixth Demonstration In which Are set forth the Coast of Norway between the Naze and Schuytenes A Little to the westwards of the poynt of the Naze lye two havens New and Old Silloe or Silleu some doe call these one haven like as also men may doe and distinguish it into an easter and westergat or Haven for men can goe with boats through within the rockes from the one into the other but not with great ships Silloe For to sayle into the easter-gat or New Siloe you must take heede of the Bishops Boeden which are a
few out-rocks a little to westwards of the poynt of the Naze right before the middest of the Sound leave them on the larboard side sayle in alongst by the land of the Naze untill you come somewhat within the foresayd Bishops Boede and then you shall find there also a suncken rock which you must avoyd run about to the northwards of it and edge then up to the westwardes behinde the Island of New Silloe and anchor there against the white Church within the foresayd rock For to sayle into the wester-gat or Old Silloe Old Silloe you must run about to the westwards of the out-rocks and Bishops-Boeden and sayle right with the south end of the land of Leest The Land of Leest being come by it run to the eastwards alongst by it but take heed of some rocks which lye off from the innermost Island on the starboard side being there within anchor against the Island where you please From the Naze to the Island Hitteroe Hitteroe or Hittereu the coast lyeth alongst the land of Leest westnorthwest 5 leagues To the southwards or the westwards of that Island men doe sayle into the haven of Windfoord Windfort which lyeth in northeast but to the northwards of it men doe run into Berg-sound Berg-sound eastnortheast in betwixt the Island and the land In that Island is also a good haven which you must sayle into from the northwards the havens mouth is not very wide when you are come in within it you may edge up to the eastwards or southwards and anchor there Two leagues to the northwardes of Hitteroe lyeth a haven called Soggendall Soggendall there lyeth a little Island before it within men may anchor it is a good road for them which are bound to the southwards Betwixt them both not farre without the land lye two out-rocks alongst the shoare called Fock-stones the one lyeth a little more to the seawards then the other A league to the northwards of Soggendall lyeth Ekesound Ekesound before it lyeth an Island which you may sayle into on both sides of it the southergat lyeth in northeast being come in there you must anchor on the north side of the haven in a bay there is the best road in eight or nine fathom the norther gat lyeth into the eastwards being come in there you may anchor at divers places Two leagues to the northwards of Ekesound lyeth a haven called Sirowach Sierowag For to saile in there comming from the northwards you must run in right with the southermost sand bay untill you come close by the shoare and then the haven doth open it selfe loof up close alongst by the north shoare then run up by it to the southwards and avoyd the west point thwart of it lyeth a suncken rock twelve foot under water being there within let your anchor fall in seven or eight fathom and bring a cable on the west shoare then you shall lye land-lockt for all windes This is a good haven for those which are bound to the northwards To the northwards of Sierowach lyeth the land the Jedder which lyeth from Sierowach first northwest and by north two great leagues to point Walbert or Mids-Iedder and the north four leagues which is altogether a clean whole coast without any dangers or havens except at the very north end from which runneth off a little riffe northwest into sea towards the Veetstone The Veetstone Veetstone is a great rock lying about two leag without the land lying northnorthwest from Mids-Iedder five leagues betwixt them both a great league to the southwards of the Veetstone ly some low black rockes called Rut. When as you saile from Mids-Iedder on northnorthwest towards the Veetstone then the Veetstone doth shew himselfe very round like a hay-cock and sayling so you might lightly fall with the foresayd rocks of Rut Rut. but being a little more to seawards the Veetstone sheweth it self a little longer on the west side then you cannot take hurt of the rocks of Rut. About two leagues northnorthwest from the Veetstone lyeth an Island whereupon standeth a Church called Whitings eye Whitings-eye but northnortheast from the Veetstone 4 leagues lyeth another Island before the sound of Stavanger called Sibrichstone Sibrichstone If you will saile into Stavanger comming from the southwards then sayle through betwixt the Veetstone and the maine land leaving also the foresayd rockes of Rut lying on the starboard side but you must take very good heed of that little stone-riffe which lyeth off from the north end of the Iedder sayle in so untill that the Veetstone doe lye south-southwest from you then goe in northeast towards the poynt of Tongenes which is a long point and low land on the south side of the Sound When as you sayle now from the Veetstone towards Tongenes Tongeneâ— then you shall see that Island Sibrich stone before the Sound which doth shew it self in two parts leave that on the larboard side and sayle in by the point of Tongenes but there lyeth a rock off to the northwards from the poynt sayle through betwixt the rock and the poynt Doeswyk about east or eastsoutheast into Doeswycke when you are within the castle of Doeswycke there you may anchor But if you will sayle in further before the town of Stavanger Stavanger then leave the Diefholm on the starboard side and sayle in southeast and southsoutheast before the towne and anchor there where you please But when as you come from the northwards and will sayle to Stavanger then run through betwixt the Veetstone the Whitings-eye then goe on northeast towardes Sibrichstone and the poynt of Tongenes and doe further as hath been before taught From the Veetstone to Schuytenes Schuytenes the course is northnorthwest five leagues but from Schuytenes to Sibrichstone through betwixt Whitings-eye the course is east five leagues Foure leagues west and west and by north to seawards from Schuytenes lye the rocks called the Outseers Outseers Gaeltje Ians Steerman of Staveren comming from Schuytenes and beeing about three or four leagues from it hath cast upon eighteen fathom and about eighteen leagues south and by west sayling found 38 and 39 fathom going yet 5 leagues further upon the same course found 24 and 25 fathom and yet 9 leagues further sayling south and by west found 23 fathom water fine sandy ground and afterwards four and twenty and five and twenty Of the streames on these coasts On these Coastes of Norway off from the Naze untill past Berghen unto Stade the water riseth and falleth but keepeth no certaine tyde but from thence towards Dronten and to the northwards of it it keepeth tyde according to the moone like as in other places How these landes doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the Naze to Hitteroe the course is westnorthwest 5 and 6 leagues From Hitteroe to Ekesond the course is northwest 4
leagues From Ekesound to Sierowach the course is northwest by north 2 leagues From Sierowach to Mids-Iedder northwest and by north two and a half league From Mids-Iedder to Rut northnorthwest 4 leagues From Rut to the Veetstone north and by west a league and a half From the Veetstone to Sybrichstone northnortheast 4 leagues From the Veetstone to Schuytenes northnorthwest 5 leagues From Sybrichstone to Schuytenes through within Whitings eye west 5 leagues From the Naze to Outseers northwest 31 leagues Heights According to the Iudgments of the Mapps the Corner of the Naze lyeth in 57 degrees 40 minutes Schuytenes lyeth in 58 degrees 36 minutes How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the land of the Jedder when it is northeast five leagues from you Thus sheweth the land of the Jedder when it is eastnortheast 5 or 6 leagues from you The seventh Demonstration In which is set downe How you may sayle up into the Liet of Bergen BEtwixt Schuytenesse Bock goeth in the Liet of Bergen Schuytensse is about foure leagues long at the south end lye some suncken rockes and fowle grounds for to avoyd them comming in out of the sea you must keep the top of Bock a little without the poynt of Schuytenesse and then you shall goe cleare of them But if you bring Bock close by or to the poynt of Schuytenesse and saile so right in for to runne about close by the poynt of Schuytenesse you shall surely sayle upon those foresayde suncken Rocks and fowle grounds From the south end of Schuytenesse the Liet lyeth in first north and north and by west two leagues to the great Warder The great Warder which is a road so called after four great Warders which stand there thwart of it upon the land of Schuytenes for the knowledge of this road there lye commonly the ships that tarry for a wind being bound either to the northwards or to the southwards there it is very good lying in five six 7 or 8 fathom as well for northerly as southerly winds you may also anchor to the northwards of the Warders about a poynt in five six eight ten and twelve fathom there you shall lye landlockt for southerly winds A little to the southwardes of the Warders lyeth a Bay Coperwijke called the Coperwyke within it is also a good haven for them which are bound to the eastwards and will set sayl with a west wind when a easterly or northerly wind you can not well shift roads from thence or come out At the comming in to this Baye lyes a sunken rock called the Coppernaile Coppernaile upon it standeth alwayes a great Pole where by you may see to avoyd it Without at the south point of Schuytenes on the east side is also a little Bay or two where men may anchor A little to the northwardes of Bock on the east side of the Liet is also a Bay called Bock-haven Bock-Haven where men may come to anchor All these roads as also the Coperwycke are good for those which comming from the southwardes by reason of contrary winds can not get to the great Warders A little more southerly then the Coperwycke on the east side of the Liet to the northwardes of the Bock lyeth in north into the land a Sound which sheweth it self when you come from the southwardes much broader then the right fareway so that those that are not there very well acquainted should not think otherwise but that it was the right channell and so should lightly go up a contrary way Therefore it is necessary needfull to sayl close alongst by Schuytenes and not goe off from the west shoare untill you come thwart of Coperwycke then you shall be within the point of the foresayd Sound Pascaerte van't Liedt van BERGEN Beginnende van Schuitenes tot aen Bergen About a great halfe league by north the great Warder lyeth Notou Notou there standeth a little white church and some houses thwart of it in the Bay is also good anchoringh for northerly winds and good road for them which are bound to the northwardes Likewise se it is good anchoring by north the poynt of Notou for them which are bound to the southwards Almost at the north end of Schuytenesse is also a road called Sichstreame where is also good lying Sichstream At the north end of Schuytenesse lyeth a little Island when you sayle up or downe the Lieth you can see through betwixt them into sea At this Island is alsoo a good road under a rocke or Island called Wybrants-eye Wybrants eye there it is good anchoring for all windes Betwixt that foresaid Island and the maine land you must saile through a narrow strait which is but a little more then a shippes length broad on the east side where of which is on the side of the maine land there lyeth a little rock or suncken rock therefore you must saile close by the west side that is close alongst by the Island for to avoyd the foresayde rock From Wybrants-eye over the Bommel The bommell to the Blocx the course is northnorthwest but first somewhat more westerly about two leagues betwixt them both it is on the west side a broken land great and little Islands and rockes About halfe wayes betwixt them both goeth a channell into sea where men doe sayle much in out and it is cleane broad and wide He that will runn out there comming from the northwards may easily espye it when he is a halfe league past the Blocx On the west side lye two little Islands or great rockes which shew much greater then the other rocks these you must leave on the larboard side and run out by them southsouthwest into the sea He that will runne in here out of the sea he shall when he commeth to the end of Schuytenesse see many little Islands or rocks he must saile past al these untill that he get sight of those foresayd two great rocks and then in by them leaving them on the starboard side so he shall come somwhat to the southwardes of the Blocx The Blocx or Longholme into the Lieth The Blocx are 2 rockes lying very neare even with the water which you must leave on the larboard side in sailing up and runne close alongst by the east shoare through betwixt the Blocx and Longholm Longholm Longholme lyeth a little above the Blocx within it is a good Haven where is good lying A little to the northwards of it lye 2 rockes more thwart of them lyeth a suncken rock which you must avoyd From the Blocx alongst over the Bommel it is yet two leagues first north and then northnortheast al alongst by the land of Bommelhead the south end of this land is a high steepe poynt called Bommel-head to the southwards of it runneth a channell westsouthwest into the sea called Bommell-sound Bommell-sound This channel is easy to bee known comming in out of the
sea The land of Bommel-head is about 4 leagues long and the first long Island to the northwardes of Schuytenesse it is altogether low plaine land except on the south end which is so steep a poynt as if it were hewen right off with an Axe About the middest between both ends of this Island on the sea side lyeth a very high round hill called Sick Sick of fashion almost like a sugerloafe or a mans hat and lyeth farre above al that low land which you may easily see at both the ends of this Island and also further where by it is very easy to be knowne For to sayle into this foresaid channell out of the sea you must bring that steepe poynt of Bommell-head Bommell-head east northeast or somewhat more northerly from you and saile then towards it And then you shall leave a great many little Islands and rockes on the starboard side and the foresayd poynt on the larboard side and close in about by it to the northwardes A little about this poynt of Bommel-head on the Innerside lyeth a Haven called Bommelhaven there lyeth a rock before the mouth of it and also a suncken rocke betwixt that rock and the north poynt of that Haven He that will go in there must go into the southwards of the rock in betwixt the south poynt the foresaid rock leaving the rock on the starboard side of him So soone as men are within the Haven they must let fall their anchor within it is broade and wide and men lye there landlockt for all winds At the end of the Bommell lyeth Munsterhaven Munsterhaven in the land of Bommell-head on the west side of the Lieth even about the poynt This is also a good haven for them which are bound to the southwardes and by reason of contrary winds cannot get further there standeth a little white church thwart of it men must anchor in ten or twelve fathom From Munsterhaven to Beulhave it is north an English mile there is also good anchoring for southerly windes Beulshaven further it is north somewhat easterly to Volger-roade Volger-road before it lyeth a little Island under it or by it on the one side or other men may anchor for all winds Men may also sayle round about it and run in and out at both sides of it if they will From Munster-haven to Bremer-holme the Liet lyeth north somewhat easterly about two leagues Bremer holm there the Liet is devided into 2 parts to witt into the Old and the New Liet The old Liet goeth through to the eastwards of Bremer-holme and the Island that lyeth to the northwards of it but the new land alongst to the westwards of it The Olde Liet Old Liet is not well to be used by them which are not there very well acquainted also great ships that draw twelve or thirteenfoot may not goe through there Somewhat more then thwart of the middest of Bremer-holme in the narrow of the Old Liet lyeth a shoale where upon is no more then thirteene or fourteene foote water A little to the northwardes of it on the east shoare lyeth a bay called Ingesound where is good anchoring there lyeth also a bay on the west side halfe wayes betwixt that foresayd shoale Bremerholm where men also may anchor The New Liet New Liet is broad deepe enough Thwart of Bremer-holme in the fareway nearest the west side lyeth a sunken rock where of you must take heed For to avoyd it you must marke the Island before Volger road If you keep it so that you may see it without the north-poynt of Volgher-roade then you cannot come too neare that suncken rock but if you bring that Island behind the foresayd poynt so that you cannot see it you shall without fayle sayle right upon it you must observe these marks as well in sayling up as in sayling off In the middest of the New Lieth lyeth Ruighe-holme Ruighe-holme there men lye with shippes fast unto two Rings the one is upon the Island and the other upon the poynt to the northwards of it where they bring out Cables to From the New Lieth to the poynt of Redholme Redholm it is northnortheast a halfe league betwixt them both goeth out the Soltmerfioerd westsouthwest into sea which is a fayre broad large channel On the south side lye some suncken rockes but if you runne out amidst the channell you can take no hurt of them At sea men doe know this Soltmerfioerd Soltmerfioerd by that foresayd high and round hill Siecke which is very easy to be knowne lyeth two leagues to the southwards of it about halfe wayes betwixt this Sound Bommel-sound The land on the south side of Soltmerfioerd towards Sick are small white rockes which you must leave on the starboard side and runne in so amidst the channel eastnortheast and then you can take no hurt of those foresayd suncken rockes lying on the south side of this channell There lyeth also a suncken rocke at sea before this Sound on the south side a little off from the north poynt of the land of Bommell-head with hard winds out of the sea the sea breaketh very much upon it but it lyeth at least five or six fathom under water When as you come in there you have Redholm on the larboard side and you must run northeast alongst by it until you come about the foresayd poynt From the poynt of Redholme to the Narrow it is north through the Narrow northnorthwest north by west at least a halfe league In this strait it is so narrow that you can but even turne through it on the west side of the strayt lyeth a little Island thwart of it is good anchor-ground in 13 14 fathom Reine Knaep From the straite to the Reine Knape the course is northwest and by north two leagues this is a little Island without trees cleane round about which you may sayle about on both sides Thwart of Reine Knaep on the east shoare lyeth Deepesound a good haven for them which are bound to the southwards Deepe sound the mouth of it is narrow and also but three fathom deepe but within it is broad large and twenty fathom deepe Alongst to the westwards of the Reine Knaep it is broadest to the eastwards lyeth a point by it a little Island you may sayle through betwixt the point the little Island From the Reine Knaep to Bag-holme the course is north by east a great league Betwixt them both lye some Islands and rocks all which you must leave lying on the starboard side there you may at divers places sayle through and within these Islands and rocks and at last come out againe by Bag-holme into the Liet but it is not to be done but for them that are there extraordinary well acquainted Men might lightly get in amongst these Islands and rockes so that they should not know how to come out
againe At the east side of Bag-holm men may anchor but there shooteth off a little ledge of rocks from the north end whereof they must take good heed Crabkerk From Bag-holme to Crab-kerke it is north about three quarters of a league this is an indifferent haven for southerly winds but it is little there can lye no more then two or three shipps From Crabbe-kercke to Bock up Ra it is north somewhat easterly a league betwixt them both runneth out the Crosse-sound or Cruysvoert westsouthwest and southwest and by west into sea which sound is very easy to be knowne at sea by three hils almost like the Drommels on the east side of Norway but not so high which lye there abouts within the land which are also called by some the north Drommels North-Dâ—oÌ„mels when they are northeast or thereabouts from you then you are open before the Crosse-sound Before the mouth of it lyeth a little Island nearest the south side from which lye off some rockes to seawardes the broadest and largost channell is alongst to the northwards of it you may wel also sayl through to the eastwards of the Island betwixt it and the land but there it is narrow yet cleane cleare without any dangers When you are within it you must goe in alongst eastnortheast and northeast by east so shall come into the Liet against Cruysenes a little to the southwards of Bock up Ra. Bock up Ra â—ock up Ra. is a little Island which you may sayle about on both sides alongst to the westwards of it is the common fare-way and also deepest When as you sayle about to the eastwards of it and come to the north end of Bock there it is very narrow and there right in the fareway somwhat nearer the east shoare then Bock lyeth a suncken rock there standeth allwayes a pole upon it for to avoyd it you must leave it on the starboard side and run alongst to the westwards of it Betwixt this Rock and Bock it is no deeper then sixteen foot Right to the westwards thwart of Bock lyeth an other Island under it you may also anchor in Bock-lieth To the westwards of this Island goeth through the Cobbelieth Cobbeliet which men doe sayle through with bare winds or when they must turn through because it is broader then on either side of Bock up Ra. From Bock to the Wattingstream Wattingstream it is north a league there you cannot sayle amisse If you doe not sayle against the land for there lye no dangers except at the west shoare lyeth a suncken rock close by the land whereupon remaineth at low water about ten foot water Upon the end of Watting stream the course is north west about a shot of a cast peece or a quarter of a league and then you come thwart of little Alefioerd Little Alifioerd which is a haven on the west shoare where is good anchoring both for a north south wind under a high round Island where you shall lye land-lockt From thence to the Reestone Reestone it is north about two leagues betwixt them both on the west shoare lyeth great Alefioerd Great Alefioerd which is also a haven both for northerly and southerly winds thwart of it the fareway is about two musket shot broad The Reestone is a rocke under water lying by the poynt where the two high hills stand which men doe call the Lethoorns Lethorns these are two high sharp hilles which men may see farre off as they sayle up or off that Lieth Upon the Reestone standeth allwayes a Pole that thereby men may avoyd it You may also sayl alongst to the eastwards of it but to the westwardes of it is broadest and the right fareway over against it on the west shoare lyeth Knorwyck knorwike a haven where men may also anchor From the Reestone to Werckenesse Werckenes the course is eastnortheast about a quarter of a league and then you leave the Island Asland lying on the larboard side to the northwards of you in it lye also two havens where you may also goe to anchor the one called Struys-haven Struys-haven Schoon-haven Ieltefioerd and the other Schoon-haven To the westwards of Asland you may sayle to Jeltefioerd run out there about northwest into the sea When you come out of the sea into Jeltefioerd then you come into the westwards of Asland against the Reestone into the Lieth At the south poynt of Asland lyeth Ielteschaer Ielteschaer a little round Island or rock whereupon standeth a great Iron ring when as men come up the Lieth and with calmes are in danger to be driven with the current to the northwards along by Asland then they bring with the boat a cable fast on it Men may wend round about the foresaid rock without any danger From Werckenesse to Hornesse Hornesse it is east a little distance when you come by it you may see the towne of Bergen lye before you you must anchor before it in the Wage in 11 12 or 13 fathom To the northwards of Asland lieth the Island Harle Harle which is about five leagues long when you come from the northwards you may runne about it on both sides and so come into the Waghe of Bergen The Harlefioerd goeth out about north and by west and northnorthwest betwixt Asland and the land of Harle How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Schuytenes to Bommelshead northnorthwest somewhat northerly 7 leagues From Bommels-head to Cruysoort n.n.w. 9 leagues From Cruysoort to Harle northnorthwest 13 leagues From Schuytenes to the Outseers west and west by north 4 leagues From the Outseers to Jeltefioerd or the Wage of Bergen north 26 leagues From Schuytenes to the Flye south and by east southerly 106 leagues From Schuytenes to the Tessell south and south by east 112 leagues From Schuytenes to Walcheren south 138 leagues From Schuytenes to the Holms before Yarmouth south by west or somewhat more westerly 113 or 114 leagues From Schuytenes to Flambrough head southwest by south 104 or 105 leagues De Cust van NOORWEGEN Vertoonde van Bergen tot aen de hoeck van Horrel From Schuytenes to Tinmouth the course is southwest 99 leagues From Schuytenes to Boeckenes w. by south southerly 72 leagues From the Outseers to the Flye south by east 106 or 107 leagues From the Outseers to the rocks Outweers north and by west somewhat northerly 43 leagues From Jeltefioerd or the wage of Bergen to Hitland west 63 leagues From Jeltefioerd or the Wage of Bergen to the north-North-end of Hitland west west by north 63 leagues From Schuytens to Hitland west and by north westnorthwest 73 leagues From Schuytenes to the north end of Hitland westnorthwest somewhat northerly 80 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the Boek when you are to the southwards of Schuytener
church on the west side of the flatte Island Betwixt the little Island is also a good haven where men may lye in three foure and five fathom it is not broade but cleane To the eastwards of this Yellow Island lyeth the high land of Dromsnes Dromsnes From thence eastwardes further up into the Liet towardes Dronten or Agenes it is most all whole land and not so broken as to the westwards of it Thwart of the rocks of Hammer-sound lying on the east side of Stangwyxfioird lyeth a faire channell called Gryp-sound one of the best channells for to come in out of the sea into the Liet it is about a quarter of a league broade and goeth in close to the eastwardes of the Island Grype Grype Gryp is a little rounde Island lying from the Voghell northeast and by east distant about five leagues upon it dwell manie Fishernen which goe from thence to sea to fish upon divers bancks of fortie fiftie seventie eightie and hundred fathom foure five sixe seven eight and some tenne leagues without the land which they knowe to finde by markes on the shoare On the north side of Grype there lye but two or three rocks close to the shoare some saye that thereabout is anchor ground in twelve fathom On the south or west side it is full of Rocks but they lye most above water About halfe wayes betwixt Grype and the three Flesses somewhat without all the other Rocks lyeth a suncken rock a little under water he that runneth alongst without these rocks must be mindfull thereof For to goe into Grypesound comming in out of the Sea Grypsound you must bring the high Mountain of Toester Poester eastsoutheast from you and sayle in right with it and so you shall not sayle to runne in sight of the Island Gryp which is easy to knowe from the other rocks by the great manie Fishermens houses which stand upon it and upon no other Island nor Rocks thereabouts leave that Island on the starboard side and goe in first eastsoutheast right with Toester being past the Island Gryp bring Toester two poynts on your larboard bowe and goe so in southeast you shall come into the Liet betwixt Hammersound and Toester From thence to the little Island Edou Edou are about four leagues About three leagues to the westwardes of it or a league to the eastwards of Grypsound in the Lieth lyeth also a suncken rock almost even with the water and almost amidst the farewaye nearest the north side you may alwayes see the sea breake upon it leave it on the larboard side and runne to the southwards of it there it is broadest you may for a neede run also to the northwards of it through betwixt it the other rocks but it is there narrow Edou Edou or Edoe is a somewhat low plain Island a league long very narrow which is the first land out on the larboard side upon the Liet that men have shelter of from the sea to the westwards of it there is nothing but broken land Rocks and little Islands where the growne sea commeth rowling in through Not farre from the west end upon the south side of Edou standeth a little white Church thwart of it or a little to the eastwards of it men may anchor in eight nine and tenne fathom The shoare is steep rising ground If men doe come neare it in foure fathom they shall be presently fast but the grounde is soft When as men come from the westwards and will anchor there they must comming neare the west end of the Island continually feele with the leade for the anchor ground and so soone as they feele it let fall their anchor thwart of the aforesayd little white Church or a little to the eastwardes of it so that the little Church come to stand over the houses When as they let fall their anchor in 10 fathom and wending up towards the land verie out the cable then the shippe shall come to lye there in sixe fathome the Liet is thereabouts aboute a halfe league broade Upon the east end of Edou is also a little haven called Kurow Kurou and it is so little that there can lye no more then two or three ships there lyeth a little black rock not farre from the shoare men doe runne in betwixt that little rock and the Island anchor betwixt them both there men lye landlockt for all winds but the ground there is not cleane At the east end of Edou lyeth another Island somewhat long called Glaseu Glaseu To the eastwards of it runneth a great broade Sound into sea called Ramsfioird but it is known of few Ramsfioerd With northerly winds there commeth through a great growne sea into the Lieth To the eastwards from Ramsfioerde lieth the land of Hitteren two greate long Islands Norther Hitteren Highland of Hitteren Souther Hitteren together about seven leagues long so that he that sayleth up the Lieth thwart of them can not perceive otherwise but that he sayleth in betwixt two maine lands At the south end or west end of Hitteren which is on the cast side of Ramsfioerd ly two little Islands called Weroy Weroy there you may sayle in betwixt them anchor in good white sand ground you may also saile through betwixt the little Islands alongst into the Liet then you leave a suncken rock lying on the starboard side by the southermost little Island From the Island Edou to the Highland or the pointe of Dromsnes Dromsnes it is northeast and by east and eastnortheast distant about three leagues To the westwards of that poynt to witt betwixt that poynt the land to the westwardes of it called Schipnes lyeth a haven called Schaerswycke Schaerswyke In the mouth of this haven about the middest of the channell but somewhat nearer Schipnes then Dromsnes lyeth a suncken rock which falleth drie at low water you may runne in about it on both sides A little within the poynt on the south side standeth a Countriemans house before which you may anchor in five sixe or seven fathom cleane rising ground which you may come neare by your leade This haven lyeth about a league more to the eastwards then Ramsfioird on the south side of the Liet fitt for to come to anchor in for those which can sayl no further by day To the westwards of this foresaid haven Schaerswycke alongst the land of Schipnes lye manie Rocks by the shoare some above some under water therefore you must somewhat shunne the southshoare thereabouts but the north shoare alongst by Hitteren is verie cleane The Liet is thereabouts a great halfe league broade Aboute five leagues to the eastwards of Schaerswyke on the north side of the Lieth lye the two Islands of Lexen Lexen to witt norther and souther Lexen which are together about a halfe league long There the Liet lyeth betwixt both eastnortheast and northeast and by east In souther
streames on these coasts From Stade to Dronten a south and by east and north and by west moon maketh high water with a spring it falleth a fathom and a halfe up and downe with an ordinary tyde scarce a fathom The tydes run not there alongst the land but the flood falleth thwart on against the land and the ebbe to the contrary thwart from the shoare to seawards Courses and Distances From Stemneshest to Gryp northeast and by east 6 leag From Gryp to the Islands of Momendall northeast 18 leagues From Gryp to Holyland northnortheast and northeast and by north 27 leagues From Gryp to Rust north and north by east 64 leag From Gryp to the north end of Hitland south-southwest and by west 115 leagues From Gryp to the south end of Fero westsouthwest 167 leagues From Grype to the east poynt of Island west and west and by north 233 leagues Of the heights of these lands The Islands Whitholme and Smeerholme lye in 63 degrees 54 minutes The Island Gryp in 64 degrees The town Dronten 64 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the point of Stemmeshest or Heynst Flenseu Roofen Island Lemseu Low Island Harnsoe Luycko Thus sheweth the Islands of Roemsdale when the middle most of the three highest and the westermost is southeast from you about 3 leagues Stemneshest The Islands of Roemsdale Thus sheweth the Land between Stemmeshest and the Broad-sound when as you saile a seaboard alongst by the Roemsdaels Islands Schares These two figures belong at the crosses one to the other The land from Gryp westwards or southwards towards Stemmeshest like these two figures here above when as you saile alongst by it seven leagues without the land The tenth Demonstration In which The east side of England is shewed from the River of London to Welles BY two wayes men may saile into the river of London from the southwards alongst by the north Forland and from the northwards alongst by the Naes If you will sayle in there from the southwards then you must first shun the North Forland it is there shoale a good wayes from the shoare bring the north Forland also not more southerly from you then southwest that you do not run on against the north-grounds which lye farre to seawards Comming by the land run alongst by it but come not too neere it that you loose sight of the spyre of the steeple of Margat behind the land for then you should come too neere it but if you keepe so far from the shoare that you can see the foresayd steeple above the high land or keep it even in your sight then you cannot take hurt of the south grounds Comming thwart of Margat then you are past the foresaid shoals or south grounds Run then boldly towards the shoare and within two cables lengths alongst by it for to avoid the north grounds which lye farre to the southwards towards the land Sayle on so west all alongst by the shoare untill that the Reculvers which are two steeples upon one Church come one in the other and then you shall run in sight of the first buye upon the Lasts which lieth upon the foresaid markes of the Reculvers Reculvers being by it you can also see the other buy which lyeth like as the first also on the north side and over against it on the south side standeth a beakon there you must saile through betwixt them both leaving the buye on the starboard side and the beakon over against it on the larboard side From thence you may with little shippes or shippes of little draught but not with ships of great draught at high water run over the Swallow on westnorthwest towards Sheppy for it is there shoale water with ships of great draught you must runne through the Fishers deep towards Black-tayle You may also runne from Margat with small shippes alongst by the shoare upon the lead at high water even unto the Sheppy but in sayling alongst there you must cast your tides well for the flood falleth very strong into the Swallow and the ebbe to the contrary very strong out When you come by Sheppy Sheppy runne within two cables lengths alongst by it for to avoid the taile of the Spanjard The Spagniard untill that you be past Quinsbrough edge then off from the south shoare for to avoyd the Noere The Nore which is a sande that shooteth off from the south poynt of the River a good wayes to the eastwards upon the outermost end where of standeth allwayes a beakon whereby you may know it Run alongst to the northwards of it leaving it on the larboard side and alongst in the middle of the channell into the sea-reach for to avoid the grounds which lye off from the north shoare goe in so alongst towardes Gravesend To sayle with shippes of great draughts alongst by the north Forland up into the Thames you must when you are past the buyes upon the Last sayle through the Fishers deep Fishers-deep toward Black-tayle which lyeth from the second buye upon the Lasts unto the first buye in the Fishers deep northwest and northwest and by west which lyeth upon the north side of the sand which men doe call the Spanjard those two buyes lye a great wayes one from the other Sayling from the buye upon the Lasts it is a great wayes all shoale water so that you must runne over there with high water but comming neare the buye upon the Spanjard it is by little and little deeper water He that will saile over here must reckon his tydes well the flood falleth there alongst towards the southwest almost thwart over the deepe and the ebbe to the contrary The second buye in the Fishers Deepe you must leave on the starboard side the buye upon the Spanjaerd on the larboard side being past that you come against the Blacketayle to the southwards of the Shoebeakon into the right deepe The cast poynt of Sheppy shall then lye about south from you From the Shoe-beakon the course is southwest to the point of Blacktaile there runneth off a hooke which men might at unawares sayl within comming from the northwards in five or sixe fathom but if you keep from the shoar in seven fathom you cannot sayle within it From Black-taile to the beakon upon the Noere the course is westsouthwest leave it on the larboard side as before is said and runne in alongst the river in the middst of the channell betwixt both lands unto Gravesend For to saile into the river of London comming from the northwards For to saile into the river off London from the northwards you must come neere the coast to the northwards of Orfordnes which is to the northwards of all the sands there lye Albrough Dunwich Walderswike Sowle and Covehit all betwixt Orfordnes and Leystaf Covehit is a sharp steeple like as also Leystraffe but Sowle and Walderswyke Albrough and Orfordnes are flat steeples Sowle Sowle and
is dangerous to sayle about by night if men doe come too near it which is upon the end so steep that in 3 fathom or 2 fathom a half you shal not be a ships length off from it But when as you comming from the southwards keep your self in six or seven fathom then you cannot sayl so neare to it To the southwards of that rif upon the land standeth a firetowre which is verie easy to be knowne with a firebeakon also a little white house when these come one in the other then you are thwart of the poynt of the riff To the northwards of this riff upon the land stand two white firebeakons whereupon there is fired by night for to avoyd this riff When as you come thwart of the poynt then are these also one in the other so that these doe serve for thwart marks and the other to the southwards of them for longst marks for those that will sayle about it from the southwards Comming from the northwards alongst the shoare in 5 or 6 fathom untill you come by the firebeakons upon the north side you must keep somewhat off from the shoare before they come one in the other or els you should run on against the rif When they are one in the other then they stand s w. by w. from you and when as the high firebeakon to the southwards of Winterton cometh to be s west somewhat more westerly from you then you are thwart of the point of the rif you may not also run about far within that riff for then you should lightly bee foule of the grounds on the eastwards of it especially when you come from the northwards for there it is not verie wide betwixt them both From Winterton to Haesbrough poynt the course lyeth northwest 3 leagues Betwixt Haesbrough the Admiralshouse stands a ruinous tower upon the strand When as you keep it the steeple of Haesbrough one in the other comming from the northwards then you run right upon the poynt of the foresayd riffe Foure leagues without the land lyeth Winterton sand the south end where of lyeth about east the north end northeast from Winterton Thwart of Admiralshouse not far from the shoare lyeth also a little plate where no ship can go over but if you goe in six or seven fathom you cannot sayle too neare it you may also runne through in 2 fathom betwixt this plate the land From Haesbrough to Cromer the coast lyeth alongst northwest and by west and westnorthwest three or foure leagues The land lieth from Cromer to Bornum first westnorthwest and west and by north and then west and west and by south 9 or 10 leagues From Cromer to Blakeney it is 2 or 3 leagues At Blakeney Blakeney standeth a high steeple which you may see alongst farre over the land when it commeth to the little steeple then you have the first buy of the channell which lieth at the south end of the Pole which is a sand at the west side of the channell of Blakeney go from the first buy to the other and alongst by them untill you come within the Haven This is a tyde-haven where men doe lye dry at low water Four leagues to the westwards of Blakeney lyeth Wels betwixt them both lyeth the foresayd shoale called the Poll and Pyper Pol and Piper there it is shoale far off at sea At the west end of this shoale goeth in the Deep of Wels the beacons that you must saile in alongst by stand all alongst by the Pyper When Hoebrom standeth eastsoutheast from you then you are to the westwards of the Pyper thwart of it is good road in 6 fathom Wels Wells lyeth then southeast from you and the trees stand then also against the steeple then you may sayle open into the Haven of Wels alongst by the foresayd beakons Of the Depths and Shoales about these places and in what Depths men may see the land Five or six leagues north and by east northnortheast from the north Forland or from Margat lyeth a banck called Kentish-knock upon it is three fathom water Being by it you may even see the land from belowe Five leagues northeast from this banck it is twentie fathom deep Northeast and by north from the north Forland nine or tenne leagues and about east from the Naze eight leagues into the sea lyeth a banck called the Galloper of five six and seven fathom depth The westrocks is a stonie ground lying betweene the Court and Long-sand whereupon is no more then two fathom water at a half floud Without that sand or Harwitch five leagues from the Naze it is twentie and two and twentie fathom deepe being there you may see the land Thwart of Orfordnes you may see the land from below in two and twenty fathom Five or six leagues without Leystaffe Yarmouth southeast and east into sea it is 27 and 28 fathom deep there you may see the land Foure leagues east and by south from land without the Holmes of Yarmouth lyeth a banck called the Newsand which is not deeper then two fathom Eastnortheast at least 7 leagues from land thwart of Yarmouth it is 15 fathom the ground red grosse sand with little round stones being there you may even see the land from below Thwart of Winterton and Cromer 7 or 8 leagues from the land it is 18 and 19 fathom deep and there you may see the land Winterton sand lyeth 4 or 5 leagues from land northeast from Winterton What moon maketh high water at the places At the north Forland a north and south moone maketh high water Within the Thames a south and by east moone Before the Thames at Harwitch and Orfordnes a southsoutheast moone At Leistaff Yarmouth a southsoutheast moon maketh high water Without the bancks of Yarmouth and before Cromer a southeast Moon maketh full sea Betwixt the bancks of Harwitch and the Holmes of Yarmouth the flood falleth south and the ebbe north Thwart of the banks of Winterton and Cromer the flood falleth southsoutheast the ebbe northnorthwest Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames From the north Forland the flood falleth to the Recolvers and over the Brakes westsouthwest and west and by south Without about Good-win towards Kentish-knock the flood falleth north and by west and northnorthwest there commeth the floud also against it from the northwards and meet one another by the Galloper with very great rippeling and noyse whereof this banck is also called the Galloper and falleth to the westwards into the sands channels and also to the eastwards towards Flanders Betwixt the North Forland Orfordnesse the streame falleth without the sands south and by east and southsoutheast When you are to the northwards of the Galloper then you can reckon no ebbe then that which runneth alongst England to the northwards the streames fall there all alongst the coasts To the southwards of the Galloper the ebbe goeth to the contrary
by w. moone maketh ful sea The floud falleth alongst these coasts southsoutheast and the ebbe northnorthwest At Orcanesse Boecknes a southwest northeast moon maketh high water The floudes come about from behind Scotland from the westwards through betwixt Fayrhill Orcanesse make there about full sea with a southwest northeast moon From Boeckenesse the floud falleth south alongst the coast towards Lieth the ebb north to the contrarie In this fareway it is deep 40 50 and 60 fathom in 45 50 fathom you may see the land In this fareway in the sommer the first Herrings are caught Courses and Distances From Tynmouth to Staples north and by west 16 leag From Staples to Barwicke westnorthwest 3 leagues From Barwicke to S. Abbens-head n. n. w. 5 leagues From the Staples to S. Abbens-head n. w. 8 or 9 leagues From S. Abbens-head to the Bas west 4 leagues From the Bas to Inckieth west west by north 5 leagues From S. Abbens-head to the Island May northwest 3 leagues From S. Abbens-head to Fifsnes northwest by north 4 great leagues From Fifsnes to Doonde northnorthwest 5 leagues From Tinmouth to Scuytenes northeast 99 leagues From Tinmouth to the Naze northeast by east easterlye 103 leagues From Tinmouth to the Scawe eastnortheast 130 leag From Tinmouth to Holyland east by south easterlye 106 leagues From Fissnes to Stone-Bay north and by east 16 leagues From Redhead to Monros northwest 4 leagues From Monros to Stone-bay n.e. and by north 5 leagues From Stone-bay to Boecknes northnortheast somwhat northerly 16 leagues From Aberdine to Boeckenes northnortheast 12. leag From Boeckenes to Phyloort or Spyloort northnorthwest 3 leagues From Phyloort to the poynt of Elgyn west 10 leagues From the poynt of Elgyn to the Haven of Rosse or Luvernes west by s somewhat southerly 7 leagues From cape de Terbate to Catenes n.e. by n. 14 leagu From Catenes to Ilhoy westnorthwest 5 leagues From Boeckenes to Catenes northwest by northwest and by north 22 leagues From Boockenes to the Orcaneys north by west and northnorthwest 26 leagues From Boeckenes to Hanglip or the south end of Hitland north somewhat eâ—sterly 50 leagues From Boeckenes to Scuytenes east and by north somewhat northerly 72 leagues From Boeckenes to the Naze east somewhat southerly 88 or 90 leagues From Boeckenes to Boevenb in Jutland east by south 106 leagues From Boeckenes to Holylande s e. by e. 128 leagues From Boockenes to the Tessell s e southerly 143 leagues From Boockenes to the Holmes before Yarmouth southsoutheast 108 leagues From Aberdine to the Holmes before Yarmouth southeast and by south somewhat southerly 100 leagues Heights S. Abbenshead in Scotland in 56 degrees 12 minutes Boeckenes lyeth in the height of 57 degrees 55 minutes Catenes in 58 degrees 40 minutes The greatest or the outermost Island of the Orekneys in 59 degrees 8 minutes Eylanden van HITLANDT ofte Schetlant Fayer hil en Fulo Eylanden van HEBRIDES gelegen achter de noordwest hoeck van Schotlant Eylanden van FERO ofte Farre How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Thus sheweth Boeckenes when you saile alongst by it In this form sheweth the land Catenes when you saile alongst by it Thus sheweth the northeast poynt of Orkenes when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the land of Scotland to the northwards Aberdyne when you sayle alongst by it 2 leagues from the land The thirteenth Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coast of Fayre-hill Hitland and the Islands thereabouts as also the Islands of Fero and some Islands behind the northwest Corner of Scotland THe Island Fairhill Fairhill lyeth from the east point of the Orcanais northeast from Boeckenesse north and by west about seven and thirty leag On the west side of Fairhill is at some places foule ground but upon the southeast side is good anchor ground there you may anchor every where but there stretcheth a riffe on the east side of the shoare off southeast two leagues in to sea Fulo Fulo lyeth from Fairehill northwest and by north tenne leagues betwixt them both lyeth the southermost poynt off Hitland lying from Fairehill northnortheast 7 or 8 leagues and from Fulo east and by south 4 leagues The southwest coast of Hitland to witt from the southermost poynt to the northwest poynt lyeth northwest and by north eight or nine leagues On the same southwest side over against the Island Fulo lyeth a Sand-bay where men may anchor but on the east side of this Bay it is somewhat foule From that northwest or west poynt off to the north end the land of Hitland lyeth northeast by north south-southwest and by south twenty or one and twenty leagues Two leagues to the northwards of the foresaid west poynt lyeth the Haven of S. Magnus S. Magnus which is a broad Sound within it is good anchor ground in sixteen or seventeen fathom depth according as you shall be farre within the land On the north side lyeth a high rocke where you must run in to the southwards of And on the south side lyeth two or three rocks which you must leave on the starboard side when you sayle in there Even to the eastwards about the s poynt of Hitland lyeth a fayre Sand-bay where you may anchor in twelve or thirteen fathom from thence to Hanglip the course is northeast somewhat easterly 8 or 9 leagues Betwixt Hanglip Hanglip and the south poynt lyeth an Island which you may sayle about on both sides within it lyeth Hambrough Haven Hambrough haven or the Scottish Haven which is a lade place for the Hamburgers and Scots This Haven is also called Bremer Haven There lyeth also a high steepe poynt to the southwards of Hanglip to the southwards of it men doe runne into Broad-sound Broad-sound the chiefest Haven of all Hitland which is deepe and hath cleane ground there men doe lye landlockt for all winds From the Broad Sound lyeth a Sound in alongst to the northwards through the land which commeth out againe into the sound to the northwards and so maketh an Island of the land whereupon the high hill Hanglip lyeth When as you will sayle in there from the northwards that is to the northwards of Hanglip you must runne in nearest by the south shoare and edge to it betimes In this channell betwixt both lands lye two Islands or rocks the greatest lyeth nearest the north shoare and the smallest nearest the south shoare betwixt them both lyeth also a suncken rocke which at low water is uncovered and at high water you may know it by the breaking upon it When as you will sayle in here you must leave the foresayd greatest Rocke with the suncken rock on the starboard side and the smallest rock on the larboard side there is upon the shoalest three fathom and a halfe water Within this haven lye also two havens at the north point which
lye into the land where is good lying When as you will sayle from this foresayd haven through within unto the Broad-sound you shall meet scarce halfe wayes with a rock from which lyeth off a risse towards the west shoare thwart of it you must runne close alongst by the west shoare for to avoid that riffe To the northwards of Hanglip the land of Hitland lyeth north north and by east and northnortheast at least north and at some places you may sayle in through Hitland especially to the northwards of Walsoeu where a faire broad Sound lyeth northwest through there is good anchor ground to finde at some places for these that are there acquainted From Hanglip to the northeast point of Hitland the course is northnortheast ten leagues there lie some outrocks called the Outschares Outscares From thence alongst to the north point of Hitland the course is north about 4 leagues A little about the east point goeth in a faire haven called Bloem-sound Bloem-sound lying in southwest On the west side lyeth a long rock you must sayle into the eastwards of it and anchor a little within the Haven it is there within all cleane sand ground and good lying Bloem-sound lyeth in first as hath been said southsouthwest afterwards south and south and by east on both sides is good anchor ground there you may saile altogether through and come out againe through Jelle-sound into sea about the Island Fero. Names of the Islands of Fero. The greatest and chiefest Islands of Fero are 12 in number as Suydro Sando Moggenes Wage Stromo Ostro Calso Cuno Bordo Wydro Swyno and Fulo The little Islands of Fero are ten as Littledymen Stoerdymen Schuyvo Dalsfles Hesden Trallo Colster Moggensholme the Monck and the Bishop Besides these there are yet some rocks and little Islands to seven or eight in number The southermost great Island called Suydro Suydro lyeth most southeast and northwest about seven or eight leagues At the southeast end of this Island lyeth a high rock called the Monck or Sambie after the name of the first or southermost haven in Suydro Betwixt the Monck Monck Samby and the southâ—â—st end of the Island Suydro is a race or Well which men must avoid especially with spring tides Upon the west side of the Island Suydro are no havens for to save any shippes in but it is altogether high steepe land On the North side are maine havens where men may sayle into and save ships as Sommersound or Hest Hofwycke Vrobie Quaelbie or Rane all broad sounds or havens a countrie man or Pilot can bring you in there every where to your desire From the Northwest end Suydro to Moggensholme Moggenes-holm the westermost and outermost Island of Fero the course is northwest and by north and northnorthwest about eight leagues At the east end of Moggenesholme lyeth Moggenes Mogenes Wage to the eastwards of it lyeth the Island Waghe and to the eastwards of Waghe goeth in a faire Sound from the southwards off from the Island Sando about Hesten the Island Colster for you may run in about these Islands on both sides leave the great Island Stromo on the east side and so come into Waghe In the middest of the Sound of Waghe goeth up a haven to the eastwards into the great Island Stromo there in you may anchor in ten or twelve fathom but the Sound is at least twenty fathom deep Moggenes the northeast end Fero lie eastnortheast or a little more northerlye westsouthwest about fifteene leagues assunder Betwixt them both lye tenne Islands and betwixt each Island is a faire broade deep Sound where of the fourth off from Moggenes is called Somsound Somsound All these Sounds lye most northnorthwest and southsoutheast through the land and upon all these Islands stand Churches except upon Ostra which never the lesse is a great Island From the southeast end of Suydro to Scalhead Scalhead or the southeast end of the Island Sando the course is north and by west about five leagues Betwixt Suydro and Sando lye the little Islands Little Dymen Little Dymen Stoer Dymen Stoer Dymen Schavo and Dalsfles From Schalhead untill within the Island Mulso lying before Stromo the course is north and by west foure leagues there you may every where anchor where you will in twentie thirtie or fortie fathom If any man comming in out of the sea desireth to see a good road or haven under the Islands of Fero he shall keepe that middlemost great Island Stromo northwest and northwest and by west from him and then hee shall see upon the middest of the Island Stromo a high steepe hill called Schellinck which he must sayle right in with and so he shall meete with that foresayd Island Mulso a low Island which you may sayle about on both sides but it is best for to runne in there at the south under this Island is all over good anchor ground Right over against this Island on the great Island lyeth Torshaven the chiefest haven of Fero where all the trade of merchandize is From Torshaven TorshaveÌ„ or the Island Mulso to the northeast end of Fero the course is northeast and northeast and by east about twelve or thirteene leagues betwixt them both lye seven Islands betwixt each Island as hath been sayd goeth a broad Sound thorow the land lying through about northwest a broad thorow the land lying northnorthwest The north end of Fero is about foure leagues broad and lyeth northwest and southeast and is called Fulo thwart of it lieth the Bishop He that desireth to sayle off from Mulso into Somsound let him goe on northeast by north three leag Fulo unto the poynt of Bordenes then up northwest off from Bordenes then he shall espie a Church upon the Island Calso which he must leave on the starboard side The Bishop goe in along westnorthwest untill he come into the Bight of the Island Ostro and anchor there in seventeene or eighteene fathom These Islands of Fero lye in a triangle it is from the southeast end of Suydro to Fulo or the north end of Fero northnortheast and southsouthwest 21 leagues a sunder From Scotland westwards and to the northwards of Ireland lye many Islands whereof we shall here describe some with so much perfection as thereof is yet knowne The names of the principall Islands Names of the Islands lying there are these Areu Ila Jona Mulla Bragedull Hun Lewis S. Patricius S. Maria S. Colane S. Petous Epth and S. Kilda these are the greatest There are yet some small Islands as Rona Ghent Trauta Fladde Grand Melul Petit Melul Stalpan Cannay Rum Egghe Mule Cutte Carndenbrough Gronsay S. Karbo Lismont Swynoy Machare Gegay Caray Navarsay All these Islands doe lye and belong under Scotland and are those which by the Cosmographers are called Insulae Hebrides The Island Barre or Rona Barre or Rona
is the northermost Island lying behinde Scotland lyeth from Fulo about westsouthwest 37 or 38 leagues it lyeth by two other little Islands about a greate league one from the other The Islands of Lewis lye from Rona southwest distant sixteen or seventeen leagues and from the north end of Lewis to S. Kilda it is south-southwest and by west 16 leagues On the east side of S. Kilda is a good roade for a west and northwest winde This Island lyeth by the other little Island where of the two are not very great upon that which lyeth to the westwards you may see some houses stand and these two little Islands lye tenne leag to the westwards of the great Island of Lewis Upon the coast of Lewis lye also two rowes of great rocks like as if they where little Islands lying one from the other south north somewhat easterly about 7 or 8 leagues The southermost lye by 3 little Islands but the northermost lye by eight small little Islands or rocks The Island of Lewis is devided into many parts the which men may sayle through at many and divers places Lewis with the Islands belonging to it lye southsouthwest and south and by west about 29 leagues But on the east side goeth a broade Sound through of five or six leagues Men sayl in close by the Island of Lewis about southsouthwest untill past the Island Cheut From thence the Sound lyeth through betwixt the great Island Bragadull Lewis south south by west towards the west end of Lewis called the Ephts then you must leave Mulla and Ila with divers many other Islands on the larboard side Jona Ila Mulla Bragadul are 4 of the greatest Islands which are lying on the west coast of Scotland and lye close by the mayn land but there are many havens Sounds so that there you may sayle in and about them every where At the northwest point of Ireland lye also some Islands which you may sayle through round about them all Betwixt Rona Orkneys lye also some Islands which also you may sayle through betwixt and round about He that falleth with these Islands must be very carefull and circumspect for the most part of them are inhabited by wild and savage people In Lewis the Islands thereabout a southwest and northeast moone maketh the highest water likewise also without the north poynt of Scotland Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames In Hitland within the havens Sounds a southsouthwest northnortheast moon maketh full sea The floud runneth there to the eastwards and the ebbe to the westwards especially at the south end and north end of Hitland and so fall thwart through the Sounds and havens In the Island of Fero a north and south moon maketh the highest water Under the Islands of Fero goe very hard tydes with great turnings the floud commeth there out of the west westnorthwest the ebbe out of the east and eastsoutheast and fall so alongst through the Islands there you must reckon your tides there after when you will sayle from the one Island to the other there are two wels or Maelstreames the one at the south end of Suydry and the other a league within Scalhead at Quaelnes Although the tides doe run so strong through these Islands yet nevertheles it floweth not there foure foot up and downe How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Fairehill to the northeast poynt of Orcaneys south-southwest 9 or 10 leagues From Fairehill to the south end of Hitland southsouthwest and south and by west 7 or 8 leagues From the south end of Hitland to the Island Rona westsouthwest 46 leagues From the north end of Hitland to the rocks of Rocol westsouthwest 127 or 128 leagues From the south end of Hitland to Fero westnorthwest northwest and by west 61 leagues From the north end of Hitland to the south end of Fero west and west and by north 58 leagues From Hitland to the east poynt of Island the course is northwest and by west about 130 leagues From the north end of Hitland too Gryp northeast by east the north-north-end of 115 leagues From Hitland to Stadt eastnortheast 66 leagues From Fero to Rona the course is south and by east 45 or 46 leagues From the south end of Fero to Rokol south-southwest westerlye 85 leagues From Rona Lewis the course is south-southwest 16 leagues From the north end of Lewis to Saint Kilda south-southwest 16 leagues From the south end of Lewis to the northwest poynt of Ireland the course is southsouthwest about 27 leag From S. Kilda to the north end of Hitland northeast and by east 39 leagues Of the heights of these lands The south end of Hitland lyeth in 59 degrees 48 minu The north end of Hitland lyeth in 60 degr 50 min. The south end of Fero lyeth in 61 degr 15 min. The north end in 62 degr 20 min. The Islands of Rona lyeth in 58 degr 46 min. The north end of Lewis lyeth in 58 degr 18 min. The Rock Rokol lyeth in 58 deg 20 min. The northwest point of Scotland lyeth in 58 degrees 30 minutes How these lands doe shew themselves at sea When Fairehill is west and south 3 or 4 leagues from you it sheweth thus When Fairehill is west from you see Hitland northwest from you it sheweth thus When Fairehill is southeast and southeast and by east 3 or 4 leageus from you it sheweth thus When Fairehill is northwest and northwest and by west 4 leagues it sheweth thus Fairehill being 5 leagues southwest and by west from you sheweth thus When Fulo is northwest from you so far that you may even see it out of the top it sheweth thus When the southeast end of Hitland is westnorthwest from you then sheweth the land as in these three figures the AA BB one to the other Thus sheweth Hitland when it lyeth northwest and by west about 4 leagues from you Bremerhaven Point of Broadsound Hanglip In this forme sheweth Hitland betwixt Hanglip and Hamburger-haven Thus sheweth the land to the northwards of the haven of Broadsound Hanglip northwest from you Five leagues to the northwards of Hanglip the land sheweth thus being about a league off from it Hitland lyeth in there with a great bight with many Islands Thus sheweth Hanglip when it is northwest from you eight leagues When as the north end of Hitland is southeast and by cast from you then it riseth thus When S. Kilduyn is south-southwest about five leagues from you it sheweth thus When the Island Lewis lyeth east from you then it riseth thus and then you are without S. Kilda This Island lieth also upon the coast of Lewis S. Kilda 6 leagues south-southwest from you it sheweth thus S. Kilda northeast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus S. Kilda southwest and by west 4 leagues from you it sheweth thus Fulo 4 leagues from you it sheweth thus This Island lyeth westsouthwest from Scotland
Thus sheweth the Island Barre or Rona when it is 4 leagues s s.e from you This land lyeth on the northwest poynt of Scotland towards Locherme The south poynt of Fero westnorthwest from you 5 leagues it sheweth thus The south poynt of Fero northwest 6 leagues from you it sheweth thus The first part THE SECOND BOOKE OF THE LIGHTNING-COLVMNE OR SEA MIRROUR WHEREIN Is set forth the Description of the Sea-Coasts of Norway Finmarck and Lapland and also the whole White Sea from Dronten to Nova Zembla Furnished with all the needfull Seacards sights of Land with divers changes as well in the courses distances as in the heights and purged from many faults Gathered together from the experience of divers Famons Seamen and lovers of Navigation never before brought to light By IOHN van LOON Practicioner in the Sciences of Astronomy Geometry and the Mathematiques IN AMSTERDAM Printed by Iohn Iohnson dwelling at the Signe of the Passe-card 1654. Pascaart Vande zeecusten van RVSLANT Laplant Finmarcken en Spitzbergen De Custen van NOORWEGH tusschen Dronten en Tromsondt The first part of the New LIGHTNING SEA COLUMNE OR SEA MIRROUR THE SECOND BOOKE Of the EASTERNE NAVIGATION Containing The Description of the Sea-Coasts of Norway Finmarck Lapland the whole White Sea The first Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coasts of Norway from Dronten to the Island Tromsound as also Iohn Mayes Island and the New-found-land of Spitsburgh Nomen-dals Islands FRom the Island Gryp to the Nomen-dals Islands the course is northeast eighteene leagues but from Gryp to the Island Rust Rust north and north and by east four and sixteen leagues Betwixt them ly besides the Nomen-dals Islands also the Islands Holyland Holyland and Traenoch Traenoch Traenoch and Rust lye thirteen leagues asunder From Rust to Wero the course is northeast and by north nine leagues but to Loffoert northnortheast and by north three and thirtye leagues Betwixt Wero Wero and Loffoert Loffoert lyeth the Maelstrame Maelstreame where you may sayle through but at still water By the west poynt of Loffoert you may runne in and make roade under it And also you may runne through from thence within betwixt the Islands and the mayn land all along unto the North-Cape Betwixt the Islands Westerholl Sanien Sanien and Tromsound Tromsound you may also runne in at divers places and make road Thwart of these Islands lye here there in some places suncken rocks and foule grounds a great league more without the land He that saileth alongst this coast may be care-full there of Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places On these coasts a southsouthwest and northnortheast moon maketh full sea The floud commeth there out off the northwest and westnorthwest and falleth alongst Finmark towards the North-cape Courses and Distances From Rust to Loffoert northnortheast and northeast by north 33 leagues From Loffoert to Sanien northeast easterly 36 leagues From Sanien to Suyro northeast and by cast 40 leagues Heights The Maelstream lyeth in about 68 degrees The Island Sanien in 70 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Loffoert east and by south Rust east and by south from you sheweth thus When the east end of Loffoert is southeast and by east from you it sheweth thus with the land to the westwards When Loffoert is southeast from you 6 or 7 leagues it sheweth thus When Loffoert is eastsoutheast from you it sheweth and the land betweene thus This belongeth to the Former The east end of Westerholl shewed thus when as you sayle alongst by it about 7 leagues off from it These two figures belong at the crosses one to the other Thus sheweth the land of Sanien when the 2 high hils upon the east end are southeast and by south the poynt with the cliff south and by west from you 4 leagues When as the two foresayd high Hils upon the east end are south from you then they are right one in the other The second Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Sea-coasts and Islands of Finmarcken From Sanien to north Kijn or north Cape FRom the Island Tromsound to Surroy Surroy it is east-northeast somewhat northerly 15 or 16 leag To the eastwards of the Island Tromsound goeth in the Tromsound betwixt the Island Fogelden Fogelden and Skyrfeu Skyrfeu as you sayle in there you leave the Islands Loppen Loppen Loppen-kalf Loppen-kalf lying on the larboard side without the other Islands within it are divers Islands bayes and sounds where you may sayle in and seeke road as Oxefioert Biurfioert more other Betwixt Loppen and Surroy men doe sayle through Suyersound and Stiernersound into the river of Altenbotten Altenbotten and then betwixt them they leave on the starboard side Niussioerd Oxefioerd Langefioerd On the larboard side about by the west poynt of Suroy on the land of Suroy lyeth a Haven where by is also a Fisher village both called Haeswyke Haeswyck Suroy is about ten leagues long and lyeth on the off-side eastnortheast Nine or ten leagues to the eastwards of the Island Tromsound about three leagues without the land and westnorthwest 5 leagues from the west-west-end of Surroy lyeth a shoale of rocks a little under water Showld John Huygen of Linschoten in this second voyage to Nova Zembla in the yeare 1595 sailed with his shipp upon it in faire weather and smooth water that the sheating of his stemme was beaten of two ships but after some beating the shipp turned off with the strong current It is to be thought that there lye more then men can see or as yet are discovered About six leagues east and by north from the east end of Suroy lyeth the Island Ingen Ingen. betwixt them both lye also Reef-holme Reefs-holm and Shipholme Shipholm little Islands which you may sayle about on both sides untill under Ingen or Suroy When as you come in betwixt Suroy and Ingen there lyeth thwart off from Suroy towards the other land a good haven called Hamerfeest Hamerfeest A little further in lye two high little Islands and over against them a road called Slechtnes Betweene Hamerfeest and Slechtnes Slechtenes before that you get Slechtenes lyeth a bay on the land of Suroy where is good road in 25 or 30 fathom close by the shoare A little past these Islands on the land of Suroy over against the river of Alten is a good road called Goeshop Goeshop beeing a fayr sandbay Between Ingen the north-cape or the Island Maggereu lyeth Homsbuy Holmsbuy an Island which you may sayle round about having on the northwest side a bay called Akefioerd Akefioerd where men may make road for southerly easterly winds on the southeast side is a bay called Knaarwyke Knaarwyke where men may make road and lye sheltred for westerly and northerly winds
Caarte van FINMARCKEN van t' Eylandt Sanien tot Noordkyn On the south side of Maggereu even about the east point lyeth Keelwyck a good haven On the same southeast side by the southermost poynt of Maggereu lyeth a little Island called Altensoleu the Sound betwixt that little Island the land of Maggereu is called Maggereu-sound Maggereu sound there is good road and shelter for almost all winds Men may run in through Suyer-sound to the westwards of Suroy within Suroy Ingen Helmshuy other more Islands to the southwards of them a long through divers channells to the southwards of Maggereu and come out againe into sea betwixt the North-Cape and North-Kyn From the north Cape westwards the coast lyeth alongst the Islands west and by south about 37 leagues and then from thence westwards it falleth away more southerly Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Between Suroye and the river of Alten a southwest by west and northeast and by east moone maketh high water At the North-Cape a southsouthwest northnortheast moon To the westwards of the North-cape the streames come out of the northwest and westnorthwest and fall alongst Finmarck towards the North-cape Courses and Distances From the Island Tromsound to the west-end of Suroye eastnortheast northerly 15 or 16 leagues From the east-end of Suroy to Ingen east and by north 6 leagues From Helmshuy to the North-cape east and by north 6 leagues From the North-cape to North-kyn east and by south 11 or 12 leagues Heights The North-cape lyeth in the hight of 71 degr 30 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea When this poynt with the * is westsouthwest from you it sheweth thus Noortfoelen with the land to the westwards sheweth thus when the poynt * is southwest and by west from you The land to westwards Foelen sheweth thus when it is southwest and by south from you When southerfoulen is southwest and by south from you 3 leagues it sheweth thus Noortfoelen south and by west from you 3 leagues sheweth thus Thus sheweth Suroy as you saile alongst by it 5 leagues off Shipholm Island without Suroy When as Shipholm is southeast and the Island without Suroy is south abut four leagues from you then they shew themselves thus Thus sheweth the land Ingen when it is eastsoutheast 4 leagues from you Road of Ingen Thus sheweth Ingen when this Hill is 1 league south and by east from you This Hill lying upon the Island Lappen you may see over Suroy as you saile alongst by Suroy from the north end to the south end Thus sheweth the Island Lappen when it is south and by west from you 4 leagues Lappen south and by east from you 4 leagues sheweth thus Lappen sheweth thus south-southwest and by south from you 4 leagues When as Ingen lyeth south thwart from you about 4 leagues it sheweth thus and then Shipholme lyeth south and by west from you Long-Hill Thus sheweth Ingen when this Long-Hill is southwest and by west from you When Helmsey is south or somewhat more westerly about 3 leagues from you it sheweth thus When as Helmsey is south and south and by west 5 leagues from you it sheweth thus Helmsey being southwest seven leagues from you sheweth thus Southsouthwest Thus sheweth Helmsey being foure leagues off from it when the flat hill is southsouthwest from you Thus from sheweth the Island Stappen when it lyeth southsouthwest 4 or 5 leagues from you Thus sheweth Stappen when it is 5 or 6 leagues southwest from you The east end of Stappen sheweth thus when you sayle alongst by it North Cape south and by east The Mother with the Deughters southeast and by south Thus sheweth the North Cape sayling alongst by it the poynt being from you as above is shewed South and by east Noord-kaap The Noord-kaap south and by east from you sheweth thus When the Mother with the Daughters is eastsoutheast from you the land sheweth thus When the North-Cape is southeast and the Mother with the Daughters southsoutheast form you then they shew themselves thus De Custen van NOORWEGEN en Laplandt vande Noord-kyn tot aen de Rivier van Kola Thus sheweth the North-Cape sailing alongst by it about three leagues from land when you are close by the land you may see the Mother alongst above the land Nortkyn Mother with the Daughters Thus sheweth the North-Cape when as the Mother with the Daughters are southsouthwest foure leagues from you then the North-Kyn lyeth southsoutheast from you as is here above demonstrated Southwest and by south Southwest southwest and by west Thus sheweth the North-Cape the poynt being from you as standeth there above Written and then you may see the Mother from the hatches appeare even above water Thus sheweth the North-Cape when it is west and by north from you and that you are 3 or 4 leagues without North-kyn Southsoutheast Thus sheweth North-kyn being southsoutheast eight or nine leagues from you then lyeth the north cape nine or ten leagues southwest from you and then between both you may see yet more land in the southsouthwest The third Demonstration In which Are shewed the Sea-coastes betweene the North-Cape and the River of Kola EAst and by south about 11 or 12 leagues from the north-Cape lyeth north-Kyne Northkyn From north-Kyne to Tannebay it is eastsoutheast 10 or 11 leagues between both it is all a cleane coast without Rockes or foule grounds a high steepe craggie land without any strand When as you come sayling alongst past North-Kyne towards Tannebaye you shall meete first with the poynt of Slechtnes a plaine poynt lying out verie easy to be known and then Omega a Fisher village standing on the Sea side even there to the eastwards of it goeth in the Tannebay Tanebay which is a great deepe River which lyeth in first south afterwards southwest farre within the land doth devide it self into two parts at the mouth of the River it is at last two leagues or more broad and all over verie deepe He that is bound into the Tannebay must run in alongst by the west shoare because he must lye by the west shoare on the eastside is no road or place where men may anchor On the foresayd w. side are manie points bayes to see to as if they were roads but you must saile past them all so long untill that you se on the same w. shoare a rounde hil whereupon standeth a Warder a little past that stand some Fishermens houses upon a low hommock twhart of these houses runneth of from the land a low flatt point you must runne in behind that point anchor before those houses with an anchor to seaward a hawser fast on the land A little to the eastwards of Tannebay lyeth the poynt the land of Matkorf Matkorf from thence to Wardhouse the coast lyeth southeast and by east southeast and most southeast by south sixteene leagues betwixt them there is much
northnorthwest and run so alongst the coast of Lapland unto Orlogonose How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Kilduyn to the poynt of Tierrebirry southeast and by east 5 leagues From the poynt Tierrebirry to the Seven-Islands southeast by south 18 leagues From Tierrebirry to Swetenoes the coast lyeth south east by south 40 leagues Heights The land Kilduyn lyeth in 69 degrees 40 minutes How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Kilduyn Meyne-land River of Kool In this forme sheweth Kilduyn when the steepe poynt lyeth south and by east and the River of Kool southsouthwest about five leagues from you and the land to the westwards of Kilduyn is very hilly and the river doth shew it selfe very wide open as here standeth pourtrayed The River of Cool Thus sheweth the Island of Kilduyn when the w. poynt lyeth s w and by s and the east poynt south and by west somewhat westerly from you the river of Cool lieth then s w by w. from you the maine land that you may se to the eastwards lieth then s e and by south somewhat southerly from you the land of Laus you may then yet also see in the n. w. Tiribiry Island Kilduyn Thus sheweth the land eastwards from Kilduyn when the south or east end of Kilduyn is west and by north 3 leagues from you The land of Tiribiry The Island Kilduyn The Island of Kilduyn and Tiribiry shew thus when as you sayle alongst by them foure leagues from land about halfe wayes betwixt both nearest to Tiribiry as is pourtrayed in these two figures here above the AA one to the other The land of Tiribiry The Island Kilduyn In this forme sheweth the land of Tiribiry when you sayle alongst by it being 4 or 5 leagues from it and eleven or twelve leagues from Kilduyn The fifth Demonstration In which are set forth The Sea-Coastes of the Mouth of the White Sea THe Islands of Swetenoes or Jockena there are six in number whereof the five lye alongst the shoare about the space of two leagues the sixth lyeth within the other thwart of the southermost of the five The three northermost lye one by the other as also the 2 southermost parted asunder from the other three the northermost off all these Islands of Jockena Islands of Sweetenoes Jockena lyeth from the poynt of Swetenoes due west three leagues behinde it is good roade thwart of the south end in five or six fathom The poynt of Swetenoes is a flat poynt lying out to the westwards of it at the end of those foresayd Islands goeth in the river of Jockena where is a great Salmon-fishing When you are by Swetenoes Swetenoes you can see little perfectenesse of these Islands because the mayne land is much higher then the Islands He that commeth from the northwards and is bound in to Jockena For to sail into the River off Jockena must runne close alongst by the shoare for to get sight of these Islands Through foure severall wayes you may sayle through these Islands into the river of Jockena First comming from the northwards you may sayle alongst by the shoare through betwixt the shoare and the Islands which you leave then all on the larboard side into the river The second passe lyeth in through betwixt the three northermost and the two southermost Islands that is broad wide and deepe and also the best channell off all it lyeth southwest and southwest and by west from the poynt of Swetenoes and lyeth in most south when you saile in there you must runne nearest the southermost Island because of a suncken rock which lyeth in this channell somewhat off from the third Island at high water you may run over it but not at low water Being come within these Islands you shall see the sixth Island which lyeth within the two southermost you must run about by it leaving it on the larboard side When as you are then a little past that innermost Island you come against the high poynt and sayle in alongst amidst the channell betwixt both lands there it is shoale water to wit five foure three to two fathom and a halfe but you may sayle in amidst the channell without feare all alongst unto the Lappish-houses where the Salmon-fishing is and anchor there also in the middest of the river thereabouts lye some suncken rocks which at low water are uncovered whereof you must take heed For to have the right knowledge of this channell you must looke out for the high poynt which lyeth at the west poynt of the river within the Islands when that is behinde the fourth Island to reckon off from the northwards and the poynt of Swetenoes is northeast and northeast and by east from you then you are right open before the foresayd channell Betwixt the two southermost Islands goeth also an indifferent wide channell through where men can sayle in and so come on against the innermost Island which you may sayle about on both sides Betwixt the Islands and the mayne land you may also sayle through but that is a very narrow channell men sayle through it as if they sayled in alongst a ditch betwixt two Dykes For need or if it were in extremity you might also sayle through at high water betwixt the northermost Island and the second and likewise also betwixt the second and the third but if you can by any means doe better it is not good to doe it Pas caarte Van de Mont van de WITTE ZEE tot aende Riuier Dwina al-Archangel toe Men may anchor at divers places within these Islands Betwixt the two southermost Islands and the innermost Island you may have roade where you may lye sheltred for all winds and safe from Ice-drifts out of the sea Within the innermost Island you must also anchor over against it somewhat further in against the steepe poynt At the rivers mouth on the west shoare is a bay where you may sayle in and anchor so neare to the shoare as you will in six five foure and three fathom soft sticking ground there you lye safe from Ice-drifts You may also anchor on the east side right before the steepe poynt but there you lye not safe for ice that commeth out of the river The tyde here alongst these Islands agreeth neere with the tyde of Swetenoes it floweth with Spring tydes neare two fathom and a halfe up and downe Behind the poynt of Swetenoes you may run into the bay and anchor there for a north northeast and east winde there is cleane ground From Swetenoes to Lombascho Lombascho the coast lyeth southsoutheast thirteene leagues Under Lombascho men may also goe to anchor but it is not there very good lying especially with great shippes the ground there is not cleane and when the wind is out of the Sea commeth in there rowling very much The lying of this road standeth drawne out at large in the Card with the depths set downe
an half without feare Three leagues to the eastwards of Uytstee lyeth a high poynt called Goessebeer Goesbeer from thence to Sandhammer is a league From the point of Goessebeer runneth off a great shoale farre to seawards and lyeth alongst the coast unto neare Sandhammer you may sound it in six eight and ten fathom as you will When you runne over it in tenne fathom then lyeth the north-north-end of Bruntholm about east by south from you and the poynt of Sandhammer north Under the Sand-hammer Sand-hamer is good anchoring for a west westsouthwest westnorthwest northwest winde in five or sixe fathom When you come out of the northeast you may runne along by this coast with a northwest winde in 7 8 9 or 12 fathom unttill past Goesbeer for to avoyd Brunt-holm The point of Goesbeer and the north end of Bruntholm lye northwest and by west and southeast by east about five leagues asunder but Uytstee and the foresayd north end off Bruntholm lyeth westnorthwest eastsoutheast 9 leagues assunder For to sayle from Falsterborne about to the northwards of Bruntholme you must go on east so long untill that you have the length of Uytstee then forth east and by north and then you shall sayle yet neer enough to the poynt and shoale of Goesbeer come no nearer it then seven or eight fathom But to sayle From Fasterborn to the southwards of Brontholm the course is east and by south somewhat southerly two and twenty or three twenty leagues alongst the south side off Brontholme eastsoutheast The Island Brontholm Brontholm is clean round about except on the southeast poynt there runneth off a foule riffe called Brewers rif which men must avoyd On the northeast side you may runne alongst by it upon your lead without doing amisse in 12 or 13 fathom alongst the southwest side in 8 or 9 fathom Men may anchor round about Brontholm Roade under Brontholm at divers places as before Rottum to the northwards before the Castle thwart of Sandwick Suaux and Nex Before the Village betwixt Rottum Rottum the castle that standeth upon the northwest poynt is good anchoring for an east or northeast winde in thirteen fourteen and fifiteen fathom but not verie cleane ground Thwart of the Castle it is good lying for an eastnortheast east eastsoutheast winde in 18 20 also 14 15 fathom sand ground but nearer the shoare the ground is not varie cleane the nearer to the shoare the fouler ground Under the northwest poynt before Sandwick Sandwick there is good anchoring for southwest windes and you may come neare unto that poynt From the northwest poynt to the other poynt the shoare lyeth eastsoutheast and westnorthwest On the east side is good anchoring before Suaux and Nex but before Nex it is not verie clean By Nex Nex runneth off a little riffe from the shoare which is steepe on both sides but if you come no nearer it then in tenne fathom you can take no hurt of it to the northwardes of Nex lyeth also a great rock He that will anchor before Nex let him anchor so that the flat steeple which standeth above Nex doe stand betwixt the w. w. by s from him and that the north poynt bee north and by west and the south poynt be southsouthwest from him there it is two and twenty fathom deep and cleane sand-ground At many other places it is otherwise stonie rough ground with southwest west winds you have there a weather shoare The Eertholmes lye from the north-north-end off Bruntholm east and by north west by south three leagues asunder and from the southeast end south and north five leagues In the Eertholms is a little Haven but by reason that is not used it is unknowne Betwixt the north poynt of Bruntholm Shoale by Bruntholm the point of Sand-hammer but nearest to Bruntholm lyeth a shoale of six fathom where sometimes Fishermen doe lye to fish it is not verie great but hard stonie ground From Sandhammer the coast lyeth northnortheast north by east two leagues to Somer-haven this is a round bay within it is very good anchor ground From thence the coast lyeth about north 6 leagues unto Ahuys From the north poynt of Brontholm to Ahuys the course is north somewhat westerly about 13 or 14 leagues But to Hanno north and by east 13 or 14 leagues Ahuys lyeth upon a river where sometimes is before the towne 10 or 11 and sometimes also no more then 4 or 5 foot water according as the water commeth off out of the land upon it is a great fishing where in the sommer time are great store of good Els taken To the eastwardes of the mouth of the River runneth off a stony flat from the shoare and to the southwards of the river a foule stony riffe right off from the shoare alongst by the foresayd flat so that there lyeth in a channell betwixt the foresayd flat and riffe which is called the Eastergat Through this foresaid riffe lyeth in a channell untill into the Eastergat on against the slatte which is called the Southergat If you will sail into this southergat comming from the southwards then runne to the west shoare to the southwards of Ahuys untill you come in 5 or 6 fathom and then you shall see upon the north shoare north and by west or somewhat more westerly from you a cape or beacon standing a little from the strand within the land of fashion like a mill without wings Bring this beacon to the west side of the high Hill which lyeth somewhat further into the Land to witt even in the going off the highest of the hill keepe these markes so standing and sail in right with them untill that Ahuys commeth over that tree which standeth there at the north end of the wood or that the white Countrie-church come to the northwards of the little houses of Ahuys then goe on northwest or bring that foresayd white-countrie-church in a little valley a little to the northwards of an old ruined castle where of there standeth yet some of the walls upon the north side of the River and sail so on untill that Ahuys come to stand in the middest of the River anchor there in two fathom and an halfe or three fathom there is the roade there can goe no sea In this southergatt it is two fathom two fathom and an half and sometimes also at least 3 fathom deep For to sayle into the Eastergat Eastergat Ahuys comming from the southwards keepe in sixe or seven fathom and runne so to the north shoare and then you runne alongst without the riffe that lyeth off by south the rivers mouth from the west shoare untill that Ahuys doe stand right west from you then there commeth a great tree to the wood that standeth upon the west shoare keepe that so standing and runne in right with it untill that foresayd
countrie-church come to that aforesaid old peece of wall of the old ruinous castle and then right in as hath beene before said Or runne in by the first markes untill within a shot of a cast peece neer to the west shoare then edge up to the north shoare untill that Ahuys come in the middest of the River and anchor there as hath been said Hanno Hanno is a high round Island which men may sayle round about under it is good road for south and southeast windes Behind Hanno runneth up a little River to Self-brough but serveth onely for small shippes or Crayers which go not deepe From Ahuys to the Rockes the course is east and by south twelve or thirteene leagues betwixt them both lye divers little townes as Fleholme and Rottenbuy Fleholm Rottenbuy where men may anchor before in sixe seven and eight fathom good anchor ground And other Havens more but little or nothing knowne by Hollanders Thwart of Rottenbuye lyeth a little Rocke somwhat off from the land called Malqueren under which men may also ride From the north poynt of Bruntholm to the Rocks the course is northeast somewhat northerly sixteen leagues but from the poynt of Sandhammer eastnortheast sixteen leagues If you runne alongst close by the north poynt of Bruntholm you shall runne with a north waye alongst even without the Rocks But if you runne alongst close by the poynt of Sandhammer and will saile from thence to the Rockes you shall with a northeast by east waye fall with the Land even within them or to the Westwardes of them The Rocks The rocks are some little rocks together which men may sayle round about but can have no Roade under them they lye 3 or 4 leagues distant from the maine land are smaller then the Eartholms A leagues or two to the northwards of them lyeth the Vrouwen of Greene Island by some called the Rough-Island and also the Outlyers It is not so brooken in it selfe as the Rocks and also much greater off to seawards from it lye some rocks to the westwards of it it is all full of rocks some above and some under water alongst even fast to the Land you may saile about within the Greene-Island betwixt it and the rockes but no man can doe it but he must be verie well acquainted there and then also not without great daunger To the s wards of it you may also finde Road at some places but you must be verie wel acquainted also not without daunger by reason of the multitude of suncken rocks and sharp grounds The east side of of the Outlyers lye from the rocks northeast and by north The south end of Oeland Oeland is a sharpe point and lyeth from the rocks east west about ten leagues distant Thwart of it betwixt the mayne land and the aforesayd south poynt of Oeland it is about four leagues broad betwixt them both goeth in the Calmer-sound For to sayle up into the Calmer sound then goe on from the rockes or from the Outlyers northeast and by east and then you runne in betwixt Oeland the maine land upon 14 fathom and sayle then northnortheast betwixt them both a middest the channell both the shoares are verie foule but if you come not nearer them then in 7 fathom you can take no hurt there From the Rocks to Calmer are sixteen leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them northwest from Southerorden the southermost poynt of Oeland lyeth the towne of Christianopell Christianopel lately built there upon a little Island by the Kings Majestie of Denmarke and so called after his name Thwart of it was wont to lye upon the mayne land a little towne called Overschare Overschare now it is one with Christianopel thwart of it lyeth a ledge of rockes about a great English mile off from the shoare southeast into the sea come no nearer it then in ten fathom At Christianopel is a haven on the east side from it lyeth off a riffe towards the eastnortheast into sea therefore he that will sayle in there must come in from the northwards for to avoyde this riffe To the northwardes of Christianopel towardes Calmer it is on both sides as well on the side of the mayne land as on the side of Oeland all full of rocks and foule grounds but you may sound both the shoares in the middest betwixt both in the farewaye it is tenne and twelve fathom deep all soft claye ground to the southwards of Christianopel it is deeper but to the northwards of Calmer it is by little and little shoaler Two leagues to the northwards of Christianopell lyeth Bercker haven Bercker-haven there men doe lade oaken beams there within it is good lying but verie bad for to come in or out because of the multitude of sunken rocks and other foule grounds which lye before it about a half league off from the shoare to seawards About a league to the northwards of Berckerhaven lyeth Hosmes ground Hosmes ground which is a very bad foule ground lying somewhat farther off from the shoare to sea-wards then the other rocks which lye alongst the shoare thereof you must take heede About a league to the southwards of Calmer two leagues to the northwards of Hosmes ground lyeth a poynt called Steensoe Steensoe which is a somewhat high rough and very foule poynt a halfe league long lying within a halfe league neare to the towne to the westwards of it runneth in a great bight where is good lying also for manie shipps but you cannot come in there because of the manie foule grounds and dangers except it be with a very skilfull Pilot upon the west side over against the poynt standeth a white house The King of Denmarks fleet of ships laye there in the time of the last siege of Calmer When you come so farre in that you leese the south end of Oeland out of your sight then you get the Castle of Calmer Castle of Calmer in sight sayle towards it but shunne the shoares as hath been sayde here before The Castle hath four great towers when the two eastermost of the four come one in the other then is the Castle about northwest from you then you come by the Grimschaer Grimschaer this is a rock easy to be knowne upon it standeth a mast with a Barrell upon the toppe of it which lyeth much nearer the west shoare then Oeland when you get it in sight then sayle towards it Thwart of the Grimschaer or Tonholm lyeth a sunken rock about a cables length off from it and a little more to the eastwards upon it is no more then five foot water The farewaye is through betwixt this sunken rock the Grimschaer about northeast and by north sayle close alongst by the Grimschaer leaving it on the larboard side and then the foresayd sunken Rock remaineth on the starboard side of you Being a little past the foresayd sunken Rock Grimschaer you come then
great ships lade From Garshead unto Reefcoll it is all a white Strand and lyeth eastnortheast from it foure leagues Reefcoll is a high round hill very easy to be knowne when you come off from Brontholm From Reefcoll to Liba Liba it is seven leagues Liba lyeth upon a great river called the Osse From Liba to Sernevis Sernevis are five leagues betwixt them lye the three Woolsacks which are three black tuffes of trees where by this land is very easy to be knowne a little to the eastwards of these three little Hommocks lyeth a long hill which doth shew it selfe when you come out of the west on the west end divided into three or foure little hommocks Seven or eight leagues to the eastwards of the Woolsacks followeth the high land of Rose-head which is very steep upon the water side Betwixt the Rose-head and Reefcoll it is all white strand and most of the land grown with trees Servenis Sernevis is a little towne lying upon a little off water which with a little river runneth into the Sea but within it doth spread it selfe into a great river It is from Sernevis to the Rose-head 4 leagues You may sound about the Rose-head in 15 and 20 fathom and also you may well anchor under the Rose-head there is better ground then under the Heel All the strand off Pomer-land is alongst the Sea side above all black with trees Of the Dephts In the fareway to the northwards off Brontholm alongst to Rye it is deepe betwixt Oeland and Brontholm five and thirty sixe and thirty and eight and thirty fathom but comming against Oeland so that the south end come to be northwest and by north northwest and northwest and by west five or sixe leagues from you there you shall finde very uneven grounds Southeast five or sixe leagues from Southerorden are grounds of nine tenne twelve and sixteen fathom in the nyne tenne fathom soft ground that there remayneth nothing upon the lead but in the fourteen or fifteen fathom it is grosse redde and black stonie sand ground almost like Iett Nearer againe to Oeland it is agine deeper water and farther from the land it is also deeper but all uneven ground the south end of Oeland being about northnorthwest from you eight leagues there it is againe sometimes twenty fourteen and also well tenne and nine fathom in the shoalest deepe all stonie ground that there remaineth nothing upon the lead but in twenty and five and twenty fathom grosse redd and black stonie sand He that sayleth with a northerly wind over these foresayd shoales of ten eleven and twelve fathom and is bound to Brontholm let him goe on westsouthwest for to sayle clear of Brontholm if he reckon to come against it by night the Bleecksche side he may boldly runne to by the lead in seventeene and eighteene fathom The poynt of Sand-hammer runneth farr off flat at hath been said here before you may runne about by it in seven and eight fathom Betwixt the Rockes and Oeland in the farewaye to Gotland it is eight and thirtie and nine and thirtie fathom deepe easy clay ground When Southerorden is northnorthwest somewhat northerly a league from you there it is thirteen fathom deep When the little chappell upon Southerorden is westnorthwest from you two leagues there it is thirtie fathom deep When Southerorden lieth west two greate leagues from you there it is seven and twentie eight and twentie nine and twenty fathom deepe Betwixt Fasterborne and Brontholme it is thirtie five and thirtie fathom deep in the farewaye but when you beginne to come neare Fasterborne there it is shoaler water of fourteene fifteen and sixteen fathom When you comming from the west sayle alongst by the south side of Brontholm eastsoutheast about a league without the land and that the east end of Brontholm is east somewhat southerly about two leagues from you there it is deep seven or eight fathom grosse pale sand that lasteth untill that the foresayd east end be east and east and by north about a league and a halfe from you all in one depth but when it commeth to be eastnortheast from you it is fifteene fathom deep small blackish sand-ground Four or five leagues from Brontholme when the east end from which Brewers-riffe runneth off is about eastnortheast or northeast and by east the north end about north or north and by east from you there lyeth a banck off seven eight or nine fathom and lyeth northwest and southeast more then a great league long the southermost end lyeth about south-southwest from the east end of Brontholme He that meeteth with this banck by night may make some guessing thereby for to direct his course thereafter whether he be bound eastwards towardes Reefcoll or towards Fasterborne About two leagues eastsoutheast from the aforesayd east end of Brontholme to witt the lowe sand poynt where Brewers-riffe lyeth off there it is four and twentie and five and twenty fathom deep stonie ground About four leagues east somewhat northerly or east and by north from Meun lyeth a banck off eleven and twelve fathom which lasteth from thence with a northwest and by west course untill that Meun come to be westsouthwest or southwest by west from you then it is again eighteen nineteen and twenty fathom deep soft ground Fasterborne shall then be northnorthwest and Steden westnorthwest from you going on with that same northwest and by west course you shall then get by little and little shoaler water to witt sixteen and fifteen fathom and close by Steden fourteene thirteene and twelve fathom He that commeth from Witmondt or Jasmondt towards the Sound runneth alongst four leagues without Meun runneth alongst over this foresayd banck he that findeth himselfe by night upon it hath a good mark for to make his reckoning there after Betwixt Brontholm and the coast Pomerland in the fareway when you can see Brontholm it is 26 fathom deep but so farre to the southwards that you can see the coast of Pomerland there it is 7 and 8 fathom deep but without sight of the land 12 and 13 fathom deep Alongst all the coast of Pomerland betwixt the New-deepe and Rose-head it is alongst by the coast 22 and 20 and also well 25 fathom deep Betwixt Colbergen and Garshead it is all a flat even strand and ground without any bancks In the fareway betwixt Bruntholm and Reefcoll it is seven and twenty and eight and twenty fathom deep but farre to the northwards of it is at least five and thirty and eight and thirty fathom deep Northwest from Reefcoll foure or five leagues from the land lyeth a banck of nine ten and eleven fathom when you come from Bruntholm and Reefcoll commeth to bee southeast and by east from you then you come against this banck and endeth when Reefcoll is south and by east from you From this foresayd banck towards Bruntholm it is five and twenty thirty and six and thirty
fathom deep soft clay ground but towards Reefcoll it is shoaler If you cast the lead often sayling alongst that coast you shall finde more bankes You may boldly saile alongst this coast by night or darke weather in eight ten or twelve fathom off from Reefcoll untill about the Rosehead Thwart of the Rose-head it is farre flat and round as riffe ground When you come past or about Rosehead it is very deep When the Rose-head is southsouthwest from you about a league there it is thirty fathom deepe but very uneven and full of bancks and the ground white grosse sand Rose-head being southeast from you it is eight and twenty fathom deepe with red stony ground almost like as if it were riffe sand Rose-head being west from you there it is sixteen fathom deep and white sand-ground Courses and Distances From the poynt of Sandthamer to Somerhaven the course is northnortheast and north and by east 2 leag From Somerhaven to Ahuys north 6 leagues From Ahuys to Hanno east 6 leagues From Hanno to the Rocks the course is east and by south 8 leagues From the Rocks to the Outlyers north by east 1 leag From the Outlyers to Cristianopell northeast and by east 7 leagues From the Rockes to Calmer first northeast and by east and then northnortheast 16 leagues From Calmer to Scheggenes northnortheast 4 leagues From the Rocks to Southerorden the south end of Oeland east 9 or 10 leagues From Sand-hamer to the Rocks eastnortheast somewhat easterly 16 or 17 leagues From the north poynt of Brontholm to Ahuys north and by west somewhat northerly 14 leagues From the north poynt off Brontholm to Hanno north by east 14 leagues From the north poynt of Brontholm to the Rock northeast somewhat northerly 16 leagues From the north poynt off Brontholm to Southerorden northeast and by east a little easterly 23 or 24 leag From the south end or east end off Brontholm to the Rocks northnortheast 19 leagues From the east end of Brontholm to Southerorden northeast 24 leagues From Southerorden to Reefcoll south and by east 22 leagues From Southerorden to Rosehead southeast 28 leagues From Southerorden to Quinsbrough-Deepe southeast and by east 48 leagues From Southerorden to Dermemell e. by s 48 leag From Southerorden to Sevenberghen east 48 leagues From Southerorden to Derwinda east and by north and eastnortheast 60 leagues From Southerorden to the south end of Gotland eastnortheast and northeast and by east 23 or 24 leagues From Southerorden to the Great Karell northeast somewhat northerly 27 leagues From Fasterborne to Elburgh east and by north and east 3 leagues From Elburgh to Wtstee east 10 leagues From Wtstee to Goesbeer eastnortheast 3 leagues From Goesbeer to Sandhamer northeast 3 leagues From Fasterborn or from the riffe to Brontholm east and east and by south 20 leagues From Fasterborn to the northwards of Brontholm east and by south 20 leagues But to the southwards of Brontholm east by south somewhat southerly 23 leagues From Wtstee to the north poynt off Brontholm eastsoutheast 9 leagues From Meun to Brontholm east and east and by north 21 leagues From Steden to the north ends of Brontholm east 24 leagues From Fasterborn to Whitmond southeast 15 or 16 leag From Fasterborn to Dornbosh southsoutheast 14 or 15 leagues From Meun to Whitmont southeast by south 11 or 12 leagues From Meun to Dornebosh southeast 9 leagues From the Jell to the poynt of Dornbosh north 2 leag From Dornbosh to Whitmont the course is northeast by east4 leagues From Whitmont to Jasmont eastsoutheast 3 leag From Jasmont to the Peert southsoutheast 4 or 5 leag From Dornbosh to the north end of Brontholme northeast and by east 19 leagues From Whitmont to the north end of Brontholm northeast and by east 15 leagues To the south end east and by north and eastnortheast 15 leagues From Jasmond to the south end of Brontholm northeast and by east 13 leagues From the Peert to the south end of Brontholm northnortheast 14 leagues From Jasmond to Comyn eastsoutheast somwhat southerly 7 leagues From the New-deepe to Colbergen the course is east east and by south 16 or 17 leagues From Comyn to Colbergen eastnortheast 6 leagues From Colbergen to Coslyn eastnortheast 3 leagues From Coslyn to Ruwolde northeast and by east 5 leag From Ruwolde to Garshead northeast by east 4 leag From Garshead to Reefcoll eastnortheast 4 leagues From Reefcoll to Lyba east and by north 7 leagues From Lyba to Sernevis east and by north 5 leagues From Sernevis to the Rose-head the course is east east and by north 4 leagues From Colberghen to Garshead northeast and by east 12 leagues From Reefcol to Rose-head the course is east and east by north 17 leagues From the south end off Bruntholm to the Swin south somewhat westerly 15 leagues From the south end of Bruntholm to Colbergen southeast and by south 16 leagues From the south end of Bruntholm to Reefcoll the course is east and by south 24 leagues From the south end of Bruntholm to the Eartholms north 4 great leagues From the north end of Bruntholm or from the Eartholms to Rose-head the course is east and east and by south 40 leagues How most off all the chiefest poynts and places off the East sea do lye distant from Brontholm From Bruntholm to Der Memell east 64 or 65 leagues From Bruntholm to Der Lyba east and by north somewhat northerly 67 or 68 leagues From Bruntholm to Derwinda eastnortheast 80 leagues From Bruntholm to Houbrough or the south end of Gotteland northeast and by east 50 leagues From the north end of Bruntholm to Southerorden the south end of Oeland northeast by east somwhat easterly 24 leagues From the south end off Bruntholm to Southerorden northeast somewhat northerly 24 leagues From the north poynt of Bruntholm to the Rocks or out rocks northeast somewhat northerly 16 leagues From the north point of Bruntholm to Hanno the course is north by east 13 or 14 leagues From the north end of Brontholm to Sandhamer northwest 6 or 7 leagues From the north end of Bruntholm to the point off Goesbeer northwest by west 5 leagues From the north poynt of Bruntholm to Wtstede westnorthwest 9 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Brontholme sheweth it selfe thus when you come from the west The south end of Oeland sheweth thus when it is thwart off from you The Eartholms being northnortheast from you shew themselves thus The Eartholms being east from you shew themselves thus In this forme ariseth the Eartholms being north from you Thus sheweth Whitmont when you sayle alongst by it being three leagues off from it Thus sheweth Jasmond when you sayle alongst by it being three leagues from the land Whitmont Here under is a great bay a league long Dornebosch Thus shew themselves Whitmont and Dornebosch with the land betwixt them both when it is about southsouthwest from
eastsoutheast from you then it goeth behinde the land that you cannot see it The third Demonstration Where in Are Described the Sea-Coastes betwixt Der Winda and Revel and the Islands of Aland THe lying of Derwinda and how men shall know it is here before declared From Derwinda to Lyserorte the coast lyeth northeast and by north foure leagues and from Lyserorte to Domesnes eastnortheast twelve or thirteen leagues When you are thwart of Lyserorte you can perceive no poynt it seemeth to be all an even right coast from Derwinda to Domesnes but comming from Derwinda or Domesnes and being a league or two to the eastwards or to the westwards of it you can see well that it is a blunt poynt lying out Thwart of Lyserorte runneth off a great uneven shoale at least two leagues into sea but you need not feare of it you may runne over it in four five or six fathom by the lead like as also alongst all the coast of Coerland from Derwinda untill about Domesnes To the westwards of Lyserort the land hath a little bight there you may anchor for northeast eastnortheast and east winds when it bloweth hard that you can do no good with turning to windwards you must bring the poynt of Lyserorte eastnortheast from you in seven fathom there is clean sand-ground and good lying The land betwixt Domesnes and Derwinda is very easy to be known At the poynt of Derwinda it is high and goeth sloping down by little little to the eastwards unto Lyseroort Likewise 3 or 4 leagues by west Domesnes lyeth a high blewhill called the Doembergh which is steep on the east side goeth by little little sloping downe to the westwardes unto neare Lyserorte so that there two high double blewlands do go down into a valley one against the other the low land betwixt both is Lyserorte Leyserorte The poynt of Domesnes it self is low sandy land it lyeth out about 3 leagues to the eastwards of the foresayd Doembergh but all that is together full of trees The south end of Oesel Riffe off Oesel lyeth from the poynt of Domesnes northwest and by west about six leagues a sunder there runneth off a great Riffe about south and by west and southsouthwest into sea towardes the shoale Lyserorte called Swalverorte Swalverorte that is a dangerous riffe at lest three leagues long verie hard and uneven at some places towards Oesell it lyeth drye above water and at some other places it is two two and an half three fathom deep To the westwards of that riffe lie also manie uneven Dwael-grounds a good wayes off from the land which lye alongst the coast of Oesel to the northwards which are at some places not deeper then two three and four fathom Pas caarte van LIIFLANDT ende Oost-Finlandt van der Winda tot aende hoeck van Alandt ende voort tot Revel If you will goe to Rye and comming out of the sea doe fall with the land about Derwinda then leave not the coast of Coerland but runne about by it upon the lead all along unto Domesnes in four five sixe or seven fathom according as you have the wind that you may not fall without or to the westwards of that riffe Swalverorte The channell betwixt Coerland and that foresayd riffe is fourteen fifteen and sixteen fathom but very uneven The ground upon the shoale thwart of Lyserorte is at some places also very uneven for to sound sometimes sixe sometimes eight and nine fathom the one cast at least two or three fathom more or lesse then the other and that not very farre from the land but you need not feare of it you may bouldly runne to the shoare in four and five fathom But if when you come out of the sea you are past Lyserorte and come with the land to the northwards of it against Oesell then you have deeper water for not far to the westwards without Swalverorte Marks to shunne Swalverorte it is thirty fathom deep If you can see Oesel and Coerland and that the Doembergh be eastsoutheast or southeast by east from you then runne on southeast untill you come neare Coerland for to avoyd Swalverorte and then alongst by it upon your lead towards Domesnes as is beforesayd Or when as you have the Doembergh eastsoutheast from you then keepe it so standing from you and sayle in so right with it and then you shall without hurt runne alongst over the taile of the outermost shoale of Swalverorte it shoaleth up there very soone and suddainly from 13 or 15 and nine fathom but if you bringe the east side of the Doembergh not more southerly from you then eastsoutheast and southeast and by east then you shall not meet with any dangers of the Dwaelgrounds nor of Swalverorte you shall thus sayle alongst at least three leagues over the Dwaelgrounds and Swalverorte over very uneven grounds the one cast at least twelve the other nine and also wel seven and sixe fathom but goe on your course without feare when as the Inner side or east side of the south end of Oesel commeth to be north and north and by east from you then you are over the riffe within all the foule grounds that might hurt you when as that you get then 13 or 14 fathom then sayle bouldly without fear towards Domesnes If it should happen that with a northwest winde you should fall with the land to the northwards of Derwinda or Lyserorte should fear to come neere the Coast of Coerland then keepe not further off to Sea then that the east poynt of Doembergh be eastsoutheast from you when as then you bring the east side of the south point of Oesell northnortheast from you then you shall runne alongst over Swalverorte in seven fathom Betwixt Oesel and Coerland it is sixteen and seventeen fathom deep When as Domesnes is southeast and by east and the south poynt of Oesel northwest and by north from you and that you are a like neare to them both there it is eighteen farhom deep From the poynt of Domesnes runneth off also a riffe northeast and by north or a little more northerly a league and half into the sea which is on the east side very steepe but on the west side somewhat flatter When you come from out of the west and are bound to Rye you may runne about by it upon your lead in 5 6 7 8 9 and 10 fathom so neare as you will but according as the winde and weather shall be I know of some that have sounded about it in foure and foure fathom half but he that will runne so somewhat neare about it must be very carefull in using of his lead not let it rest Not very farre from the riffe on the west side it is 12 and 13 fathom deep When as the poynt of Domesnes where the withered trees stande upon come to bee southsouthwest from you then you come on against the west side of
little deepe of eight foot water Before that Deepe lyeth a banck which you may sayle about on both sides and come within it there it is three fathom deep The Island Kyn Kinne lyeth from Sales northwest and by west 7 leagues from Round east and east and by north seven leagues and from the Deepe of Rye north and by east about 14 or 15 leagues It is a little low Island about 2 leagues long hath round about it most foule ground Betwixt Kyn the coast of Lyfland it is 7 leagues broad and the right deep betwixt them both is 8 and 9 fathom deep Northwest eight leagues from Round and north and by east seven leagues from Domesnes lyeth Ambrook Ambrook that is a little Island which is round about foul with sharpe stony ground and lyeth two leagues distant from the coast of Oesell Betwixt Round and Ambrook but nearest Ambrook lye many uneven Dwael-grounds Dwael-grounds of three four and five fathom Ambrook and the south end off Oesell lye eastnortheast somewhat northerly and westsouthwest somewhat southerly about five leagues distant Under the south poynt off Oesell Roade under Oesell on the east side is a good roade for westerly winds If you will anchor there then anchor in eight or seven fathom so that the white Church which standeth somewhat within the southermost poynt doe stand west and by south from you there is good soft clay ground and you shall lye sheltred for a west westsouthwest winde The ground is there very even slatte when as you get the seven fathom and sayle towards to land it continueth long all one depth of 7 fathom untill you come very close by the shoare before it will be shoaler It is there all alongst by the east coast of Oesell flatt ground of three four and five fathom For to sayle from the south end of Oesell unto Arentsbergh through within Ambrooke you must leave two thirds of the water on the larboard side towads Oesell and one third part on the starboard side towards Ambrooke there you shall have about seven fathom water and soft claye ground towards the Coast of Oesell it is full of uneven Dwale-grounds alongst by the west side of Ambrooke you cannot lightly take hurt Arentsbergh Arentsbergh lyeth from the south end of Oesel northeast distant eight leagues but from the Island Ambrook northnorthwest four or five leagues Upon the west side of Oesel the coast lyeth off from the south end unto Hondsoorte with divers bayes about northnorthwest southsoutheast twelve leagues betwixt them both lye two lade places Wyke and Reeck Alongst this west coast of Oesell lye very manie uneven and soul grounds where of men must take very good heed Hondtsoort the northwest poynt of Oesell and the poynt of Dagerorte lye northnorthwest and southsoutheast about 8 leagues distant Betwixt them both is a great haven there runneth also a channell through but it is so shoale that no ships can go through and all over sharpe and uneven ground Upon Dagerorte Tower upon Dagerorte standeth a high tower which the Wor. Counsell of the towne of Revell caused there to be builded for to know the land by which men may see on both sides of Dagerorte farre into sea and also may see it over the land farre in the foresayd baye Under the poynt on the south side of Dagerorte is good lying for north and northeast winds and cleane sand groundâ— you may sound about by the poynt of Dagerorte in seven or eight fathom on the north side of the poynt is good road for southerly winds From Dagerorte to Syburghnes the coast lyeth eastnortheast seven leagues Betwixt them both to witt three leagues from Dagerorte and four leagues from Syburghnes lyeth a ground going flat off thwart from the land northwest into sea at least five or sixe leagues almost in manner as the great luttish riffe is first of three four five sixe and seven fathom deep and waxeth deeper by little and little towards the Finnish Scheers where at last it runneth to nothing About three leagues without the land of Dagerorte north and north and by east from the high tower there lyeth a sunken rock which is very steep whereupon there is no more then ten foot water A man of Ossanen hath beaten upon it which went no deeper then eleven foot and a half presently after the stroke he cast the lead and found five fathom depth The tower of Dageroort was then from him south and south and by west Syburghnes Syburghnes is an out poynt with two poynts from each of which shooteth off a riffe betwixt these two riffes is a faire flat sand strand where you may anchor so neere the shoare as you will in six five or four fathom A little to the westwards of the westermost poynt of Syburghnes not farre from the land lieth a shoale under water about so great as a shipp whereupon it is not deeper then twelve foot From Syburghnes to Oetgensholm the course is e. by n. 7 leag betwixt them both goeth in the Moensound To the southwards of Oetgensholm goeth in a great bay into the land where in lyeth an Island and behinde it a little towne called Hap-sael there you may anchor where you will On the southwest side of this baye runneth off a great shoale or ledge of rocks at least a great league into the sea which is very broad you may runne in alongst by it into Moensound Eastnortheast and w. s.w from the east hoeck of Oetgensholm a league in sea lyeth a cliff under water whereupon in the yeare a man of Harlingen is cast away From Syburghnes to the Oxeholm Oxeholm the Grasholm Grasholm the course is southsoutheast 4 or 5 leagues the Grasholm are two little greene Islands and the Oxeholme lyeth about a league to the northwards of the Grasholm about which you may sayle and anchor round about a little league northeast from the Oxholm lyeth a ground loose from the land which you must avoyde called the wester Grasground Grasground there are two shoales which are called the Grasgrounds the other Grasground which is called the eastermost lyeth over against the Grasholm towards the riffe of Hapsael upon which there is no more then five footwater He that will sayle into the Moensound must take heed thereof He that will sayle off from Oetgensholme through the Moensound Moonsound must goe on southsouthwest to the Grasholme and sayl in close by it for to avoyd the Grasground which lyeth to the eastwards over against it From the Grasholme to the poynt off the Oesell where the great tree standeth upon the course is east five or six leagues From the Grasholm towardes Oesell lye four little Islands each about a league one from the other When as you sayle from Grasholme towardes Oesel you must sayl alongst by these little Islands leaving them lying about two or three cables lengths on the
starboard side untill that you come to the land of Oesel over against the great tree In this fareway it is five fathom deepe When as you come sayling so alongst past the Grasground you shall meete with an Island on the larboard side to the northwards of it goeth in the Deepe unto the Castle of Moensound The Castle of Moone sound in three fathom but sometimes it is shoaler for there it is all full of sands To the southwards of the same Island goeth in another Deep which you may sayle through untill you come to the end of Oesell and then you leave the two little Islands by the south end of Oesell lying on the starboard side But the right and best Deep goeth from the foresayd great tree in alongst by the land Oesell which is three and four fathom deepe and at last it will be six seven eight fathom when you sayle alongst there you leave the foresayd two little Islands by the south end of Oesell lying on the larboard side From the great tree to the first little Island the course is eastsoutheast eight or nine leagues then from the first little Island to the second south east and forth to the end of Oesell east and by south From that ende or northeast poynt of Oesell runneth off a foul riffe a great half league into the sea called the Paternoster Pater-noster which you must avoyde From this northeast poynt off Oesell unto Parno the coast of Lisland lyeth eastsoutheast and westnorthwest When you come about that poynt you may sayle into the sea or buye off Rye where you will west and by north to Arentsbergh southw or somewhat westerly to Ambrooke south somewhat easterly to Round southeast and by south to Kinne or where you will the lying of Kinne is described here before From Kinne to Magno and Serckholm all alongst unto Parno the course is northeast and by north eight leagues Thwart of Magno Serckhollom Magno Sterckholm it is betwixt Coerland and the Islands five and sixe fathom deepe and alongst Coerland altogether a faire strand Parno Parno lyeth in a great Baye it is there in the roade three and four fathom deep For to anchor there you must anchor so that the steeple of Parno stand northnortheast from you there is the best roade Oetgensholme Oetgensholm and Syburghnes lye east and by n. and w. by south seven leagues distant one from the other You may sayle round about Oetgensholme and anchor under it for northerly and northwest winds in sixe or seven fathom but you must beware of the Blinde as before is sayd From Oetgensholm to great Roge Great Roge. the course is east four leagues betwixt them both a little to the southwardes of the fareway lyeth a shoale even above water which you may sayle round about but you may not come verie neare it because it is stonie and rockie round about it Great Roge is an out point with two or three white Chalck-hills and thereby is verie easy to be knowne Betwixt this poynt and Oetgensholm somewhat more southerly lyeth another poynt called little Roge Little Roge. betwixt it and great Roge goeth a broade Sound into the land of sixe and seven fathom depth but in the end it is shoale There-abouts it is all cleane ground and good for to anchor in From great Roge to the Island Narghen the course is east somewhat northerly five leagues When you sayl from great Roge towards Narghen you shall finde four leagues to the eastwards of great Roge an other poynt with two white chalck spots called Surp betwixt it and great Roge the land falleth away to the southwards into a great baye If you will saile to Revell then sail alongst by that poynt of Surp towards Narghen leaving it on the larboard side off you going on still east untill you come to the east end of Nargen Being there by it then goe on eastsoutheast a league and an half and then you shall come by the end of the riffe which lyeth off from the Blote Karels Riffe off the Karels come no nearer it then in sixe fathom When as the castle of Revel commeth without the Karels then sayl right unto the head of Revell Revell untill you come to the east side let your anchor fall there and then hawl with the fore-ship or stearne to the head and make you fast by foure cables for the north and northnorthwest windes which blow there flat open in making it a lee shoare so that sometimes with such winds there commeth in a rowling sea East about 4 leagues from the south end of Nargen lyeth the Island the Wolfe which is about a league long Northnorthwest and northwest and by north two leagues from the west end of the Island the Wolf and northeast and northeast and by east from the north end of Nargen lyeth a rock under water called the Revel-stone although there be no more water upon then 3 or 4 foot yet it is in the Summer time with faire weather oftentimes so smooth water that it doth not break upon it and it is also very steep so that you may not come neerer it by your lead then in 12 fathom The markes for to knowe the place of this Revel-stone Revell-stone are these When the northeast end of Nargen is south-southwest and southwest and by west from you and the high steeple of Revell is a capstane barrs length or a little more to the westwards off the west end of the Island the Wolfe then you are right thwart of this rock The steeple of Revel is also the right south from you But when the steeple of Revell commeth to the Wolfe The Wolf and that you are bound to the eastwards and you are surely past this Revell-stone and a good wayes to the eastwards of it From the west end of the Island the Wolfe lyeth off a riff to the northwards into sea about an English mile toward the Revell-stone upon the end of this riffe lye five or sixe rocks a little above water If you come away from Revell on north and by west alongst by the Wolf then marke the poynt of Surp when that commeth even unto the south end of the Island Nargen then you shall also have even the length of the foresayd riffe If you looke out then on the starboard side and be not sayled very sarre alongst to the westwardes of the Wolf you shall see the foresayd rockes lying upon the end of the riffe lye thwart from you and then you may run to the northwards about by them in five fathom without doing amisse Betwixt Nargen and the Wolf lyeth also a stony shoale which is very broad but much neerer Narghen then the Wolf and lyeth from the south poynt or Narghen shoale of Nargen about northeast and from the north poynt eastsoutheast Therfore if you bring the south poynt of Nargen about southwest or southwest and by south and
it sheweth it self thus Round Doembergh Domesnes Thus sheweth Coerland to the eastwards of Domesnes Castle of Duynemondt Rye The high land of Kowerwyck The mouth of the Duyn When you come against the mouth of the Duyn the River of Rye the land sheweth it self on both sides of it thus When Dagerorte is northnortheast foure leagues from you it sheweth thus Dagerorte being northeast from you three or four leagues sheweth it self thus In this forme appeareth Dagheror when the towre is east and by south and the northermost poynt is east from you four leagues and then you may even see it in clear weather from below When as the towre upon Dagherorte is southeast by south the land to the eastwards of it is southeast foure leagues from you then it sheweth it selfe thus Syburgnes When the towre of Dagerorte is southsoutheast from you then it sheweth it selfe with the land to the westwards of it thus Syburghnes Dagherorte Thus sheweth the land of Dagheroort towards Syburghnes High-hill Thus sheweth Syburghnes when the high hill is southsouthwest 4 leagues from you there it is five and thirty and six and thirty fathom deep Thus sheweth Revell when you are by the Revelstone without the Wolf The forme of Oetgensholm The fourth Demonstration Where in The Sea-Coastes betweene the Wolf and the outtermost of the East Sea THe Island Wranger Wranger lyeth from Nargen east distant 7 or 8 leagues and 3 leagues east and by south from the wolf Under Wranger is on both sides good road good anchor ground especially on the south side where there is a Bay there you may anchor betwixt the two poynts in ten twelve or fourteen fathom according as shall be convenient and lye sheltred for a northeast and east and also for a northwest and west winde You may sayle round about Wrangher but from some poynts as from the south poynt and from the north poynt lye off some little riffes whereof you must take heed and be carefull in using the lead when you sayle about by them About an English mile from Wrangher lyeth little Wranger Little Wranger a little long small Island lying about northwest and southeast which is rocky and foul especially on the northeast side From the southeast poynt runneth off also a rocky riff whereof you must take heed On the southwest side is good anchoring for northeast and east windes anchor under it so that the southeast poynt lye about east from you there is good lying for northeast and east windes GREAT AND SMALL WRANGER About a great league north from the east end of Wranger and two little leagues north and by west from little Wranger lyeth a little Island which by some is called Kuyken but commonly is called the Kocxschaer Kocxschaer which is a little bare rock with a Warder upon it you may sayle round about it on both sides it lyeth from the Wolf northeast and by east distant two great leagues From Wranger to Eckholme the course is east and by south 14 leagues Three leagues by west the Eckholms lyeth an out-poynt to the eastwards of it is a Bay called the Monkwyke there it is good anchoring for southwest and west winds in 8 10 or 12 fathom Betwixt this poynt of the Monkwyke Monkwyke and Wranger lye 3 little long Islands lying alongst the coast of Lysland about a halfe league from the shoare which are very foule and rocky and almost nothing but rocks whereof you must take heed otherwise the coast betwixt them both is cleane The Island Eckholm Eckholm is clean round about and lyeth about northwest and southeast it sheweth it self high at both ends and in the middest with a Valley Under Eckholm is good anchoring at the northeast side for west south-southwest winds in 20 22 and 25 fathom on the south-southwest side for easterly winds Five leagues to the eastwards of Eckholm lyeth the Castle Telsburgh Telsburg thwart of it lyeth off a shoale from the shoare but you may sound it in 8 or 9 fathom From thence the coast lyeth alongst most east by south unto the road of the Narve about 15 leagues it is altogether cleane without fowle ground so that you may also sayl alongst there by night in 8 or 9 fathom without feare Northwards from this coast in the fareway betwixt Eckholm and the Island of Highland lye the Chalk grounds Hosts the little and great Tutters all of them with very dangerous foule grounds and shoales Eckholm Highland lye eastnortheast and westsouthwest distant about 10 leagues About 2 or 3 leagues east from Eckholm also 2 leag from the main land lye the Chalkgrounds Chalck-grounds which are foul grounds almost 3 leag long under water and lye to the westwardswestnorthwest into the sea and to the eastwards almost to the riffe of the Hostes Some say that they are fast to it so that you should not be able to sayle through betwixt them De Zeecusten van LIIF LAND T. ende Oost Finlandt van Wolfs-oort tot aen Wyborgh Northwards from the Hoftes lye the little Tutters and 2 leagues to the eastwards of the little Tutters lye the great Tutters The little Tutters Little Tutters are two Islands not high but round about rocky rissy and fowle they lie south-southwest and south about three leagues from Highland The great Tutters Greate Tutters lye from the little Tutters east southeast about 2 leagues and from Highland south also three leagues there lyeth off from it also a great stony riffe westwards towards the little Tutters there lyeth also betwixt the little and great Tutters a row of rockes where of you must take heed when you will saile through betwixt them South and by east about two leagues from the great Tutters lyeth a shoale of five fathom He that will sayle to the southwards of these foresayd Islands and shoales Shoale towards the Narve may be mindfull thereof it lyeth about foure leagues to the eastwards of Telsburgh two or three leagues from the shoare Betwixt the great Tutters Highland lyeth a shoale upon which there is no more then six foot water Southeast a great halfe league from the south end off Highland lyeth another shoale of a fathom and halfe and two fathom deep To the northwards off al these foresayd rocky Islands and sowle shoales lyeth a little Island whereupon standeth a Mast for to know it by to descerne it from the other little fowle Islands that you may come indifferent near to it but not too near for it is also somewhat rocky and fowle but not farre off it lyeth from the little Tutters west and by north and west northwest about three leagues from the Island Highland southwest by west at least foure or five leagues but from Wranger east somewhat southerly eighteen or nineteen leagues He that will sayle off from Wranger towards the Narve alongst to the northwardes of these foresayd grounds and doth get sight
of this little Island with the mast may thereby the better know to direct his course but it is not wisdome to sayle through these foresayd shoales except for them that are very well acquaited The Island Highland or Hooghland Highland or Hooghland is about four leagues long and a league broad-lying southsoutheast northnorthwest When you come out of the west it ariseth in three hommocks so high to see to as Coll in the Sea reach upon the north end and upon the east side it doth stand all full of trees A little about the north point on the east side is a little bay thwart of a Boers house there it is clean ground and good lying for westerly s w winds somewhat to the southwards of it not very far from the shoare lyeth a great rock above water At the north end is also good lying for a southeast wind Alongst the south-southwest side you may also anchor every where in sixteen seventeen or eighteen fathom close by the land for east northeast winds From the southwest side of Highland unto the road of the Narve the course is southeast and southeast and by south about fifteen leagues then you run through betwixt the Highland the Tutters Likewise when as you sayle on northwest from the roade of the Narve then you run alongst betwixt the Tutters and Highland but you must be very carefull and take heed off the foresayd shoales which ly betwixt them both The land of the Narve men do know by three high hills lying a league to the westwards or to the southwards of the road and a league further to the westwards stand some little houses upon the high land The towne of the Narve The Narve lyeth upon a river about two leagues within the land For to sayle in there men were wont to look out for a long hill which lyeth on the south side within the rivers mouth and at the east end goeth downe somewhat steep with some high trees to the eastwards of it then they brought the woodden tower of the Narve to the northwards of the foresayd trees and did run in so with it When as the eastermost of the three foresayd hills a league to the westwards of the rivers mouth come over a little hommocke which lyeth on the water side then they were upon the barre of the rivers mouth there was upon the shoalest ten foot water and then they sayled up the river that was wont for some years to be so but it is possibly since that time more or lesse altered like as it doth oftentimes happen in such rivers From the road of the Narve to the Russe-haecks Russe-haecks the course is north and by west five leagues which lye with many rocks a good wayes off from the shoare The point thwart of it is called the poynt of Castrum after a little town so called lying there From the Russe-haecks north 5 leagues lyeth a little Island called Rette Sarre Rette-Sarre from which there runneth off a rif south into sea From this Island to the Summers the course is north and by west westerly 4 or 5 leag Eastsoutheast and southeast and by east from Highland three leagues from the Russe-haecks lyeth another shoale called the Slimme grounds Slimme-grounds it lyeth long small alongst northnorthwest and southsoutheast with hard wind you may see it break in foure or five places when it is west from you about halfe a league there it is two fathom deep to 3 4 5 and 6 fathom uneven ground some of the rocks of it lye also above water From the Russe-haecks to the Rode-hell the course is northeast and by north about three and twenty leagues betwixt them both on the Russe side runne also divers rivers into the land but there it no trade The land there lyeth in a great bight it lyeth first from the Russe-haecks unto the River of Nioa or Oreschacke eastnortheast about 22 leagues that parteth Rusland from Finland by a great Meer or water called the Lading The Lading The strong castle of Noetenburgh lyeth there also upon a river which lyeth out of the Lyslands or east sea into the foresayd Lading Further the land lyeth northwest about fifteene or sixteene leagues unto the Rode-hell For to sayle from Revell to Wyburgh From a little to the northwards of the Kocxschaer to Highland the course is east and by north a little more easterly 23 leagues with that course you runne alongst a little to the northwards of it You may sayle about Highland on both sides but alongst to the northwards of it is the right fare-way for these that are bound to Wybrough A halfe league north and by west from Highland lyeth a sunken rock under water For to avoyd it you must sayle close alongst by Highland Further the lying of Highland hath been described here before From Highland to the Summers Summers the course is east seven leagues Summers is a rock or little Island almost like the Eartholms it sheweth it selfe in 3 hommocks A little to the eastwards off it lye some rocks above water you may sayle about on both sides of Summers and also through betwixt Summers the foresayd rocks that lye to the eastwards of it but about to the northwards of it is the right fareway you cannot also runne alongst farre to the northwards of it for a halfe league to the northwards of it it is very fowle and full of little rocks some above and some under water From the Summers to the Goeschaer Goeschaer of greate Fishers the course is northeast and by north more easterly seven leagues The Goeschaer which by some is called the great Fisher is a long broken Island of 7 rocks therefore it is also called the Seven-rocks it lyeth not far from the land so that you cannot get sight of it before that you come nearer it it sheweth it selfe when you shall first see it in 4 hommocks as if it were 4 little low Islands you must leave it lying a halfe league on the larboard side for to avoid a sunken rock which lyeth off from it southsoutheast a great shot of a cast peece When the water is not very smooth but a little grown you may perceive it by the breaking of the water you may also well sayle to the northwards of this sunken rock to wit through betwixt the suncken rock the Goeschaer then you must run indifferent close alongst by Goeschaer when it is northwest and by north from you then you are past the foresayd suncken rock whether that you run alongst to the northwards or to the southwards of it Northwest and by north behind the greate Fisher you may anchor in a good haven betweene the cliffes where upon the south Corner of a cliff there standeth a warder wherein if you lye there you are free from all Icedrifts From the Goeschaer or great Fisher to the little Fisher the course is northeast and by east three
the eastermost of the greatnesse off a ship very steepe and high but the westermost is small run in there betwixt them the Sound is called Cramerpoort Cramerpoort When you are within them goe then in north and by east and then you shall presently meet with a greate Island called Carmer Cramer leave that on the starboard side and so you runne right on with an other greate Island called the Hester leave that on the larboard side and anchor betwixt the 2 Islands Cramer the Hester there is good anchor ground From the mouth of the Sound of Elsenvos to Pelting-sound Pelting-sound the course is eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues Pelting-sound lyeth in northeast there you lye within a great many great rockes or little Islands sheltred for all winds You may sayle from thence through within the rocks all over where you desire to be if you have a good skilfull Pilot. From Peltingschares to Putsfagre Putsfagre it is 8 leagues Putsfagre is a great rock or Island lying from High-land northnorthwest distant five or sixe leagues About a league south from this Island Putsfagre lyeth a suncken rock which you must avoyd He that will sayle through within the rocks let him take a Pilot from Putsfagre that may bring him through the rockes where hee desireth to be you may run in there every where and within the rockes it is most all over good anchor-ground From Putsfagre to the Epelschares Epelschares the course is east six leagues these are a great many out-rocks a little to the eastwards of them lyeth a great rock called Quadeschare which you may sayle round about From Epelscharen to the Goeschare Goeschare the course is east somewhat northerly 9 or 10 leagues That the lying of the land dangers from thence eastward hath beene described here before How these lands doe lye from the other and from other lands From the Wolf to the Kocxschaer east and by north 3 leagues From Wolf to the Peltingschares eastnortheast 20 leag From Wolf to Wranger east and by south 3 leagues From the Kocxschaer to the east end of Wranger south and by east 1 league From the Kocxschaer to little Wranger southsoutheast 2 leagues From Wranger to Eckholm east and by south 14 leag From Eckholm to the Castle of Telsburgh eastsoutheast 5 leagues From Telsburgh to the roade of the Narve e. s.e 15 leag From the road of the Narve to the Russe-haecks north by west 5 leagues From the Russehaecks to the River Nioa or Oreschack east northeast 22 leagues From Oreschack to the Rode-hell north w. 15 or 16 leag From Rode-hell to Schares terny southeast 10 leagues From the Russehaecks to the Rodehell n.e. by n. 23 lea From Russehaecks to the Island Rette Sarre north 5 leag From Rette Sarre to Sommers n. and by w. some-what westerly 4 or 5 leagues From Eckholm to the Island Highland e.n.e. 10 leagues From the west side of High-land to the road of the Narve southeast and by south and southeast 15 leagues From Highland to the little Tutters southwest and by south 3 leagues From Highland to the great Tutters south 3 leagues From the Island with Mast to the little Tutters east by south and eastsoutheast 3 leagues From the Kocxschaer to the Island with the mast east by south 18 or 19 leagues From the Island with the mast to the Highland northeast and by east 4 or 5 leagues From the Kocxschaer to high land east 23 leagues From Highland to the Sommers east 7 leagues From the Sommers to the Goeschaer or great Fisher northeast and by north somewhat easterly 7 leag From the great Fisher to the little Fisher northeast by east 3 leagues From the little Fisher to the Corsnes eastnortheast somewhat easterly 1 league From Corsnes to the Rodehell northeast by e. 3 leag From the sound of Elsenvos to Peltingsound eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues From Pelting-sound to Putsfagre east 8 leagues From Putsfagre to the Epelschaers east 6 leagues From the Epelschaers to the Goeschaer or great Fisher east somewhat northerly 9 or 10 leagues From Eckholm to Elsenvos northwest and by north somewhat westerly 23 leagues From Highland to Peltingschares northwest by west 9 leagues From Highland to Putsfagre northnorthw 5 or 6 leag How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea The Island Wranger sheweth thus when it is southeast and by east 3 leagues from you Northwest poynt Midland Southeast poynt Thus sheweth Eckholm when you come from the westwards that it lyeth to the eastwards from you Southeast poynt Northwest poynt Thus sheweth Eckholm when you come from the eastwards and that it is to the westwards from you In this forme sheweth the Island the Huftes when you are to the southwards of it and sayle alongst by the coast of Lyfland The little Tutters shew themselves thus when they lye to the northwards from you Thus sheweth the great Tutters when you sayle alongst by the coast of Lysland and that they lye to the northwards from you Thus sheweth the land to the eastwards of the Rivers mouth of the Narve when you come thereabouts comming off from the High-land In this forme sheweth the land to the eastwards of the Narve when you come off from the High-land Thus sheweth the Island High-land when you see it comming from the westwards The fifth Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coastes of Sweden betweene Oeland and Stockholm ABout two leagues more northerly over against it on Oeland lyeth Borckholm Borckholm Coping wyke a little to the northwards of it lyeth Copingwyke where men do lade many Toomb-stones and other stones with a northerly winde it is bad lying there Northwest or somewhat westerly from Borckholm about 3 leagues on the Sweeds side lyeth a Haven in the rockes where men do lade Beames to the northwards of it northwest and by north from Borckholm lyeth Munsteraas Munsteraas that is a good Haven also for very great ships From Calmer to the Sweeds-Ioufer Sweeds-Ioufer the course is northnortheast 9 or 10 leagues this is a round rock and very high you may see it alongst over Oeland being a good wayes to the eastwards of Oeland it is not very great but cleane round about so that you may anchor neare under it on every side 18 19 fathom but by reason that it is not broad there commeth in with hard windes a rowling Sea From the Sweeds Ioufer to the channell of Westerwyke or Silbuy the course is northnorthwest 7 leagues but from Northeroorden the north-end of Oeland northwest 8 leagues The channell of Westerwyke and Silbuy is called Idesound Idesound after a great rock lying on the north side of this channell called Ydehoe off from it lye many rocks some above and some under water 2 great leagues to seawards which are called Idebanks Idebancks He that will saile from the north-end of Oeland towards the barsound and by bare
winds doth come a little to the westwards without the right fareway must be very carefull and take good heed that he get not in amongst them For to know the channell of Westerwyke you shall see a high bare rock bring that northwest from you and saile so right in with it then you shall fall with the land right before it then also you shall espye another bare rocke whereupon standeth a Fishers beakon and also another to the southwards of it with a mast sayle in betwixt the two rocks the channell lyeth in northwest and northwest and by north when you are come within them you may sayle alongst through the rocks where you desire to be to Silbuy Strixholm Flourbuy Vrowenberg Westerwy-up to the northwards to Schelsuyt other places more there it is all cleane ground and 12 15 18 and 20 fathom deep If you be bound to Silbuy Silbuy then sayle up to the northwards or eastwards untill you come before the towne and anchor there in the middest between the rocks in 7 8 and 9 fathom If you be bound to Flourbuy Flourbuy or Vrowenbergh then sayle in west and west and by north through the rocks till you come against the maine land there you may anchor before Flourbuy or sayle up northwest betwixt the Island of Vrowenbergh and the maine land and anchor there in 12 fathom also you may run through that way untill you come to Westerwyke Westerwyke Westerwyke lyeth from Silbuy through within the rock west and west and by north there it is in the faireway fifteen sixteen fathom deep From Silbuy to Schelsuyr Schelsuyr it is north and by west 7 leagues all alongst through within the rocks Schelsuyr is a good haven there lyeth a rock in the havens mouth about which you may run in on both sides and anchor before the towne To the eastwards of Schelsuyr lyeth the Hondtsbay and the Green Island Hondsbay Green-Island there it is also good anchoring You may run from Silbuy alongst by it untill you come in the Sound of Southercoppen and Northcoppen From the channell of Westewyke to the Barsound the coast lyeth alongst by the rocks north and by east 9 leag But from the north end of Oeland to the Barsound the course is north by west 15 leagues go not more westerly that you get not into the sunken rocks foule grounds of the Idebanks The north end of Oeland runneth somewat far off flat If you run out close by Oeland and saile on north by west then you runne alongst farre enough without the Idebancks and so shall fall with the land about a halfe league to the southwards of Barsound Barsounâ— against a deal of low out-rocks It seemeth a far off by reason of the multitude of rocks and little Islands to be all firme land but comming near it it is all broken You shall see there also an Island by which there seemeth to be a channell but you must be further to the northwards run alongst by the coast in 7 fathom so long untill that you see out a head an high out-rock these shall be the Heerscharen Heerscharen which are very foule and lie off from the north point of the channell a good waies eastsoutheast into sea all which you must leave on the starboard side and run alongst by them unto the channell When as you come out of the sea you must take very greate heed that you fall not with the land to the northwards of the channell that you do not run into the foresayd Heerscharen When you come before the channell you shall see 2 Sound or going in the southermost seemeth to be the broadest and fairest but the northermost is farre the best and lieth in northnorthwest Caarte van SWEDEN Van Oelandt tot aen Stocholm Caarte vantgat van ABBO oste VTTOY Caarte van STOCHOLMSE Liet About an English mile within the Sound you leave in sayling up the Taldersound Taldersound on the larboard side there is no more then 6 or 7 foot water from thence you edge up north and also northeast a half league then again west and by south about 2 league afterwards westnorthwest a league unto Karholm which is a Gentlemans house with a mill From Karholm to Stickbrough is further west about two leagues that is a castle upon a little Island you must go about to the southwards of it through a bridge From Stickbrough Stickborg sayle up alongst the Sound leave most of all the rocks which you see on the larboard side except one or 2 a little above Stickbrough leave them on the starboard side About 2 leagues past Stickbourgh standeth a Gentlemans house called Mem there is the place where men do lade a half league from Southercopping For to sayle from without the the Northercopping you run in by the Swartbodem up westwards unto Schenes and Braburch and alongst unto the Barwyk the sound of Northcopping or else you must come in at the Barsound through within the rocks into the Brawyke Brawyke unto Northercopping but it is not to be done without a Pilot for them that are not there very well acquainted for it is Pilots water From the north end of Oeland to the channell Nycopping by the Hevering Hevering the course is due north about 18 or 19 leagues but if you run close alongst by the end of Oeland you shall fall with the land a little to the westwards of the Hevering The Hevering is a great reddish bare rock whereupon stand 3 or 4 Fishers beacons heretofore there was wont to stand up on it a barrell upon a mast which men might see far of at sea but it is taken off in the last wars between the Kings of Sweden and Denmark now there standeth nothing upon it but some Warders Two great leagues to the westwards of the Hevering to witt southwest from it lye the foresayd rocks called the Swartboden Swartboden which are great rocks are sometimes mistaken for the Hevering you may sayle in also by these Swartboden and run through within Oxelen and the other rocks come by the poynt of Hommelwyke into the right sound of Nycoppen When you come before the channell of the Hevering you can at first hardly see a channell or any opening but bring the great rock the Hevering northwest from you sayle so right in and run-in close alongst to the northwards of it In the sayling in you shall see two channells the northermost is within full of dangers so that you cannot go through there The right channell by the Hevering it so narrow that you can hardly turne too and again there From the Hevering you must saile in first n. w. a league and half or 2 leagues unto a great rock leave it on the starboard side sayle about by it goe in alongst n. w. by north A little within the foresayd great rock thwart of the poynt of the
Hommelwyke Hommelwyke you shall finde also a great rock on the starboard side you may run about to the westwards of it untill you come within the other rocks little Islands and anchor there in 3 fathom soft ground but if you wil anchor there then you must shun somewhat the w. end of the great Holm because of a suncken rock that lyeth even without the point of the rock From that foresaid road unto Hassellholm the course is yet in alongst n. w. and north but with ships of great draught you must anchor before the channell of Hasselholm From the Hevering to the Hassell-holm it is in all about 3 or 4 leag From Hassell-holm Hassell-holm alongst upwards through the stone reach it is not deeper then nine foote you must also if you will sayle up there first set the rockes or suncken rockes with beakons with your boat or else you should sometimes sayle upon some of the rockes in seven foot depth The narrowest of the Stone-reach Stone-reach is thwart of an Island which you must leave on the starborard side off from which lyeth a suncken rocke in the narrow you must goe close alongst by the suncken rock for to the westwards of it is very shoale water Being past this stony ground you shall get oasie ground where it is not deeper then sixe foot being come over that by the town Nycopping Nicopping it is again eight foot deep but stony ground This ships lye without the towne thwart of the beakons over against the Castle which lyath on the west side of the river From Hassell-holm to the town Nycopping it is about a league first up north and by w. and afterwards west For one that is unacquainted it is not easy to sayle up it is also Pilots water so soone as you come within the channell you can get a Pilot to bring you where you desire to be From Nycopping you may sayle alongst through the rocks to the northwards off Hassell-holm unto Trosa and Telghen Landesoort Landsoort which is the west poynt of the Liet of Stockholm lyeth from the Hevering east and by north distant 6 or 7 leagues About halfe wayes betwixt both lyeth a great high rock very easy to be knowne a good wayes without the land alone called Hartsoe Hartsoe and a little league to the westwards of Landsoort lye also some fowle out-rocks called the Heyr-hamer When as you sayl from the Hevering on eastnortheast then you run alongst a little without the Hartsoe leaving it on the larboard side With that coursey on cannot also sayle too neere the Heyr-hamer Heyr-hamer and then you leave it lying also on the larboard side towards the land The land to the westwardes of Landsoort lieth w. or w. and by north with divers great rockes and havens where you may sayle into About a league to the westwards of it lyeth a haven within a low rock in betwixt two other low Rocks there you must make you fast with cables on both shoares and with an anchor in the Sound Before the havens mouth lyeth a high round rock which shutteth the havens mouth A little to the westwards off Hartsoe goeth in a haven or Deep where you may run through with Barkes within Elsnap unto Stock-holm A little to the westwards of that Deep lyeth the Sound of Telghen lying in northwest allmost unto the great Lack de Mell upon the end of that Sound lyeth Telgen but at the mouth of the Sound lyeth a little towne Torsa About an English mile south-southwest from the poynt of Landsoort lye 2 rockes even with the water and within these rockes close by Landsoort lyeth also a suncken rock He that commeth from the southwardes being bound to Stokholm and falleth with the land to the westwards of the poynt of Landsoort must take heed of them you may sayle within these two rockes lying even with the water to wit betwixt them the foresayd suncken rock and also as Pilots say you may sayle through within the suncken rock that is betwixt the suncken rock and the mayne land Landsoort and the north poynt of Oeland lye southsouthwest and northnorthe a little more northerly and a little more southerly distant 23 or 24 leagues If you sayle on northnortheast from the north end of Oeland you shall fall with the land right with Landsoort or a little to the eastwards of it It is better to fall with the land somewhat to the westwards of it then to the eastwards of it to the westwards the land is better to be known then the rocks to the eastwards off it Therefore when as you will sayle from the north end of Oeland to Stockholm especially in dark weather goe on somewhat more northerly then n. n. e. or north by east then you shall runne in sight off the foresayd rock Hartsoe which is easy to be knowne The Lieth of Stockholm goeth in northeast by the poynt of Landsoort About a league east from the pointly some black rocks some above and some under water called the Karwasen Betwixt them and the poynt about once so neare the Karwasen as the poynt lyeth an other black rock not great called the young Karwasen betwixt that rock and the poynt off Landsoort men doe sayle into the channell of Stock-holm Close to the poynt lyeth also a little Island which you must leave on the larboard side and run alongst to the eastwards of it a league northeast from the poynt lyeth the Wigstone W gstone lying southeast or eastsoutheast thwart off from the shoare This a somewhat a long rock with tree hommocks the two westermost are the greatest and shew like a saddle the eastermost hommock is the smallest upon it standeth a little walled cape you must sayle alongst to the eastwards of it and leave the rock on the larboard side You may well sayle also about to the westwards of this Wigstone it is cleane round about but on the west side it is narrowest betwixt it and the land lyeth also a rock with a little rock off from it which you must avoyd A league northeast from the Wigstone lyeth the Middle-stone Mâ—ddle-stone which is a great high rock with a great cliff or saddle with another great rock a little to the westwards of it you cannot sayle through betwixt them they are fast one to the other with rocks In sayling up men leave this Middle-stone on the starboard side and run about to the westwards of it From by east the Wigstone to the Middle-stone to witt alongst to the westwards of it the course is northnortheast About a great English mile east from the Wigstone and north from the Karwasen lyeth another rock called the Gomberg-stone Gâ—mberg stone and to the eastwards of it another called Schaeropen When you sayle from the Wigstone to the Middle-stone you leave them both on the starbord side Thwart of the Middlestone on the Westland lyeth the haven of Ramskloof â—â—msâ—oâ—f there
Windstream Windstream the course is first north north by west untill about halfe wayes there you shall find a little Island with a little tree leave that on the larboard side and goe from thence in n. northwest to the Windstream In the Windstream is a good anchoring by the shoare except in the north end of the stream there is no anchor ground From the Draybome to the Windstream it is about a league distance From the Windstreame to the Seugh The Seugh the course is westnorthwest a half league that is a chindle or stone-banck even with the water runne alongst to the northwards of it and leave it on the larboard From the Seugh to Scheggen Scheggen the course is west and by north a league run alongst there by the south shoare When you come against Scheggen you shall see upon the poynt of the south shoare a little round tree over against that little tree somewhat more northerly then in the middle off the channell lyeth a suncken rock for to avoyd it you must run nearest the south shoare The reach off Scheggen lyeth through west and west by south about an English mile it is narrow but hath every where anchor ground From Scheggen the course is westsouthwest an English mile to Steck-sound or west to Kings-deep the little Islands on the starboard side Steck-holm as you saile to Steck-sound are cleane round about so that you may goe on all sides about by them Comming close to Steck-sound you shall finde a suncken rocke a little by south the fareway The Steck-sound lyeth through southsouthwest it is a short Inlet about a cables length long From Steck-sound unto Waxholm Waxholm it is southwest westerly above an English mile Upon Waxholm standeth the Kings Castle there all the ships are visited whether they go up or down the channell there by it is paled to so neare that they can shut it with a barre From Waxholm to the Wester reach Wester reach the course is westsouthwest and through the Wester reach southwest From thence alongst west to Eeldam that is a very narrow channell a little more then a ships length broad From Eeldam Eeldam the course is west to Mouseholm which is about a league from Waxholm men leave the high rough Mouse-holm on the starboard side and run alongst by it to the southwards From the Mouse-holm Mouse-holm to Kings-haven it is a league west and west and by north all alongst by the south-land From Kingshaven Kings haven unto the town Stockholme the course is northwest and northwest and by west also a league distance along by the shoare When you come before the Towne you may anchor where you please He that falleth to leewards or by any other accident cannot come by Landsoort into the Liet of Stockholm Stockholm he may sail in more to the northwards through divers channels Amongst others there is one where men may sayle into and come by the great Daler into the Lieth there goeth another in by the Swedes-sand through it men come by Berck-haven into the Lieth The knowledge off this channell is a very high rock with another that is not so high thereby to the southwards of it betwixt these two rocks goeth in this channell it is very narrow in the comming in not above two shippes lengths broad So soon as you come in within these rocks you may edge up about by the lowest which is the southermost and anchor under it in very good anchor ground From that road in the Swedes sands the Sound goeth up first about n. w. by north n. west 5 leagues unto Berker-haven into the Lieth of Stockholm This is a very easy channell as well for to sayle in as out but because it is not easy to bee known comming in out the sea it is seldom used To the southwards or the westwards off these two foresayd rocks at the comming in of this channell it is all low land If you come from the southwards and run alongst by that low land so long untill that you begin to get the high land you shall also run in sight of these two foresayd hommocks About a league to seawards from them lye three or four small rocks for to saile in there you must leave them on the starboard side and in sailing out on the larboard side From the south-south-end of Oeland to the south-south-end off Gotland the course is eastnortheast and northeast and by east three and twentye or foure and twentye leagues but to the Karels northeast somewhat northerly seven and twenty leagues The course alongst the farewaie for to sayle from the south end of Oeland through betwixt Oeland and Gotland is northeast by north The Island Oeland is twentie four leagues long and a league and half broad when men sayle alongst by it they may counte eighteene towards upon it which are all flat then east coast is a clean coast lyeth northnortheast southsouthwest but about 7 or 8 leagues to the southwards of the north end there shooteth off a little riffe thwart from the land a great half league into the sea which men must avoyd by it goeth in a little haven where indifferent shipps may goe in otherwise Oeland hath no havens From the south end of Gotland runneth off a foule stonie riffe a good wayes in to the sea you may run about by it upon the lead in seven eight and nine fathom The Karels are two little high Islands lying on the west side of Gotland north and by west about seven leagues from the south poynt of Gotland and east and w. about a halfe league one from the other the greatest is called the greate Karell The great Karell and lyeth a great league from the land the smallest the little Karell and lyeth about a halfe league from the shoare When you come from the southwards the greate Karell sheweth it selfe in two hommocks and the little Karell Little Karell in one hommock and nearer to the land Under the little Karell is round about good roade in eight nine and ten fathom and is round about clean and cleare without foule grounds Men doe anchor betwixt it and the land in sixe or seven fathom there it is good lying for all winds as well for them that are bound to the eastwards as to the westwards He that shall be to the northwards of Gotland and shall gett a contrarie wind may also anchor under the great Karell but under the Little Karell is farre the best roade Under the great Karell men may anchor on the west and east side but on the north and south side it is soule therefore come no nearer it by night then in eleven or twelve fathom Betwixt the two Karels it is thirteen and fourteen fathom deep About half wayes betwixt the Karels the south end off Gotland southsoutheast from the Karell lyeth the haven Boswyke Boswyke thwarte of it runneth
fareway it is uneven for to sound sometimes men have two and twentie three twentie sometimes againe eight and twentie nine and twentie thirtie fathom all black mingled ground sometimes stones so great as pease of colour like black earth When Howbrough is northnortheast 7 leagues from you there it is fifteen fathom deep stonie grounde from thence on northeast 2 leagues there it is twenty fathom deep foule stonie ground Neare about the places so far from land that you cannot see Gotland are bancks where it is not deeper then twelve fathom The like unevē grounds are also thwarte of the southend of Oeland as hath beene said in the former but betwixt them both is deeper water If you come in the farewaye from Rye to Brontholm betwixt the south endes of Gotland and Oeland and must lye by with contrarie windes when you are in ten or twelve fathom and then sayle towards Oeland you shall get deeper water If you lye by betwixt Oeland and Reef-coll and that Reef-coll come to bee southsoutheast and south and by east from you so farre without the land that you cannot see it then you shall get also the like uneven ground of tenne and twelve fathom redde grosse stonie sand also blackish grosse sandie stone ground If you bee nearest to Oeland you shall get in tenne or twelve fathom pittes in the tallowe so that it seemeth that those grounds off Oeland doe run over unto or neare Reef-coll The like grounds and unevenesse doe seeme to lye over the sea also from the south end of Gotland towardes Rosehead for when the south end of Gotland commeth to be about north from you although it be fourteene or sixteen leagues from you you shall finde depth of sixteen twentie fathom soft grounde like as off from Oeland but if Gotland be more easterly or westerly from you you shall have deeper water When you are about a league by west the southwest poynt of Gotland so that it be southeast or eastsoutheast from you about a league then the Karels lye about north from you which you may even see in cleare weather there aboutes it is shoale water a good wayes off from the shoare When the west poynt or steepe poynt is about north from you a little to the eastwards or to the westwards of it there is tenne twelve fourteene sixteene and eighteene fathom deepe a great wayes from the land but when that poynt commeth to be northeast eastnortheast or east from you there it is above fortie fathom deep Betwixt the southwest poynt of Gotland and the north poynt of Oelandt it is also verie deepe so that there you cannot cast ground with fortie fathom When you are northwest and northwest and by north about two leagues from Houbrough there you have great redd stone sand black stones in it so great as beanes Betwixt Gotland and the Sweeds schares in the farewaye it is four and thirtie and sixe and thirtie and eight and thirtie fathom deepe and close by Gotland five and twentie fathom When the tower of Houbrough is westnorthwest from you so farre as you may see it from the poope there it is thirtie and one and thirtie fathom deepe but being northnorthwest from you it is shoaler five and twentie and sixe and twentie fathom Betwixt Howbrough and Eastergore lyeth a banck of four and twentie fathom grosse redd sand so farre without the land that you cannot see the land out of the top To the eastwards of it lyeth another banck of fourteen fathom gray and white sand when you are over it you shall have no ground in fortie fathom Two leagues without the land by west Eastergore there it is about one thirty fathom soft ground He that sayleth from Brontholm alongst by Oeland towards Eastergore let him not spare his lead but sound often for these aforesayd bancks and groundes thereby you may well make some reckoning If you should make reckoning to come by night with Gotland on the southeast side and have no good sight then come no nearer the land about the north end or south end also by Eastergore then in twentie or four and twenty fathom and so you can take no hurt by night By day you may come neare enough to it at many places in seven eight or tenne fathom How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Houbrough to Eastergore northeast 12 or 13 leag From Eastergore to Faro-sound north by east 7 leag From Faro-sound to Gotsche sand northnortheast and north and by east 6 leagues From Houbrough to the Karels northnorthwest 7 leag From the Karels to Wisbuy northeast 7 leagues From the Karels to Gotsche sand northe 21 or 22 leag From Houbrough to the north end of Oeland northwest 14 leagues From the Karels to the Sweedes Jonckvrow west and by north 13 leagues From the Karels to the channell of Stockholme north a little more westerly 23 leagues From the Karels to Boeckschaer northeast northerly 46 leagues From Gotsche sand to Boeckschaer north east and by north a little more northerly 20 or 21 leagues From Gotsche sand to the south poynt of the Alands haff north and by east 33 or 34 leagues From Gotsche sand to Wttoy northeast and by east 36 leagues From Gotsche sand to Dagerorte eastnortheast 26 leag From Gotsche sand to Derwinde southeast 31 or 32 leagues From Eastergore to Dagerorte northeast and by east 39 leagues From Eastergore to Derwinda east and by south 29 leagues From Eastgore to Quinsbrough deepe south and by east 52 leagues From Eastergore to Rose-head south and by west 45 leagues From Houbrough to Hondsorte eastnortheast north east and by east 50 leagues From Houbrough to Lyserorte east and by north somewhat easterly 40 leagues From Houbrough to Derwinda east somewhat northerly 37 leagues From Houbrough to Dermemell southeast 37 leagues From Houbrough to Quinsbrough deep southsoutheast 48 leagues From Houbrough to Rosehead south 35 leagues From the north end of Gotland to Derwinda eastsoutheast somewhat southerly 28 or 29 leagues From Scheggens to the Sweedes Jofuer northnortheast 7 leagues From the Swedens Joufer to Idesound the channell off Westerwyke or Silbuy north and by west somewhat westerly 7 leagues From the Swedes Joufer to Northeroorden the north end of Oeland east and by north 3 or 4 leagues From Northeroorden to the channell of Westerwyke north west 8 leagues From Northeroorden to the Barsound north and by west 15 leagues From Northeroorden to the Havering or the channell off Nycopping north 18 or 19 leagues From Northeroorden to Hartsoe north and by east 20 or 21 leagues From Northeroorden to Landsoort northnortheast a little more northerly 21 or 22 leagues From Hevering to Landsoort east and by north 6 or 7 leagues Hou these lands doe shew themselves at sea West poynt Houbrough Thus sheweth the west point or northwest point of Gotland when you come from the southwards When Gotschen sand is
From the middle buye unto the Norther-buye the course is northnorthwest when you come thwart off the norther-buye then commeth Oostlander Church and the Cornmill both over a little Chappell covered with red tiles that stand upon the Oever thwart off it also standeth the foresayd beakon upon Seughoort By the Norther-buye it is scarce three fathom deepe at high water the fareway is alongst to the westwards off it When you come by the norther-buye keepe still the foresayd Northnorthwest course untill that Oostlander Church come to the northwards of the Sedge-dyke of the Oever and then you are past the little plate which lyeth by the Northerbuye Cust van Hollant tusschen de Maes ende Texel De TEXEL Stroom met de gaten vant Marsdiep Caarte van de Readâ— end Haven van Aledenblick boemen die comenÌ„ soo van t Wicringer al 's vriesch vlack bescylen mogen tot dienst en nutvoor alle ZeevarenÌ„ luyden perfectelye gemeâ—en en afgepeyle BeschreveÌ„ A 2642 uyt speciale last vanÌ„ E. H. Burgemeesteren en de Regeerders der voorss Stade Aledenblick Caarte van DE MASE Ende het Goereesche gat From the beacon upon Vogell-sand the course is west northwest unto the buye upon Burg-sand â—â—rgsand which lyeth upon the tayle of the Share the markes of it are the Eyerland even unto the east poynt of the Iland Tessell and the Church of the Horne upon Tessell too Zuyd-haffell which is a few houses to the northwards of the Schonce Or else when you come about Vogel-sand then keep the foresaid cape and mill one in the other untill that the foresaid Horn come to or through Zuyd-haffell then run on keeping them soo When that Eyerland commeth even to the east poynt of Tessel then you have the length of the buy upon the Burg-sand you may bring the Horne well somewhat to the northwards of Zuyd haffell but in no wise to the southwards of it for else you should sayle on against the south shoare For to sayle from thence to Copevaerders Copeâ—rders â—â—ade roade you must keepe the Horne to Zuyd-haffell and sayle forth keeping them so untill you come against Tessell in the roade and anchor there where you thinke good Before ooster-Ooster-end it is best for small ships there it is shoald water and there goeth little tide but most ships doe anchor before the Geest Upon the poynt of the Bosse The Bosse lyeth a white buy in three fathom on the west point of the Balgh which you must leave on the starboard side and run about to the eastwards of it into the Balgh then forth alongst by the beacons to Wieringhen you must leave all the beacons alsoo on the starboard side For to sayl up from the Helder towards the Wieringeflat you must goe northeast or somewhat more easterly according as the wind and tyde shall be or else in eight or nine fathom alongst by the Tessell untill that the Hoorn come to the northwards of Zuydhaffel but take heed of the Wieringhen side which is so steepe there that you may have twelve or thirteene fathom at one cast and should be a ground before you should be able to heave the lead againe When that the Hoorne commeth then to Northwards of Zuyd-haffell then keep them so standing and sayle up so to the Vogel-sand when that the Eyrland commeth even without the east poynt of Tessell theÌ„ you have the length of the buy upon Burghsand whieh lyeth on the south shore upon a tayle of sand which men may sayle within at five or sixe fathom From that Buy upon Burghsand it is e. s.e to the Beakon upon Vogel-sand but sayle upon the foresayd markes of the Hoorn and Zuyd-haffell soo long untill that you have the Cape upon Tessell and the mill of Ooster-end one in the other then keep the one in the other leaving the first markes and sayl up so unto the buy or Beakon upon the Nesse and so you shall run amidst the channel in the fareway which is 10. 11. and 12 fathom deep If you bring the mill a litle to the Westwards of the Cape then you shall be close by the south shoare which is so steepe that you may not come neare it in turning to windwards then in eight or nine fathom Being come about the nesse then go on south south by west towards â—he buy upon the flat Of the tydes courses of the Streams about these foresayd places Upon the Wieringer-flat maketh full sea a southeast or northwest moon Before Texel in Coopvaerders road and east southeast West northwest moone Heights The Marsdiep lieth in three and fifty degrees sayle out of the north sea being in that heyght east on and you shall fall right with it The second Demonstration Wherein The Coast of Holland from Texel to the Maes as also the Channels of Texel the Maes and Goeree at large TEssell is a long plaine Iland whereupon stand 4. Churches the westermost hath a high sharpe steeple and is called west-end or S. Iohns but by the Pilots it is called the Westen or the Wambus To the southwards of that standeth an other sharp steeple called the Hoorn The third is called the Burgh which standeth somewhat more to the northwards then the other two beforesayd The fourth is called the Oogh or the Koogh which is the norther-most of them all without steeple and is covered with blew slates The Eyerland â—â—erland lyeth close to the east wards or to the n. ward of the Tessel and fast to it when it floweth somewhat high it is divided of from the Tessel by the sea made to an Iland it sheweth it selfe of at sea like a Low Plaine litle Iland with litle hommocks there standeth upon it no more then 2 litle houses Huysdown Huysdown is a short poynt of land with some white sandhils where of the greatest and highest is called the Kyckdowne or Kykers-downe the next to the southwards of it is called Dirckooms sand-hil further to the southwards they run flat of by little and little and at length to nothing in a flat plaine strand Upon the east end called the Helder lye also some sandy hills betwixt the Helder and the Kyck down it is a most-flat strand with some sandy hils like a dike upon which about halfe way betwixt both standeth the litle or the outer most Cape the great cape standeth somewhat within the land about east from the Kyckdown Huysdowne or the Marsdeep and the Maes lie south s w. somewhat southerly and northnortheast somwhat northerly about 24 leagues asunder From Huysdown to Petten Petten the coast lieth south and by west foure leagues Petten hath a little Church with a little steeple and thereabouts you shall see two other little sharpe steeples in the Northland A little to the southwards of Petten lieth the Hondbosch a league to the southwards of Petten lieth Camperdowne the best land to be known thereabouts the north end is a high steep white
Tessell to the Shield or Cromer west 40 leagues From Tessell or Marsdiep to Flambrough head west northwest 60 leagues From the Marsdiep to Lieth in Scotland n.w. and by w. somewhat northerly 104 leagues From the Marsdiep to Newcastle w. n. west somewhat northerly 83 leagues From Tessell to Bockenesse northwest and n. west and by n. somewhat westerly 123 leagues From the Marsdiep to Aberdine n. w. somewhat northerly 119 leagues From the Marsdiep to the Liet of Berghen in Norway north 110 leagues From the Marsdiep to the north end of Hitland n. n. west 165 leagues And then you shall fall about five leagues to the eastwards of the land From the Marsdiep to the Naze north and by east 94 lea From the Maes or Goeree to Dover south-southwest and by west somewhat westerly 33 leagues From the Maes to the north Forland west south w. westerly 31 leagues From the Maes to the Naze west 31 leagues From te Maes to Hitland north north west 180 leagues Heights The Marsdiep lieth in three and fifty degrees saile out of the north sea being in that height east on and you shall fall right with it The north side of the Maes lieth in 52 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Wambus Thus appeareth the Iland Tessell when it lieth east and by north from you Huysdowne sheweth it selfe thus when it is east south east from you Camper downe Egmont upon the sea Egmont within Wyck on sea Beverwyck Thus sheweth the coast of Holland betwixt Huysdowne and Wyck upon the sea when you sayle alongst by it about three leagues from the land Haerlem Santfoort Noortwyck Catwyck Schevelingen The Hage Monster Thus sheweth the coast of Holland betwixt Wyck upon the sea and the Maes when you sayle alongst by it about a league from the land Loosduyn Delft Monster The Heyde Gowen head These two figures belong to the AA one to the other S. Gravesant S.E. by S. The Brill S. by E. S. Cape S. Cape Oostvoorn When Gravesand is south east and by south from you being a halfe league without the land then the coast of Holland to the northwards of the Maes sheweth it selfe as is portrayed in the two figures here above The Heyde Monster Delft S' Gravesand Naeldwyck Liet North Capes When you are open before the Maes the land to the northwards of it sheweth it selfe thus The outer S. Cape The Inner S. Cape The Brill S.E. by E. Oostvoorn Recagne These two figures one to the other Recagne Goerees gat Goeree Outdorp Cape of Goeree When you are upon before the Maes being north west and by west from the Brill then the land to the southwards of the Maes sheweth it selfe as is prefigured in the two figures here above Oostvoorn The Brill east The land of the Brill The two figures following belong unto this at the AA and BB one to the other Goerees Goereese gat Goeree Ourdorp Cape upon Goeree When you are before the Goereese gat about a league without the land on both sides of it sheweth as is demonstrated in the three figures here above These two figures belong at the crosses one to the other S. E. by south Renisse Wolsack or Blenck The land of Goeree sheweth it selfe as is pourtrayed in the two figures here above when the cape and steeple come one to the other and that you are a league and a halfe without the land The third Demonstration Which unfoldeth All the Chanells betwixt the Maes and the Whielings as that of Goeree Brewers-have Zirick-zea the Veer and the Whieling COncerning the Situation betweene the Maes Goerees-gat wee have handled sufficiently in the discription of the River Maes Betwixt the land of Goeree and Schowen there goe in alsoo two channels the norther most is called the Kevitsen which is onely for small ships the southermost for great ships is called the Brewers havens channell Betwixt them lyeth a great dry sand called the Springer which floweth not under but with very high floods For to finde the Kevitsen Kevitsen you must bring the steeple of Zierick-zee southeast and by south or a little more southerly from you and then you shall espy upon the land of Schowen about the steeple of Zierickzee a wood of trees bring that and the foresaid steeple of Zierickzee one in the other and runne so right in untill you come against the sand so shoaler so neare as you can and then you runne farre enough alongst to the westwards of the west head When you come within the west head against the sand on the south side then goe in east alongst by the foresaid dry sand the Springer at the end of the aforesaid dry sand shooteth off also a point under water the which you must sound for being past that runne then directly with Brewers-Haven as is shewed in the Card. In this channell it is upon the shoalest ten foor deep The Brewers-Haven Before the land of Schowen thwart of the Brewers haven channell lye three bankes the outermost called the Breebanke lyeth a kenning without the land upon which it is 7. fathom deep and againe within it 19. fathom deep upon the second nearer the shoare it is five fathom deepe and againe within it 7. fathom deep the third Called the Ooster lyeth close by the Land and runneth into the eastwards betwixt Schouwen and the land of Goeree upon it is no more then six foot water when you will sayle into the channell of Brewers-Haven you must goe about to the Westwards of it Upon the west end of Schouwen stand two Capes bring them one in the other and runne so right in with them untill the steeple of the Renisse which steeple is somewhat sharpe come to the Blenck or Wolsack that is a high white sandhill Renisse Wostack which sheweth it selfe out in whitenesse high above all the other Sand-hills then leave the Capes and runne in by the marks of the Blencke De Cust van ZEELANDT Begrypende in sich de gaten al 's vande Wielingen ter Veere Ziericzee Brouwers haven Goeree en de Maes and Renisse untill that Outdorp a little white steeple upon the Land of Goeree come to the steeple of Goeree and so you shall go in betwixt the Ooster of the larboard side and the Hill on the starboard side and alongst a little to the southwards of the outermost buy untill you come within the Ooster When that Outdorp and Goeree are one in the other then leave also the foresaid markes of Renisse and runne in right with Goeree untill that you come by the second buy or if there lye no buyes untill that the Bommenee come a little without the Oxetayle that is a point of Schowe lying out a little to the westwards of Brewers-haven sayle soo right in untill you are past the Brewers-Haven This Channell of Brewers-Haven is a broad and deepe Channell very convenient for great ships he that must turn in or out to windewards may runne alongst a good wayes
in from the westwards betwixt the foresayd banck and the land For to fall into Newport and sayle unto the southwards of the banck soo long untill that the innermost beakon come even through or to the eastwards of the outermost and then run in so right by them in alongst amidst the channell betwixt the heads Betwixt the banck and the land it is on both sides flat rising ground so that you may sound the shoares on both sides but on the north side the banck is somewhat steep it is 3 fathom deep close alongst by it Within the havens mouth it is set on both sides of the deep with beakons where you must run through betwixt untill you come before the Towne which lyeth about a Cannon shot from the seaside There is fire in the night upon the 2 great beakons out not longer then from halfe flood to halfe ebbe From New-port to Dunkercke alongst by the shoare through within the banckes it is cleane without any foule ground or bancks and at low water fifteene foot deepe the neerer the shoare the deeper Thwart of the Cloyster Ten Duynen betwixt it and Broers banck it is narrowest which lyeth not farre from the shoare thwart of it you must goe close alongst by the shoare The Quade-bancke Quade-banck runneth of to the eastwards of the head of Dunkercke at least two leagues to the westwards ending thwart of the heads of Dunkercke To the eastwards of the easter head of Dunkerck mē may anchor behind this banck and lye sheltred for a northwest north and northeast winde it is two fathom deepe there at low water but in the comming in it is shoaler Before the Havensmouth of Dunkerck it is 9 and ten fathom deepe and to the westwards of the wester-head of Dunkerck 6. 7. and 8. fathom from thence men may runne over the small banck in three fathom and come against the Broad bancke This small bancke Smal-banck lyeth right thwart before the Haven of Dunkerck to wit betwixt Dunkercke and the Broad-banck For to sail into Dunkerck For to saile into Dunkerck you must bring the fires within a capstane barrs length one to the other to wit the innermost so much to the eastwards of the outtermost keep them soo and run in then close alongst by the easter-head the wester-head lyeth somewhat further of into the sea then the other thwart of it lyeth a sandplate with some pales therefore you must avoyd it and runne in close alongst by the easterhead it is a narrow haven at high water and a common tyde there commeth no more then 12 foot water In the night they doe fire there as at Newport from halfe flood to halfe ebbe and the lowest fire-beakon standeth next unto the sea From the wester-head of Dunkerck runneth of a bancke about 2 leagues long called the Splinter The Splinter which falleth dry at low water at many places men may sayle in by the shoare behind this banck from the westwards almost to the westerhead of Dunkerck and there may come to an anchor in 5 6 7 and eight fathom About halfe a league from the foresaid wester-head there runneth a Slenck through the foresaid bancke where little Shippes may goe through at high water Graveling Graveling is also a tyde-haven where men must goe in at high water there stand two beakons which you must keepe one by the other and sayle so in betwixt the heads on the west side runneth off a little riffe which you must avoyd When you come from the eastwards alongst the coast running through Wolbreck Sound at the end of the Brakes that are the banckes before Dunkerck and from thence westwards then you come against the west poynt of the foresayd little riffe or out-sand off Graveling which lyeth a good way of into the sea to the eastwards of it men run into the Haven of Graveling by night right in with the fires To the westwards of the Haven of Graveling lyeth a bancke or flat alongst the shoare lying a good way of from the land to sea-wards almost as farre to the westwards as Callice Newlanden called the New-Land men may runne alongst by it or over it in five foure and three fathom according as men will The haven of Callice Callice falleth every tyde altogether dry and at high water with a common-tyde there is no lesse then three fathom water For to sayle in there you must keepe the mill standing on the east corner of the towne right over the easter-head run in soo close alongst by the easterhead and let the castle lye on the west side of you from the wester head runneth of a little the riffe therefore you must avoyd it When you are come in within the westerhead you must goe up to the westwards into Paradice and there lye dry at low water By night when the tyde serveth there stand two fires you must run in right with them It is not good to come into this haven before high water because of the exceeding strong tide that runneth in there with the flood for to avoid the anchors of the ships which lye there within It is there within dangerous and bad lying especially with a n. ly winde which bloweth there opē in Thwart of from wester-head of Callice lyeth a bank of two fathom betwixt the head or Meyland and the same banke men may runne through in three fathom at halfe flood the bank is two fathom deepe Under Callice cliffe at the east end men may anchor in then fathom but at the westend lyeth a rocke under water a bow shot from the land Callice cliffe Callice-cliffe lyeth betwixt Callice Blanck nesse Of the Flemish Bancks West from West-cappell and northwest from Oostend about nine leagues without the Coast of Flanders lyeth a little plate whereupon at low water is no more then two and twenty foot water in foule weather the sea breaketh very much upon it About two leagues from Oostend without the land lyeth the Trick The Trick or outerbanck upon it there is no more then fifteen or sixteen foot water When S. Catherines steeple commeth against Oostend then you come on against this banck betwixt this bank and the heads of Oostend lyeth another bank of three fathom water Betwixt Oostend and Newport lye foure bancks all which foure begin about thwart of Oostend the two nearest to the lands end thwart of Newport The other lye all alongst the land almost to Dunkercke the first and nearest to the land is called the Geere The Geer betwixt that and the land goeth a channell through of 8. 9. 10. fathom The second called Laland Laland endeth also against Newport betwixt these two goeth a channel through of eight and nine fathom The third are two banks one to the other the eastermost ending halfe wayes Laland is called stroom Stroom the westermost ending thwart of Dunkerck is called the Stone-bank Stone-banck which hath on the
Tower of Bore to the eastwards of Saledoor sayle then towards the roade of La-Ranse to the southwards of the little Bee or els if it be high water you may run in upon the markes and then in about to the southwards of the Towne as here before is sayd When you saile into this westerne channel you shal leave on the starboard side a high rocke called the Schoorsteen with more other rockes to the westwards of it which at high water are most of them over flowne On the north side that is on the larboard side lye alsoo many rockes whereof many of them are overflowne at high water and also many remaine above water Yet a southerne channell More a Southerne channell lyeth in by the land to the southwards of the rock of S. Antony upon marks that men may see a stearne the ship but it is not used but with small ships About halfe wayes betwixt the westerne channell of S. Maloes and C. de Farela lyeth a stony banck Stony banck under water A little to the westwards of C. de Farela lyeth a great rock When you will sayle from C. de Farela towards S. Maloes and that you keepe the foresayd rock right upon the poynt of Farela you shall so without faile sayle upon the Stone-banck but if you keep the rock hidden under or behind the poynt then you shall sayle alongst to the southwards of it Or else if you keepe it without the poynt soo that you may see through betwixt it the point then you shall sayle alongst to the northwards of it The foresayd rock is a good mark for to know Cape de Farela by S. MALOES De Haven van S. Malo Foure leagues west from S. Maloes lyeth a great Sandbay where men may lye landlockt for all windes Men use to anchor within a great rock right against a mill and some trees About two leagues northwest from that Sand-bay lyeth the Cape de Farela Farela which is alsoo called Cape de Late after the Castle de Late that standeth to the eastwardes off the poynt there is a good Roade for west southwest windes Two great leagues northwest from the entry of the Haven of S. Maloes lyeth the Oysterbanck â—ysterâ—â—nck there under it men may anchor in 6 or 7 fathom To the westwardes of Cape de Farela unto the north-north-end of the Island Briack Briack the course is west and by north nine or ten leagues Two leagues from the land west from the Cape lyeth a great rane of rockes above water Betweene the foresayd Cape and the Island Briack lye the Havens or Rivers of S. Brieux â— Brieux and S. Benit S. Benit The Island Briack is two leagues long lyeth southsouthwest and northnortheast when you come from the east you shall see two mills upon it and betwixt them a high round hill with a little house upon it you may sail round about this Island and may make roades on every side where you will although round about it here and there lye some rocks yet it is all over good anchor-ground A good wayes off from the northeast point lyeth a rock called Souffe and at the north end lyeth a ledge of rockes under water where of you must take heed A great league westsouthwest from Briack three or foure leagues a seaboard the land lye the out-rockes called the Pickeles men may sayle round about them also but to the eastwards of them towardes the main land lye many suncken rockes Foure leagues to the westwards of Briack lyeth the Port Blanck upon a great river called Lantrilliers Portblank Lantrilliers seven Isles to the eastwards of this haven lye off many out-rockes To the westwards of Port Blanck lye the Sept Isles or seven Islands lying from the Pickels distant five leagues east and west A league to the southwardes of them lyeth the Green land there you may ride round about it Betweene the seven Islands you may not sayle through but to the southwards of them betwixt them and the Green Island Greene Island goeth a broade channell through From the eastermost Island lyeth off a fowle riffe to the southwards upon the outermost end of that riffe lyeth a rocke as a good marke for to sayle about the riffe Northwest from the west-end of the seven Islands lyeth alsoo a suncken rock wich at low water may be seene Men may alsoo sayle alongst by the coast from Port Blanck within to the southwardes of the Green Island and come out againe into the sea to the westwards from thence northwest off into the sea lye the Triacle Pots Triacle Pots these are great feare full out-rockes which lye spred wyde and broade westsouthwest from the seven Islands and foure or five leagues a seaboard the land Betwixt the Triacle Pots and the seven Islands lyeth the River of Laminoe R. Laminoe to the westwardes of the Greene Island For to sayl in there men must take good heed of the northeast poynt which is fowle Thwart of the seven Islands upon the maine land standeth a Church with a high steeple called Our Lady of the Clearnesse thereby men may know them Thwart of the Triacle Pots standeth alsoo a high Tower thereby men may know when they are neere them but it must be very cleare weather before men can well discerne it upon the land Hee that commeth by night or darke weather from the Fourne or Ushant and is bound to Saint Maloes let him not goe with a southerly winde to the eastwardes of east-northeast or northeast and by east with a westerly winde so long untill hee hath the length of the Triacle Pots that they bee on his broad side The flood falleth southeast within the Triacle Pots and the seven Islands and should by night easily draw a ship towards them By day or when there is sight there is no such danger Within the Triacle Pots lyeth the tyde haven of Saint John de Doy two leagues to the westwards of the Green Island and two leagues to the eastwards of Morlions men may sayle from thence through the rockes unto Morlions and anchor in five and sixe fathom at low water To the westwards of the Triacle Pots lyeth a great rock the easterne entry of Morlions Morlions lyeth from it southwest and by south distant two leagues but the westerne entry lyeth from it westsouthwest west and by south foure or five loagues that goeth in by a great long ragged rock This entry men may sayle in south south and by west unto the castle of Morlaix Morlaix being about the castle they may run through the rocks againe to the eastwards and runne out againe at the easterne entry northnortheast and north and by east into sea according as the tyde shall be the flood commeth there out of the northwest If a man would goe from Morlaix to Morlions hee may goe on east through the rockes and so sayle to it It is all
broken land and there remaineth at low water five fathom depth If you are bound to S. Paul de Lion S. Paul de Lion you must run right with the great rock with the two horns or Sadle and so close alongst by it being past it edge to the land upon the strand lyeth a village called Plempoll sayle right with it alongst by it to the eastwards of it goeth in the river These are all tyde-havens but betwixt the rockes of the Morlions and the Islands Bay it is at lowe water deepe enough for to save a ship The land of S. Paul de Lion is double land upon S. Pauls Church stand two sharpe steeples The Island Isle de Bas lyeth thwart before it upon it standeth two stakes to see to a farre off like milles Upon the east end of that Island lieth a very high ragged rock when you are to the eastwards of this rock you shall see two sharpe steeples a little one from the other these are the steeples of Plempolle you may also then see the Castle of Morlaix lying southeast from you upon a high rock The foresayd outermost long ragged rocke of Morlaix lyeth from the top of the Island Isle de Bas Isle de Bas east and east and by south three or foure leagues Men may sayle alongst by the maine land within and through these rocks untill they come to the seven Islands they are all great bayes where inmost places is good anchor ground Five greate leagues north and by east of Isle Bas and southwest and by west 27 leagues from the Caskets lyeth a dangerous rocke or Cliffe called Roche Blanche Roche Blanche and lyeth from seaven Islands westnorthwest 9 leagues Within the Isle de Bas lyeth the town of Roskow Roskow you may sayle into the haven of Roskow on both sides of the Island For to sayle into the easterne channell when you are passed by the high rocke with the saddle or two hornes called Le Taureau and come by the land betwixt the east poynt of the Island and the poynt of the maine land over against it you must sayle still keeping the middle of the channell It is in this channell 7 and eight fathom deepe Being come within the poynt of the Island you must runne in about by it west by south west on untill you come about halfe wayes within the Island and anchor there in eight or nine fathom And then Roskow shall lye south and south and by east from you If you will sayle into the westerne channell you shall see to the westwards of it close by the maine land two great long rockes From the point of the maine land a little to the eastwards of the eastermost long rocke lyeth of a riffe from the land which maketh the west side of the channell you must runne in southeast betwixt that riffe and the west poynt of the Island when you come within the poynt of the Island you must edge up northeast unto the middest of the Island anchor there as here before is sayd From Isle de Bas alongst to the Fourne or Ushant lyeth the coast westsouthwest 16 leagues From the Island Isle de Bas unto the Fourne the outermost or westermost end of the maine land of Britaigne the course is westsouthwest and west and by south thirteene leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them both lyeth Obbevrack or Abberwrack About a league northwest without the rockes of Obbevracke or Abberwracke Abberwrack lyeth a rane of Rockes under water They that by night wil saile or turne to windwards from the Fourne or towards the Fourn The Fourn let them not come thereabouts nearer the land then in 45 fathom A league to the eastwards of the Fourne all alongst the coast even unto the Fourne lye many long black ragged Rockes in many places appearing like Villages these are called the Ovens within them on the maine land which is not very high men shall see sayling alongst by them many white sand-bayes and here and there some little houses whereby the foresayd land thereabout is very easy to be knowne The Fourne and Ushant Ushant lye westsouthwest eastnortheast distant two great leagues Ushant sheweth it felfe at sea at the south-south-end low and at the north-end going up sloaping upon the midst of it standeth a little flat Tower by which markes it is good to be knowne Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames At Cape de Hague by the shore a south and by eâ— moone maketh high water In the Race of Blanckert a north and by east south and by west moone The flood falleth through the Race northeast and the ebbe southwest In the Islands also a north and by east and south and by west moone maketh a full sea Men cannot well reckon the tydes there because they have divers courses about the Islands but for the most part northeast by north A quarter of the tyde the flood falleth thwart into the Caskets In Garnsey a north and by east and south by west moon maketh full sea At Concalle Granville a westnorthwest moone At S. Maloes an east west moone maketh high water The flood falleth in there at the westerne channell goeth out againe at the easterne channell men must reckon there upon when they will sayle into these channels From the Island Briack in the bay of Benit the flood falleth southeast but in the fareway eastsoutheast and westnorthwest At the east-side of the Island Briack in the road southsoutheast An east and west moon maketh there the highest water Betwixt the Island Briack and Garnesey a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea the flood runneth there eastsoutheast and the ebbe westnorthwest On the coast within the Caskets the tyde runneth continually against the Sunne soo that it is there never still water Betwixt Sept Isles or the seven Islands and Garnsey in the fareway a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea Betwixt Briack and the seven Islands an east and by north and west and by south moone maketh full sea The flood fulleth there east and east and by south Betwixt the seven Islands and the outer rockes of Morlions the flood falleth in south east within the Triacle Pots towards the Green-Island but in the fareway in the offing east and east and by north At Morlaix and S. Pauls a west and by south Moon maketh the highest water but in the fareway in the offing thwart of it a southwest and by west and westsouthwest Moone At the Isle de Bas maketh high water a west and by south Moone In the fareway there in the offing the flood falleth e. n. e. and the ebbe w. s w. and so likewise from thence all alongst the coast of Bretaigne unto the Fourne or Ushant At Abberwrack an e. n. e. and w. s w. moone maketh full sea without Ushant a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moone and within the Trade a s w. by w. moone maketh full-sea Of the Depths
about these places and in what depths men may see the land Upon Cape de Hague standeth a Castle with a little turret a little to the eastwards of it in the land standeth a sharp Tower Two leagues to the eastwards off it lyeth Sherborough with a flat steeple The Island Ornay is upon the west end high with a steep going down poynt The east end is hilly or with hommocks but lower then the west end in sayling by it men may see upon it a Tower or two with some mills Upon the north side of the Island lyeth a white hill like a sand hill To the northwards of the Caskets two leagues from land it is deep 35 and 40 fathom Betwixt the Caskets and Garnesey it is 35 40 fathom deep most all stony ground Northwest about foure leagues from Garnesey is a pit where it is 80 or 90 fathom deepe els it is thereabouts 40 fathom deep Betwixt Ornay and Iarsey it is deep 20 and 25 fathom In the fareway of Jarsey Rockduve and the Island Briack it is deep 20 and 25 and 30 fathom About the Triacle Pots alongst the coast it is 45 50 fathom deep in such depths men may see the land thereabouts By night it is not good to come nearer that coast and the seven Islands then in 45 fathom Thwart of S. Paul de Lion and the Isle of Bas five leagues from the land it is deep 45 50 fathom Thwart of Abberwrack 5 leagues â—rom the land it is deep 50 and 55 fathom The Backovens or the land of the Fourne men may see in 50 fathom Ushant being about south from you you may see in 50 fathom Courses Distances From C. de Hague to the outermost of the Caskets west by north 9 leagues From the Caskets to Beachy n. e. by e. 36 leagues From the Caskets to Wight n. e. and by n. 20 leagues From the Caskets to Portland north and by west 13 leagues From the Caskets to the Steart westnorthwest 21 leagues From the Caskets to Silly west somewhat northerly 54 leagues From C. de Hague to C. de Voorha south by east 7 leagues From C. de Voorha to Granville s s e. 9 leagues From Granville to Mount Sint Michiel southsoutheast 5 leagues From Granville to the poynt of Concalle southwest 5 leagues From the poynt of Concalle to the easter channell of S. Maloes west west by south 5 leagues From the Island Sisember before S. Maloes unto cape de Farrele west 4 or 3 leagues From C. de Farrele to the Island Briack west and by north 9 leagues From the Island Briack to the Pickelles w. by s 2 leag From the Pickels to the seven Islands westsouthwest 5 leagues From the seven Islands to the Triacle Pots westsouthwest 3 leagues From the Triacle Pots to the Isle de Bas westsouthwest 9 leagues From Isle de Bas to Ushant westsouthwest 16 leagues From C. de Hague to the west end of Jarsey betwixt Sarck Jarsey through southsouthwest and south west and by south 11 leagues From the Caskets to the west end of Garnesey south-southwest by south 5 or 6 leagues From Garnesey to Jarsey s e. and by e. 7 leagues From Roche Blanche to Caskets northeast and by east 27 leagues From Roche Blanche to Isle de Bas south and by west 5 leagues From Garnesay to S. Maloes s s e. 16 leagues From the south end of Iarsey to S. Maloes south and by east 8 or 9 leagues From Garnesay to the rocks Rockduves southsouthwest 8 or 9 leagues From Rockduves to Manckiers east and by souâ—h 9 or 10 leagues From Rockduves to C. de Farella s e. 10 leâ—gues From Rockduves to the rock Camine south and by west 4 leagues From Rockeduves to the Island Briack south by west and south 6 leagues From Garnesey to the 7 Islands southwest 14 leagues From the Caskets to S. Paul de Lion southwest somewhat westerly 30 leagues From the Caskets to the Fourne or Ushant southwest and by west 46 leagues From the Caskets to the Lizard west and by west and by north 39 leagues From Garnesey to the Lizard west and by north 37 leagues From the seven Islands to the Lizard northwest and by west 32 leagues From the seven Islands to the Steart north and by west westerly 24 leagues From the seven Islands to Portland northnortheast 32 leagues From S. Paul de Lion to the Lizard northwest and by north 28 leagues From Sint Paul de Lion to the Steart north and by east 28 leagues From Sint Paul de Lion to Portland north east and by north 39 leagues From Isle de Bas to the Fourne w. s w. 12. leagues Heights The Caskets lye in 49 degrees 48 min. The 7 Islands or sept Isles in 49 degrees Ushant lyeth in 48 degrees 30 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Thus sheweth Ornay when you sayle alongst by it foure leagues from the land Thus sheweth Ornay with the Caskets when it is south south east from you 3 or 4 leagues Thus sheweth Ornay and the Caskets when you sayâ—e alongst by them and Ornay is south east from you three or foure leagues Garnâ—ey being east north east from you sheweth thus Thus sheweth Garnsey when it is thwart from you about 4 leagues S. Paul de Lion Obbevrack La Four Thus sheweth the land betwixt S. Paul de Lion and the Fourne when you sayle alongst by it 4 leagus from the land The third Demonstration Wherein Are delineated the Coasts of England from Beachy to port-Port-land TO the Westwards of the poynt of Beachy thwart of the west end of the 7 Cleeves right against the Chindle where men run alongst by into new Haven men may alsoo anchor in 7. 8 or 9 fathom A league and a half to the eastwards of the point of Beachy nearest e. n e. from the poynt lieth a little sand upon which there is at low Water and spring-tydes scarce two fathom At the west end of the seven Cleeves lieth the River of Cuckmer-Haven or New-Haven New-haven which hath two entries the westermost entry lieth in by the west land but is not to be used but onely with very small shipping it falleth altogether dry the eastermost is commonly the best and lieth northwest and by west in there is at high water with a common tyde not more then seven and with a spring-tyde 14 or 15 foot water within the ships lye every tyde dry But before the village they remaine a float there they moore with foure cables fast on 2 green shoares Upon these entries men cannot well make any reckoning they keep no certaine depth when it bloweth a storme out of the south they are oftentimes cast too with a chindle and opened againe with a freshut Shorum Shorum is a tyde-haven where is at high water and spring-tydes 18 foote water but at low water there remaineth no more then 3 foot water soo that then it
shipping For to sayle in at the west end of Wight you must runne right in with the Needles For to sayl in at the Needles they are high sharpe Rockes as Masts lying at the West end of Wight bring then the innermost poynt of Wight or the Castle that standeth upon the chindle over against that poynt called Hus castle a little without or to the northwards of the Needles sayle in there upon untill you come to the Needles leave them then on the starboard side of you and run in within a cables length alongst by them for to avoyd the bancks which lye off from the chindle to the northwards of the Needles of the west end of Wight almost to the Needles Betwixt the bancks called the Swingels and the Needles it is not very broad and at low water 5 fathom deep When you sayle in here you must cast your tydes well The fore-flood falleth strong upon the bancks When you are then come within the Needles then edge a little more off from the shoare unto Hus Castle that standeth upon the Chindle for to avoyd some Rocks which lye alongst by the Island under water Being come within the Castle or Chindle there it is wyde broad leave two third parts of the channell on the larboard side and one third part on the starboard side sayle soo in untill you come before the village Newton anchor there in nine or ten fathom or else sayle forth if you will about the poynt of the Cowes and anchor there before the haven of Newport in tenne or twelve fathom there is the best Roade and the best lying of all the Roades in Wight The Haven or Roade before Newport lyeth from the foresayd Hus Castle upon the Chindle northeast and by east and eastnortheast about two leagues asunder From the Needles of Wight west and by south about three leagues lyeth the poynt of Saint Albons-land called Peverell poynt Peverel poynt from it lye off some little Rocks to the eastwards A little too the northwards of that poynt is a Bay called the Bay of Sandwitch Sandwitch Bay there is a good road for them that are bound to the Westwards If you will goe to ryde there comming from the westwards you may take the sounding of Saint Albons land and runne aboard the poynt in foure or five fathom at a halfe flood and you shall take no hurt of those little rocks Being gotten about the poynt edge by it up to the westwards towards Sandwitch A little to the northwards of Sandwitch in the Baye lyeth a round Hommock and thwart of it somewhat within the land standeth a mil bring that mill to the south side of the round Hommock and sayle soo in untill you come in foure or three fathom and anchor there soo deepe or shoale as you will there it is good lying for southwest winds A little league north and by east from the foresayd poynt right west from the Needles of Wight lyeth another poynt called Handfast poynt Handfast poynt to the northwards of it lyeth a litâ—â—e Towne called Studland before it is alsoo a good roade Upon the outermost part of that poynt is a hole through the land where men may see through and a little without the poynt standeth a high steepe rocke like a Mast allmost like the Needle at the west end of Wight For to come to ride before Studland Studland you must sayle about the second poynt with the hole or the steepe rocke in foure or five fathom and goe in westnorthwest towards Studland a little to the southwards of it lyeth a little valley bring that westsouthwest from you and goe towards the shoare in foure or three fathom and a halfe there is the best roade lying there you may see the foresayd hole in the poynt A league to the northwards of that foresayd poynt with the hole lyeth the haven of Poole Poole for to fayle in there comming about the foresayd second poynt with the steepe rocke you must goe on northwest or somwhat more northerly and then you shall see right a head of you a high flat hill which standeth higher then any other land thereabouts keepe that betwixt the two shoares and run in so right with it If you must turne toe and againe then spare not to use your lead and runne not further over to the westwards then that the flat hill come to the west-land soo soone as it beginneth as it were to touch it you must cast about or else you should be fast aground And after you have cast about runne not further over to the eastwards then that the foresayd high flat hill commeth even to the east sand-hill which is a high gray and sharp sand-hill lying at the East side If you keepe these foresayd markes in this manner you shall have there going in at halfe flood water enough there remaineth upon the shoalest at low water ten and eleven foote but it floweth there no more then five foot up and downe It floweth there twice in a tyde A southeast and northwest Moone maketh there full sea Also a south by east north and by west Moone once more that commeth to passe by reason of the sore-ebbe that commeth out of Wight When you come within the entry go then northnortheast on and keepe the beacons that stand on the east land on the starboard from you and runne indifferent close alongst by them The shoares are on both sides steepe and the channell is not wide without the channell it is shoale or flat This is Pilots water From the west end of Wight to the poynt of Portland Portland the course is westsouthwest eleven leagues but from Dunnose the south-southwest poynt of Wight west and by south thirteene leagues Road under Portland If you will goe to anchor under Portland comming from the west then come within two cables length or a shot of a cast peece about by the poynt of Portland and being come about the second poynt edge up to the westwards untill you come before the castle and anchor there in 7. 8. 9. 10. or 11. fathom soo that the poynt of Portland doe lye south and by east and southsoutheast from you there you shall lye landlockt for a south and south and by east winde With a southwest and a s s.w winde men must be very mindfull of terrible rippeling of the race of Portland which beginneth a little to the westwards of Portland and endeth a little to the westwards of S. Albons The ground in that race is also very uneven shoale sometimes seven otherwhiles ten and also fifteen fathom deepe About a league to the northwards of the road of Portland lyeth a little Towne called Waymouth Waymouth with a tyde-haven before it men may anchor in foure or five fathom Of the Tydes and Courses of the Streames At Beachy by the shoare before the seven Cleeves the flood faâ—leth east and by south the ebbe west and
by north From Wight to Beachy e. and by n. and w. and by south Thwart of Wight before Dunnose a south and by east Moone maketh full sea At S. Ellens and the Cowes a s s.e Moone At Hampton at the kay a s and n. Moone Within the Needles of Wight a southeast and by south-Moone Before the haven of Poole a southeast and northwest Moon maketh high water alsoo a south by east and by west Moone Thwart of Portland in the channell a s s e. and n.n. west Moone From Portland to Wight the flood falleth east and by n. and the ebbe west and by south Of the Depths Without Beachy thwart of the seven Cleeves it is deepe 28 and 30 fathom In the offing thwart of Wight it is deepe 38 fathom in such depth men may see the land In the channell betwixt Portland and the Caskets it is 40 fathom deepe when it is cleare weather men may see the land on both sides the nearer England the shoaler towards the Caskets it is deepest Courses Distances From Beachy to the Owers w. and by s 13 leagues From thwart of the Owers in 12 fathom unto Dunnose the south poynt of Wight w. s.w 5 leagues From Beachy to Blacknesse east 18 leagues From Beachy to Struysaert south 26 leagues From Beachy to the Caskets s w by w. 36 leagues From Dunnose to the southermost poynt of Wight unto the Needles of Wight west and by north and w. n. w. 4 leagues From the west end or the Needles of Wight to the poynt of S. Albons land west 4 leagues From the Needles of Wight to Portland west and by south and west south-southwest 11 leagues From Wight to Diep e. s e. 36 leagues From the east end of Wight to Struysaert s east somewhat southerly 29 leagues From Wight to the Caskets south-southwest and by south 20 leagues From Portland to Seynhead southeast and by east 39 leagues From Portland to the Caskets south and by east 13 ½ lea Heights Dunnose the southermost point of Wight lyeth in 50 degr 36 min. Portland lyeth in 50 degr 26 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Beachy sheweth thus when you come from the west Thus sheweth Beachy with the seven Cleeves when you come from the west and sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the Island Wight when you sayle alongst by it being 3 or 4 leagues a seaboard the land Cust van ENGELANT Van Lezard tot Engelands Eyndt de Sorlinges ende Canaal van Brestou al 's mede hoe zy van Yerland gelegen syn Portland Thus sheweth S. Albons land with Portland to the westwards of it when you sayle alongst by it being to the eastwards of Portland Thus sheweth Portland when you come from the westwards Thus sheweth Portland when it is north by west from you six leagues of Thus sheweth Portland when you come from the eastwards The fourth Demonstration Wherein Are Shewed the Coasts of England from port-Port-land to the Lizard FRom Portland to Exmouth the course is westnorthwest thirteene leagues betwixt them both lyeth a little Island close by the land called Cob. I. Cob. Befote Exmouth men may ride at the south end of the Chindle which lyeth before the haven in seven or eight fathom soo that the rocks of Tomanstones doe come to lye south and south and by east from you there it is good ground and landlockt for a south winde Five leagues south and south and by west from Exmouth lyeth Torbay Torbay and lyeth from Portland west and west and by south distant thirteene leagues TORBAY For to goe into the roade of Torbay you must bring the West poynt south and by east and southsoutheast from you and anchor there in 7 or 8 fathom you shall lye land-lockt for south and southwest windes At the northeast side of the bay is alsoo a tyde-haven before it it is good anchor ground in foure or five fathom according as you will lye neare or farre from the shoare Three or foure leagues southwards or to the westwards of Torbay lyeth the Haven of Dartmouth Dartâ—outh which hath a narrow entry lying in betwixt two high lands upon each side of the Haven standeth a little Castle in time of warres they were wont to shut it over with a chaine on the Westside standeth a little Church on the high land For to sayle in there comming from the Steart or from the westwards you must run in alongst by the wester-land so farre to the eastwards untill you bring the kay of the village that lyeth on the east side of the haven in the middest of the entry of the Haven and sayle so in keeping the middest of the Haven betwixt the two lands and you must bee very ready with the boat if there should come any sore flangs from of the high land for to row in Being come in edge over to the west-side before the Brewhouse and anchor there in ten or twelve fathom or before the village on the east-side where you please At the east-side of the Range lyeth a suncken Rock the marks for to avoyd it are these To the eastwards of Dartmouth is a red poynt which below by the water is black and in the red lieth a white stone when the white stone commeth over the black poynt then are you thwart of the suncken rock but if you see the kay of the village and doe as before is sayd then you shall not come too neare that suncken rock to take any hurt of it Betwixt Dartmouth and the Steart nearest to Dartmouth standeth a spire steeple indifferent high and white called Tackman that is a very good marke to know the haven of Dartmouth by The Steart Steart lyeth from Dartmouth southwest distant three leagues Under the poynt of the Steart at the east side is a good roade for westerly windes betwixt the little Church that standeth upon the high land and the poynt of the Steart in tenne or eleven fathom soo that the poynt lye southwest from you A little to the eastwards of the westermost poynt of the Steart lyeth a haven called Salkom Salkom when you come from the west it sheweth it selfe open the west side of it is ragged and the east side goeth sloping downe close to the westpoynt lyeth a rocke or a rane of rockes therefore you must give it a good birth leave the rockes on the larboard side Further you may see all breaks that can doe you hurt Being come within the point you can take no hurt of either of both shoares Upon the barre or shoals of the entry remaineth at low water with a spring-tyde not lesse then eleven foot water again within it is at least three fathom deep Seven leagues to the westwards of the Steart lyeth the sound of Plymmouth at the outermost east poynt of the sound lyeth a high round rock called Mewstone Plymmouth Mewestone the west poynt is called Ramehead betwixt them both goeth in the sound Plymmouth
water In the sayd dock may 3 or 4 shippes lye If when you come in by the east land you desire to bee in the foresayd docke or poole then saile in untill you come within the stakes and then edge over off from the east-land untill you come nearest the west land for to avoyd a Flat which lyeth by the east shoare alongst the haven and beginneth against the first house of the West-Village If it should happen that you could not lead it in with a saile then let your anchor fall without the stakes warp in with hawsers untill you come into the foresayd poole You may also sayle so farre in that you may see a wall on the west side of the haven where lyeth a village behinde it A shippes length to the southwards of that wall it is good lying by the east land being moored by foure cables there may alsoo a ship ride a float that draweth sixteene foot water You may also saile further in alongst by that Swach that lieth on the west side wherein the mill standeth but come not too neare the north poynt of the Swach for there by it lyeth a rock under water being past that you may moore your ship in the middest of the channell there is best lying for shippes that draw much water Foure leagues south-southwest and by west from Foy lyeth the poynt of Dodman Dodman two leagues to the westwards of it lyeth the Haven of Falmouth The poynt of Dodman is double Land with a round hill which to the westwards goeth sloping downe somewhat towards the west end standeth a mill with a sharp tower and some little houses upon the land somwhat to the westwards men may see the castle of Falmouth upon a round Hommocke against the high Land This land is very easy to bee known when you come from the west or from the Lizard Upon the west poynt of the haven of Falmouth Falmouth standeth a Castle upon the high land and in the entry nearest the west-side lyeth a great rock above water you may sayle about it on both sides at the inner side of the east point lye also some rocks off from the shoare For to sayle in there to the eastwads alongst by the foresayd Rocke you must runne in within two cables lengths alongst by the eastland leaving the foresayd rocks on the starboard side and the great rocke on the larboard side so sayle right in with the high land that lyeth on the west side within the haven Within in the haven standeth on the Land a white Chalkye spot also a little wood of trees keepe them over the North poynt of the foresayd high west-land and sayle so right in with them keeping them so untill you come neare them you shall finde so at halfe flood upon the shoalest not lesse Water then five fathom and that betwixt the foresayd Castle upon the west poynt and the easter Castle that standeth on the eastside within the haven over against it or a little within the Castles When you shall then come by that foresayd high west-west-land runne alongst by it unto the north-north-end of the same and anchor there in twelve thirteene or fourteene fathom You may also from thence edge over towards the east land anchor there under or behinde the banck that lyeth off from the easterne Castle alongst the middle of the haven in sixe seven or eight fatham the banck falleth almost dry at low water and is soft ground soo that the shippes sit in the oase when they come there a ground For to sayle into the westwards of the foresayd great rock you must take the sounding of the west land where the Castle standeth upon in five or sixe fathom being somewhat within the rock runne as before is sayd towards the west-land To the westwards of the rock it is in that channell six and seven fathom deepe at halfe flood but in the channell to the eastwards of the rock seven and eight fathom Foure leagues south by west from Falmouth lyeth the east poynt of the Lizard betwixt them both lyeth a haven called Helford Helford which is little used for ships At the south-side of the haven lyeth a steepe poynt and on the north-side a low sharpe poynt Within the haven on the south-side standeth a Gentlemans house beneath at the strand upon the hill standeth a tuffe of trees you must keepe these one in the other and runne so amiddest the channell into the entry of the haven On the north side stand also 2 or 3 trees these come a masts length to the westwards of a little house that standeth in a white sandy bay there upon you may sayle in alsoo amidst the channell it is a short in-let being come within you may anchor in six or seven fathom Upon the south side standeth also a sharpe Tower and upon the north side a little Castle upon the steepe land The Lizard hath three poynts the northermost is called the Blacke-head from that to the second the coast lyeth southwest and by west and alongst to the third about westsouthwest or west and by south from the second or middelmost poynt lye to seawards some rocks a cables length or a cables length and a halfe off called the Staggs To the northwards of the northermost or eastermost poynt of the Lizard betwixt Helford and the foresayd poynt lye some rockes a great league off from the land called the Mannackles Mannackles south and by east from the harbour of Falmouth eastnortheast from the foresayd Blacke-head where of many of them are above water at low water and some of them at high water remaine uncovered Betwixt them and the shoare it is very fowle and rocky so that men cannot run through betwixt them without great danger He that commeth out of Falmouth and is bound to the westwards must not goe more southerly with an ebbe then southsoutheast or southeast and by south according as the winde shall bee for to run cleare of these foresayd Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Jn Dartmouth and Torbay a west and by south moon maketh full sea Thwart off the Steart in the channel a westnorthwest eastsoutheast moone From the Steart to Portland in the middest of the channell the flood falleth eastnortheast and the ebbe westsouthwest Thwart of Dartmouth by the land the flood falleth n. e. by north the ebbe southwest by south Thwart of Torbay towards Exmouth in the baye the flood falleth northnortheast the ebbe southsouthwest In Plymmouth and Foy a west and by south and east and by north moon maketh the highest water Thwart of Foy in the channell an eastsoutheast moone A sea-board of Falmouth an east and by south but in the haven of Falmouth an east and by north moone At Helford at the Lizard by the land an eastsoutheast and westnorthwest moone maketh the highest water From Ramehead to the Steart by the land within the Eddy-stone the flood falleth
eastsoutheast and the ebbe westnorthwest From the Dodman to Ramehead the flood falleth eastnortheast and the ebbe westsouthwest From the Lizard to the Dodman northeast and southwest In the channell betwixt the Lizard and the Steart thwart off Foy the flood falleth east and by north and the ebbe west and by south Of the Depths The Steart and the land of Dartmouth men may see them both in five and forty fathom When you have the high land of Plymmouth north from you you may see it in fifty fathom it is high double land and sheweth it selfe first in two hilles That same high double land within the land you may see it from thwart of Foy untill you come thwart of Dartmouth The Dodman you may see in 42 fathom off from the Lizard to the Steart The Lizard you may see in five and fifty fathom there the ground is white and red shelly sand Courses Distances From Portland to S. Paul de Lion southwest and by south 40 leagues From Portland to Ushant southwest 53 leagues From Portland to Exmouth westnorthwest 13 leagues From Torbay to Dartmouth s w. 3 a 4 leagues From Dartmouth to the Steart s w. 3 leagues From Portland to Torbay west somewhat southerly 13 or 14 leagues From Portland to Dartmouth west by s 16 leagues From Portland to the Steart westsouthwest westerly 19 leagues From the Steart to the Caskets eastsoutheast 21 leag From the Steart to the Sept Isles south by east somewhat easterly 24 leagues From the Steart to S. Paul de Lion south and by west somewhat southerly 27 leagues From the Steart to Ushant southwest and by south 38 leagues From the Steart to Ramehead the course is westnorthwest 8 leagues From Ramehead to the Island of Lowe westsouthwest 3 leagues From the Isle of Low to Foy west 2 leagues From Foy to the Dodman southwest south w. and by w. 5 leagues From the Dodman to Falmouth west and by south and westsouthwest 4 leagues From Falmouth to the Lizard south by w. 4 leagues From the Steart to the Eddy-stone west or a little more northerly 7 or 8 leagues From the Eddystone to Ramehead north a little westerly 2. leagues From Ramehead to the Dodman w. s.w 8 leagues From the Dodman to the Lizard southwest 6 leagues From the Steart to the Lizard west and by south 20. or 21 leagues From the Lizard to Garnsey east and by south 37 leag From the Lizard to the Sept Isles or seven Islands the course is southeast and by east 31 leagues From the Lizard to Ushant south 29 leagues From the Lizard to Cape de Finisterre southwest 153 leagues And that course goeth about 5 leagues without the C. From the Lizard to Teneriffe southsouthwest 466 leagues From the Lizard to Tercera southwest and by west 386 leagues Heights The Steart lyeth in or as some will hold more northerly 50 degr 12 min. Torbay lyeth in 50 degr 28 min. The Lizard lyeth in 50 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Thus sheweth the land to the westwards of Portland when you sayle alongst by it The land betwixt Torbay and the Steart sheweth thus The Steart Dartmouth Torbay Thus sheweth the land betwixt Torbay and the Steart when the Steart is southwest and by west from you The Steart Dartmouth Torbay Thus sheweth the land betwixt Torbay and the Steart when the Steart is westsouthwest from you Torbay Torbay Torbay Torbay The poynt of Torbay sheweth thus in divers forms according as you are southerly or northerly of from it The Steart Dartmouth These two figures belong one to the other at the two crosses Torbay Apsum Thus sheweth Dartmouth as it is pourtrayed in these two figures when you are right thwart from it a league or two from the land with the land on both sides of it as well towards the Steart as towards Torbay and to the northwards of it The Steart Thus sheweth the Steart being north from you 2 or 3 leagues The Steart being north from you 7 leagues sheweth thus This open will be shut too when you sayle to the westwards This open will be shut too when you sayle to the westwards The Steart When the Steart is northeast from you it appeareth in this forme and then the poynt goeth flat downe Salckom The Steart Thus sheweth the land to the westwards of the eastermost poynt of the Steart towards Salckom when you sayle alongst by it De Custen Van Engelant tusschen de twee pointen van Poortlandt en Lezard Plymmouth n. n. w. The Steart n. n. w. Thus sheweth the land of the Steart and alongst to the westwards of Plymmouth when the Steart is northnortheast about two leagues and the sound of Plymmouth northnorthwest five or six leagues from you Mewstone The Steart The Land betwixt the Steart and the sound of Plymmouth sheweth it selfe in this forme when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the high Land to the eastwards of Plymmouth Maker Church Thus sheweth the Land of Ramehead and to the northwards of it when you sayle into the sound of Plymmouth The Dodman Ramehead When you are thwart of the Dodman 4 leagues without the Land that and the land to the eastwards of it unto Ramehead sheweth it selfe in this manner The Dodman when you are right before it Thus sheweth the Land to the eastwards of Falmouth when you sayle alongst by it a league a seaboard the Land Lizard Falmouth Dodman Thus sheweth the land betweene the Dodman and the Lizard Lizard Hilford Falmouth The Land betwixt Falmouth and the Lizard sheweth thus when you are before Falmouth Thus sheweth the Lizard when you sayle alongst by it The fifth Demonstration Where in Are delineated the Coasts of England from the Lizard and the Lands-end to the C. of Cornwall the Sorlings and the channell of Bristow The Lizard THE Lizard is a low poynt where some rocks lye off from it upon the south end standeth a Tower and upon the high land towards the n. end standeth another tower which is sharpe About five leagues northwest from the Lizard lyeth a great Baye called Mounts-Bay Mounts-Bay at the west poynt of that bay lyeth a little Island whereupon stand 2 little short towers like beacons on the east side in the bay lyeth another high little Island whereupon standeth a Castle called S. Michaels Mount S. Michaels Mount on the east side of this Baye lyeth a great ranne of rocks which lye off into sea a league from the land whereof men must take good heed in dark weather from thence to the southward towards the Lizard the coast is all alongst full of rocks but these lye not so farre off from the shoare For to sayle into Mounts-Bay comming from the Lands end or from the Lizard being to the westwards of the foresayd rane of rocks you must runne in right with the little Island called Saint Michaels Mount soo long untill you come within a half league of it then edge up to the westwards towards the Bay untill that you see that foresayd little Island with the 2 little short towers at the west poynt
leave it on the larboard side runne in close alongst to the northwards of it for it is very cleane but leave the castle a great wayes on the starboard side being fowle about it Being come within the little Island at the west poynt you shall see within it a great sandy baye anchor there in seven or eight fathom Eastsoutheast and southeast winds doe blow there right open in for all other winds you lye there landlockt 〈…〉 Foure leâ—gues to the westwards of Mounts-Baye lyeth the Lands-end of England and lyeth from the Lizard w. n. w. distant nine or ten leagues About a league s e. from the Lands-end and halfe a league without the land lyeth a suncken rock which at low water commeth even above water Thwart off that rock standeth a Church upon the land when you can but even see that over the high land then are you thwart of the foresayd rock to wit even as farre from the land as the rock but when the Church is hidden behinde the high Land that you cannot see it then are you nearer to the land then the rock or within the rock towards the Land and so you shall goe through betwixt it and the Land Upon the Lands-end of England lye two round hills when you get sight of them you shall see upon the highest a spâ—re tower comming somewhat nearer you shall see upon the outtermost end in the low land another spire Tower there by is the Lands-end reasonable well to bee knowne The ground is thereabouts whitish sand with red sand and mingled with shels From the Lands-end unto the C. of Cornewall or to the little Island Bresam lyeth the coast most north about 5 leagues Rocks â—n the Lands end At the Lands-end lye some rocks you may runne in within them as well to the northwards as to southwards come to anchor in 8 or 9 fathoÌ„ to come in there from the southwards it is narrowest tenne fathom deepe from the northwards it is best and broadest and eight and nine fathom deepe but on the left side close to the north poynt of the Lands-end lyeth a suncken rocke which you must avoyd when you sayle in there Silly Silly lyeth from the Lands-end westsouthwest distant eigâ—t leagues but from the Lizard west sixteen or seventeen leagâ—es Betweene the Lands-end and Silly lye the Seven-stones Seven stones west and west and by south foure leagues from the Lands-end and north east and by east and e. n. e. allmost 3 leagues from Silly that is a rane of rocks which come not above water but alwayes breaketh upon them Southsouthwest and southwest and by south 3 leagues from the Lands-end and 5 leagues cast from Silly lyeth also a sharpe rock called the Gulfe The Gulfe which commeth at halfe tyde above water and is round about indifferent cleane Fâ—r to sail â—nto Silly Silly is divided into divers Islands alongst the west side lyeth a great multitude of rocks men may goe in there through divers channels or sounds but the souther channell is the best About the middest of the entry of that sound or channell lyeth a suncken rock men mâ—y goe in on both sides of it but to the eastwâ—rds of it it is broadest and best For to sayle in there comming from the east you must runne alongst by the east land in eight or nine fathom and you shall so runne alongst to the eastwards of that foresayd suncken rock which lyeth against a sconce a little without the castle The markes to avoyd this Rock are two rocks which lye on the west side within the haven the one to wit the innermost is somewhat greater then the other If you bring them one in the other or the northermost a little to the eastwards of the southermost or the smallest so that you may even see through between them and sayl soo right in keeping them soo you shall so sayle farre enough to the eastwards of the Rock If you come from the southwards or the westwards and are bound into Silly then runne towards the east-land soo long untill you bring the two foresayd rocks within the haven one in the other or even through one another sayle then soo in and then you shall runne as before is sayd cleare of the foresayd suncken rock thwart of the sconce At the inner poynt of the Island at the east side of this southerne channell lyeth another suncken rock whereof men must take heed For to avoyd it you must run so long to the northwards upon the markes of the foresayd two rockes untill you may see the little Tower in the sandy Bay then goe to the eastwards unto the Bay anchor there in eight or nine fathom When you come neare Silly upon the south side you shall see a square Tower in the sandy bay or valley and to the westwards many little Islands and rocks The ground of Silly is somewhat stony with some red shels Of the Depths and many sorts of grounds before and in the channel betweene Silly Ushant and thereabouts Southwest and by south from the Seames Seames seven leagues it is deep 72 fathom the ground pale white course sand like small fretted little stones with little peeces of queenes shels with gray flat little stones and white glistering needles sayle from thence north and north and by east and then you shall fall well to passe with Ushant About two leagues southwest from the Seams it is deep 52 fathom the ground there is white yellow rough and somewhat longish sand with a little red small shelly sand with many gray crompeld things and some small with glistering poynts of needles If men did finde there 70 or 80 fathom they would judge it to be good channel ground Westsouthwest from the Seames Seames soo farre from the land as men may but even see the Sheets from the poop with cleare sight it is 54 fathom deep the ground is red yellow white and black peeces like parings of cheese and a little course red sand mingled with all West and by south eight or nine leagues from the Seames Seames is 65 fathom the ground is white yellow with a little red small shelly sand with some peeces of shels queens not very great with much white and yellow some thing long sand and small white things like poynts of needles like as men find in the channell Seven leagues southwest from Ushant Ushant or thereabouts that men may even see it from the poop having cleare sight in 70 fathom there the ground is white and yellow course sand with some peeces of queenes shells and some peeces of white thin shels with some gray flat ragged stones Southwest and by west from Ushant Ushant about 19 or 20 leagues in 78 or 80 fathom the ground is white
right best fareway you must sayle nearest the side of the Flatholme there it is deepest with an open wind men may sayle alongst soo neare by it without any hurt that they may cast with a stone upon it Within or to the eastwards of the Holmes lyeth shooting off from the eastland a great shoale lying off with a great tayle towards the west which comming from the west men might easily sayle within For to avoyd it you must set the Flatholme when you are passed it southwest from you keepe it standing soo untill that you shall have sayled about a great league looke out then for a little Island that shall then at the east shoare lye neere about thwart from you upon it stand two mils and above upon the maine land standeth one mill When the mill that standeth upon the high land commeth to the west end of that foresayd Island you shall bee past the foresayd tayle of the English grounds and cannot sayle within it goe then e.n.e. alongst by the English grounds which are flat soo that you may sayle alongst by them upon your lead in 3 or 4 fathom soo neere as you will When then the mill that standeth upon the high land Markes the English ground commeth betweene the foresayd two mills which stand upon the little Island then shall you bee altogether past the English grounds run then boldly towards the English coast and so close alongst by it as you please towards Passis or Portshut poynt From the Flatholm to Passis poynt in the right fareway it is deep 14 and 15 fathom The Welsh side you must shun and take very good heed of it because it is very uneven and full of steep bankes that are needle to which at many places do fall dry at low water you may not come neerer that coast then in 12 fathom for sayling towards it you shall have at one cast ten fathom and before you can heave the lead againe you shall sit fast alongst from Flatholm till you come to Bristow About Passis poynt men do anchor in Kings road Kings roâ—d which is between the poynt the river of Bristow neerest the river there is good clay ground in 8 or 9 fathom They that are bound into the river are brought in by the Pilots Men may from thence also sayle in alongst by the coast to the River of Severne which is also like the River of Bristow a faire River to saile into For to saile from Bristow to Londey you must goe away from Passis poynt w. s w. untill that the Flatholm doe come to beare southwest from you or els untill that the three foresayd mills upon the south land doe stand a like farre one from the other to wit that which standeth upon the high land doe stand in the middest betweene the other two sayle then right with the Flatholme very close alongst to the southwards of it and being passed it goe then forth westsouthwest unto the Island Londey About 3 leagues to the northwards of Flatholm lyeth the Town Cardief Cardief in Wales being a tyde-haven before it is a good road as well for ships that are bound to the westwards as to the eastwards where men may lye land lockt allmost for all windes to the eastwards and to the northwards of it lye many sands and bankes which fall drye at low water and so that they make men landlockt for northeast and by east winds Hee that is bound into the roade before Cardief comming from the west must runne in betwixt Flatholm and the poynt of Cardief lying somewhat to the southwards of Cardief and being come about the poynt then to the northwards up alongst by the shoare unto the road Close up to the poynt of Cardief to wit to the westwards of it lye two little Islands the one next to the poynt is called Silye and the westermost Barrey Silye Barrey Betwixt Silye and Flatholme lyeth a rock southeast and southeast and by east from the poynt which must bee avoyded when you will sayle through there unto the roade of Cardief When it is high water you may sayle over all that which at half ebbe commeth not above water About five leagues west from the poynt of Cardief lyeth the Naes The Naes to the westwards off it the land falleth away first about northwest then afterwards southwest or southwest and by west and soo maketh a great bay betwixt the Naes and Wormes head where there are very good roads for west north northeast and east winds From the Naes a little from the shoare lyeth a great banke called Naessand Naessand which lyeth off from thence west and by south and westsouthwest at least five leagues into sea From Wormshead likewise lyeth off a banck which is very steep called Helwix Helwix about foure leagues southsouthwest and southwest by south into sea they that come from the eastwards and will goe to ride in the Bay betwixt the Naes and Wormeshead runne alongst close by the poynt of the Naes through betwixt the Naes and Naessand likewise they that come from the westwards and are bound in there may run through close alongst by the poynt of Wormshead and the Helwix it is betwixt them both about an English mile broad He that commeth out of the sea may come in betweene the foresayd sands or bancks it is there wide and broad Wormes head Wormshead is a poynt lying farre out appearing a farre off allmost like the Oldhead in Ireland but it is above or under and goeth sloping downe towards the north it hath in many placey chalky spots whereby it is very easy to bee known About 4 leagues to the westwards of Wormeshead lyeth the little Island Caldy Caldy where upon standeth a white Tower shewing off at sea like a white sayle which is set there for to know the land by Betwixt this Island and the poynt of Wormshead the land falleth away with a great bay to the northwards unto Carmarthen and Tinbuy in this Bay it is all over good anchor ground for to ride On every side of the Island Caldy men may alsoo anchor and have shelter for all windes A little to the northwards of Caldy lyeth a rane of suncken rockes called the Wullox Wullox Hee that will sayle about to the eastwardes of the Island to Tinbuy may runne close about by it up to the westwards through betwixt the Island and the suncken rockes leaving them on the starboard side or else hee may runne alongst alsoo to the eastwardes and to the northwards of the suncken rockes leaving them on the larboard side and soo then also to Tinbuy and anchor there before the Towne in five or sixe fathom To the eastwardes and to the northwardes of the foresayd rockes it is also good anchorage in sixe seven or eight fathom it is there all cleane ground and farre of shoale water Men may alsoo sayle through to the westwards of the Island
Caldy which is between the Island and the poynt of the maine land to Tinbuy but it is there narrow yet cleane and deepe enough River of Carmarthen The river of Carmarthen lyeth from the Island Caldy northeast and by north distant about foure leagues the channell for to fayle in there lyeth in eastnortheast on the east or the south side lyeth a great Banck which lyeth off farre from the shoare and on the off-side goeth off flat For to sayle in there men may sound it in alongst by the east or north shoare untill they be over the shoalest of the barre there is upon it at halfe flood about foureteen foot water and being over the barre it will be againe foure fathom deepe or thereabouts then they may run in forth by theyr lead alongst by the south shoare untill they come within the river Foure or five leagues to the westwards of the Island Caldy lyeth Saint Gawens poynt S. Gawens poynt the south poynt of Wales by some called the White poynt About halfe an English mile southsouthwest from this poynt lieth a suncken rock called the Crow The Crow whereof men must take heede Two leagues to the westwards of S. Gawens poynt lyeth the haven of Milford Milford-haven a broad and wide sound lying in at the entry northeast in being come in within the poynts men may goe up to the northwards eastwards and southwards unto divers places and roades About by the north poynt men may sayle unto Daleroade there it is good lying in three fathom and three fathom and a halfe at low water When men come a little within the south poynt in the open of Milford haven there lyeth a little Island or rock like the Newstone by Plymmouth being past that a little they may run to the southwards into a bay where they may lye landlockt for all windes A little to the westwards of Milford-Haven lye two little Islands the southermost is the smallest called Stocholm Stockholm the northermost Scaline Scaline About two leagues northnorthwest or northwest by north from thence lyeth the Island Ramsey Ramsey there betwixt them hath the land a great Bay called the Broad-bay Broad Ramsey lyeth at the north poynt and Scaline at the south poynt off the Bay there in alongst the shoare is good riding for north northeast east southeast windes in 7. 8. nine fathom Upon the North poynt of this Bay lyeth a little Towne called Saint Davids S. Davids to the northwards off lyeth the Coast of Wales alongst Northeast unto Cardygan About 2 leagues west and by south to seawards from the Island Scaline and 3 leagues southwards from Ramsey lyeth that little Island Grasholm Grasholm which is a round cleane rock about foure leagues off from it lye also two little Lands which are fowle called the Smalles Smalles The lying of them with the dangers there of you may reade in the description of Ireland On the northwest side of the Island Ramsey lyeth the Bishop with his Clearks Bishop with his Clearks these are rockes that lye off to the northwards and southwestwards of that Island a good way to sea About five leagues northwest or somewhat northerly from Ramesey lyeth another great rock called Mascus Mascus which is all round about foule with many suncken rocks He that commeth to saile thereabouts or to lye by must take very good heed of them The Island Ramsey or the north poynt of Wales and the southeast poynt of Ireland lye about eastsoutheast and west northwest distant 16 leagues Of the Tydes and Courses of the Streames In Mounts Bay and at the Lands end of England a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moon maketh high water In Silly a southwest and by west moone maketh full sea A seaboard of Silly in the channell likewise a southwest by west Moone In the entring of the channell a southwest and northeast Moone From Silly to the Lizard the flood falleth northeast the ebbe southwest Betwixt Silly and Londey the flood falleth northeast the ebbe southwest In Silly a southwest and by west Moone maketh high water On the coast of England betwixt the Cape of Cornwall and Hartland poynt a westsouthwest and west and by south Moon maketh high water Thwart of the Island Londey a west and by south but on the Island an east and west Moone At the Island Londey and at the Holmes an east and west Moone maketh high water At Bristow within a west and by north Moone maketh full sea At Milford haven an east and by north and west and by south Moon maketh high water In the channel of Bristow betwixt Londey the Holmes the flood falleth e. n.e. and the ebbe westsouthwest Within the Holms towards Bristow the flood falleth northeast and by east and the ebbe southwest and by west Betwixt Londey and Mildford the streame falleth northeast and northeast and by east Of the Depths Men may see on Silly the south side in 52 fathom the ground there is stony with some red shels The lands end of England men may see alsoo in 25 fathom Silly may be seene on the north side in 45. 46. and 48. fathom there the ground is oasy with some little stones amongst it When men are to the northwards of Silly it sheweth first in two Islands upon the eastermost they shall see a tower or little castle to the eastwards of the 2 Islands they shall see also two great hilly rockes and to the westwards three high black rockes Westnorthwest and west and by north ten or eleven leagues from Silly the ground is oasie and soft that men can scarce get any of it upon the lead there come some little shels amongst it Betwixt the Lands end of England and Londey in the fareway it is 45 fathom deepe the land of Cornwall men may see in 44 fathom Three or foure leagues without the land thwart of Saint Yves Stoupert or Padstow the ground is sharpe and rocky but neerer the land it is all sandy ground Betwixt S. Yves and Hartlands poynt are many white chalky hills alongst the coast especially neere by Stoupert or Padstow whereby this coast is to be knowne In the channell betwixt the Holmes and Bristow it is deep 12. 13. and 14 fathom and men may see the land on both sides Upon the coast of Wales about Milford and to the northwards of it men may see the land in 42 and 45 fathom Courses Distances From the Lizard to the Lands end westnorthwest 9 or 10 leagues From the Lands end to Silly w. s.w 8 leagues From the Lizard to the Gulfe the course is west and by north 10 leagues From the Lands end to the Gulfe the course is southsouthwest 3 leagues From the Gulfe to Silly west 5 leagues From Silly to the Caskets east somewhat southerly 55 leagues From Silly to Ushant the course is southeast and by south 35 leagues From Silly to C.
cleane The sands or bankes that lie alongst this east Coast of Ireland from the Tuskar unto Dalke are on the out-side or on the east side very steepe and needle too so that men may not come nearer them then in 24 25 fathom in 20 fathom men are close by them they are not deeper at some places then in one fathom or one fathom and a halfe but at the north end by Dalke about two fathom and a halfe and three fathom deepe all stony ground lye on the off side alongst n. n. east and s s west at the norâ—h end they lie about 8 English miles from the land If you are bound for Dublin Maâ—kâ— for 〈…〉 wâ—â—hâ—ut the banks and will go without these sands run then so far to the northwards untill you can see the little Island Irelands-eye without the point of Houth or Hedenhoo run then right on to Houth or Hedenhoo and then you shall take no hurt of the north grounds Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Betwixt Corckbey alongst the Coast before Waterford into the poynt of Cornaroort the Island falleth alongâ—t the Coast e. n. e. and the ebbe w. s w. At Wâ—terford an east and by north and west and by south moon maketh high water Without the land in the fareway betwixt Silly and Ireland a southwest and by west moone maketh high water In the channell or entrance of Washford an east and west moone The flood runneth there to the northwardes after high water a halfe tyde and the ebbe contrariwise to the southwards a halfe tyde after low water but not so strong as the flood On the east Coastes of Ireland to the southwards of the bay of Dublin a southsoutheast and northnorthwest moone maketh high water At Dublin a southeast and northwest moon The flood runneth from the Tuskar without the bankes alongst betwixt Ireland and England northnortheast the ebbe southsouthwest On the Coasts a southsoutheast and northnorthwest moone maketh high water The flood commeth here from the southwardes and also from the northwards about the north part of Ireland meete one another about right against Carlingford where they stoppe one the other The ebbe contrariwise falleth to the northwards of Carlingford to the northwards and to the southwards of Carlingford to the southwards Of the Depths From Corckbey to the eastwards unto Waterford men may see the land in 24 fathom the most part of the s Coast of Ireland men may see it in 35 and 40 fathom Jn 35 fathom you shall not be farre from the land therefore come no neerer Ireland by night then in 40 fathom Courses and Distances From Corck bey to Waterford the Coast lyeth most eastnortheast 10 or 20 leagues From Waterford to the Islands of the Saltees east but to goe about to the southwards of them eastsoutheast 3 leagues From the south end of Saltees to Black-rock northeast and by east 2 leagues From Blackrock to Carnaroort n. e. 1 league But to Grenore 2 leagues From the Saltees to the Tuskar eastnortheast but from without the foule ground to the southwardes of the Saltees northeast and northeast and by east 5 leagues From Blackrock to the Tuskar eastnortheast 3 leagues From the Tuskar to Grenore northwest and by west westnorthwest 1 league From Grenore into Grene-bay first northwest and by north then westnorthwest 1 league From Greene-bay to the Barre off Washford north north by west one great league From the Barre of Washford unto Washford about one league and a halfe From Waterford to Grosholm east by south 21 leag From the Tuskar to the rock Mascus east and by south 8 leagues From Turkar to the rocks Smales southeast by south about 10 leagues From Tuskar to the lands-end of England south and by east somewhat northerly 43 leagues From Waterford to the lands-end of England southsoutheast but to Silly south and by east somewhat southerly 43 leagues From the poynt of Glaskarrick to the poynt of Arkelo north by east 4 great leagues From Arkelo to Mizanhead north and by east somewhat easterly 2 leagues From Mizanhead to the poynt of Wicklo north and by east somewhat easterly 2 leagues From Wicklohead to the flat poynt by Nicastle north 2 leagues From Nicastle to the poynt of Brae north and north by west 2 leagues a third part From Wicklohead to Braehead north and north and by west 5 leagues From Braehead to the Island of Dalke north by west 2 leagues From Dalke to the Barre of Dublin northnorthwest 2 leagues and a half From the Sound of Dalke to the poynt Houth northnortheast 2 leagues and a halfe The Bankes lye from the Tuskar to the north end northnortheast and southsouthwest From the Barre of Dublin to Holy-hill in the Island Anglesey east and by south 19 leagues From the Barre to the Town Dublin westsouthwest two leagues Heights Waterford or the Tower of Waterford lyeth 52 degr or a little more Hou these Lands doe shew themselves at sea The land a little to the eastwards of Kinsale sheweth thus The land to the eastwards of Corck towards Jochull sheweth in this forme Old ruined houses The Rocks betwixt Iochul and Corck When you are to the eastwards of Corck not far from the land and that the harbours mouth doth begin to open then sheweth the land as it is described in these two figures at the AA belonging one to the other being neare the land it seemeth to be high land but a far off when you can see the high inner land within Iochul over the cliffe land it seemeth to be but low Innerland far within the Land Innerland north and by west Mount of Iochul These two figures belong at the BB one to the other Dongarvan When you are before Iochull or thereabouts two or three leagues from land so that the high mountainâ— of cape Quin be north and by west from you then sheweth the land thus the double innerland is very high blew land you may see it in cleare weather twelve or thirteene leagues off Corck Rock Iochull The high land of Dongarvan These two figures belong at the CC one to the other and is the forme of the land betwixt Corck and Iochull Northnorthwest The high land of Dongarvan sheweth thus being northnorthwest from you Thus sheweth the high land of Dongarvan when the westermost end of it is northwest from you Sleges Cataquin The haven of Waterforâ— The Tower of Wâ—â—erford Thus sheweth it selfe the land about Waterford and to the westwards with the high land of C. Quin or Cara Quin when you come towards the land Thus sheweth the Saltees when they are 3 or 4 leagues west and by north from you Grenore Thus sheweth the land between the Saltees and the poynt of Grenoort when it is about 2 leagues from you Grenore The figure following is to bejoyned unto the former the AA one to the other The land to the northwards of Greenoore sheweth thus when
12 fathom From Castle-haven unto the Oldhead the coast lyeth most eastnortheast and w. s west but C. Cleare and the Oldhead lye northeast and by east and e. n. east distant 14 leagues About halfe wayes betwixt Castle-haven and the Oldhead lyeth a high poynt called by the Irish Kedonetedo Kedonetedo there by it on the west side is a good haven called Clandore Clandore For to sayle in there you must run in alongst close aboard by that foresayd high land on the east side for to shun a rane of rockes that lyeth on the w. side and lyeth off somwhat towards the east side when you are come in you may anchor before a Castle in 5 or 7 fathom The Oldhead or C. de Velho is a poynt that lyeth out farre without the other land the outermost south end of it is very high and steepe when you are come alongst the shoare from the east or from the west and see it first it seemeth to bee an Island upon the top of it standeth a ruined castle with three Towers whereof the middlemost is the highest On both sides of this outlying poynt men may anchor so deepe or shoale as they will About two leagues north and by east from that point lyeth the haven of Kinsale Kinsale lying in northnortheast you may sayle in there keeping the middle of the channell there is no danger neither without not in the harbours mouth but one suncken rock close by the east poynt When you come in from the Oldhead or from the southwardes and you keep an old ruined castle that standeth within the haven on the east side even without the Innermost east poynt of the haven then you shall not come neere that rocke to take any hurt of it About a great halfe league to the eastwardes or the havens mouth lye two great black rockes the one somewhat further from the shoare then the other When you come from the eastwardes and you will goe in close about the east poynt and you keepe the southermost that is the greatest right on the east poynt then you shall go through betwixt the suncken rock and the poynt But if you keepe the northermost or the smallest a little without the foresayd poynt so long untill you have brought the foresayd old ruined Castle without the innermost poynt then you shall goe alongst without it and then in the midst of the channell alongst by the easterne shoare A little past that foresayd old ruined Castle standeth a Castle on the west side upon a poynt there lyeth off a shoale which must be shunned therefore you must keep close alongst by the easter shoare until you be gotten about the shoale of the Castle then westwardes up unto the Kay of Kinsale there you may anchor in eight or nine fathom and lye landlockt for all windes The towne Kinsale lieth a little to the northwardes in a bay where it is oasie soft ground part where of falleth dry at low water Foure leagues to the eastwardes ef Kinsale lyeth the haven Corck betwixt both about a league to the westwardes of Corck Corck you shall see sayling alongst the coast two steepe hommockes like Towers in the land not farre one from the other these are notable marks for to know the coast When you are thwart of the eastermost you may see the havens mouth of Corck that lyeth in n. northwest within it is wide and broad and goeth up into the land with a broad river On the east side somewhat within is a poynt where lyeth off a ledge of rocks which must be shunned There over against on the west side somewhat farre in lyeth another point with an old ruined castle there also lyeth off a shoale to the northwardes of it men goe about to Corck Within that Castle lyeth a little tyde haven in a sandy Bay Within the haven lyeth an Island where men doe sayle round about at the south side there of may ride It is in this Haven of Corck at lowe water 7 8 or ten fathom deepe A little without the east poynt standeth an old ruined Castle upon the low land and somewhat further eastward a square Tower in a valley A league to the eastwards of the havens mouth standeth a Tower upon a high poynt close to the water side with ten or twelve thatcht houses by it More over a league futher east by a smooth poynt lyeth a long rock growen about with greene upon the east side of that poynt standeth a flat tower further it is to the eastwards all low land unto the poynt of Jochul Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames In all these foresaid Havens maketh high water an e. n.e. w. s.w Moone or a poynt later according as they lye deepe within the land But a seaboard the coast in the ossing a northeast and south west Moone At the Mizanhead C. Cleare and the coast to the eastwards a w. south w. and e.n.e. moon maketh high water within the Havens and indraughts a poynt later to wit e. and. by n. w. and by s But in the channell a seaboard the land a n.e. and s w moone Without C. Cleare by the land the flood falleth away e. the ebbe w. but to the e. wards of C. Cleare e.n.e. and w. s.w On the south coast of Ireland an e.n.e. w. s.w Moone maketh high water within the Havens a poynt later to wit an e. and by north and w. by south Moone but in the offing a seaboard a south w. and north e. Moone Betwixt C. Cleare along the Coast before Waterford into the poynt of Carnaroort the floud falleth alongst the coast e. n. e. and the ebbe w. s w. Of the Depths Betwixt C. Cleare and the Dorseyes men may see the land in 58 and 60 fathom From C. Cleare to the e. wards unto Waterford men may see the land in 54 fathom The most part of the south coast of Ireland men may see it in 35 and 40 fathom In 35 fathom you shall not be farre from the land Therefore come no neerer Ireland by night then in 40 fathom Courses and Distances From Sleynshead unto the Bay of Galloway southeast 9 leagues From the Bay of Galloway to Lupishead the n. poynt of Limbrick haven s s w. 11 or 12. leagues From Lupishead to Smerrick s w. 8 leagues From Smerrick to the Blaskeys w. s w. 4 leagues From Sleynshead to Sinbrandonhill south and by west 22 leagues From the Bay of Galloway to the Blaskeyes south w. 23 leagues From the Sound of Blaskeyes unto the Skellocke the course is south 6 leagues From Dinglehaven unto the Skellockes south w. and by south 7 or 8 leagues From the Skellockes unto the Dorseys s e. 6 leagues From the Dorseys to Mizanhead e. s e. and s e. by e. 7 or 8 leagues From Mizanhead to Sheepeshead north 2 great leag From Sheepeshead to Beerhaven the couse is n. and by w. somwhat westerly scarce 2
and Lavender s s.w n. n.east He that will sayle through here must be very careful to cast his tides well for it runneth most thwart over this Race so that with a southwest wind and an outfall or ebb and also with calmes it is very dangerous to come into this Race A little to the southwards of the Keyser lieth the east end of the Seames Seamâ—s and lye from thence at least three or foure leagues w.n.w. into sea A great league northwest from the west poynt off the Seames lyeth a suncken â—ock where of men must take heed And westsouthwest about two leagues from the Seames lyeth a row of rocks like a bancke whereupon it is not deeper then seven fathom but betwixt the rocks the Seams it is 50 fathom deepe Betwixt the Seames and Ushant the broad sound Broad-sound lyeth in e.n.e. to S. Matthewes poynt and from S. Matthewes poynt w. s.w 5 leagues into sea To the eastwards of Fontenay or the Lavender lieth the Frieze Bay Friese bay there men may anchor for a southeast east wind in good anchor ground To the eastwards of the Frieze Bay lyeth Boldavids Bay Boldavids Bay a broad deep sound lying into the land east northeast At the e. side of that haven lie 2 little Islands or Rocks where men may anchor round about them and lie sheltred for all windes From the Race of Fontenay to the Pennes the course is southeast somewhat easterly about 10 or 11 leagues betwixt them both lieth Oldyarne Oldyarne a good Haven about 7 leagues east southeast from Fontenay Thwart before the entry of it lieth a banke where men may run about it on both sides in 6 fathom The south poynt of this Haven is flat therefore run in alongst by the north point there is at low water not lesse then 3 fathom depth From Oldyarne to the Pennes it is s e and by south If you will anchor before Port Kapstand you must anchor in 12 or 13 fathom before the village that standeth upon the high land about halfe waies betwixt the point of the Race and the great sand-bay of Oldyarn where the little sharpe Tower doth stand the point of the Race shall then lie from you about northnorthwest and you shall then lie a great half league from the land further off from the shoare it is rocky and foule ground as some say There have some neverthelesse come to anchor there by night in 3 or 4 leagues from the shoare in 25 fathom but have not received any hurt neither of cables nor anchors The west end of the Seames and the Pennes lie southeast and by east and northwest and by west distant about 13 leagues The knowledge of the land betwixt Fontenay and Oldyarne are two round hills which men doe call the sheets Sheete or Slaeplakens to the westwards of them stand two Mills It is a very ragged point and by these foresaid markes very good to be known Men may see them without the Seames in 55 fathom From Oldyarne to the Pennes lieth the coast southeast and by south 5 leagues The Pennes The Pens are very easy to be known for him that hath seen them once upon the southeast end standeth a thicke flat Tower a little to the westwards of it standeth a sharpe tower and somewhat more to the east wards against the high land standeth a village apprearing like a castle upon the east side there of standeth a flat tower and there close to the land lie 2 great rocks The pennes lye off from the maine land southeast two leagues into the sea For to sayle in there you must come in there from the eastwards and run alongst by the strand of the maine land leaving all the rocks on the larboard side untill that you come to a great rock which you must leave on the starboard side and runne about to the southwards of it being past it edge within it up towards the Northwest and you may anchor there a little within in three fathom at low water lying there you can see no sea but at high water the sea cometh very much tumbling in through the Rocks You may goe away from thence at high water southeast through the Rocks into sea but you must take very good heed because it is there full of Rocks where of some are above water and some under water Without the foresaid great Rock in the comming in of this haven it is at least ten fathom deep so that for need men might well save a great ship there From the Pennes to the Glannons Glanons or Glenant Glenant the course is e. s.e with that course you shall run alongst to the southwards of them Within the Glanons lieth a Haven called Bindeth Bindet at the east point of that Haven it is full of rocks For to saile in there you must take heed unto these marks there stand two Mills farre within the land bring the eastermost of the 2 over a little castle that standeth upon a point within the Haven and run in keeping them soo n. n. e. and by east in and then you cannot take hurt on neither of both shoares and being come within the haven anchor before the Town A league southwest from Gloylend or Glenant by the Dutchmen called the easter-Penmarkes lieth a great Rock under water but is good to be espied in regard the sea alwaies breaketh upon it as well within as without this Rock it is 40 fathom deep When you come of from the Pens with an e. s.e course you shall runne alongst farre enough to the southwards of it About 2 leagues the eastwards of Glenant lye the Islands of Muttons Moutons-Jslands by the French called Isles aux Moutons you may sayle through betwixt them and the main land unto Groy or Blavet also you may anchor within them in 10 or 12 fathom betwixt the land and the foresaid Islands which are cleane upon the north side Betwixt the Island Mutton and Glenant lyeth a rock for to avoyd it for them which will saile through there betwixt them they must leave one third part of the channel towards Glenant and the other two third parts towards Mutton and then they may boldly run through there without feare From Mutton to the Island Groy Groy the course is east and by south upon the outer side of Groy stand 3 or 4 mills the east end of it goeth steepe downe and the west end sloping and flat down thereby it is good to be known Under Groy is good anchoring for a s w winde in six or seven fathom Under the n.e. point also is a good road for a w. s.w n.w. winde there is very good anchor-ground At the s w end runneth off a foule ledge where of men must take good heed Within the Island Groy lyeth the Haven of Blavet Blavet which lyeth in about northwest in 4 and 5 fathom Upon the west side of this haven standeth
them and that thay are about 4 leagues thwart from you Ushant being east and by south and e. s.e 3 or 4 leagues from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Thus sheweth Ushant when it is east and by south from you foure or 5 leagues When Ushant is 4 leagues east from you it ariseth in this forme Ushant being e. n. e. and by e. from you 5 leagues ariseth thus Ushant being e. n. e. from you 2 or 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Ushant being e. n. e. and by e. from you so farre as you may even see it from below ariseth in this forme When Ushant is northnortheast from you it sheweth thus Ushant being n. e. by east 3 or 4 leagues from you sheweth it selfe as is here demonstrated Thus sheweth the land betwixt the Pennes and the Glannons when it is n. e. and by e. 5 or 6 leagues from you This hill is very easy to be knowne it overtoppeth in height all the land thereabouts The Pennes are then n. n. west from you 4 or 5 leagues Thus sheweth the land of Glannons when you sayle alongst by it The land to the eastwards of Gloyland or Glannons sheweth thus when you sayle alongst by it Groy being e. n. e. 5 leagues from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Groy being north e. from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Thus sheweth the w. poynt of Groy when it is three or foure leagues northeast from you Thus ariseth Bell-Isle when the n. w. end is east from you 4 leagues When Bell-Isle is northeast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus When Groy is northnortheast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus When the north w. poynt of Bell-Isle is east and by north from you 4 leagues and the south e. poynt is east and by south and east south e. then is sheweth thus When as you sayle towards it and you come neare the land then the peeces which lye off from the n. w. end at last come to be fast unto Bell-Isle De Custen van POICTOU XANTOIGNE En een gedeelt van Bretaigne van Boelyn tot aen de Rivier van Bourdeaux The second Demonstration Where in is Contained the Description of the Island of Boelin to the River of Bourdeaux FRom the east poynt of the Cardinall to the River of Roche Barnard the course right northeast there lyeth a little Island about halfe wayes betwixt the Cardinall and the foresayd river ot rather nearer the Cardinall then the River for when men are by the River they can but even see the foresayd little Island men runne with the foresayd course of northeast close alongst to the westwards of that little Island and shall fall a little to the northwards of the river run then within a Cables length alongst by the shoare unto it untill that the river doe open it selfe and then sayle in amids the channel give the rocks a birth that lie at the easter shoare Being come within the rocks you may anchor there or else sayle on against the shoare on the starboard side so may save ship and goods without anchor or cable if there should be such need At low water with an ordinary tyde there is about eleven and with a spring nine foot water with an ordinary tyde it floweth there about a fathom but with spring 2 fathom up and downe the entring of the river lyeth in east by south A little to the eastwards of the rivers mouth lyeth a great rock which at high water is covered Hee that commeth from the River of Nantes and is bound to Roche Barnard is not well acquainted there betwixt both let him runne so farre to seawards of the Cardinall when hee is to the westwards of the Four untill that hee run about a seaboard of that foresayd little Island lying halfe wayes betwixt the Cardinal the River of Roche Barnard then goeth he surely cleare of all the foule ground and other dangers men may sayle close alongst by it to the westwards but to the eastwards of it lye many Rockes and shoals Hee that will sayle alongst to the eastwards or to the northwards of it must leave about 2 third parts of the water to the Island and one third part towards the land so runne through betwixt them but must looke out well Betwixt the rivers of Roche Bernard and Nantes lieth Old-downes Croisill or Croswyck and Poelgem Croswyck Croswyck hath two poynts within the northwest Poynt lyeth the great village of Croswyck which hath a thick tower there is a great in draught like a haven where men may goe to anchor in five six or seven fathom to the westwards of it standeth also a flat Church upon the high land The land of Olddownes Old-downes lyeth a little to the northwards of the Church Poelgem Poelgem is a village to the eastwards of Croswyck with a high sharpe Tower About two leagues from the land southwest and by south from Croswyck and west and by southsoutherly from the e. point of Poelgem lyeth a great bank called the Four The Four which at some places falleth dry at low water and lyeth from BellIsle near about east lyeth the longest way southwest and northeast If you will sayle from Bell-Isle to the river of Nantes For to sail into the River of Nantes then goe away from the east end of the Cardinall or from the eastermost rocks that lye of from the Cardinall directly e.n.e. towards the west poynt of Croswyck for to saile a weather of the foresayd Four so long untill it begin to shoale and that the sharp tower of Poelgem commeth against the highest of the east poynt of Croswyck then you runne alongst to the northwards of the foresayd banck goe then e. s.e or according as the wind is east by south e. s.e unto the Rock with the hole called Pierre-perce Pierre-Perce but so that you come not very neare at low water the land somwhat to the westwards of Poelgem for it is not cleane alongst by it Betwixt the Four and the point of Croswyck it is in the fareway 8 9 and 10 fathom deepe From the poynt of Poelgem eastwards lye some little Islands and Rocks which are very foule come not very neare them nor the shoare thereabouts If it should happen that you should turne to windwards for at low water there falleth many of the rocks dry when you come neare the rock with the hole then run alongst to the northwards of it and run in very close by it leaving it on the starboard side of you for to avoyd the foule grounds which lye off from the poynt of Poelgem towards this rock Close alongst by this rock it is foure fathom deepe Being past this Rock with the hole then runne all alongst by the north shoare unto S. Nazare S. Nazare in three or foure fathom at low water but you must take heed of a rocky poynt somewhat to the westwards of S. Nazare
be southsouthwest from you then you shal bee past the banck which lieth north from S. Martens and lyeth off from the shoare somewhat to the westwards of Saint Martens there is a hard steepe stony banke which shoaleth up suddenly For to avoyd it when as you must turne too and againe with an easterly or a northeast winde you must not bring the little Tower of Hars in the Village of Loy but when the little Tower of Hars commeth to the first or northermost house of Loy then you must cast about for then you come against the banck where remaineth at low water about a fathom depth and at high water about foure fathom When the foresayd little Tower of Hars commeth against a mill which standeth at the south end of Loy then are you within the Banke to wit betwixt the Bancke and S. Martens When S. Martens commeth to be s w and by south and s s.w from you then you may boldly saile over the end of the bank towards S. Martens you shall finde there at low water and spring tide at least 3 fathom or sixteen or seventeen foot also one cast or 2 but 12 foot then it is all soft ground as also before S. Martens but the bancks are hard with spring tides there remaineth little water upon them Before S. Martins you may anchor in 4 5 or 6 fathom For to anchor before S. Martins For to anchor before Saint Martens you must anchor so that you may see open into the haven and that the point of the Abbey and the Bosse doe stand the length of two capsta nebars one from the other there is with spring tides at low water three fathom and a halfe but at high water six fathom and a halfe deepe When you sayle into the Killiats as before is sayd it is 12 11 and 10 fathom deepe but being come so farre that the Tower of S. Martins beginneth to stand s w from you there it will be by little and little shoaler and then you may well edge towards the Island in five foure fathom it shoaleth then suddenly up and will be from ten quickly five and foure fathom If you will goe over the banck that lieth off from the Abbey with a shippe that draweth much water then you must stay so long that it be halfe flood for at low water there remaineth no more upon it then three fathom or a foot or two more when it is somewhat flowed then you may well goe over with a great shippe When the little tower of Hussou commeth to the north end of the Island Urck or Tivalenes then are you upon the shoalest of the bank but when the little Tower commeth over the south end of that little Island then it beginneth to deepen againe The markes for to keepe the deepest water when you run over the bank are these keep the great Tower of Rochel a handspikes length to the southward of the wood of trees which standeth upon the northermost high land and run so over the banck it is there all soft ground If you will anchor before the Abbey within the banke then run in 6 or 7 fathom and anchor there But if you will not anchor under S. Martens but wil sayle forth towards Burnt Island then bring that foresayd little tower of Lussou over the little house that standeth upon the little Island Urck keep it so standing then you can take no hurt of the Laverdyne The Laverdyne Laverdin is a rane of rocks together a musket shot long which lieth off from the east point of S. Martens Island about an English mile and with spring tide at low water is uncovered Betwixt it and the Island of S. Martens men may sayle through there is depth enough The markes of the Laverdyne are these When you come in at the Killiats and sayle through betwixt S. Martens Island the Bosse you come to see the great Tower of Rochell even without the point of the Bosse then are you right thwart of the Laverdyne which lyeth then s w from you it is there betwixt them both not very wide or else when the foresayd great Tower of Rochel standeth even without the poynt of Bosse and the North poynt of the Plom a ships length without the south poynt which is the north poynt of the Bosse then are you right upon the Laverdyne therefore when Rochell commeth a ships length to the southwards of the Bosse when you come in at the Killiats then are you past the Laverdyne you may boldly goe on s e and s e and by south towards Burnt-Island Porthus Portus is a broad and wide channell lying in through betwixt S. Martens Island and Oleron and lyeth from Use s e by e. distant about 15 leagues If you will sayle into Porthus then run in betwixt both lands e. s.e but much nearer S. Martens Island for to avoyd the banck of Oleron which is a foule ledge of rocks at the n. end of Oleron come no neare it by night then in 12 or 13 fathom When you come then by the east end of S. Martens Island and are bound to Rochell or else will anchor under the Bosse bring the great Tower of Rochel a ships length without the Bosse so you can take no hurt of the Laverduyn You may anchor under the Bosse in 5 or 6 fathom soft ground so that the poynt doe lye north from you Or else if you will anchor under the Abbey of S. Martens Island then run in upon the foresayd marks so long untill that the foresayd Abbey come without the s poynt of the same Island sayle then right with it and then you shall leave the Laverduyn farr enough on the larboard side of you And being come neare the Abbey anchor a little to the aestwards of it in 5 6 or 7 fathom there is the road for ships that are bound out When you goe into Porthus and will sayle to the Burnt Island then runne in as before is sayd untill you come neare the east end of S. Martens Island thence the course is south east and by east or from the Bosse south or south and by east or with a westerly wind south and by west unto that Island When you sayle soo neare Burnt-Island Burnt-Island that the Tower of Voorn or the Four commeth over the Burnt-Island there you may cast your ballast over board it is there 12 fathom deepe If you must turne to and againe with a southerly wind from the Bosse to the Burnt-Island or from Burnt-Island to the Bosse then come not to neare the land of Rochell there lye divers stony banckes alongst the land a good wayes from the shoare where of you must take heed When Rochell is hidden behinde the south poynt which lyeth over against the Creeke there lyeth a stony bancke upon which remaineth not a fathom of water If you will sayle into the river of Sherrant then runne about to the southwards of Burnt-Island
leagues From S. Martens Island to Ortegall the course is w. s.w somewhat southerly 99 leagues Heights The Island Use in 46 degrees 44 min. The north poynt of Oleron in 46 degrees 10 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Heys being southeast by south from you that a man may see it from the Compagne sheweth out of the Masse thus Heys being northeast from you sheweth thus Thus sheweth the Island Use or Heys when you sayle alongst by it being two leagues off from it Heys being e. s e. from you and that a man may see the tower from the Compagne sheweth thus you are then upon 31 fathom depth Olone Thus sheweth the Land of Poictou betwixt Heys and the Islands of S. Martens when you sayle alongst by it foure leagues a seaboard the Land This Coast lyeth southsoutheast Thus sheweth the west end of the Jsland of S. Martens This belongeth to the former figure from the w. end of S. Martens Island sheweth it selfe thus when the steeple is e. and by south from you 3 or 4 leagues of the coast lyeth here e. s e. and w. n. w. When S. Martens Island is north and by east from you it sheweth it selfe thus La fos de Loys S. Marten Abbey S. Iohn When men sayle out or in at Porthus S. Martens Island sheweth it selfe in this forme When the Tower of the Island S. Marten is e. s e. 3 leagues from you then the land sheweth thus S. Martens S. Maria. Thus sheweth the south side of S. Martens Island when the Tower or w. end is north and the e. end n. e. three or foure leagues of from you The w. poynt of Oleron or Olderdon sheweth it selfe thus when it is e. from you two great leagues Thereabouts it is twenty fathom deepe Down Downyland Olderdon or Oleron sheweth thus when as you have the trees north by the Tower which is then south e. from you When you are before Porthus about two or 3 leagues from land then doth Oleron and Olderdon arise in this forme Caarte Vande Rivier van Bourdeaux tot aen Bayone en voorts aen Coninx rede The land betwixt Olderdon and the river of Bourdeaux sheweth when men sayle alongst by it as it pourtrayed in these 5 following figures the letters of one sort belong one to the other as AA BB CC DD. The Island Olderdon Sales Thus sheweth Sales when it is east and by north from you being about a league without the land High sand-hill Cordan The third Demonstration Which Containeth the Description of the River of Bourdeaux to S. Sebastiaen or Coninx reede FRom the Band or Crage off Oleron to the Tower of Cordan or the Poâ—e-head or the mouth off the River off Bourdeaux called the Garrone the land lyeth south s east and s and by e. 13 leagues To the northwardes of the mouth of the river of Bourdeaux lye five or six high white Sand-hills but to the southwards off it it is somewhat low land blacke little Sandhilles being growne with spiry grasse From the Tower of Cordan off to the northwards towards the high Sand-Hills which lye upon the north land lieth a sand-bancke called the Piper Piper men may sound alongst by it on the west side in seven fathom but upon the northend it is very steepe and not farre off it is twenty fathom deep From the north-point off the River runneth off to the southwards a sand called the norther Asses and to the southwards of it lyeth another sand called the souther Asses Norther souther Asses through betwixt them both also alongst to the southwards of them men sayle into the River If you will sayle into the River comming from the northwards then you may run alongst by the shoale in 12 and 13 fathom untill that the tower of Cordan stand southeast by east from you runne then right in with it through betwixt the norther and souther Asses untill that the high white sandhil upon the north point of the river stand northnortheast from you men may so comming from the northwards runne in also about by the norther Asses by your lead untill that the Tower come to be southsoutheast and southeast and by south from you then goe towards the Tower and when the foresayd high sand-hil come to be northnortheast or northeast and by north from you sayle then right in with it untill that you have the sounding of the land run then in alongst by it towards Messie that is the point where all the mils stand When you shall saile thus towards the high sand-hill and that the Tower of Soulack commeth a great fathom to the northwards of the Tower of Cordan and the little mill of Royan Royan then are you also past the Piper may run in right east without feare towards Royan but you must reckon well your tyde for the flood falleth thwart over the Asses towards the Tower off Cordan and the ebbe in the contrary In this foresaid channell through betwixt the Asses remaineth at low water 3 fathom water upon the shoals For to sayl into the river alongst to the southwards of the Asses comming from the northwards that is the best channell you must do thus Bring the Tower of Soulacke east from you or somewhat more northerly and sayle in so right with it untill the tower of Cordan be north and by east and north north east from you Royan shall then stand north east from you or else if you come from the southwards then bring the tower of Cordan north and by east and north n.e. from you and sayle in so right with it untill Soulack come to be east from you Royan shall then stand n. e. from you sayle then right towards it comming near it sayle to the point of Messie When you are now within the Rivers mouth and come right against the point of Messie that is the point where the Mills stand upon then edge over towards the broken Castle called Chastillion Chastillion south east and by south that is eight leagues from Messie and then forth in alongst by the south land south east in unto Pouliack Pouliacâ— which is two great leagues In the fareway betwixt the Piper and the poynt with the Mills or Messie it is 10 11 and 12 fathom deepe but out of the fare-way either on the north side or south side it is shoaly to wit five six seven and eight fathom you must runne alongst close by the point of Messie there it is 22 fathom deep When as that Royan commeth to the west poynt where upon the mills stand keep it so standing and go away south east and by south towards Chastillion it is in this fareway almost all alongst 5 fathom deep but comming near the north or south side it is shoaly and at the nortst side it is full of sands where also men may well sayle through that are acquainted From Chastillion to Pouliack Pouliack it is
of Biscany wee find no running of streames but a southeast northwest moone maketh over all the coasts the highest water and within the Rivers a point lesse Of the Depths The land against the River off Burdeaux men may see from the poop in 30 fathom and the Tower off Cordan in 27 fathom Betwixt Arcason S. John de Luz men may see the land in 30 fathom when about Bayone they shall see Cabritton Bayone Bedert and S. John de Luz almost all flat Towers Being before Passage men may see also the point C. Figuer and S. Sebastians the land lieth in there with a great Bay About C. de Figuer lieth a high hill which at the south-southwest ende is very steepe and goeth very long slopeing down towards the north When men are before S. Sebastians 7 or 8 leagues without the land then it riseth somewhat long and at the west end steep and hollow but when men come close by the land then it is very high and steepe When men are 8 leagues without S. Sebastians then may they see the eastermost or gratest castle upon the high hill and alsoo the little Island to the westwards of it Courses Distances From Cordan to Arcason south 20 leagues From Arcason to Bayone south 16 or 17 leagues From the Tower Cordan to Cape de Pinas w. s.w some what southerly 75 leagues From Bayone to S. John de Luz s by w. 4 leagues From S. John de Luz to the Pignons of S. Anna s w and by west 2 leagues From S. John de Luz to S. Sebastians west 8 leagues From S. Sebastians to Gateria 8 leagues From Bayone to the Seames n. w. somewhat westerly 102 leagues From S. Sebastians to Bell-Isle n.n.w. somewhat northerly 75 leagues From S. Sebastians to the Seames northwest and by n. 102 leagues The courses distances of the places one from the other is declared in the description Heights The Tower of Cordaâ— lyeth in 45 degrees 36 minut Arcason in 44 degrees 40 minut Bayone lyeth in 43 degrees 46 minut How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the land about Arcason when it is from you eastsoutheast neare two miles Thus appeareth Arcason when it is northeast and by east about two miles Cabritton Bayone S. Iohn de Luz Fonteravia Passage S. Sebastiaens Thus sheweth the land about the bight of S. Iohn de Luz off from Cabritton untill past S. Sebastiaens Thus sheweth S. Sebastiaens when you get first sight of it being seven leagues off from it White downe Hill of S. Iohn de Luz Ianni Krooningbergh Bocon Cabritton Fonteravia C. Figuer The foresayd Jsland about the bight of S. Iohn de Luz from the northwards of Cabritton untill past Fonteravia sheweth thus as is demonstrated in these two figures when you are before the Barre of Bayone Hill of S. Iohn de Luz south 5 leagues Krooninbergh Fonteravia C. Figuer S. Sebastiaens When the Hill of S. Iohn de Luz is south from you five leagues then the land to the eastwards of it untill past S. Sebastiaens sheweth as is here above pourtrayed in these two figures the BB and CC belong one to the other S. Sebastiaens Thus sheweth the land about S. Sebastiaen when it is five leagues from you C. Figuer Passage S. Sebastiaens Passage and S. Sebastiaens being southsouthwest from you sheweth thus Kust Van Biscayen tusschen Orio ende rio de Sella Kust Van Biscayen tusschen Rio de Sella en t' Eylant van S. Cyprian The fourth Demonstration In which The Coast of Biscaye from Coninx reede to the Island S. Cypriaen are delineated From S. Sebastians to C. de Martinchaco the course is w.n.w. 13 leagues Betwixt them both lye the roades Gateria and Deva Gateria Gateria lyeth from S. Sebastians west and by north and w.n.w. distant 7. leagues being a faire round sand-bay where is good riding for westerly winds men lye there within the west poynt right before the Towne in faire sandy ground a north winde commeth right from the poynt This bay is commonly called Kings-haven Alongst the coast of Biscay betwixt S. John de Luz and Gateria is every where clean ground and good ankoring in 20 fathom From Gateria to Deva it is a league and halfe to the westwardes which is an off-water that commeth out of the high-land Two leagues to the westwardes lyeth the poynt of Cape Martinchaco About thirteene leagues westnorthwest from S. Sebastians lyeth the Cape de Martinchaco a little to the westwardes of it is a good tyde-haven wherein lyeth a little Towne about a league within the land upon a river which commeth out of the high land A little to the westwards of Cape de Martinchacol lyeth a great rock fast to the land and a little to the westwardes of the same another upon the poynt called Punte de Avillanes Southwest and by west from Martinchaco lyeth the haven of Barmea Barmea a faire great Bay the easter poynt is foule therefore men must give it a good birth and run in alongst by the west side when they are gotten in it is large enough there they may anchor where they will To the westwardes of Barmea lyeth also Placentia Placentia upon a little River the towne lyeth a little within the land There are all tyde-havens From Cape de Martinchaco to Bilbao where betwixt lye the foresaid havens of Barmea and Placentia it is s southwest southwest by south 6 leagues From Placentia to Bilboa it is two leagues westsouthwest and west and by south Bilbao lyeth upon a great river alongst which there commeth of much Iron it is a good haven but it lyeth not farre in by reason of the Barre which lyeth thwart over the haven where men must goe in with high water At the east poynt of Bilbao Bilbao shooteth of a riffe which men must avoyd there lye also some rockes under water It is a high steepe point and is white to see to Within the riffe that runneth off from the poynt men may anchor in seven and eight fathom betwixt the poynt and the Piere on the east side there the Pilots come off which bring up the shippes and there men lye land-lockt far a northwest winde From this foresayd poynt or road to the Barre or river mouth of Bilbao it is a league and halfe s by west which lyeth in by the west land there stand five or sixe houses upon the w. land when the two westermost houses come one in the other or when you may see through the two eastermost houses which stand within in the land then are you upon the Bar or shoale then goe in south and s by east right with the Castle Portugalletto and alongst close by the Castle and anchor a little within the Castle for a west winde But when you are before the Barre the Pilots come off and bring you to the Town When you lie without in the Bay then you may see Mount Anthony lie
w. and by north from you From the poynt of Bilboa to Castro Castro the course is w. 5 leagues that is a good haven for 6 7 and 8 fathom depth The narrow of the haven lieth in south in 10 fathom But further in the river towards the towne it is not deeper then 3 or 4 fathom From Bilbao to the hill of S. Anthonies M. S. Anthony it is w. and by north nine or ten leagues From Castro to Laredo the course is west distant five leagues upon the west side lyeth the foresayd hill of S. Anthonies which is a high hill men may sayle in close alongst by it untill they come about the east poynt within it is wide and broad and a fit haven for great shippes there men may anchor in seven or eight fathom To the eastwards over against the hill of S. Anthonies in the middest of the sound lyeth a rane of rockes under water Suncken Rocks where men may sayle in about it on both sides men may easily espy them because it doth alwaies breake upon them within them is the road for ordinary ships a little before the haven which is built with a wall But the great shippes lye a little further off in 6 or 7 fathom depth On the south side of the haven is a little tyde-haven from the same there commeth a great riffe shooting off from the east side towards the hill of S. Anthonies within it is two fathom water right before the village from the village commeth a tayle of sand lying thwart out within it at low water it is a fathom deepe In the middest of the sound it is nine fathom and at the poynt of Saint Anthonies 20 fathom deep From S. Anthonies hill to Cape de Kesgo C. Kesgo it is west and w. and by s 2 leagues that is a great Cape lying to the eastwards of S. Andero thwart of it is clean ground From Cape de Kesgo to the west poynt of S. Andero it is w. by s 5 leagues a little to the s wards of the point of S. Andero S. Andero upon the e. poynt of Sardinis is a sand-bay there is good anchoring in ten fathom From C. de Kesgo to the haven of S. Andero the course is w. s.w distant 2 great leagues S. Andero lieth within a Bay there lyeth an Island before the haven men may go about it on both sides it is deepe 8 9 fa. but to the s wards of the Island it is deep 5 6 7 fathom according as men will come near to the strand the haven lieth in first w.n.w. The Island lieth a great league within the bay from the east point of the haven unto the west point of the land it is south and north about a great league S. Anthonies and the west point of S. Andero lie one from the other e. and w. about 5 leagues For to know the land when you fall with the land about Laredo Laredo you must know that on the w. side of the haven of Laredo lyeth the hill of S. Anthonies which is a very high hill which men may see very farre from the e. and the w. a little above the towne of Laredo men may see alsoo a sharpe hill like the poynt of a Diamond or the poynt of a two hand sword further it is about Laredo very high double land two three and at some places foure double The hill of S. Anthonies doth arise in two high hommockes with a valley or saddle in the middest betwixt them both within in the land lye also two high hills with sharpe topps Above and to the w. wards of S. Anthonies lyeth a piece of land judged to bee about two leagues long which lyeth in five hills the eastermost is the lowest and rise all higher and higher towards the west so that at the last to the westermost is the highest which goeth off somewhat flat downward towards the west Betwixt that eastermost hill and S. Anthonies lyeth a bay about a league long called the Bay of Port Bay of Port. men cannot see these foresayd hills when they are close by the land but they must be a good wayes off to seawards To the westwardes of these foresayd hills lyeth an other peece of land which at the east end is highest and goeth sloping off towardes the west end allmost like Portland Betwixt that poynt and the five foresayd hills lyeth an other sand-Bay where abouts stand some little houses but by it lye many rockes fowle ground There abouts within the land lyeth the foresayd high round sharpe hill in forme like the poynt of a sword S. Andero hath but few hills that are easy to be knowne but when men are before the haven then they shall see to the eastwards of the towne a Castro upon a high hill in forme like a Sugerloafe or a hay-cock and to the eastwards of it is much double land of two and three heights double But when men come about the Cape de Kesgo then they shall see presently the castle upon the west land From S. Andero to Cape de Pinas the course is w. or a little more noâ—therly 31 or 32 leagues Betwixt them both lye these havens following First the haven of S. Martin S. Martin or Settevilles Settevills a tyde-haven lying east and west 4 leagues from S. Andero From thence to S. Vincent S. Vincent alsoo a tyde-haven is five leagues distant the haven goeth in on the eâ—st side from the west side commeth shooting off a â—â—â—le riffe and in the midst of the havens mouth lyeth a little Island where men may goe in on both sides From S. Vincent to Lhanes Lhanes a tyde-haven the course is west 2 or 3 leagues Upon the west side of the haven standeth a little Church and a little within the haven lyeth a middle plate or sand men must go in on the w. side of the sand these are all narrow havens but little knowne From Lhanes to Rio de Sella the course is w. 5 or 6 leagues betwixt them both lye alongst the coast many rocks within them many sand-bayes where men for need might save ships Hee that will goe into Rio de Sella Rio de Selâ—a must look out for a mast which stands upon the east land close by the same men must goe in the west side is within fowle within the mast men must anchor before the village this is also a tyde-haven From Rio de Sella to Villa Viciose Villa Viciosa it is west 9 leagues this is also a tyde-haven but is clean the havens mouth lyeth in s s.e and s e and by s close alongst by the west poynt of the land the east side is fowle unto the middest of the haven there lyeth a rock with a plate right in the midst of the haven which at low water fall dry so soon as men are within that rock they must anchor within the rock upon
Ortegall lyeth a great rane off rocks betwixt them and the foresayd Cape men may sayle through in ten fathom From the Cape Ortegall to the C. Prior the course is southwest ten leagues betwixt them both lyeth a Towne called Sedaira by the Dutch Shippers called Siverus Siverus which hath a deepe haven lying in southeast The north side off the haven is rocky and fowle which you must avoyd and run close in by the westland which is a high land alongst by it is 12 fathom deepe within the havens mouth it is ten fathom deepe you may sayl in untill you come before the towne and anchor there in 6 or 7 fathom Five leagues to the westwardes of Sedeira lyeth the C de Prior C. Prior. which is a very ragged hill to see to a far off as if it where full of people Three leagues from the Cape de Prior lyeth the haven of Ferroll betwixt them both lye two little sand-bayes tâ—e southermost where in stand some little white houses is the greatest and lyeth a little to the northwardes of the north poynt off Ferroll when you come neere the Baye the haven beginneth to open it selfe it lyeth e.n.e. and e. by n. in amids the channell betwixt two high lands when you come in you must presently edge up to the northwardes by the north poynt and anchor there a little to the westwardes of the village it is flat and rocky ground When you come from the west or from the Groyne and will sayle into the haven of Feroll For to saile into Ferol from the southward then goe away from the little Island S. Blasius north and north and by west and run a good wayes about without the south poynt of Feroll which is very fowle and rocky untill that you see the haven open goe then yet so farre to the northwards of the southwards of the south poynt untill that the haven doe shut againe and run then right in with the foresayd greatest sand-bay where in stand the two or three little white houses to the northwards off the haven untill that you bee within the south poynt and the fowle grounds which lye off from it sayle then right to the north poynt of the haven alongst by it towards the south side untill that haven doe open it selfe againe and runne then as before alongst in the middest of the channell This haven is so narrow in the comming in that you may cast a stone upon the land on both sides and in that narrow it is 20 fathom deepe When you are in the havens mouth you may see through betwixt the Island Sisarga and the maine land to the s wards of it To sayle from Feroll to the Groyne For to sayle into the Groyne the course is south and south and by west 3 leagues when you come neere the westland you must give it a birth at least of foure or five Cables lengths because it is not very cleane When you come by the poynt where the Castle standeth upon you shall see then also a little Island with a little house upon it you may sayle alongst by it within a halfe cables length and runne about by it up to the westwardes untill you come before the Fisher village and anchor there in sixe seven or eight fathom From Cape de Prior to the Groyne the course is south and south and by west five leagues Eastnortheast from the foresayd Island where the Castle standeth upon goeth in a Sound southeast five or sixe leagues within the land to Bitanze Haven of Bitanze where you may anchor on the west side under a row of rocks in 10 or 12 fathon alâ—o you may sayle so deepe in that you can see no sea To the northwards of that Sound over against the poynt of the Groyne lyeth also an other haven or Sound called Ponte de Mas Ponte de Mas. on the north side lieth a row of rockes where men run alongst to the southwardes of them men may also sayle there so deepe in that they can see no sea A good wayes within lyeth a great bridge over the river He that commeth from the west off from the Island Cisarga is bound into the Groyne must give the north point or the west poynt of the Groyne where the tower standeth a birth of 4 or 5 cables lengths as before is sayd which point is rocky and fowle farre from the shoare and run then eastsoutheast and southeast about by the poynt and afterwardes s s.e unto the little Island with the Castle and about by it as is before sayd The little Island Cisarga Island Cisarga of the Dutchmen called Cesarie is fowle round about lyeth from the poynt of the Groyne due east and west distant 7 or 8 leagues from the haven of Feroll west and by south from the C. Prior w. s.w and southwest and by west and from the C. de Ortegall southwest and southwest and by west 18 or 19 leagues From the Island Cisarga south and by west and s s west lyeth Queres Queres a good haven also for great ships the west shoare is cleane but the east shoare is fowle therefore men must sayle alongst by the west shoare when they are betwixt the two lands then they must goe in amids the channell unto the poynt and then run up to the westwardes a great halfe league in and anchor there in 7 8 and nine fathom From the Island Cisarga southwest and by west and w. s.west 12 leagues lyeth the east point of Monsie called Cabo de Bylem C. de Bylem which is a high steepe poynt with many ragged rocks lying of loose from the land where of the greatest being like a tower doth shew it selfe black and is called the Munck There lyeth also a great rane off rockes right before the haven or sound of Monsie south-southwest and by south from the Munck at least two or three cables lengths long but the innermost end of it lyeth from the Monck south and by west When men fal with the land of Monsie it is all double land about the Cape de Finesterre lyeth a high white sand lying in within the land sand-bay Also men may see comming about the C. de Finisterre a ragged hill which runneth alongst so farre to the southwards that men may see it before the Mores Caarte Vande custen van Galissien tusschen 't Eylant van S. Ciprian en Camina He that is bound in for Monsie Mâ—â—s e. comming from Cisarga must goe in close alongst by the C. de Bylem or Bellem this poynt is altogether a ragged high sharpe land of steep rocks as before is sayd and when you are by that poynt then you must keep the Cape de Coriane a shipps length without the C. de Koto soo long untill that the Church of S. Maria come without the poynt of Monsie run then in at the easter channell s s.e upon these markes untill you be past the
southwards of therefore goe in eastnortheast alongst by south-land untill that you see the flat tower which standeth upon the south-land and then you must run over a banck right on with the poynt of Ponte Vedra within it lyeth the towne twhart off the flat tower men may anchor in 8 or 9 fathom This haven is at some places foure fathom deepe Five leagues to the s wards of the Islands of Blydones lye the Islands of Bayone Islands of Bayone when men come in out of the sea right with them then these Islands doe seeme to be all gray and black rockes and lye to see to as if they were three Islands although that the sea doe run through them but at one place betwixt each is a saddle or valley Within the land alongst over these Islands men shall see two high hills very easy to bee known the eastermost hath three high hommocks and the westermost two with valleys betwixt the hommocks a little to the eastwards off the eastermost hill men shall see a white Abbey stand against the high land whereby this land is very easy to bee knowne You may sayle within these Islands of Bayone either to the northwards For to sayle into Bayone From the northwards or to the southwards but at the north e. poynt of the Islands lyeth a rocke under water about a cables length off from them where of you must take heed anchor in 10 11 or 12 fathom on the east side of the Islands Hee that will sayle in to the northwards must run in betwixt the Islands and the maine land keeping neere about the middle off the channell but neerest to the Islands untill that the Sound off Vigo or Cannas bee open and then sayle in to the eastwards there is a broad Sound where men may anchor on both sides to wit on the south side before Vigo Vigo and on the north side before Cannas Cannas in twelve or thirteene fathom Also men may sayle further in about the south poynt of Rondella where men may save a shippe in the oaze without anchor or cables At the point of Vigo lyeth a little Island he that commeth in to the northwards of the Islands and is bound in for Bayone may sayle through betwixt that little Island and the point Vigo right in with Bayone to wit aâ—â—â—â—st a little to the westwards of the poynt untill hee â—â—me before the towne and anchor there in 4 5 or 6 fathom Betwixt that foresayd little Island and the poynt of Vigo it is at high water 4 fathom and a halfe at low water three fathom and a halfe deepe men must sayling through there give the poynt off Vigo a birth because of some suncken rocks that lye off from it When as men lye in the roade before Bayone in 5 or 6 fathom they may see the Islands of Blydones through betwixt the foresayd poynt of Vigo and that little Island From that same little Island lyeth to the westwards another little Island or rocke betwixt them both it is fowle so that men cannot sayle through betwixt them and from that westermost little Island lyeth a fowle riffe ot ledge of rockes s w off towards the point of the land off Bayone where of men must take very good heed whether you come from the n. wards will sayle through betwixt that riffe the Islands off Bayone or els come in from the s wards betwixt the Islands and the maine and will goe in for Bayone That riffe lyeth at low water in many places dry the outermost rockes thereof and the poynt of Bayone where the Castle standeth upon lye southeast and southeast and by east and northwest and northwest and by west an English mile asunder therefore he that commeth from the northwards and will goe into Bayone to the westwards off that riffe that is betwixt the riffe â—nd the Islands let him goe so long to the southwards 〈◊〉 that the Castle of Bayone come to be e. s.e and 〈…〉 by south from him and saile then towards it 〈◊〉 then he shal run farre enough alongst to the southwards of it At the south end of the Island of Bayone lyeth a great rock with a deale of small rockes round about it men may sayle very close alongst by them but at high water the outermost rocks lye under water where of men musâ— be mindfull close by the rocks it is 20 and 25 and 26 fathom deepe From the poynt of the maine land over against the south end of the Islands runneth off a ledge of rocks whereupon it breaketh very much when the sea is grown where of also men must take heed When you come from the southwards or out of the sea and will sayle in for Bayone about to the southwards of the Islands with a southerly or south-southwest winde then run right with the south poynt of the outermost land of Bayone Island of Bayone untill you come neere about a halfe league of the land and theÌ„ alongst by the shoare unto the outer point on the south side of the comming into the Bay where that foresayd riffe runneth of which lyeth off low give that riffe a birth and run in betwixt it and the foresayd rockes at the end of the Islands northeast or eastnortheast in according as you shall come in out of the sea leaving the riffe on starboard and the rockes with the Islands on the larboard side untill that you come to the end or to the n. wards of the riffe the north end or the outtermost poynt of that riffe at the s poynt and the poynt Bayone where the Castle standeth upon lye nearest e. and by north and w. and by south a little league asunder When as then you have the foresayd riffe on the south side upon your broad side or els are too the northwardes of it and that the Castle doe stand east or thereabouts from you goe then right in with the Castle leaving that foresayd other riffe which lyeth off southwest from the little Islands at the poynt of Vigo on the larboard side of you If you bring the poynt of the Castle not to the southwardes of e. s e. then you cannot take any hurt of the northermost riffe The outer rocks of that northermost riffe which shooteth off from the two foresayd little Islands and the riffe which shooteth off from the south poynt of the land of Bayone where men must sayle through betwixt lye one from the other southwest and southwest and by south and northeast and northeast and by north about an English mile asunder When you come neere the Castle then come not very neere the shoare which is not very cleane and when as then you come thwart of the innermost poynt of the Castle before that you begin to see the Towne of Bayone from behind the poynt you must looke well out before you for from that same innermost poynt and from the Castle there lyeth off a suncken rock about halfe a cables
sail intâ— the road of Tercera let him run faire by the land off the east poynt and alongst by it unto the 2 little Islands called the Ilheos which lye a little to the eastwards of the road about a bow shot one from the other Men may run alongst to the southwards off these Islands or to the northwards of them as they will and also betwixt them both Betwixt these little Islands and the maine land of Tercera it is a great cannon shot broad and 15 and 16 fathom deepe through betwixt the little Island it is 5 and 6 fathom deepe cleane sand-ground Somewhat to seawards of these little Islands lie 3 or 4 rockes above water called Los Frayles Lâ—â— Frayâ—es Being past these foresayd little Islands you must sayle to the westwards untill that you come neare to the foresaid point of Brasill a little to the eastwards of it you must anchor before the town of Angra in 10 or 12 fathom or else men lay their sea-anchor commonly in 16 and their smaller anchor towards the land in 8 or 9 fathom Men lye there landlockt for a s w and n.e. and also for an e.n. e. winde but a s e winde bloweth there flat open in On the w. side of the point of Brazill is also a great sandy Bay for to anchor in Before a village called S. Martin Three leagues to the eastwards of the Towne Angra lieth a bight called Porto Judeo there the Spaniards landed with their forces when they tooke in the Island from the Portingals He that will sayle from Tercera to Fayall let him set his course w. s.w to the E. point of S. Georges which is from thence ten leag asunder Further betwixt the Pico S. Georges through to Fayall are 16 leagues it lyeth most w.n.w. through betwixt them the Island Fayall lyeth to the westwards of the Island of the Pico a great league asunder off from it He that will anchor in the Road of Fayall let him anchor right before the Village of Fayall in 14 or 15 fathom there is sandground but there goeth a hard tide of flood and ebbe On the s w end of the Island Fayall lieth a little haven for to sayle in there you must run in by the s w point so long about by the shoare untill that you see the haven open saile alongst about by the s w point untill that you come in the narrow betâ—â—xt the rocks which lye of from the w. side so soone as you come within the rockes let presently your anchor fall in 5 fathom bring your hawsers on the e. side on land fast to the pales which are there made for the purpose the haven is little so that men may lie in it with no more then with 4 or 5 ships Further in it is shoale water Of the tydes courses of the streames On the foresayd coasts maketh high water a s s.w s w. and by s moon Courses Distances From C. Spartel to C. Cantin it is southwest southerly 85 leagues From C. Spartel to Madera west by south and w. s w. 200 leagues From C. Cantin to Madera west 130 leagues From C. Cantin to S. Vincent north 90 leagues From C. Cantin to Teneriffe s w by w. 148 leag From C. Cantin to C. de Geer s s w. 50 or 52 leagues From C. de Geer to C. de Non s s w. and south by west 27 leagues From C. de Geer to the point of S. Cruz s e 5 leagues From C. de Non to Ossin south 13 leagues From C de Non to C. de Bajador s w by w. 69 leag From C. de Geer to C. de Bajador s w somewhat westerly 110 leagues From Saffia to Madera and e. and w. 130 leagues Erom C. de Geer to Madera w.n.w. 123 leagues From S. Michiels to Tercera n.w. by w. 34 leagues From Tercera to the east end of S. Georges westsouthw 10 leagues From the east end of S. Georges to Fayall westnorthwest 16 leagues From Saint Michaels to the C. de Finisterre eastnortheast 247 leagues From Tercera to Roxent or the River of Lisbon e. at least 267 leagues From Tercera to C. de Finisterre eastnorth e. e. by n. 280 leageus From Tercera to the Lizart n. e. by e. 287 leagues Heights Masagam lyeth in 32 degr 46 min. C. de Cantin lieth in 32 degr 32 min. The land Mogodor in 31 degr 18 min. C. de Geer in 30 degr 10 min. C. de Non in 28 degr 32 min. C. de Bajador in 26 degr 10 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Casa Cavalgero Thus sheweth the land betwixt Masagam and C. Cantin Thus sheweth it selfe Casa Cavalgero when it is south from you 6 leagues When the northerne Corner of Saffia is southsoutheast from you 4 leagues it sheweth in this forme When C. Cantin is northeast and by east 6 leagues and the poynt of Saffia eastsoutheast foure leagues from you then they shew themselves thus Thus sheweth the land to the southwards of the south poynt of the Bay of Saffia when it is eastsoutheast 3 leagues from you Mogodor When you are westnorthwest or thwart off from Mogodor 3 leagues then sheweth it selfe thus It is a high and double land C. Taffelana When the Cape de Taffelana is northnortheast 3 leagues from you the land sheweth thus unto Cape de Geer C. de Geer When the C. de Geer is northnorthwest 3 leagues from you it sheweth thus and when the Bay is east and by south from you the land is with sand-hils Thus sheweth the Island Saint Michaels on the north side Thus sheweth the Island of Tercera when it lyeth e. and by s about 7 leagues from you When Tercera is 4 or 5 leagues from you then it ariseth thus the west end of this Island Tercera is higher then the east end thereby it is indifferent easy to be knowne Thus sheweth Tercera on the north side Brefil Road before Angera Little Islands Thus sheweth the Tercera on the south side when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the Island S. George when it lyeth southsouthwest 7 leagues When the west end of S. Georges is south and by east and the east end southeast from you it sheweth it selfe thus being eight or nine leagues of from you When the Island Pico is southeast from you it sheweth it selfe thus the high Pieck you may see about 40 leagues of from it at sea The Island Fayal sheweth it selfe thus when it is south from you 8 or 9 leagues When the Island Gratios a lyeth westsouthwest 4 leagues from you then it ariseth in this forme Caarte Voor een gedeelte der Canarise Eylanden al 's Canaria Tenerifa Forteventura etc. De tyhavens Porto de Naos en Porto de Cavallos aen de Zuydoostzyde van Lacerota The second Demonstration In Which Are to be seene the Canary Islands THe chiefest Islands of the Canaries are 7 in number Lancerota Forteventura
Ameren-Born He that commeth off from Holyland and is bound to the northwards need not feare so much for the shoale for it shooteth out most by the land The Haven of List About eight leagues to the northwards of Silter-deep lyeth the Haven of List which runneth in by the north end of the Island Silt. For to sayle in there comming from the southwards runne so long to the northwards in six or seven fathom that you may see a little Island without the poynt which lyeth within these outer Islands upon which standeth a house called Ieurtmans house when that house commeth a mast length without the poynt of List then goe in east and by south and eastsoutheast keepe those markes so standing untill that you bee within the poynt off List edge then up to the southwards about the poynt and anchor before the Vuchts house there it is nine and ten fathom deep At the entring of the channell lyeth a plate or sand called Haef-sand Haefsand that you shall leave on the larboard side when you come in it is on the off-side very flat and good for to sound when you come from the northwards For to avoyd that when you come from the northwards edge off so far from the shoare that the red Cliffe come without the sand-hills or that you may see it plainely Then you may goe well over Haef-sand with a ship that is not of a very great draught Likewise when you come out at the channell of List and are bound to the northwards sayle so farre out that you may see the Cliffe and then you may goe over the foresayd sand which lyeth from the south end of Rem a good wayes into sea On the south side of the channell of List lye also two sands or banks alongst the shoare not very farre without the strand the innermost or northermost is called Barling-sand Barling sand and the outermost Rust or Rusting Rust or Rusting that lieth to the southwards almost thwart of the red Cliffe betwixt these sands and the strand of Silt goeth in the Land deep For to sail in there comming from the southwards you must seek betimes to the strand of List about the red cliffe because of the Rust which lyeth off from the north end of List a little without the strand When that you have the sounding of the shoare and are come somewhat within that red cliff there shall meet you a flat from the shoare which you must somewhat avoyd and then you may sound very well keep all alongst the foot strand there you can take no hurt of it From the Inner poynt of List shooteth off alsoo a little riffe where of you must take heed When that you are come within the Innermost poynt of List then you may anchor where you please If you will goe to Lutke Tonderen then leave that sand which lyeth to the southwards of Iuresand on the starboardside and runne through betwixt them both He that is bound to Hoesem or Silt over the Wad must leave that sand on the larboard side Upon Vooren stand two or three trees these you must keepe over the westermost church or steeple and run so alongst unto Vooren Betwixt the Rust and Barling-sand goeth a faire deep channell through called the New deepe right in alongst to the southwardes of Rock-sand Rocksand that is a shoale which lyeth to sea-wards of Rust and Barling-sand For to sayle in at that New-deepe bring the white cliffe upon Silt east and east and by north from you and run in so right with it and you shall fall right in the New-deep betwixt these two bankes leaving Rocksand or the Maber on the larboard side of you run in so alongst by Rust but come also no nearer to it then in foure fathom untill that you come into the Land-deep but comming against the shoare and getting shoaling of the strand run in alongst by the foot-strand on inwardes as is rehearsed in the description of the Land-deep Betwixt Haef-sand or Haes-sand and the Island of Rem goeth in yet a little Land deep of about a fathom a halfe water The Island Rem is three leagues long and very flat on the off-side so that you shall scarce see that land in 6 or 7 fathom Banck of at sea About eight or nine leagues a seaboard of the Island Silt lyeth another banck along the shoare of eight or 9 fathom and is about two leagues long about so long as the Island is Betwixt this Bancke and the Island it is thirteene fathom deepe being in nine fathom a sea-board the Island Silt then lyeth Holyland about south from you Knuyts-deep or Riper-deep From the channell of List to Knuyts or Ryper-deep the course is north and south about seven leagues but Ryper-deepe Holyland lye north somewhat westerily and south somewhat easterly one from the other for to sayle into Knuyts or Ryper-deep comming from the southwards run about by the flat of Rem and Manu towards the south end of Phanu called souther head or Souther-heigh and so you shall see two Câ—pes upon a drye sand somewhat to the southwards of Southerhead bring those Capes a little through one another to wit the innermost or longst a little or a hâ—ndspikes length to the northwards of the shortest or outermost and then they shall stand eastnortheast from you keep them so standing and sayle right in with them and so you shall finde the outermost buye lying on the north shoare in foure fathom in the channell called Old Ruper-deepe leave that buye on the larboard side and then goe inwards east and by north east and east and by south unto the second buye you must runne also about to the southwards of it for thwart of it commeth a shoale shooting off from the north shoare from the outermost Cape towardes the second buye which you must avoyd Or keepe the sounding of the south shoare called Coersand Coersand and run by your lead first east and by north then east and at last east and by south in by it you shall finde there upon the shoalest not lesse then ten foot at low water and common tyde there within it is again 6 7 and 8 fathom deepe Being past the Capes then luffe up to the northwards about the sand where the Capes stand upon and anchor there where you please there it is wide and broad and also deep and steepe so that there you can take no hurt The Ryper ships that are bound out doe lye there for to stay for a winde Behinde the Island Manu it is 6 and 7 fathom deepe there also men may ride from thence you may go up the deep to Rypen but not up alongst to Rype with great ships close to Rypen the deep endeth so that there is a shoaleneck betwixt both where there is no more then 6 foot depth With small ships you may also sayle about behind Rem towards Iursand there is a low water about 7 foot water
commeth alongst to the eastwards of Wero through the channell betwixt Wero Haters riffe and will saile to Roems let him go on due south and by east and then he shall runne alongst about an English mile to the eastwards of the Boltsack and fall with the land a little to the eastwards of Roems likewise hee that goeth from Roems or a little to the eastwards of it on north and by west hee shall fall betwixt Wero and Haters riffe right in the fareway Betwixt Roems and Fuynen you may run through in two fathom but with great shipps you cannot goe through there From the north end of Fuynen shooteth off a little riff about an English mile into sea About a league east and by north from Roems lyeth a shoale of 3 4 and 5 fathom which is steep and shoaleth up so suddenly that a man not knowing of it and finding it so by the lead should bee affrighted at it To the southwards of Roems in the land of Fuynen lyeth a little towne for to lade called Cartemonde Cartemonde The Haven goeth in from the eastwards and it is shoale on the west side there lye no buyes in the Havens mouth there is no more water then five six or sometimes seven foot From Roems to Spro the course is southeast 5 leag Betwixt Spro Spro and Knuytshead it is 12 13 fathom deep But betwixt Roems and Spro it is 10 11 fathom deep Even about to the southwards of the poynt of Knuytshead in Buyen lyeth the Haven of Nyburgh Nyburgh when you are about the poynt you runne right up to the towne about northwest a league there it is 6 and 7 fathom deep Men doe lye there with ships to the Kay and let their goods bee carried in what they will From Knuytshead to Langeland the course is southeast 4 leagues then you leave Spro lying on the starboard side From the southwest end of Spro shooteth off a little riffe which you must avoyd At the north end of Langeland lye the little Islands of the Frissell The Frissell which are round about very foule From Knuytshead to the Islands Tassing the course is south and south and by east foure leagues and then you leave the Frissell lying on the larboard side and run through betwixt the Frissell and Fuynen If you be bound to Swineburgh Swinburg then go from the Frissell to the southeast end of Fuynen on southsouthwest and you shall meet a little Island which you may runne about on both sides of it Through betwixt Tassing and that little Island or you may run alongst by the land of Fuynen untill that you come to the little Towne of Swineburgh which lyeth over against the Island of Tassing Over against the poynt of Fuynen lyeth a little Island called Olms Olmes then you must goe up to the westwards You may also runne about on the other side of Tassing and leave the Island Arr with the foule grounds which lye betwixt Arr and the southeast end of Fuynen on the larboard side of you it is no deeper upon these grounds then six foot Now when as that you shall come by the little Island Olms or by the southeast poynt of Fuynen then you must as before is said goe up to the westwards about the poynt of Fuynen towards Woburgh Upon the south side of these foresayd grounds goeth also a Deepe through west and west and by south through betwixt the grounds and the Island Arr upon this Island Arr lyeth a little Towne called Koping Koping This foule ground is 3 leag long and that Island Arr is also 3 leagues long they lye both of them east and west and the Munk Island lyeth at the end of these grounds before Woburgh in Fuynen which hath two riffes the one shooteth off from the southeast end east into sea the other from the north point northeast into the sea When you saile through to the northwards of these grounds to wit betwixt Fuynen and these grounds towards Woburgh you shall also meet with the foresayd Munk with another little Island or two more leave them lying on the larboard side and run all along by the land of Fuynen about west and west and by north Unto the poynt of Askens Askens which is about six leagues distant from the southeast poynt From the east poynt of Askens unto the little Island Toreu Toreu the course is west and by north and westnorthwest two leagues and to Areu westsouthwest 3 leagues these two little Islands lye one over against the other the one on the side of Jutland and the other on the side of Fuynen men runne through there betwixt 2 riffs which run off one against the other it is there 4 and 5 fathom deep To the northwards or westwards of Areu lyeth the Sound of Haddersleu Sound of Haddersleu which lyeth in about west and by south upon it lyeth the towne Haddersleu two leagues within the land From Areu or Toreu to Melversound the course is northnorthwest five leagues which you must run into from the southwards first westwards unto the sound of Coldingen Sound off Coldingē being a broad Sound which goeth a league into the land if you will goe through the Melversound you must leave it on the larboard side and goe up to the eastwards unto the towne of Melver where you come then againe into a crooked channell The Melversound goeth out to the northwards with a very crooked channell and you come out againe upon the broad water to the northwards of Fuynen as is before said You may also sail off from Areu into the sound of Aelsem alongst southsouthwest unto Apenrade Apenrade and then about behind the Island of Aelsems untill you come into the sound of Flesburgh The Melversound the little Island Areu lye southsoutheast and northnorthwest one from the other To saile out of the Aelsen sound from Areu or the Melversound then go from Areu or Toreu unto the Roen The Roe◠eastsoutheast 3 leagues and then through betwixt the Island and Fuynen that is alongst to the northwards of Roen for you can not goe about to the southwards of it The Roen is a bad and shoaly riffe shooting off from Aelsen whereunto it is fast the outer end of it lyeth dry like Anoutriffe From the Roen to Arr or Koping the course is east and by south 5 leagues From the south east end of Aelst shooteth off a great riffe towards Arr called the Poles riffe Poles riffe you must run betwixt Arr that riffe leaving two third parts of the water on the Aelsen side and one third part towards Arr runne on so with the south end of Langeland untill that you come against Copen From Arr to the south end of Langeland the course is eastsoutheast foure leagues And from the Poles riffe to the south end of Langeland the course is west west and by north six leagues You may run
the Hever northeast and southwest 8 leagues You may lye by the outermost buye in the Hever and see Holyland with cleare sight From Holyland to Ameren or Small-deep northnortheast somewhat easterly and southsouthwest somewhat westerly 10 leagues From Holyland to the deepe of Silt or List north and by east 17 leagues From Holyland to Knuyts-deep or Ryper-deep north and north and by east 23 leagues From Holyland to the horne or the Doodenbergh north and south 30 leagues From Knuyts-deep or the Island Phanu to the Flye southwest and by south 50 leagues From the Island Silt to the Fly northeast and southwest 46 leagues From the Doodenbergh or the Horne to the Haven or Numen or Rinkopper-deepe north and by west seven leagues From the Rinkopper-deep or the Haven of Numen to Boevenbergen north and by west about 10 leagues From the Doodenbergh to Boevenbergen the land of Iutland lyeth north and by west and south and by east 17 or 18 leagues From Boevenbergen to the Holmes northnortheast 9 leagues From the Holmes to Robsnot or Robbeknuyt northeast 9 or 10 leagues From Robsnot to Hartshals northeast and by east four leagues From Hartshals to the Scawe or Schaghen eastnortheast 8 leagues From Rinkopper or Numer-deep to the Fly southsouthwest or a little more westerly about 58 leagues From Boevenbergen alongst Iutland without the grounds unto the Elve or the outermost buy south by east about 48 leagues From Boevenbergen to Holyland south by east somewhat southerly about 43 leagues From Boevenbergen to the Flye or Borneriffe southsouthwest about 67 leagues From Boevenbergen to the north Forland southwest by south 118 or 120 leagues From Boevenbergen to the Holmes before Yarmouth southwest 93 leagues From Boevenbergen to Flambrough-head westsouthwest somewhat southerly 98 leagues From Boevenbergen to Scharbrough westsouthwest somewhat southerly 100 leagues From Boevenbergen to the River of New-Castle or Tynemouth west and by south about 106 leagues From Boevenbergen to Boecknes west and by north about 106 leagues From Boevenbergen to the Naze northwest and by north 24 leagues From the Riffe in sixteene fathom to the Fly south and by west 65 leagues From the riffe in eighteen fathom to the strait betwixt Callice and Dover southsouthwest about 120 leagues From the Hoâ—â—es to the Naze northwest about 19 or 20 leagues From the Holmes to Fleckery northwest and by north 19 leagues From the Holmes to Mardow north 27 leagues From the Holms to Longsound north and by east 35 or 36 leagues From the Holmes to Ferderoer northnortheast 40 leag From the Scawe to Tynemouth westsouthwest 130 leag From the Scawe to the Naze west 33 leagues From the Scaw to Fleckery west and by north 25 leag From the Scaw to Reperwick west and by north and northnorthwest 24 leagues From the Scawe to Mardowe northwest and by west 20 or 21 leagues From the Scawe to the Longsound northwest and by north or little more northerly 22 or 23 leagues From the Scawe to Ferderoer north and by west 23 leag From the Scawe to Otturen north and by east somewhat easterly 42 leagues From the Scawe to Maelstrand eastnortheast 13 leag From the Scawe to Nidinck east and by south 15 or 16 leagues From the Scawe to Waersbergen eastsoutheast 19 or 20 leagues From the Scaw to the Trendels southeast 8 leagues From the Scaw about a seaboard the Trendels southeast and by east 8 leagues From the Scaw to Lesou southsoutheast 8 leagues From Scaw to the Small Helmes south 4 leagues From the Scaw to Seabuy south and by west 5 leagues From the Helmes to Seabuy 2 leagues From Seabuy to Aelburger-deep south and by west 9 leagues From Aelburger-deep to Mariacker south and south and by west 4 leagues From Aelburger-deep to Stevenshead southeast and by south 9 leagues From Aelburger-deep to Haeslin southeast and by east 20 leagues From Stevenshead to Haeslin eastsoutheast 13 leagues From Stevenshead to the great Helme south and by west about 6 leagues From Stevenshead to the poynt of Ebeltud southsouthwest 7 or 8 leagues From Stevenshead to Syro southsoutheast and southeast and by south 9 leagues From the great Helme to Wero southsoutheast 4 leag From the great Helme to Sampso south 4 leagues From the south end of Ebeltud to Aerhuysen west and by south and westsouthwest 5 leagues From the road of Sampso to Ebelo south by west 5 leag From the south end of Sampso to the Island Ebelo the course is south-southwest and by south 4 leagues The northwest coast of Fuynen lyeth south-southwest and by west 8 leagues From Endelaw to Melversound south and by west 6 leag From Ebelo to Melversound southsouthwest somewhat southerly 5 leagues From Sampso to Roems southeast by south 6 leagues From Syro to Rosnes southsouthwest 5 leagues From by west Syro to Roems southsouthwest south and by west 9 leagues From Wero to Bultsack south and by west 4 great leag From Wero to Romps south and by east 8 leagues From Romps to Knuytshead south by east and southsoutheast 5 leagues From Knuytshead to Langeland southeast 4 leagues From Knuytshead to the Island Tassing south and south and by east 4 leagues From the southeast end of Fuynen the east poynt of Asken west and west and by north 6 leagues From the poynt of Askens to the little Island of Toreu westnorthwest and west and by north 2 leagues From Areu to Melversound northnorthwest 5 leagues From the poynt of Rusnes in Zealand to the Island Syro northnortheast and southsouthwest 5 leagues From Rusnes to Casseur southsoutheast 9 or 10 leag From Spro to Langeland south and south and by east 4 leagues From the north end of Langeland to the south end south 8 leagues From the south end of Langeland to the Island Arr the course is westnorthwest 4 leagues From the Island Arr or Koping to the Roen the course is west and by north 5 leagues From the Roen to the little Island Areu westnorthwest 3 leagues From Areu to Apenrade south and by west 5 leagues From the river of Apenrade to the Strait of Sonderburge 3 leagues From Sonderburgh to the Sley southeast and by east 4 leagues From the south end of Langeland to Femeren the course is southeast and by east 8 leagues From the Pools-riffe lying on the Island Aelst to Femeren the course is eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues From the Sleye to the Kiel southeast 4 leagues From Kiel to Femeren the course is east by north 8 leagues From Femeren to the Trawe of Lubeck southsouthwest 9 or 10 leagues From the Trave of Lubeck to Wismer-deepe the cours is first northeast by north and then eastnortheast in all 9 leagues From Rostick to Robbenes the course is northeast 4 leagues From Robbenesse to Doornbosch northeast and by east 7 leagues From Femeren to Wismerdeep southsoutheast seven leagues From Femeren to Rostick eastsoutheast 8 or 9 leagues From Femeren to Gester-riffe east by north 9
southerly or northerly windes and runneth somewhat far over westwardes into the bay must be very carefull and take heed there of because it is there abouts very uneven of depths uneven grounds and therefore you cannot wel come neare then by your lead but the Coast of Zealand you may come neare in 6 or 7 fathom by your lead If it should happen that you must lye by Depths in the Scawe reach in the Scawe reach in long darke nights or mistie weather then observe these directions following If you be betwixt the Scawe Lesou then you may keepe your self well bouldly to the southwards or westwards but use the lead much about the Helmes and the Scawe you may come neare the shoare into ten twelve or fiftteene fathom before you need to east about If you be by your reckoning thwart of Lesou you may come neare it in ten or fifteen fathom But if you be betwixt Lesou and Anout there you may runne upon the flats in five six seven eight or tenne fathom If you be betwixt Anout Haselin and Coll there you may runne to the south shoare in fifteene and sixteene fathom but betwixt Haselin and Zealand in ten or twelve fathom It is best in anie wise to keepe you rather to the south shoare then to the Norwaye side but you must be verie careful of your lead and use it verie much From Coll to the Island Haselin Haselin it is southwest and by west eight leagues you may sayle through betwixt Haselin and Zealand untill you come into the Belt the coast of Zealand is a faire strand but betweene Fishers village and the Castle Kronenburgh lyeth a banke a little halfe league from the shoare of two fathom and runneth with a riffe to the shoare and is foure fathom water as also to the westwards of Haselin there shooteth off a riffe to seawards which you must avoyd About eastsoutheast from Haselin goeth into the Land a great broad sound which without at the entrance of it is a great league broad there is good anchoring for a northwest winde in five or six fathom The Sound divideth it selfe within the land into three parts the first or the eastermost called Roskildifiourd Roskildifiourt goeth up southsoutheast unto Rockil the second called Isenvoort Isenvoort lyeth into the land south and south and by west at least 5 or 6 leagues unto Isickby and Holbeck within it is at least two leagues broad and in the middest lyeth a great Island The third lyeth to Draecksholme also at least five leagues southwest and northeast like the coast towards the Belt The Coast of Zealand betwixt Haselin and the Sound is a clean coast you may sayle alongst by the Land in six or seven fathom besides the foresayd riff which lyeth betweene Fishers village there is upon it but four fathom deep but come no nearer to it by night then twelve or thirteene fathom for at some places it is steep shoaleth up suddenly Where that little new church standeth thwart of it it is flat three and foure fathom and to the westwards of that wood which standeth to the westwards of Lapsand you may come in foure fathom by the shoare without taking hurt but comming neare Lapsand you must keepe further off from the shoare in seven or eight fathom or els you should get behinde the poynte of Lappesand Lappesand Lappesand lyeth about an English mile to the northwards of Elsenoore or the Castle of the Sound lying on the west side of the sayle way alongst the coast of Zealand For to avoyd Lappesand you must be carefull of these marks there standeth a house to the westwards of the Kings mill to the westwardes of the Castle of Cronenburgh keep the Chimney of that house to the westwards of the front of the Kings mill and then you can take no hurt of Lappesand then runne alongst by it in six seven or eight fathom so long untill that the east end of the Island Ween commeth a little without the castle of the Sound keepe that so standing and sayle so in sixe or seven fathom somewhat close alongst by the castle you may playnly see lying through the water all that can hurt you For to anchor behinde Lappesand If you will shift roads out of the Sound anchor behinde Lappesand then sayle thwart of the foresayd Kings house called the Caux or Kings mill so that it doe stande about south or south and by west or south and by east from you anchor there in six seven or eight fathom there it is good lying out of the current and sand ground but if you will anchor in twelve thirteen or fourteen fathom there it is soft ground and there goeth a strong current with southerly or southeast windes but you lye there better in more roome for to sayle inwardes againe if it should happen that the winde did suddenly shift out to the northwest It happened once to one of may acquaintance that had anchored somewhat to the eastwards of the Kings-mill in sixe or seven fathom and the winde did shift in the night to the northwest when they weighed their anchor the shippe fell towards the land before they could get the ship about before the winde they did runne in three fathom over the poynt of Lappesand From Coll to Elsenure or the Sound the course is southeast southeast and by south four or five leagues About halfe wayes betwixt Coll and Elsenburgh lye the Swyneboden Swineboden which are some foule rocks and suncken rockes which lye off to seawards a good wayes from the land but when you sayle towardes the Sound comming from Col then keep the Island Ween hidden behinde the Castle Cronenburch and then you cannot sayl foul of the foresayd Swyneboden when that you are past them then runne in amidst the channell for to avoyde Lappesand or els if you bring the east end of Ween then again right without the castle or keepe in seven or eight fathom from the Sealands side you can not take hurt of Lappesand For to avoyd Lapposand when you are come within the castle you may anchor where you please The shippes doe commonly anchor all alongst by the land untill to the southwards of Elsenure there it is fifteen sixteen fathom deep but with a southeast winde it is bad lying there Towards the Island Ween lyeth a banck of eight or nine fathom it is better lying there but it is somewhat farre from the land For to sail out of the Sound When you will sail out of the Sound towards Coll are come to the end of Lappesand then goe northwest and by west for to avoyd the Swyneboden untill that Coll be northnortheast from you then goe boldly northwest and by north or northnorthwest according as the wind shall be for with a northeast winde you must runne out northnorthwest very close alongst by Col for to sayl a weather of the Riffes of Anout and Lesou
the Sisters lying from Farder east northeast about 7 leagues When you will sayle in there you must leave the sharp poynt on the larboard side within lyeth a round rock which you may sayl about on both sides thwart of it is good anchor ground North from this rock lyeth a great Bay fit for ships to lye in that tarrie for a winde within lyeth also a round rock Men do run in alongst by the west land which lyeth in first north about the Island northnortheast they leave the Island on starboard side run in northnorthwest by the west land To the eastwards of Graswijcke also betwixt the Sisters Akersound lyeth Shiphill that is a Haven where men lade Spars and fat wares From the Sisters The Sister unto Bast the course is northwest and by west five leagues Behind the Sisters to the southwards of the poynt of Roge lyeth the haven of Elffang 5 leagues When you come off from Farder you goe must distant from the Island Farder northeast and by east five leagues When you come off from Farder you must run through within the rocks which lye within the Sisters untill you come against the land there you shall find a great gray rock which you must leave on the larboard side and the small rocks that lye there within on the starboard side and then alongst about by the west-land then the haven opens it self which is narrow within flatt and soft ground When you sayle from Farder or Bast unto Soen-water you shall meet with a red poynt betwixt the Soen-water and the Copperwycke He that is bound into Soen-water must run alongst to the eastwards of it but he that is bound into Copperwycke must goe up alongst to the westwards of it and leave it on the starboard side When that you come within the Lams you shall espie a little Church upon the west-west-land there is the lade place of the Copperwycke Copperwijcke you may sayl up from thence to Brakenes On the north or east side lyeth Holmsound from Farder to the poynt of Roge the course is northnortheast five leagues At the east end of Roge you may anchor there is a playn strand you may run through betwixt the Roge Roge. the Calf but anchor under Fletto then you must run through within the two small rocks From the Island Farder to the Soen-water Soen-water the course is north somewhat easterly but from Bast north and by east The Soen-water lyeth in most north Upon it lye many havens and lade places most on the starboard side as you come in First there is Mos-sound a Haven that goeth up to the eastwards and then there is Wykestee Wykestee which is a bight behind an Island afterwards Shiphill Ship-hill a sandbay and a very good road that goeth so up alongst to the northwards into Anslo and then it runneth about to the southwards into the Bottom Custen van NOORWEGEN van Der Neus tot aen de Pater noster oock hoe de seluige Landen van Iutlant gelegen zyn The Laerwyck Laerwyck is a great broad Sound where are many Bights and Lade-places where men may lye and lade Firretimber From the east poynt lyeth off a great rane of rocks a good wayes oft southeast and by east into sea and run in almost halfe the Sound called the Larwykes Swines where of men must take heed Within in this Sound it is flat water and shoale so that farre within no great ships can lye a float A league to the eastwards of the Nesse or east poynt of the Longsound Stavange lyeth Stavange they are ome out-rockes where men may sayle within on both sides to the eastwards of it lyeth the Sound of Laerwyck For to sayle into the Nesse The Nesse that is on the north side behinde the eastermost poynt of Longsound you must run through betwixt the great rock whereupon the Warder standeth and the land of old Longsound leaving the foresayd rocks on the starboard side and so alongst about that rough Island untill you come into the Nesse which lyeth behinde a chindle strand there you shall lye under a chindle of rockes like red sand There lye also some little rockes thwart of that chindle This is a good handsome haven and light for to come into there it is four and twenty and five and twenty fathom deep The Longsound is one of the fairest havens of all Norway and lyeth northnortheast from Jofferland distant one great league Before old Longsound lyeth a high round rocke whereupon standeth a great round Warder Coninxhaven for knowledge of this haven Coninxhaven that is the southermost or westermost channell of the Longsound goeth in betwixt the westermost through poynt and Conings Island and then men run alongst to the eastwards of the Baers which lyeth off from the foresayd rough poynt For to sayle in there you must run in amid channell and anchor in the Coningshaven in eight and twenty and thirty fathom For to sayle through within Iofferland from Westkiell the Sound lyeth through the channell first northeast and northeast and by north and then eastnortheast and afterwards againe northeast and then you come to a place where the sound is somewhat broader there lyeth a suncken rock which you must leave on the starboard side and edge to the north shoare Being past that you shall come againe in a very narrow sound which lyeth through most northeast and is at some places so narrow that the yard armes doe almost touch the rockes Being through that narrow place you must goe northeast and by east and eastnortheast untill you come thwart of the Longsound then you may sayle in there northnorthwest Road Behinde Iofferland or sayle into the sea as you wil Behinde Jofferland you may also anchor in fifteen or twenty fathom From the Baers unto the northermost rocks of Jofferland that is the southermost or westermost point of Longsound the course is southsouthwest a great league going southsouthwest from with out the Baers The Baers then you shall find a third part of water to Jufferland or shoale which you see quite under water about seven foote Betwixt them both lye two havens Eastkiell and Abbefoord men sayl in there to the eastwards of the out-rocks of Jofferland From these foresayd northermost out-rocks of Jofferland unto Eastkiell it is northwest about a league but to Abbefoort northnorthwest and north and by west also a league Men may comming from the southwards or from Westkiell Westkiel sayle through within Jofferland into Eastkiell or Abbefoort When you come before Westkiel you may see within the land three high hills and also the high land of Long-sound lying northwards from you that land is altogether very easy to be knowne he that seeth it once and takes regard of it shall know it very wel another time when he commeth thereabouts A league to the eastwards of Sandvoort lyeth the haven of
Westkiell a little to the eastwards of it lyeth Jofferland For to sayle into Westkiel Iofferland you must leave all the great rocks which lie off from Jofferland on the starboard side and all the foresayd little rocks of Sandvoort and also a white holme whereupon a mast standeth on the larboard side and run in first northwest and afterwards northnorthwest and at last north untill you come about the west poynt and then you must edge up northwest to the north side of the Islands which ly within the haven there is a Vosse or an Overfall of water there you may anchor in twenty or five and twenty fathom Thwart of Sandvoort lyeth a banck at sea which at some places is not deeper then three or four fathom and lyeth alongst to the eastwards untill thwart of Westkiell A great league to the eastwards of Sandvoort lyeth Longen For to saile in there you must leave all the little rocks on the starboard side and run so alongst by the land untill you come within the Long-holms which remain on the larboard side and then right into the Bight This is a faire haven men come into it from the eastwards When you are before Oxefordt and Longen Markes of Oxeford Longē Longhen then the Drommels lie about westnorthwest from you A league to the eastwards of Oxeford lyeth Longen before it lieth a little round Island or rock on the east side of the haven upon which standeth a mast with a barrell upon a Warder For to sayle in there you must run in close by that land where the Warder with the barrell standeth upon close alongst by the Warder but there standeth a hand on the starboard side of the havens mouth which poynteth that there lyeth thwart of it a suncken rock under water there you must edge somewhat off from the shoare Being within there you may run to the eastwards againe into sea and come out in the Sound of Sand-voordt About a league to the eastwards of Trom-sound lyeth the haven of Oxeford Oxeford which is a great broad and large Sound lying in first without betwixt the rock north Without in the comming into the westwards of the havens mouth lyeth a long rock which you must leave on the larboard side and somewhat past that long rock lyeth a suncken rock which you must leave on the starboard side and run in still north unto the west poynt of the land thwart where of lyeth a suncken rock which you must avoyd when that you come then within the west poynt you must sayle in northwest and northwest and by north and anchor on the north side of the haven there it is wide and broad with many bights where you may anchor every where in twenty and five and twenty fathom About halfe a league to the eastwards of Maerdow standeth a little white Church upon the sea side to the eastwards of it goeth in the Trom-sound Trom-sound being a faire Sound Without in the comming in stand on the east or northside two Warders upon a high hill you must sayle in by them and thwart of them you may also anchor and from thence you may sayle in further behind the Island Trom and the land of Maerdow untill you come into the Sound of Maerdow When the Drommels are northwest and northwest and by north from you Marks of Maerdow then you are right thwart of Maerdow If you run in so out of the sea right with the Drommels you shall fall right with Maerdow that is a certain mark to know whether you be thwart of Maerdow or to the eastwards or the westwards of it but when you are close before the land or before the havens mouth you cannot see the Drommels because they are then hidden of the cliffeland To anchor under the Island there is the shoalest water but with a northwest or northnorthwest winde it is not so good to come from thence as out of the haven but with an easterly winde it is better to set sail from thence and to get into sea The Haven of Maerdow Warder of Maerdow in the Haven Trom. North or north by east Mieuholmes N. or n. w. by north Island Maerdow The eastergat lyeth in westsouthwest there lyeth a suncken rock on the starboard side when you sayle in therefore you must run in close by the Island It is not deeper there in the gat or channell then three fathom but being come within it you shall finde it deeper you may anchor there under the Island in twelve or thirteen fathom or you may run up to the westwards into the Sound as is beforesayd For to sail into Maerdow through within the Mewholmes With a bare winde or otherwise you may sayle also in to this wester-gat of Maerdow to the westwards of Miewholmes thus To the westwards of the southermost Miewholme not farre from it lye two little rocks even above water and a little further off from in two other rockes which are somewhat greater you must runne in amidst the channell through betwixt them leaving the two smallest lying on the starboard side and the two greatest on the larboard side that channell lyeth through most north and north and by east Being come to the end of the Miewholmes you may sayle up either towards the northeast behinde the Island Maerdow or westwards into the Haven as is beforesayd There goeth sometimes a good tyde out of this Haven and the westerly windes doe blow commonly out of this channell betwixt the high lands therefore he that will come in here with a westerly winde must be very carefull and keep up his top sailes or els he should lightly not be able to get the haven but drive out of it against his will Thwart of the west end of the Island Maerdow Maerdow lyeth a suncken rock under water whereof you must take heed when you sayle in thus to the eastwards of the Mieuholmes When you are come within the foresayd west poynt or the Island Maerdow you may runne up towards the northeast behind it anchor in 12 or 13 fathom or sayle up towardes the northnorthwest into the Sound anchor there on the west side in 16 14 or 12 fathom according as you sayle farre in In the going into the Sound or haven it is 34 fathom deep The Island Maerdow standeth upon the top of it full of trees and round about it are all bare rockes On each side of the Island goeth in a channell The wester gatt or channell goeth into the westwardes of the Island and the easter gatt to the eastwardes of it For to sayle into the wester gatt you must leave the Mewholmes they are a fow rocks and Islands to the westwardes of the Island of Maerdowe on the larboard side and the Island on the starboard side and run in so betwixt them both northwest and by north but with a southwest wind you must sayle in northwest Upon the northermost Miewholme standeth a Warder To
Lexen is a baye before which lyeth a round rock making it there within a faire haven called the haven of Lexen the best haven of al the Liet Iohn Geurtson Boogart of Amsterdam hath at this owne charges for the commoditie of ships that come there caused to be made a great Iron ring men doe anchor either to the eastwardes or to the westwardes of the foresaid rock where they will in sixe seven or eight fathom and bring a hawser on the foresayd Ring the further men doe runne into the Bight betwixt the Rocke and the land the shoaler it is but all clean and clear ground Road under north Lexen At the norther end of norther Lexen is also a place where is good anchor ground fitt for to make road in Over against the haven of Lexen lyeth another haven called Moltow Moltow where the ships doe oftentimes anchor in the Harvest or beginning of the winter for to set sayle with an east winde because they can hardly get to sayle from Lexen with easterly winds A league to the southwards or to the westwards of these havens of Lexen and Moltow on the south shoare lyeth a little Island whereupon standeth a Warder called Swanholm Swanholm which men may sayle round about under that little Island it is good anchoring as wel for them which are bound to the eastwards as to the westwards in 4 or 5 fathom good clean sand ground The south side of the Liet off from Schaerswyke alongst to Hegwyke which is a league and a half two leagues by west the poynt of Agenes is most cleane with little fowle grounds but from Hegwyke alongst to Agenes the coast is fowle and rocky The north side alongst by Hitteren is also indifferent cleane except at the north end lye some rocks called the Terlingen which lye somewhat off to the southwards from the shoare into the Liet A little to the eastwards of Hemnesioird Hemnefioird over against Hemneschell an Orchard upon a high land there the Liet is at the narrowest no more then a halfe quarter of a league broad Hemnesfioird lyeth over against the north end of Hitteren it is a bay where many Sawes doe stand abundance of good Deales are cut laden To the northwards or eastwardes of the Terlingen at the north end of Hitteren in betwixt Hitteren and Lexen lyeth a haven called Deepsound Deepsound the Norway Barks comming from the southwards run in there along behind Lexen to the northwards From Lexen to the poynt of Agenes Agenes on the south side or to Euriland on the north side the Lieth lyeth alongst eastnortheast and northeast by east 3 leag Agenes is the northermost point of the Lieth you must go about by it when you are bound to Dronten Betwixt Norther Lexen Euriland lye two Islands the southermost is called Fossen Fossen the northermost Garten Garten to the southward of Fossen you may sail through alongst into the sea but not without a Pilot. For to sayle from Lexen to Agenes run alongst by the north shoare which is the cleanest the south shoare is fowle A cables length or a cables length and a halfe to the westwards of the poynt Agenes lyeth a suncken rock not farre from the shoare For to avoid it more other danger keepe alongst by the north shoare but take heed that you run not in to no bights or bayes so long untill that you can see the houses upon Agenes then sayl towards it then you shall not sayle within any dangers on the south shoare On the point of Agenes is also a great Iron Ring for to moore the shipps to there by it is deeper and steepe off-going sowle ground For to anchor there you must bee very close by the shoare before you shall finde ground then you must make a cable fast on the foresayd Ring close to the shoare it is about five of sixe fathom deep fowle ground On the north side of the Liet over against the poynt of Agenes lyeth Euriland Euriland a flat fayre greene land upon it standeth a little white Church about an English mile off from the shoare within the land almost like the little Church of Edou thwart of it is a good road cleane flat rising sand clay ground men doe commonly anchor there thwart of the first beakon in seven eight or nine fathom good clay ground 16 17 or 18 fathom men lye farre from the shoare With contrary windes or that men can not come about Agenes or taken with the night they doe anchor most commonly there By Agenes there runneth out alwayes a great strong current to the westwardes by reason the lands from thence to the southwardes on both sides are very high and the winde being southerly falleth there betwixt then both alwayes strong to the northwards men can not in sayling up get any thing there with turning to windewards but in sailing off they may get much by the current with turning to windewards A little about the point of Agenes on the starboard side is a great Bay called Salva Salva wherein is good anchor ground good lying but with northerly winds it is verie hard to come out there for those that are bound out or to the westwards From Agenes to the poynt of Rooberg the Liet lyeth southsoutheast about three leagues About halfe wayes or somewhat more on the west side lies another bay called Lenswycke where men may have roade Roobergh Roobergh is a somewhat flat poynt to the eastwards or to the northwards about this poynt is good road in sixe or seven fathom Roade A good wayes from the shoare to the westwards of the poynt the Norway Barks doe oftentimes anchor but the ground there is not cleane and therefore it is no good road for great ships Over against Roobergh lye divers Bayes and havens as Urkedal Bursen Bursen Bodwyke Bodwyke and other more where many Deales are cut and laden Rivier van Londen Pascaarte van ENGELANT Van t' Voorlandt tot aen Blakeney waer in te sien is de mont vande Teemse About a bow-shot northeast from the Holm lye two suncken rockes which at low water are uncovered When as they are even covered with the flood then you may saile in over the shoalest of the Barre into the Elf with a ship that draweth 11 foot To saile into the Elf of Dronten it is Pylots water there stand commonly two or three masts for beakons but there is no certainty of them that men may trust unto for they are oftentimes shifted sometimes they stand on the east side sometimes on the west side and also sometimes on both sides When you come a ships length or two within the beakons you shall come to a chindely poynt on the starboard side by which you must luff up to the Kay upon the Barre it falleth with a spring tyde almost dry but within it is deeper Of the
Island Kilduyn and the River of Kola somewhat nearer the River than the Island lyeth a haven called Bliesna Silensi Bliesna Silensi that is so say the next to Silensi there you sayle in by a round reddish Hommock being come within it you must edge up to the westwards so that the haven is altogether shut and that you can see no sea you may anchor there so deepe or shoale as you will it is there every where cleare and cleane white sandy ground and somewhat oazye and soft there you may also without feare sayle on against the shoare in the oaze and so may save a shippe without anchor or cables The Island Kilduyn Kilduyn is about two leagues long and one league broade and lyeth westnorthwest and eastsoutheast alongst the land like as also the channell betwixt the Island the maine land which is at some places about a halfe league broade and at some places narrower but all over very deepe and cleane About the middest yet nearest the cast end is a faire close road betwixt two poynts that lye out towards the maine land there men lye under the Island close to the shoare before the Laps tents under the eastermost poynt which is a low playne poynt in twelve thirteene or fourteene fathom sand-ground more to the southwards it is very deepe you shall soone have fifty and sixty fathom For to go into Kilduyn from the westwards If you will goe to anchor under Kilduyn comming from the northwards or the westwards then runne about by the west end in betwixt Kilduyne and the mayne land When you are come somewhat within you shall espy a little round Island there the Channell beginneth to be narrow yet it is broade enough for to turne to windwards through sayle forth towards the southeast end untill you come in betwixt those two poynts and run to the foresayd low poynt and anchor there within the bight before the cabbens so neare to the land as you please there you lye landlockt for all winds as if you lay within a towne in a close haven For to saile in from the eastwards For to sail into Kilduyn from the eastwards you must sayle in to the westwards by the east end so long untill that you come by the foresayd low poynte of the Island then edge up about it to the northwards and runne into the foresayd bight before the Cabbens and anchor there in twelve thirteene and fourteene fathom that is the chiefest roade At the north and east end of Kilduyn betwixt the Island and the maine land there is also a very good roade in eight tenne or twelve fathom where men may lye sheltered for all winds Thereabouts is on the Island a good water place there the water commeth running off from the high land there men may goe lye by it and fill their caskes lying in the boate You may also anchor under the maine land betwixt the narrow and the Roade of Kilduyn at the place where the anchor standeth marked in the Carde At the east end of Kilduyn lyeth also a Fishers village called Kammen at a high poynt which is called the Sacrifice poynt From the Island Kilduyn to the poynt Tiribiry the course is southeast and by east about five leagues betwixt them is a great bay In this bay a great league from Kilduyn lyeth a high Island called Bliesna Olinie Bliesna Olinie which is the next or the nearest Olinie behinde it under the mayne land nearest the south end of the Island is a good road where three or foure ships may lye very well The lyeth a round hill or high Hommock upon the maine land which sheweth out above all the other hommockes and is very easy to be knowne upon which standeth a high crosse of two crosses one above the other to the northwards off it lyeth a flat poynt thwart of it lye some rocks alongst the shoare which at high water are covered At the south end of the Island Olinie a little from land lyeth a rock almost even with the water but you may alwayes see it well by the breaking of the water To the Northwards of the Island about an English myle lyeth a rock not farre from land and also to seawards from it a suncken rocke which you cannot goe over at low water Hee that will comming from the northwards goe to anchor behinde Olinie must runne a good wayes to the eastwards of this foresayd rocke alongst to the northwards of the Island for to avoid the foresaid rocke Being come behinde the Island you shall espy the foresayd round hommock with the crosse you must not runne past the crosse but leave it on the larboard side and sayle inclose by it for to avoyd the foresayd rockes which lye off from the flat north poynt the poynt with the crosse is very cleane and so steepe that you might lye with a ship on against the shoare without any hurt He that will come into this Road from the southwards let him run alongst by the coaste which is very cleane untill past the foresayd poynt with the crosse and edge up close about by it as is beforesayd Men doe anchor within the poynt in seven sixe five foure and three fathom deepe or shoale as they will there goeth no grown sea at all About halfe wayes betwixt the Island Olinie and Tiribiry Tiribiry is another haven or great Bay where men may lye landlockt for all winds Tiribiry is a great River and off-water where is a great Salmon fishing there men may goe in with great shippes and anchor every where within it where they will in good sandy-ground it lyeth in most south and afterwards more westerly the eastermost poynt lyeth out more to seawards than the other so that it maketh a bay where men ride under for a northwest winde Two leagues to the southwards of Tiribiry lyeth Waronia which is a great sand-bay or haven with at the mouth is narrow but within it is a broad Sound there is also an off-water where is also much Salmon caught Within this bay it is every where good anchoring shoale water and cleane ground Before the mouth of this haven lye three little Islands behinde them is also good road Two leagues or two leagues a halfe to the southwards of Waronia lyeth a Gabriele Gabriele a tyde haven which falleth dry within so that men may goe over there dry at low water it floweth there twelve foot up and downe a southsouthwest moone maketh high water on this coast In the mouth of this haven lye three Islands two on the north side which are the lowest and one on the south side that is the highest you must runne neerest the southermost when as you will sayle in there being come within the Islands you must edge up to the northwards behinde the two northermost Islands and anchor there on the north side of the haven there it is seven and eight fathom deepe cleane ground About a
league to the southwards of Rinde is another great Bay or haven before it lye two little high Islands upon the northermost standeth a great crosse you may sayle in there about on both sides off these little Islands and also through betwixt them and anchor where you will in fifteene twelve eight or five fathom deep or shoale according as you saile farre in lye there sheltred for all windes but when the winde is hard out of the sea thwart upon the shoare there will come in somewhat a rowling sea but there can goe no great sea that can hurt you A little to the northwards of this haven lyeth a low long Island close to the shoare whereby you may also know this coast you may sayle through betwixt this foresayd Island the maine land without any danger From this haven to the Seven Islands are foure great leagues A little to the northwards of the end of the seven Islands lyeth a faire great sand-bay where is also good anchoring for southerly and southeast windes but not for easterly winds with a northeast or sea wind it is bad lying there for there is no shelter for them men doe anchor there in twenty fifteene or twelve fathom according as they lye far or neare to the shoare The Ruffes call this Bay the Golden Bay Golden Bay because the strand is of red sand On all these foresayd coasts a southwest northeast moone maketh high water like as on the former The seven Islands Seven Islands lye all of them alongst the shoare the first or northermost is farre the greatest of all a high Island The foure northermost follow close one to the other and lye about an English mile or a shot of a cast peece a little more or lesse off the land so that men may sayle there through betwixt The fifth is a little round Island and lyeth nearer to the land there you cannot runne through within it which is fast to the land with a shoale of rocks whereof some lye above and some under water The two southermost lye a good wayes to the southwards of the fifth betwixt them the mayne land you may alse sayle through you may also runne through in out betwixt these same Islands every where except betwixt the second and third off from the northwards betwixt them both it is fowle The first Island Betwixt these Seven Islands and the mayne land goeth a strong tyde as well of flood as of ebbe whereof men must be very carefull Betwixt the northermost and the mayne land is a good road thwart of the south end of the Island under the maine land there is a faire sand-bay with an off-water where is much Salmon to be caught but it is not there used A little to the northwards of this Sand-bay lyeth a little Island betwixt the great Island and the coast men doe anchor to the southwards of that little Island thwart of the sand-bay in seven six five or foure fathom so shoale as they will there is a very even sand-ground rising so even as if it were planed Over against the foresayd bay men may make road under the south poynt of the Island thwart of a little bay there they bring a hawser on land and an anchor to seawards in nine-tenne fathom there they lye somewhat more out off the tyde then in the bay over against it Betwixt this great Island and the coast is about two third parts of the channell towards the mayne land flat rising ground and the other third part towards the Island Deep the neerer the Island the deeper unto 18 and 19 fathom About halfe wayes betwixt that foresayd little round Island and the north poynt of the gratest Island stand on the mayne land some little Lappish houses or a little village Betwixt the second and third Island Second third Island or nearest thwart of the second to tell from the northwards lyeth yet a little village thwart of it is a bay where men may anchor in tenne or twelve fathom all cleane sand-ground but with a south wind there commeth in a rowling Sea but with northerly winds it is very good lying there Thwart of the fourth Island The 4 Island on the mayne land is also a sand-bay where is also good road in seven or eight fathom for a northwest or north wind but with an east winde it is there bad lying that bloweth there in open through betwixt the fourth and fifth Island Even at the end of the seven Islands is a great Indraught or bay which the Russes call the Shipper The Shipper which is narrow at the comming in but within indifferent large wide within it is good road in twelve eight foure fathom clean rising ground but with a northeast wind it is bad lying there that bloweth there flat in About nine leagues to the southwards of the Seven Islands lyeth a poynt called Siornenos that is to say Blackpoynt it is so called because it is very black to see to there within it the land is high and goeth downwards low towards this poynt almost as Swetenoes At this poynt the land beginneth to alter informe to the northwards of it the coast is altogether high but to the southwards of it all low and even land so that thereby you may know when you sayle alongst this coast whether you be to the northward or to the southwards of this black point A little to the northward off this poynt lyeth a high and great Island a halfe league long which the Russes call Noock Ostrove Noock Ostrove which is the Nayle Island behinde it is very good roade you must run in there from the southwards from the northwards you cannot come in there behind it The north end is fast to the mayne land with a bancke or strake of sand which lyeth most part above water you may sayle in there so farre behinde it as you will and anchor in ten eight six or foure fathom the further that you sayle in the shoaler it is it is very good lying there and sheltered for all winds From the Siornenos or the black poynt to Evanekrist Evanekrist it is southsoutheast foure leagues that is a poynt with many crosses under it you may make good roade for southerly winds From Evanekrist to Kletna Kletna are yet three or foure leagues this is a poynt whereupon stand also many crosses it lyeth out a little but not so much as Evanekrist there you may have also road for southerly winds but not for seawards From this poynt to the Islands of Swetenoes or Jockena Island of Jockena it is two leagues Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places At Kilduyn an eastsoutheast moone maketh the highest water At Seven Islands a southeast moon maketh highest At Swetenoes a south and north Moone maketh high water Alongst the coastes to the eastwards of the north cape the floods come out of the northwest and
no certaine tyde Of the Depths and grounds bot to the eastwards and westwards of Waygats All the coast alongst off from Candenoes unto Waygats men doe finde a flat rising ground the most part sand and soft ground he that must sayle there in misty weather must know that in 8 or 9 fathom depth he is 4 or 5 leagues from the coast but when it is 30 35 or 40 fathom then he is farre enough from the land So it is alongst Nova Zembla and also over the east side of Waygats but when you come before the Strait it will be shoaler by little and little How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Swetenoes untill 3 leagues past Lombascho southsoutheast 16 leagues From thence to Orlogenes south 9 leagues From Orlogenes to the 3 Islands south 3 leagues Pas caarte van̄ WITTE-ZEE begrypende de custen van Laplandt van Warsiga tot aen Kandalox en de cust van Corelia tot aen de Riviere Dwina Caerte van ARCHANGEL ofte de Rivier de Duina soo wel van't Nieuwe al 's 't Oude diep From the three Islands to Ponnoy southwest and by south 3 leagues From the three Islands to the Crosse-Island Sousnowits southwest and southwest and by south 10 leagues From the Crosse-Island to Catsnose or the gray poynt southwest 20 leagues From the Gray poynt to the River of Arch-Angel south and by west 14 leagues From the Crosse-Island to Warsiga westsouthwest and west and by south 24 leagues From Orlogenes to the cape de Candenoes the course is northeast 47 leagues From Candenoes to the Island Colgoye east and by south 26 leagues From Candenoes to Swelgenoes s e. by e. 29 leagues From Candenoes to the Island Morsonewits s e 13 leag From Candenoes to Tussara it is eastsoutheast 7 leag From Colcova to Pitsana east and by north 7 leagues From Pitsana to Pitsora e. and east and by north 13 leag From Pitsora to Waygats the course is about north east and by east 38 or 40 leagues From Catsnose to the Islands of Solofky west or somewhat more southerly 37 leagues From Candenoes to Costintsarck in Nova Zembla n. e. and by east about 83 leagues From the east end of Colgoyen to Waygats e. 80 leag From Pitsora to the east end of Colgoyen w.n.w. 43 l. Heights The poynt of Catsnose or the Graye poynt lyeth in 65 degrees S. Nicholas or the River of Archangell in 64 degrees 30 minutes Cape Candenoes 69 degrees 30 minutes The Island Colgoya in 69 degrees 10 minutes The River of Colgoya Pitsana and Pitsora lye in 68 degrees 30 minutes Waygats or the Straite of Nassow lyeth in 69 degrees 43 minutes How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Orlogenes Third poynt Second poynt First poynt Swetenoes Sconce Thus sheweth the land betwixt Swetenoes and Orlogenes as you sayle alongst by it The sixth Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Sea-Coastes of the whole White Sea FRom the blew poynt to the river of Arch-Angell the course is south and by west thirteene leagues When as you sayle so towards the rivers you shall then first espy the land a good wayes to the westwards of S. Nicholas it ariseth in a long strake and then there riseth more land towards the River as if it where a round Island afterwards you shall see the steeple of S. Nicholas when that standeth south and by west and southsouthwest from you then you are open before the mouth of the River of Arch-Angell For to sail into the River of Arch-Angel If you wil sayle in there then bring the steeple of S. Nicholas a shippes length and a halfe or two shippes lengths to the eastwards of the Crosse sand-hill keepe them so standing and sayle right with them untill that the wood within come midwayes in the middlemost Podessemske goe on the southwest and by south southwest for to saile a weather of the taile or shoale which shooteth off from the east shoare when as then the wood within that is the wood upon the northeast poynt of the River commeth to the southermost of the two woods which stand upon the middlemost Island or the Poedessemske then you are in the mouth of the channell right upon the shoalest of the Barre the markes of the east tayle are when the wood commeth halfe wayes betwixt the southermost and the middlemost Podessemske when the poynt of the southermost Podessemske is southsoutheast somewhat southerly from you then you are without the poynt of the west grounds If you bring that poynt more easterly from you you can take no hurt of that poynt When you are entred the channell then goe as is beforesayd southwest and by south and southwest untill that the steeple of S. Nicholas come a shipps length by west the Crosse sand-hill then further take the sounding of the west shoare and runne in by it towards the foot strand and alongst close by it without going off from it untill that you come thwart of the white place or spot on the west shoare about the place where it standeth marked in the Card with A. Edge over then from thence east and by south and eastsoutheast right to the poynt of the Wood on the east shoare and on southeast in alongst by the east land close alongst by the shoare but thwart of the two Islands which lye on the starboard side it is a good wayes alongst the east shoare somewhat foule shoale where of you must take heed but go all alongst by the east shoare untill that you come by the first River on the larboard side edge then over again to the west shoare alongst southsouthwest untill you come to the bight there it is shoale water on the east side When you are come in the bight then goe on eastsoutheast afterwards east by south towards the Stonereach Stone-reach sail through there amidst the channell alongst by the buyes which lye in the middest of the deepe it is on both sides of the buyes uneven and rugged When as you come against the Stonereach there standeth a Fishers house upon the west shoare by the little River that runneth into the land at the north end or west end of the Stonereach thwart of that foresayd house lyeth a great stone under water which you may sayle about on both sides it lyeth about the middest of the fareway as you come sayling on men saile commonly about to the westwards of it all alongst by the west shoare like as also through the Stonereach for the west side is deepe enough at some places somewhat soft ground but the east shoare is full of rocks When as you are past the buyes then you must keepe off againe somewhat from the shoare There was wont to lye a little Island at the end of the Stonereach but that is of late yeares altogether scowred away with the Ice When as you are now through the Stonereach the course is first southeast
to the Gouba to the eastwards of Ombay northnortheast 3 leagues From Ombay to Kandalax northwest by west 13 leag From Catsnose to the Islands of Solofky west or somewhat more southerly 37 leagues From Catsnose to Warsiga northwest and by west 16 or 17 leagues From Catsnose to Polongi northwest and by north 23 l. From the Islands of Solofky to Ombay in Lapland north 32 or 33 leagues From Solofky to Warsiga eastnortheast 32 leagues From Solofky to Pologni northeast by east 50 leagues Heights S. Nicholas or the River of Archangell in 64 degrees 30 minutes The Island of Solofky in 65 degrees 10 minutes Ombay in 66 degrees 45 minutes Pas-caert van IAN MAYEN EYLANT Verthoonde alle de ghelegentheyt van alle bayen inbochten diepten en en drooghten Pas-caerte van SPITSBERGEN met alle haer Rivieren havens bayen sanden en droogten al 's mede Hoemen C. de Uytkyck op Spits-bergen van de Noord Caap en Beeren Eylandt bezeylen sal Pascaerte van GROEN-LANDT Yslandt Stract Davids en Ian Mayen eylandt hoemen de sebâ—ige van Hitlandt en de Noort custen van Schotlandt en Yrlandt-beseylen mach THE THIRD BOOK Of the new LIGHTING COLOMNE OR SEA-MIRROVR OF THE EASTERN and NORTHERN NAVIGATION Containing The Description of Yce-land Green-land or the Straits of David likewise the situation of John Mayens Island and Spits-bergen Also the situation of Candenoes eastward through Wey-gats to the Tartarish or Yce-Sea The first Demonstration Wherein Is shovved the passages betvveen Hitland and Yce-land and from thence to the Straits of David or the corner of old green-Green-land novv called Staten-hoeck FRom hence or out of Texel to Hitland is the course well enough known to almost all kinde of Mariners But when ye will saile from Hitland to Yce-land Hovv a man must saile from Hitland to Yce-land your course must be from the south-South-end of Hitland to the South-west-corner of Yceland leaving West-Mana Islands on your right hand the course is west north-westward a half stroak westerly and east-south-east a half stroak easterly the matter of an hundred fourscore and fifteen dutch miles Sailing from the south-west-corner of Yce-land ye must saile northward on alongs the wall the matter of five miles till ye come to the clift of Rcykenesse from thence east-south-east hard underland till ye come to the haven of Hanifioert Ye can scarcely know that there is a haven here till ye come to the end of the farewater but sailing all alongs the wall till ye come to a blinde Rock A blinde Rock standing in the middle of the water and a little Island whereon there is a house then ye can see the Bay where the road is Ye may sail on either side of this blinde Rock but rather on the north as south-side and so running inwardly till ye be right opposite to the house there ye have a good road and ancker-ground Road and Anker-ground of three four or five fathoms Here ye need fear no kinde of windes the west and west-north-west are the worst but without danger because of the clifts that streatches themselves from the northwall here ye can have good water because of a stream that flowes through between the mountains on the north-wall The Indwellers here be of a reasonable good condition and brings aboard fish stockens and other commodities for a small price they would rather have linnen as money for their wares but above all they are most desirous of burnt-wine Ye can have here likewise sheep milk and flesh for other wares The matter of three miles northward from Hanifioert runs severall warmwater rivers into the sea landwards in those rivers are so hot that if ye should put a piece of flesh on a flesh-hook and let it hang in the water it is able to boil the flesh but on the sea-shore these waters be luke-warm so that ye may either swimme or bath your bodies into them The Straits of David He that would saile from hence to wit from the south-west-corner of Yce-land to Fretum Davids he must set his course westward somewhat southerly that he may reach to the corner of the land the which corner ye can see when ye are the matter of six or eight miles from the land coming thither ye can see the Yce which lieth there continually the whole year through So that in case ye should set your course more southwardly as is above mentioned ye should not attaine to the cape Therefore when ye see both the land and the Yce ye must saile along by the Yce which shall lead you into the corner of the Straits The corner of the Strait lieth just upon sixtie grades benorth the Line for the Yce stretches himself according as the wall lieth and when ye come besouth the Yce about nine and fiftie grades and five and twentie or thirtie minutes sometimes somewhat southly sometimes somewhat northly so shall the Yce lie north north-westward from you alike as the wall the Straitward in lieth to the hight of threescore three grades and then lieth the wall right northward till over the threescore six grades and thirtie minutes and then ye come into the narrow of the Strait which is about thirtie miles broad till ye come to the hight of one and seventie grades and thirtie minutes and then ye come in an open roome Sea lying north-west running round northward towards the east and from thence southward again to the above mentioned narrownesse This Sea runs northward to the hight of seventie and nine grades where it is closed by fast land with a great many bayes and rivers most part full of Yce which because of the ebbing and falling of waters is driven through the narrownesse of the Strait into the north-Sea and from thence unto the coasts of Terra Nova Terra Nova into the great-bay of St. Laurence after and on the west-side of Terra Nova The inhabitants of this land on both sides of the Strait are heathens and wilde men and therefore are not to be trusted though they give never so many tokens of friendship Whatsoever they handle or change with you they lay it on the oares wherewith they row their Canoe they trust no bodie and therefore are not to be trusted for as aforesaid they lay their wares on their oares and so delivers it to you When ye are resolved to goe on land ye must be well armed and especially with musquets for as for swords or Sabels they care not because they can reach you with their arrowes or with their Slinges ere ye can come near them but if ye happen to kill one or two of them with musquet bullots the rest should in haste flee from you to their mountains where they have their abode This land from old Green-land be north Yce-land lying southward to the cape or Staten-hoeck Staten-hoeck and from that corner all along to Fretum Davids and all round about that inward-sea is it altogether a fast
land and joyned to America untill the north and north-east of Yce-land yet it is the opinion of some men as likewise of my self that it is joyned to Spits-bergen and that because of the rivers which come from the north foreby Spits-bergen which rivers ye can perceive when ye are on the highth of fourscore and three grades and because they ebbe towards the north it may be beleeved that there is a passage but as yet unknown To know the Land Ye can see the south-east coast of Green-land when ye are the matter of six or eight miles from it and when ye see it then ye are hard by the Yce Of the Tides and flowing of Streams The Streams or rivers come out of the north from Spits-bergen and floweth alongs green-Green-land They ebbe on fourscore and three grades towards the north and floweth towards the South Situation and Courses From the south-South-end of Hitland to the south-west-corner of Yce-land west northwest and a half stroke westlier 195 miles From the south-west-corner of Yce-land to the clift of Reykenesse north-ward 5 miles From the clift of Reykenesse to the haven of Hanifioert east south-east 12 miles From the south-west-corner of Yce-land to Staten-hoeck west south-west somewhat westly 186 miles The Heights The Cape of Old-Green-land or Staten-hoeck lieth on 60 grades The south-west-corner of Yce-land lieth on seventie four grades and 5 minutes The Mouth of the Strait of David lieth on 71 grades THE SECOND DEMONSTRATION which Containeth the description of IOHN MAYENS ISLAND IOhn Mayens Island lieth from Hitland north-ward according to the common Hollands Compas or as others say north northwest upon the half stroke yet it is better to sail somewhat westlier as to fall a little eastly because they must be on the west-side of the Neering for if they fall easterly then they must needs sail about the north of the same where they have too great calmnesse and sometimes whirlwindes that fall in a sudden from the mountain called the Beeren-berg or in English called the Bears-mountain In the Spring of the year on the east-side of this Island is not so much yce as on the north-side For the sea on the north side which is never above ten miles navigable is in the Spring commonly alwayes frozen The winde blowes there commonly out of the Southwest both harder and oftner as out of any other place In the South-bay a south-south-east and a north-north-west moone according to the common compas makes a full Sea The floud flowes there from the south towards the north and ebbes contrarily The first day of August at the north-end of the aforesaid Island did the Sun rise in the northeast with the one half of his bodie under and the other half above the Horizon and the last day of July was he wholy under On the North-end of this Island is a very high mountain commonly called the Bears-mountain The Bears-mountain the which if ye behold it from the north seemeth to be cloven but if ye behold it from the east or west-side it seemeth round falling as it were smoothly downward except at the northeast corner where it stretcheth it self outward The North-corner is hillie and rough it seemes somewhat low because of the high ground that lyeth about it from thence the matter of half a mile southward the coast is hillie stay and shallow so far from the wall as a little canon can carry is it about 20 fathoms deep a little more southward is there a small foot-strand of stonie ground so that upon some places ye could make shift to bring your chaloup or boat and this stretches it self the mater of a mile in length southward In or upon this strand there are three Yce-hills The three Yce-hils high and stay those are congealed of the snowwater which fals in the sommertime from the top of the mountain two of them lies near to the North-end of the shore From thence further southward is the wall for the matter of a quarter of a mile or scarce so much hilly and stay as it is at the north-end and from thence is there another shore about half a mile in length thereon likewise can ye bring your boat From thence come we to the Southeast-corner of the Beats-mountain which is likewise hilly and stay as the aforesaid wall so that it is impossible to come up on it at some places higher other some lower oneven it is commonly 25 or 30 fathoms high from the water and within goeth it in some place somewhat stay upward to the Bears-mountain At this corner lie some little rocks separated from the land whereon are a great many of severall sorts of fowls ye can row to and about these rocks with your boat A little about this corner there lie likewise such rocks without the wall Divers rocks between these rocks there is a commodious haven with a little Sand-bay Sand-bay where ye can easily bring up your boat whilest ye anker there ye are freed from the sea for it is there commonly calm water although it storms without Ye cannot perceive that there is a haven there till ye be within the rocks from these rocks westward about a short mile is the wall stay and rockie as before yet not so high all alongs the coast is there many sharp rocks standing as it were out of the wall from the land off as well by the shore as by the stay wall the matter of a musquet-shot or thereabout ye have water some sixtie fathoms deep When ye have passed this stay shore then ye come to a flat ground of black sand which is about a mile in length about a little canon-shot from the wall ye have six fathoms water with black sand on the ground this strand is commonly called the great Hout-bay The great Hout-bay or Wood-bay because there is sometimes found much old broken wood hereby landwards in lies divers flat hills of black The black hill earth and few stones here is the land at his smalest for being on the top of this hill and ships sailing on every side of it ye could make them hear your voice both at once Westward from the end of this great Hout-bay where the land lieth south-south-west to the south is there another rockie wall alike to the aforesaid so far as a piece of canon can carry further have ye another flat called the small Hout-bay The small Hout-bay with an even shore like to the first A quarter of a mile Seawards in by the South-end of that small Hout-bay there lieth a rock which to look to seemeth to be a ship with topsails up A rock like a ship vvith top-sails hereabouts is it flat water Southward from this small Hout-bay there lie many rocks and hills in the sea there is likewise a stay rockie wall between this wall and the rocks is a passage that runs in sea south south-east on called the Bears-gat The Bears-gat where within four fathoms
best road and ground that is thereabouts When you come out of the sea and fall with the land to the eastwards or to the northwards of Terlyba you shall see within the land a black wood and the houses in a ragged valley of Sand-hills From Terlyba to Derwinda the course is northnortheast sixteen or seventeen leagues betwixt them both the land lyeth in a bight so that the coast alongst by the shoare lyeth not so right especially four or five leagues by south Derwinda there it falleth away into a great bight which men do call Sackerwyke Sackerwyke and also with more smaller bights and bayes towards Terlyba Caarte van PRVYSSEN en Coerlandt van Rygshooft tot der Winda For to know this coaste off Coerland For to know Coerland then remember these places here under written At Derwinda standeth a Castle with three Towers which is covered above with red tyles and under it is white about a league to the southwards of Derwinda lyeth the Bakeovens Bakeovens which is next to Domesnes the best land to be known of Coerland it ariseth first when you beginne to see the land in a white Sand-hill the top whereof is full of trees but when you come so neer the shoare that you can see the other land also then there ariseth more land with hommockes so that then it is not so easy to be known About foure leagues to the southwards of it in Sackerwyke lyeth yet a hommock or hill full of trees with some little hommockes to the eastwards of it when you are thwart of Derwinda you may even see it half wayes up to the top but not well from below This hommocke is called by some Duke D'alves Castle Duke de Alves Castle and lieth most alone the land as well to the southwards as to the northwards of it is most al even and plain land About six leagues to the southwards of the foresayd hommock and 5 or 4 leagues and an half to the northwards off Terlyba lye also two high hommocks close one by the other the land to the southwards of them towardes Terlyba is to see to farre off when you are thwart of these two hommocks or somewhat to the northwards of them as if it were all broken land thwart of this about 5 leagues from the land or when you can but even see the land from below it is 30 fathom deep When you begin to come about Derwinda Banck by Derwinda within 2 or 3 leagues off the land there lyeth a banck of 12 13 and 14 fathom some say that west and by north from Derwinda there should be no more upon that banck then 5 or 6 fathom water it is about a halfe league broad betwixt the banck and the land a league without the shoare it is againe 20 and 24 fathom deep If you will anchor before Derwinda then bring the foresayd Castle about eastsoutheast from you then it commeth almost behind the high land anchor in 5 fathom from the shoare there is the best roade Of the Depths and grounds about these Coastes Betwixt the Heele and the Rose-head but neerest the Heele there it is 33 fathom deepe and the ground is there white sand At the Heele in the roade it is 25 fathom deep the ground black sand and going off to 30 and 40 fathom Betwixt the Heele and Quinsbrough it is very deepe comming neere the Heele it is steepe but towards Quinsbrough and the Nerung it goeth up plainly flat How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the Rose-head to Axternes southeast 4 leagues From Axternes to Vernorden southeast 1 league From Vernorden to the Heele southsoutheast 1 league From the Heele to Danske south by west southsouthwest 5 leagues From the Chest or Wissell off Danske to the Deepe off Quinsbrough east by north 13 or 14 leagues From the Deep of Quinsbrough to the poynt of Brusteroort north and north and by west 4 or 5 leagues From Brusteroort to the Deep of der Memell northeast by north 16 or 17 leagues From the Rose-head to Quinsbrough deepe eastsoutheast somewhat southerly 19 or 20 leagues From the Heele to Quinsbrough deepe eastsoutheast easterly 12 leagues From the Rose-head to Der Memell eastnortheast somewhat easterly 29 leagues From the Rose-head to Sevenbergen northeast by east 33 leagues From the Rose-head to Derwinda northeast 53 leag From the Rose-head to Dageroort northeast by north 80 leagues From the Rose-head to eastergore north and by east 45 leagues From the Rose-head to Houbrough the south end of Goteland north 35 leagues From the Rose-head to the south end of Oeland northwest 28 leagues From the Rose-head of Hannoe the course is northwest and by west and westnorthwest 43 or 44 leagues From the Quinsbrough Deep to Houbrough the south end of Gotland northnorthwest 48 leagues From Quinsbrough-deepe to Southeroorden the south end of Oeland northwest somewhat westerly 48 leag From Der Memell to Houbrough northwest 37 leag From Der Memell to Heylighena north and by east 4 leagues From Heylighena to the point off Sevenberghen north and by east 5 leagues From Sevenberghen to Der Lyba north and by east 4 or 5 leagues From Der Lyba to Derwinda northnortheast 16 or 17 leagues From Der Memell to Brusteroort southwest by south 16 or 17 leagues From Der Memell to Danske southwest 32 leagues From Der Memell to the Rose-head westsouthwest somewhat westerly 29 leagues From Der Memell to the Eartholms or the north end of Brontholm west 64 or 65 leagues From Sevenbergen to the Rose-head south-southwest by west 33 leagues From Sevenbergen to Southeroorden west 48 leagues From Derwinda to the Rose-head southwest 53 leagues From Derwinda to Bruntholm westsouthwest 80 leag From Derwinda to Houbrough west somewhat southerly 37 leagues From Derwinda to Eastergore the course is west and by north 29 leagues From Derwinda to the Gotsche sand n. w. 31 or 32 leag From Derwinda to Dageroort north somewhat easterly 31 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Heele Vermoorde Aexternes Hanckeheers Thus sheweth the Land betwixt the Rose-head and the Heele Loockstede Rosehead Thus sheweth the land betwixt Quinsbrough deep and Brusteroort Thus sheweth it selfe the coast of Coerland about Sevenberghen when you sayle alongst by it a league without the Land The coast of Coerland from Sevenbergen alongst by Derwinda unto Luseroort sheweth as is portrayed in these six figures following the like markes belong one to the other as A A B B C C D D c. Sevenbergen Ter lyba Sackerwyck Hommock Hommock Sackerwyck Duke Dalves Castle Sackerwyke Backovens a league by south Derwinde This Hommock about three leagues by south the Backovens Luseroort Castle Derwinda Derwinda Backovens When Derwinda doth shew it selfe first being east from you it sheweth it selfe thus with the land as well to the northwards as to the southwards but when the Castle doth begin to come
the foresayd north point westnorthwest from you and that the Wolf lye then free from the mayne land you shall not misse to fall upon this shoale You may sayle round about Nargen Nargen and also anchor under it for northerly and westerly winds in 10 12 14 18 fathom From Nargen to the Island Wranger the course is east seven leagues The lying there of you may see in the following directions Of the Coast of Finland betwixt the Alands Haffe and Elsenvos Betwixt Uxe or Bostell on the coast of Sweden the Island of Aland Alandts goeth in the Alands Haff which men do call the North Bodem which lyeth up so farre to the northwards into Finland that a ship with good fresh way should scarce be able to sayle to the end off it in five dayes upon the farthest end of this North Bodem lyeth the towne Toreu there Sweden is parted from Finland At the outermost rocks off Finland on the Alands Haff lye Islands Ercke Castelholm and Corpe Ercke Castelholm Corps Ercke is the westermost of all and the outermost from thence goeth in the Corpe sound northeast alongst thwart off Castelholm and Corpe Corpe lyeth within the other Island and from Corpe you may edge over into the Liet off Abbo which commeth running off from Uttoy you may alsoo sayle up into this channell about behind Lipland and so come out into the North Bodem Uttoy is a great Island upon it standeth a great mast with a barrell for a beakon and lyeth from the Island Corpe east and west about nine leagues On the west side of Uttoy Uttoy goeth up the Liet of Abbo which lyeth in first north north and by east about three or four leagues and then you come on against a great Island And then it lyeth in alongst that great Island northeast unto the the Sound of Abbo Abbo Abbo lyeth at the end of that foresayd great Island This Liet runneth up alongst to the eastwards through betwixt the rocks about thirteen leagues within it lyeth a rock under water which is a Magnes Magnes or Load-stone also the grounde seemeth to be there of the vertue of the Load-stone or when you come thereabouts the compasses doe not stand but run and turne without any certain standing still untill that you be at least a league past it and then they begin to stand right againe From thence it lyeth east and east and by south all alongst through the rocks unto the Rough Island to the westwards of it runneth the channell of Luys into the sea when you are thwart of it sea you may see the land of Revel It is there betwixt them both to wit betwixt the Out rockes and Nargen or the land thereabouts ten leagues broad The Out-rocks of Luys and the channell of Uttoy lye east west about 21 or 22 leagues distant although it be there betwixt them both all broken land and full of rocks yet nevertheles there are no havens nor channels fit for ships to come into From Luys Luys alongst without the Rocks to the channell of Elsenvos the course is east and by north 15 or 16 leagues but Nargen or the Wolf and channell of Elsenvos lye northnortheast southsouthwest about 16 or 17 leagues asunder How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Derwinda to Lyserorte northeast 4 leagues From Lyserorte to Domesnes eastnortheast 12 or 13 leagues From Domesnes to Round east and by north somewhat easterly 8 leagues From Round to Duynemondt or the mouth of the river of Rye southsoutheast 15 leagues From Domesnes to Rye or Duynemond southeast 20 lea From Duynemondt to Lemsael or Sales northeast 14 leagues From Duynemond or the mouth of the river of Rye to the Island Kin north and by east 14 or 15 leagues From Round to the Island Kinne east by north east 7 leagues From Domesnes to the south end or the road of Oesell northwest and by north 6 great leagues From Domesnes to Ambroeck north and by east 7 leag From Round to Ambroeck northwest 8 leagues From the south end of Oesell to Arentsbergh northeast 8 leagues From Luseroorte to Howbrough west by south somewhat westerly 40 leagues From Lyserorte to the poynt of Alant or the Islands north and by west somewhat westerly 52 leagues From the south point of Oesell to Hondsorte northnorthwest 12 leagues From Hondsort to the poynt of Dagerorte northnorthwest 8 leagues From Dagerorte to Syburghnes east and by north 7 leag From Syburghnes to the Oxeholme and the Grasholme southsoutheast 4 or 5 leagues From the Grasholme to the great tree upon Oesell south 5 or 6 leagues From the northeast poynt off Oesell to Parno eastsoutheast 20 leagues From Arensbergh to the northeast point of Oesell east and by south 8 or 9 leagues From Ambroeck to the northeast poynt of Oesell northeast somewhat easterly 9 or 10 leagues From Round to the northeast end of Oesell north somewhat westerly 13 leagues From Lemsael to Parno north and by east 11 league From Dagerorte to the Rose-head south-southwest and by south 80 leagues From Dagerorte to Eastergore southwest and by west 39 leagues From Dagerorte to the Godtsch sand w. s.w 26. leagues From Dagerorte to Boechschaer northwest and by west 18 leagues From Dagerorte to the poynt off Alandt or the Islands northwest and by north 26 or 27 leagues From Syburghnes to Oetgensholm east and by n. 7 leag From Oetgensholm to great Roge east 4 leagues From great Roge to Surp east 4 leagues From Roge to Nargen east somewhat northerly 5 leag From the south end of Nargen to the Island the Wolf east 4 leagues From Revell to the Wolf north somewhat easterly 5 lea From Oetgensholme to the Out rocks of Luys north by east 15 or 16 leagues From Syburghnes to the channell of Abbo or Uttoy northwest and by north 20 or 21 leagues From Uttoy or Abbo to the channell of Luys the course is east 22 leagues From Luys to the channell of Elsenvos east 16 or 17 leag From Nargen to the channell of Abbo the course is westnorthwest 32 or 33 leagues From Nargen to the channell of Elsenvos northeast and by north 17 leagues From Nargen to the Out-rocks of Luys northwest by north 13 leagues From the Wolfe to Peltingschares eastnortheast 20 leagues From the channell of Abbo to Boeschaer southwest somewhat southerly 16 leagues From the Island the Wolf to Wranger east and by south 3 leagues How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Domesnes Doembergh Lyseroort Coerland sheweth it selfe in this forme betwixt Lyseroort and Domesnes when you sayle alongst by it Domesnes Doembergh Lyseroort Derwinda Backovens Towards Der Lyba Thus sheweth the coast of Coerland from Domesnes past Derwinda and the Backovens towards Der Lyba When you sayle about Domesnes then Oesel sheweth it selfe thus The little Island Ambroeck The Island Round when you sayle alongst by
off a riffe an the north side of the haven a good wayes from the shoare come no nearer it then in seven or eight fathom When you are thwart of the south poynt about a halfe league from the land and will sayle alongst to the northwards of Gotland you must not sayl on more northerly then northwest as well for to avoyd that riffe of Boswyke as for to sayle a weather the Karels Four leagues northeast from the Karel lieth the Island Reefholm Reefholm thwarte of it men doe runne into Westergorte you may sayle anchor round about it A little to the northwards of it lyeth the northwest point of Gotland Two leagues to the northwardes of the high poynt lyeth the towne Wisbuy about seven leagues northeast from the Karell Men were wont in old tyme to lye there behinde a greate head or Chest Wisbuy Wisbuy hath beene in tymes past a famous marchant towne where was wont to be driven greate trade of marchandize but it is now through the will of God altogether fallen down and come to nothing The Hance towns haven a long time there held their staple The old Sea laws were made there and also the old famous Read-carde Men may see yet to this day many old ruinous houses of costly marble and hewen stones whereby men may partly perceive and Judge what manner of staltenisse there hath been From Wisbuy the coast lieth forth northeast by east towards the end of Gotland about nine leagues But from the Karell to Gotshe sand the course is northeast one twenty or two and twenty leagues there is a little Island whereupon dwelleth no people and standeth full of trees you may sayle round about it which hath a white strand From the northwest point thereof shooteth off a little riff likewise one from the south point a good waies off into sea towards the north end of Gothland On every side of Gotsche sand you may anchor in six seven eight nine ten and twelve fathom all clean and good anchor ground but these foresayd riffes you must avoid It lieth northnortheast six leagues distant from Faro the north end of Gotland when you ly there under it at anchor you cannot see Gotland The Copper stone lieth from Gotsche sand north west and by west distant three great leagues Upon the south end of the east side of Gotland standeth a high tower called Howbrough and thereafter the south end of Gotland also is called Howbrough By it goeth in a little river before which you may anchor in six or seven fathom Five leagues northeast from the aforesaid south point lieth Heyligh-holm which is a good haven but by reason it is but little used it is therefore also but little known Two leagues to the eastwards of Heyligh-holm lieth the haven of Narwyck upon the east side of the Haven lieth a long rock by which you must run in and leave another sharp rock on the larboard side within the haven you may anchor in four or five fathom Two leagues to the eastwards of it lieth Sandwyk which is a good haven for a west northwest northeast and southeast winde and lieth in about north a south winde bloweth there open in On the east point which is a low bare point lieth a Holme which is fast to the land upon it standeth a Warder From this point runneth off a little sandriffe which you may sound about in five or six fathom Within at this Holm is a bridge of Masts which lyeth off a little from the shoare If you will anchor there in the Haven then run in alongst by the east shoare untill you come within the bridge and anchor there nearest shoare so that the foresayd east poynt do stand southeast or southeast and by south from you in four fathom four and an half or five fathom there is cleane clay sand ground and very easy lying for west north and east winds A league to the eastwards of Sandwyck lying the Island of Eastergore Eastergore about halfe wayes betwixt both the ends of Gotland n.e. from the s w poynt this is a bare Island without trees Under this Island is very easy road for all windes as wel for them that are bound to the eastwards as to the w. wards Comming from the westwards or from Sandwyck alongst by the land then is the northw poynt which is a high bare gray piont hiddē behinde a point of the maine land of Gotland so that it seemeth a farre off to be no Island but comming near it it openeth it self that you may see large enough thorough betwixt them sayle in there betwixt them both in the midst of the channell it is there clean and clear but somewhat uneven of ground to wit eight ten twelve and fourteen fathom but you need not feare If you will anchor under it for northeast or east winds then anchor betwixt the land and the Island so that the aforesaid bare gray northwest poynt stand north and the southermost east from you in nine or ten fathom Or if you will anchor for a south southwest or west winde then run further in about by that aforesaid bare gray poynt bring it south-southwest from you and anchor there in seven eight nine or ten fathom there it is cleane ground of small white black sand A little to the northwards of the Island is a great Bay on Gotland there you may also anchor in seven and eight fathom for westerly windes If you will sayl in or out to the northwards of Eastergore then come not very near the Island because there lieth off a riffe from the east point farre into the sea which is a great half league without the land not deeper then two fathom a half stony and very uneven and is to be throught that nearer to the land it is shoaler and fouler From the southeast side runneth off also a flat a good wayes to Seawards at some places not deeper then three four five fathom and also very uneven whereof you must take heed Foure leagues north and by east from Eastergore lyeth a haven called Sliet or Sliet haven lying in north and north and by west behind some little Islands there it is good lying for easterly westerly n. winds Upon one of the norther must little Islands standeth a ruinous church You must come in there alongst by the shoare from the southwards From thence to Farosound the coast lyeth north and by west two leagues Farosound you may run into in two and three fathom water there standeth a Church with a flatte steeple upon the land From Farosound lyeth off a foule dangerous riffe a league and halfe or 2 leagues into sea called Salfonteyn you must take very good heed there of when you will run about to the northwards of Gotland From Farosound to Gotschesand the course is north-northeast about 7 leagues Of the Depths and groundes about these Coastes Betwixt the south ends off Oeland and Gotland in the
the other you shall not have lesse then 19 or 20 foot Being come over the tayle of the Hinder in the right deepe it is 6 7 8 fathom deepe the neerer the strand the deeper water A little within the cape or almost thwart of it is the narrowest of the channell further in it is wider on hen side towards the Hinder it is rising ground but the south shoare alongst by the strand is very steepe Of the tydes courses of the streams about these foresayd places UPon the Wieringer-flat maketh full sea a southeast or northwest Moone Before Tessel in Coopvaerders road an eastsoutheast westnorthwest Moone Without the grounds or shoals of the Tessell an east west Moone maketh the highest water and in the entring of the Tessel an east by south west and by north Moone but the flood goeth a good while longer in And likewise runneth the ebbe also longer out then the lowest water When the Moon is south or somewhat more westerly it beginneth apparantly to flow without on the strand and likewise upon the shoals The fore-flood and the after-ebbe out of the Tessel fall both one with the other n.n. e. thwart over the grounds and channels and right out at the Spanjards channell untill halfe flood c to the contrary the fore-ebbe with the after-flood fall right in at the Spanjards channell s s east over the south grounds and thwart over the Slenk and the other channels untill half ebbe A little while before half flood the flood beginneth to runne right in at the channel and againe a litle before half ebb the ebbe beginneth to fet right out at the channel Therefore hee that wil sayle into the channels must reckon his tydes very wel wherein consisteth very much Without before the channel in the sea the tyde turneth about with the Sunne so that when a shippe doth lye at an anchor without the channels hath neither good nor hurt of the waves of the sea it should have but a little still water In the North Sea the tyde falleth round more then halfe tyde upon the Broad fourteene it turneth about with the Sunne or the Moone and falleth but a quarter tyde right alongst the sea Nearer the coast of Holland Zealand the tyde falleth whether it be flood or ebbe somewhat sloping towards the land but in the midst of the tyde it falleth right alongst the sea and in the last of the tyde it setteth to seawards towards the westwards or the northwards Betwixt the Marsdeepe and the Maes in the fareway the fore-floot commeth out of the north sea and turneth about with the Moone falling towards the land northeast n. east and by north The Fishermen of the Maes say that when they are out of sight of the land they can perceive in calme weather by the turning about of the tide they be to the northwards or to the southwards of the Maes Somwhat to the southwards of the Maes the after-flood turneth about against the Sunne but to the northwards of the Maes is turneth about with the Sunne untill the last quarter and then it setteth towards the shore or the coast next unto it They say also that alongst the coast of Holland men have no helpe of the ebbe in turning to windwards towards the Maes except they bee without sight of the land because there goe no ebbes by the land when the wind is to the southwards of the west Before the Maes a s w. and by west and a n.e. and by east moone maketh a high water Before the Brill a s w. and s w. and by south northeast n. e. by n. Moone Before the old Maes a s w. and n. e. Moone Before Rotterd a s w by west n.e. by e. moone Before Dordrecht a westsouthwest Moone In the Goerees-gat and before Goeree a s w by south and s s w. Moone Before Hellevoet-sluce a s w. and by south Moone Betwixt the Marsdeep and the Maes in the fareway the foreflood commeth out of the north sea turneth about by litle litle n. e. n. e. by north towards the land In the sea thwart of the places without sight of land is a poynt or a poynt and a halfe later full sea the further from the land the later Not very long after that the flood beginneth to go without the Maes it doth begin also to go into the Maes but the after-flood falleth strong in and soo likewise in the Goerees-gat Close before the channels by the land the tyde turneth about with the Sunne so that when the after-flood falleth into the channels it turneth to the southwards and becommeth against a running ebbe the after-ebbe falleth againe thwart off to seawards out of the channels Of the depths grounds about these places Five or sixe leagues without the Tessell lyeth the Broad fourteens lying from thence n. east with a small tayle which lyeth about north from the Tessell and n. w. from the Flye to the southwards it runneth with the east side against Catwyck or Scheveling but the west side lyeth off at least 11 or 12 leagues thwart off to seawards from Nortwyck and Catwyck it is a banck most of fourteen fathom deep in some places somewhat more or lesse Betwixt it the land it is againe 18. and 19. and to the northwardes 20. fathom deep When you come over it about the Tessel or the Flye and come againe in 16 or 17 fathom towards the land then you shall begin to see the land There runneth of to the southwards into the sea from the coast of Halland 3 smal Banckes or ribbes which are somewhat broad shoale by the land run off sharp deepe to the end the first the fishermen call the Smal-eight beginneth a litle to the southwards of Egmont upon the sea the second the Wtterrib thwart of Wyck upon the sea the third and southermost the Hard a litle to the northwards of Santfoort The high steeples of Holland and West-Friesland as Egmont-within Wyck upon the sea Santfoort and other more men may see before they can see the sand-hils five leagues without the land in 14 or 15 fathom that is upon the south end of the Broad-sourteenes but Camperdownes and the sand-hills thwart of Haerlem they may see before they can see some of the steeples The steeples alongst the coast are most of them flat except the Beverwyck Schevelingen and Santfoort Before the Maes and Goeree men may see the land in 14. and 15. fathom Courses and Distances From Tessel to the Maes s s w. 24 leagues From Tessel to the Heads or the Strait between Callis and Dover s w. somewhat southerly 52 leagues From Tessel or Marsdiep to Callis cliffe southwest and by south 52 leagues From Tessel to the North foreland s w somewhat westwardly 47 leagues From Tessel to Orfordnesse w. s.w 37 leagues From Tessell to Yarmouth west and west and by south 34 leagues From
Walcheren allmost of fashion like the Woolsackes upon the land off Schowen keepe them one in the other and you shall runne alongst by two buyes more Wolplaiâ— which shall lye on the larboard side alongst by the Polle and you shall see one buye with a tayle lying upon the west poynt of the Wool-plate over against the third buye of the Polle betwixt these two buyes you must run through leaving that with the tayle on the starboard side and runne about by it to the eastwards There lye also two buyes with tayles besides the foresayd upon the Wool-plate you may easily see from one to the other these you must leave on the starboard side and runne alongst to the northwards of them about eastsoutheast on so long till the steeple of Koukercke upon Schowen come even without the poynt of Schowen runne then in right with that poynt about by it then alongst by the shore unto Zierick-zee When as you runne towards the poynt of Schouwen then you sayle through betwixt two buyes more the one lying on the starboard side upon the eastermost poynt of the Baniart or Hooghplate the other with a tayle on the starboard side upon the poynt of another plate called Poolvoet lying betwixt the land of Schowen Oresand All the buyes with tayles men must leave in sayling in on the starboard side those without tayles on the larboard side The Fishermen runne by day most about to the southwards of the Poolvoet plate and leave the foresayd buye with the tayle then on the larboard side that plate is somwhat flat that men may borrow off it by theyr lead but they must sound quick but by night they run by Schowen close alongst by the shoare which is exceeding steepe and needle too The Channell betwixt the Island Walcheren and Flanders hach divers deepes and channels where men may sayle in and out through with great shippes as the Botkill the Doorloye the Splete and the Wieling It is commonly called after one of the chiefest of the same with the name of the Wielings The greatest shoales betwixt which these foresayd channels doe runne through are The Rasses the Rasses The Raen The English Poll. the French Poll. the Raen the English Polle and the Innerbanck The Rasses lye alongst the west side of Walcheren The Raen to the westwards of it The English Polle betwixt them and the coast of Flanders lying of to the westwards with a long small ribb unto thwart of Oostend The Inner-banck lieth betwixt the east end of the English Polle Casand which is also called the French Poll or the Ript The Bot-kill For to sayle out at the Bot-kill you must run from Flushing within 2 Cables lengths alongst by the shoare thorough betwixt the land the Geer the Rasse the shore is very steepe soo that men may come close by it with great shippes without any danger the Rasses are flat on the cast or the inner side towards the land To the eastwards or to the southwards of Souteland in that fareway it is 5 6 fathom deepe but to the northwards or to the westwards it is deeper and thwart of West-cappel 8 9 fathom When the Church of Westcappel which hath a flat steeple cometh over the mill thwart of that runneth a channell through betwixt the n. c. Rasses w. s w. into the sea where remaineth at low water no lesse then 2 fathom water Mâ—rkes of the Botkil keepe West-cappell the foresaid mill one in the other runne out soo by them When Buyes Church commeth over the foresayd mill of Westcappell then keepe them one in the other and you shal runne then right out at the Botkil through betwixt the n. Rasses on the larboard side a sand called Calloo on the starboard side In the Botkill is not lesse then 4 f. a halfe depth but upon both the Rasses remaineth at low water no more then 2 foot and a halfe and upon Calloo 3 or foure fathom To the northwards of the sand Calloo lyeth yet a plate called the Quernes Quernes lying northwards allmost untill thwart of Domburgh betwixt them both is a channell of foure or five fathom depth called the Easter-gat For to sayle out there or to finde it comming in out of the sea you must bring Westcappell to the northermost head Land-Deep which is a head very good to be knowne and run out in or thereby Betwixt the quernes the land goeth out yet a Land-deep of three fathom a half For to find that comming in out of the sea you must runne to the shore thwart of Domburg which is a sharpe steeple into 3 fathom or 2 fathom and a halfe keepe the sounding of the shore so neare as you please and runne in so alongst by the heades untill you be come within When you come in at any of these channels and are come soo farre to the eastwards as betwixt Buyens Church Soutland and that you must turne to windwards with an easterly wind then you may sayl through betwixt the easter Rasses and the plate to the westwards of it called the Geere and soo come out in the broad channell into the Dorloy and Splete run soo about to the southwards of the Geer unto Flushing About 2 leagues without the land of Walcheren lyeth a long small bank lying s w. n. east called the Stone bank upon the middest where of there is no more then 2 fathom upon the north-north-end of it 3 fathom water He that wil sayle in or out at the Botkill or the channels to the n. of it the Eastergat or Land-deep must sayle about either to the northwards or to the southwards of that Stone-bank When Middleburgh commeth over Domburgh then are you thwart of this Stone-bank but if you bring Middleburgh half waies betwixt Domburgh East-cappell so sayl to the land then you runne along to the northwards of it Or els if you bring West-cappell e. s e. from you in a black valley of the sand-hills and sayle so right in then you runne alongst to the westwards or the southwards of it Markes of the Stone bank Within the Stone-bank it is againe 8 or 9 at some places 10 fathom deep Upon the foresayd marks course to wit West-cappel east souhteast from you in the black valley you may sayle right in at the Botkil when that East-cappell commeth then somewhat through Domburgh or to the eastwardes of it then you shal get deeper water goe then towards the shore soo alongst by it as is before sayd A little from the south west end of the Stone-bank lyeth yet another but it is not long called the Oyster-bank Oyster-banke upon it remaineth at low water about 4 fathom Water The Doorloy For to sayle from Flushing out at the Doorloy with ships that draw much Water you must set sayle when the Water is flowed an houre or two for to come
the Somme through two channells from the east poynt called the East Downe lyeth off a sand thwart before the channell to the westwards off that riffe lyeth alsoo another great banck between them goeth in the Easter-channell For to sayle in there bring S. Valery a cables length to the westwards of the west poynt of the River called the Oordell and run in thereupon untill you come to the land at that foresayd west poynt and from thence close alongst by it or as soon as you get againe deeper water over the banck then turne up eastward towards the beacons From the poynt of the Oordel lyeth of to the northwards a little riffe upon the end of it lyeth a buy which you must leave on the starboard side and run in close about to the northwards of it From the point of the Oordell upwards it is set allongst with beacons you must run alongst close by them untill you come within the poynt of S. Valery where you must anchor and lye every tyde dry The sands there within do shift so often that they are not to be described for alwayes For to sayle into the western-channell For to sayle into the wester channel comming from the east or the north you must run alongst by the banks in six or seven fathom and not neerer they are so steepe that a shipp sitting fast upon them with the fore castle at the stern hath three fathom Comming towards the land at the end of the bankes you shall finde a buy Or els if you come from the west and bring Crotoye a cables length within the Oordell and sayle soo right in you shall finde the foresayd outermost buy Besides this there lye three other buyes whereof that foresayd buye on the poynt of the Oordell is the fourth the innermost You must leave them all on the starboard side towards the land and run in alongst by them to the northwards of them These channels and sands there within all untill past S. Valery Fall at low water altogether drye the buyes alsoo fall drye that men may goe by them at halfe flood with an ordinary tyde there is no more then two fathom Water it is not good to goe in there before that two third parts of the â—lood bee spent With an ordinary tyde it floweth there five and sixe fathom but with a spring-tyde seven fathom up and downe At high water and spring-tyde a man may goe over all the bankes and sands with eight or ten foot Water five leagues upwards lyeth Abbeville Thwart of the Somme it is farre off in to the sea shoale water five sixe seven eight nine and ten fathom three or foure leagues off into sea He that commeth from the west and findeth himselfe in darke and misty weather to bee in such shoaling may bee well assured not to bee farre from the Somme From the Oldman to Diep the course is southsouthwest 18 leagues but from the Somme to Diep southwest and by west eight or nine leagues About halfe way betweene the Somme and Diep lyeth the River of Heu within it on the north side lyeth Tresport Tresport being alsoo a tyde-haven where men must goe in at high water and at low water lye dry At the east side of the Haven of Diep Diep lyeth a ranck of rocks and from it lyeth a little riffe of chindle towards the north or the west to the southwards of this riffe goeth in the channell about southeast in it is very narrow and a short inlet therein lye three buyes in in the middest of the deepe not above a stones cast one from the other men may run in on both sides of them comming to the end of the buyes they must keepe the middle of the channell and run in betweene the heades untill they come within the towne there make fast with a cable on the shoare Men may not sayle in there before flood but not at halfe ebbe at low water it falleth altogether dry but within at the Towne men may ride a float at high water there commeth three fathom or at the highest not more then 3 fathom and a halfe water there come out alwayes Pilots to bring ships in S. Valery in Caux From Diep to Saint Valery in Caux it is southwest and by west foure leagues that is alsoo a tyde-haven where you must goe in with high water it is a narrow channell where you goe in between to the Heads there is neither sand nor bancke before it that can hurt you being come in you may let your anchor fall and make you fast with a cable on the shore Hee that hath neither cable nor anchor may being come there within saile his ship on against the shoare in the chindle and soo save his ship goods without dammage From S. Valery to Fecam Fecam it is w. s w. foure leagues that is a deepe tyde-haven there remaineth at low water little lesse then 2 fathom water At the east side of the havens-mouth lyeth a banke or plate men may with small shippes sayle in through betwixt it and the land and so runne in sounding borrowing it eight or nine foot alongst by the east shoare which is flat For to sayle into the westwards of the plate you must keepe the Tower of Fecam without the land or without the West poynt of the Haven and then it shall bee southsoutheast from you run then upon that mark into the Haven and then the foresayd sand shall remaine on the larboard side of you and at halfe flood you shall have in the Havens-mouth 2 fathom water being come in before the towne you may anchor there by the Westerne shoare in three fathom From Fecam to Struysaert Struysaert it is westsouthwest three little leagues Without the poynt of Struysaer lye two high sharp rocks From thence to Seynhead it is s and s and by west 2. leagues and a halfe About northwest from Seynhead lyeth a bancke upon which at low water remaineth no more than two fathom and a halfe water when the towne of New-haven commeth without Seynhead then are you thwart of the back For to avoyd it run in close aboard the Seynhead alongst untill you come within the first mill there let fall your anchor in 6 fathom stay for a Pilot to bring you into the haven For to sail into the River of Roan For to sayle into the River of Roan comming from the north or the east you must runne close aboard the land to the northwards of Seynhead and alongst by it soo long untill the south side of the river come unto the poynt of Seynhead then runne in with it untill the land to the westwards of Newhaven come without Newhaven sayle then unto the Haven of Newhaven Or elâ—e if you will goe without about the bancke or the Rettires then edge over to the westwards soo far from the land untill the river come open sayle then towards the poynt of Tochet and run in
the west Beachy sheweth thus when you come from the west De Custen van BRETAIGNE Waer in vertoont wort alle gelegentheyt tusschen Caap de Hague en t' Eylant Heyssant The second Demonstration Where in Is decyphered the Coast of Britannie from the Island of Ornay to the Island of Ushant TWo leagues west and by north from Cape de Hague Cape de Hague lyeth the Island Aldernay or Ornay betwixt them goeth the Race of Blanckert The Race of Blanckert through Aldernay or Ornay Ornay is about three leagues long and lyeth east west The east end is cleane men may sayle reasonable close alongst by it but the west end is very foule There lye some little Islands close by the west end being passed them men may sayle towards Iarsey without any feare To the southwards of the foresayd little Islands at the west end lyeth of a ledge of rockes within it on the south side it is cleane except at the south poynt that is also foule Hee that will anchor on the south side of Ornay must be mindfull thereof anchor a little to the eastwards of the Tydehaven From the west end of Ornay lyeth a great multitude of rockes west and by north westnorthwest off three leagues into the sea Upon the outtermost and westermost end lyeth a great high rock with many other smaller rocks about it Halfe wayes betwixt this great rocke and Ornay lyeth another great rock but not soo high as the foresayd westermost from it lye off a multitude of rokes towards the outermost which fall dry at low water but at high water many lye under water These two great rockes are called by the French Les Casquettes and by the Dutch the Kiskassen and by the English the Caskets Catskets Close by the west end of Ornay towards the Caskets lye other two great ranes of rockes called the Barroches Barroches From the east point of Ornay to the east end of Garnesey about to the southwards of Ornay the course is westsouthwest 9 leagues but from the Caskets to the west end of Garnsey south-southwest and by south 6 leagues Road under Garnsey If you will anchor under Garnsey comming from the Caskets then runne on to the northeast poynt of Garnsey and so farr to the eastwards of it untill you get sight of the castle that standeth upon the rock on the east side of Garnsey Or if you come about to the westwards of the Caskets then goe on southeast or somewhat more southerly untill the northeast poynt of Garnsey be south and by west from you sayle then towards it till you shall come in sight of that foresayd castle upon the rocke Bring that over the south poynt of Garnsey and sayle in upon that marke betwixt the Island Arem or Harm and Garnsey untill you come by the foresayd Castle betwixt these Islands it is on both sides full of rockes where of you must take good heed especially on the larboard side towards Arem when you are come by the castle you may anchor within or without it where you please without the Castle in 12 or 13 fathom or within the Castle that is betwixt the Castle and Garnsey in six or seven fathom at low water It doth flow there six or seven fathom up and downe which men must reckon upon Under the south side of Garnsey men may ride for northwest north northeast windes If you come from the west or from the Caskets you must runne close about by the southwest poynt called C. de Gruse and alongst by the south side of the Island well halfe wayes the Island and anchor there where you think good in eighteene or nineteen fathom If the wind shift to the southwest or to the westsouthwest then you may runne about by the south poynt unto the foresayd Castle and anchor there either without or within it as here before is sayd From the aforesayd south poynt lyeth off a little ledge of rocks where of some rocks lye above some under water these you must avoyd when you sayle about by it South by west and southsouthwest about eight leagues from Garnsey lyeth a great ledge of rockes more then a league great called Rockeduves Rockeduves About 2 leagues southeast from Garnsey lyeth the Island Sarck Sarck there men may anchor round about it in five and twenty six and twenty and seven and twenty fathom From the north end lye of some Rocks where of some lye above and some under water At the south end hereof lye alsoo some rockes but all above water Betwixt Garnsey and Sarck lye two other little Islands Arck and Arem Arck and Arem or Harm there men may sayle through betwixt them The Island Iarsey from Garnsey southeast distant 7 leagues round about this Island are good roades at divers places All alongst the north side men may anchor in 10 11 fathom At the same north side somewhat within the west poynt lye some great rockes a good wayes of from the shoare called the Pater nosters Pater noster or Pierreleg At the southwest poynt lye many rockes which lye of a great wayes into the sea to the northwards of them to wit betwixt them and the westermost poynt at the west side of Iarsey men may anchor at divers place in ten eleven twelve fathom At the south side of Iarsey is also a good road for a northwest w. n. w. Windes At the east side lyeth Saint Catherines baye S. Catherines Bay there is alsoo very good roade for westerly windes The west end of Iarsey and Saint Maloes or the Island Sisember before S. Maloes lye south and by east and north and by west eight or nine leagues asunder About halfe way betwixt both right in the fareway lye a great number of high rockes together which containe in circuit in sayling about seven or eight leagues Mankies Rockes called the Mankierrs they lye farre towards Iarsey some above and many under water soo that it is not without great danger to runne through betwixt Iarsey and the Mankiers When men will sayle through the Race of Blanckaert bound for S. Maloes they run commonly through betwixt Sarck and Iarsey may alsoo sayle to the eastwards of all the Islands and shoals alongst the coast of Normandy towards S. Maloes in manner as followeth When men come a little past the C. Voorha they shall meet thwart of the Island Iarsey with three or foure high rockes called Le Beuf Le Beuf men may runne to the westwards of them and so through betwixt them and the Island Iarsey or els to the eastwards of them alongst by the mayn land even as they will towards the riffe of Mortefaim that lyeth upon the coast of Normandy southsoutheast 8 leagues from Cape de Voorha Over against or thwart of the Riffe of Mortefaim lyeth a rane of rockes lying east and west more then a league in length called Beufkin
floweth 15 foot up and down With a common tyde at high water there is 12 foot and at low water 3 foot depth The towin Shorum lieth a little English mile within the haven ships that draw but 8 or 9 foot water can lie a float a little beneath the towne at low water or else they lye dry every where When you come from the eastwards from Beachy or New-haven along by the shoare you may see open into the Haven before you come thwart of it But comming from the westward you shall not see it open before you come right before it because the west poynt lieth somewhat further out then the east poynt From the west point runneth off a little tayle but at high water you may runne in alongst over it otherwise you must runne in by the east shoare Upon the east poynt stand 2 beacons which you must bring one in the other run in so right with them untill you come by the n. shoare and then in alongst by the foresayd north shoare At Shorum somtimes there are builded many great ships of 3 or 400 tunnes About sixe leagues to the westwards of New-haven lieth Arundell Arundell a tyde-haven where a ship may go in at half Flood you must goe in thereby the west land north east in In the entry it is two and betwixt the two lands 3 fathom deep at high water But within the Haven remaineth at low water 4 and 5 fathom There you must anchor before the village Five leagues west s w from Arundell and 13 leagues west and by south somewhat westerly from Beachy lye the bancks or shoals of the Owers Owers under water a great league and a halfe a seaboard the land About 2 leagues e. n. e somewhat easterly from the south side of the Owers and two little leagues south from Arundell lieth a shoale of rocks and chindles called East-borough-head Eastborough-head as great as an aker of land which falleth at low watet and spring-tide dry otherwise it commeth not above water close to it it is 15 fat deep They that sayle off from the haven of Shorum and are bound to the westwards must not go more westerly then s s.w untill they come in 18 fathom before they set their course more westerly for feare of this shoale About an English mile n. w. from this foresayd shoale lieth alsoo a sunken rock whereupon at low water it is no more then 5 or 6 foot water About halfe wayes betwixt Arundell and Selsey runneth of a ledge of Rocks thwart to the southwards from the shoare obut an English mile and a halfe into the sea called the Bogners whereof some of the rocks fall dry at low water but the outermost are alwaies under water De Custen van ENGELANDT tusschen Fierley en Poortlant â—ock hoese van Ornay gelegen zyn Betwixt the Owers and Portsmouth goeth in a great sound or haven within lieth the town of Chichester Chichester On both sides of the Island Wight men may saile within it and there come to anchor either under S. Ellens or before Newport where they will For to sayle into the Eastwards of Wight you must bring the easterne castle that lieth to the eastwards of Portsmouth over the Lyme-kilne that is a white spot in the land to the northwards of that castle and keepe them soo one over the other untill that the Culver cliffe come within or under the northeast poynt of Wight Then bring the Lyme-kilne over the east end of Portsmouth and keepe them soo untill that the castle to the westwards of Portsmouth come to the wood Thus doing you shall come neare neither plate nor sand to take any hurt of them and you shall come soo by little and little before S. Ellens Church When the Church commeth two ships lengths within the red poynt then you shall not come too neare the riffe at the poynt Or-else if you cannot see the Lyme-kilne then keepe the Castle to the westwards of the Culver cliffe untill that S. Ellens Church commeth a ships length without the poynt of the Island goe then boldy northwest in and you shall not come too neare the riffe And then bring the square Tower betwixt the east end of Portsmouth and the Castle When the Castle to the westwards of Portsmouth commeth to the east side of the Wood then you shall not as here before is said come too neare either the plate or the sand to take any hurt of them When the eastermost white spot standeth a ships length to the westwards of the Castle then you are to the eastwards of the riffe and when the Culver cliffe is covered or hidden behind the n. e. point of the Island theÌ„ are you also within the riffe The markes of the little plate Markes of the plate are these there standeth a square tower within the land a castle on the water side to the eastwards of Portsmouth thwart from it lyeth the foresayd Lime-kilne when that commeth to the eastwards of the foresayd Castle so that you may even see through betwixt them both the are you upon the little plate which at low water is not deeper then 10 foot then standeth the castle to the westwards of Portsmouth at the west side of the Wood. But when the foresayd square tower commeth to the west side to the foot of the Castle the Castle by west Portsmouth to the west side of the Wood there it is deepe at low water upon the little plat 12 foot When the square Tower standeth betwixt the east end of Portsmouth and the Castle even betwixt the Lyme-pit and the Tower and the Castle by west Portsmouth in the west side of the Wood there it is at high water tenne fathom deepe When Saint Ellens Church lyeth southwest and by west from you then lyeth the southeast end of the plate northeast and by north from you and the west end north and by east From the poynt of the roade of Newport eastwards lyeth abroad sand alongst the shoale called No mans-land No mans-land which falleth almost dry at low water it is so steepe that halfe a cables length off from it it is twelve fathom deepe upon the high land of Wight thereabouts stand two or three mills If you come neare the shoare that the foresayd mills bee hidden behinde the foresayd high land you shall not misse to come a ground against that foresayd sand but so long as you can see these mills you shall goe cleare of it The Roade of the Cowes is the best Roade in Wight Over against betwixt that and Calshot Castle lyeth a hard sand nearest the north shoare lying from thence to the westwards alongst the fareway almost soo farre as thwart of Newton called the Brambles The Brambles at low water and spring-tydes it falleth almost dry and then the sea breaketh much upon it to the northwards of it goeth alsoo a channell through but it is not to be used but with small
north northeast in it is broad and deepe A little to the northwards of Ramehead is a faire sand-bay where men may anchor close under the land in nine and ten fathom Two leagues south a little easterly from Ramehead lyeth a Rock above water called Eddystone Eddy-stone The poynt of Plymmouth lyeth from the Eddystone North and by east and Northnortheast distant about foure leagues In the sound by the land of Plymmouth lieth a little Island which is fast to the west side with a riffe or rane of Rocks under water so that men must sayle alongst to the eastwards of it whether they be bound into Catwater Catwater or into Hamoase the west harbour If you will goe into Catwater then runne in betwixt the Island and the poynt on the east side in with the land of Plymmouth untill that you see Catwater open on the starboard side of you goe then into the eastwards betwixt the point of Plymmouth and the foresaid east point on the starboard side of you leaving the most part of the channell on the starboard side of you until you come within the poynt and anchor there right against that high steepe norther-land there is at low Water with an ordinary tyde foure and five Fathom deepe When you sayle into Catwater you must take heed and give a good birth to the souther poynt of the entry of Catwater for there lye off to the foresayd poynt a ledge of Rocks under water neare about two cables lengths from the Land and upon the poynt of the ledge or shoale lyeth a buye where is at halfe flood about twelve foot water which buye you must leave on your starboard side in going into Catwater and when you have Catwater altogether open you may run into the eastwards leaving in the entry of the harbour two third parts of the channell on the starboard side as before is sayd because the south shoare is somewhat flat off there lying a sandy bancke which reacheth to the second poynt of the south shoare of Catwater A little to the eastwards of that foresayd little Island lyeth a rocke under water upon which is at low water not deeper then two fathom For to sayle within the Island you may goe into the eastwards or to the westwards of the rock according as occasion shall serve If you wil sayle into Hamoase to the westwards of the rock then take the sounding of the Island in foure or five fathom at low water and run in so by it untill that the Fisher Village lying to the northwards a little within the land come in the west side of the valley on the north shoare then are you to run through betweene the Island and the rocke and to the westwards of the rock Within the Island upon the land of Plymmouth standeth a wall or hedge when as you see that onendling and the chappel of the foresayd Fisher-village commeth to the north-side of the Valley and Catwater commeth open then doe you runne over the Rocke Betweene the Island and the maine men may anchor in twelve and thirteene fathom If you bee bound into Hamoase Hamoase you must runne in betweene the Island and the land of Plymmouth and then in amiddest the channel betweene the two Lands untill that the entry of Hamoase be open runne then into the northwards as the channel leadeth until you come in about the west poynt and anchor there in sixteen fifteen and twelve or ten fathom In the narrow it is fifteene sixteene seventeene also twenty fathom deepe and betweene the Island and the maine eight nine tenne and twelve fathom About halfe a cables length to the eastwards of the Passage way going into Hamoase lyeth a suncken rock under water The German a suncken rock called the German about two great shippes lengths from the shoare and at low water hath not above foure foot water upon it And when men doe come any thing neare this foresayd suncken rock going into Hamoase either with the flood or the ebbe the tyde wil set them right upon it if it bee calme Therefore to avoyd it men must with calme weather give this foresayd suncken rock a good birth untill they bring the houses of the Fisher-Village called the Stone-house open of the easter-poynt of the Passage way and then runne in over towards the north shoare until they have hidden the Island in the foresayd easterne poynt of the passage way for to avoyd a suncken Rock Suncken Rocks that lyeth off to the eastwards from the North poynt of the Beach on the West-side of the Passage way a halfe cables length off and then runne amids the channel into Hamoase Upon this foresayd suncken Rock at low water is not above 3 or 4 foot water In the sound of Plymmouth not farre to the northwards of the Mewstone lye two or three suncken rockes Suncken Rocks upon which remaine at low water not more then three or foure fathom water the markes of them are these To the eastwads of Plymmouth standeth a Tower with a Mill and to the Westwards of the foresayd little Island standeth a Gentlemans house when the little tower or turret of that house commeth over the poynt on the west side of the Island the foresayd Tower and Mill to the eastwards of Plymmouth come one over the other then are you upon the innermost suncken rocke or shoale which it at low Water foure fathom deepe But when the poynt of Hamoase commeth even without the poynt to the westwards of the Island and the foresayd Tower and mill alsoo one in the other Then are you upon the outermost rocke where it is at low water and spring-tyde three fathom and a half deepe From Ramehead west by south five leagues lyeth Foy and betwixt them on the coast lyeth a little Island a little to the eastwards of a poynt called Talland-poynt thwart of West-Louwe called Louw-Island Low-Island you may anchor there to the easterwards of the Island in 5 or 6 fathom Foy Foy is a broad haven where a ship may go in at a half flood at the east-side of the haven standeth a little church with a little steeple on the west side a white church somewhat greater then that upon the east land with a square steeple at the west end of it For to sayle into Foy you must have at least a halfe flood and runne in midst the channel betwixt the two poynts and being come within then chuse which side you will but the most water is by the west land betweene the stakes and the Tower that standeth upon the west land Being come within the Stakes as you come in by the west land then beare somewhat off presently from the west shoare almost into the middle of the channell nearest to the west shoare untill you come before the Village that lyeth on the west side there is a deepe docke where a shippe that draweth sixteene foot water may lye a float at low
and yellow course sand with small glistering needles with white peeces of queens shels and gray and yellow flat stones and little peeces like as it were of Oyster shels West and by south from Ushant Ushant 21 leagues in 68 fathom the ground is red yellow and black mingled with a little white round smal sand like shelly sand But in 80 fathom 21 leagues west and by south off from Ushant the ground is yellow and shelly with some gray and crompeld little needles like ends of smal rye In eighty fathom 24 leagues from Ushant Ushant west by south men finde rough great sand with many sorts of shels red white yellow and gray with peeces of queene shels From Ushant west 16 or 17 leagues in 75 fathom the ground is white and yellow course sand with peeces of thin white shels and gray peeces of queenes shels like as it were of Oyster shels white smal white glistering things like needles Eight or nine leagues from Ushant Ushant it is deepe 70 fathom the ground red white yellow and gray shelly sand with red yellow black peeces of shels and smal red yellow black and gray stones with some smal white things like needles Eight and forty leagues west and by north from Ushant and 50 fathom westsouthwest from the Lizard or thereabouts it is deepe 95 fathom the ground red yellow and black sand with smal white round shelly sand and some little peeces of shels and queen shels with some peeces of thin shels Three and thirty leagues west and by north from Ushant and 27 leagues southwest and by south Silly in 95 fathom the ground is gray red and yellow mingled with smal black sands with darke red white and yellow peeces of shels to wit gray and red shelly sand An eastnortheast course from this ground off is the best it is in the height of about 49 degrees Foure and twenty leagues west or west and by north from Ushant Ushant and s and by west from Silly 21 leagues in 80 fathom there the ground is white gray red and yellow sine smal shelly sand with little red and white peeces of little shels like bruised mustard seed in the height of 49 degrees Seven or 8 leagues west and west and by north from Ushant Ushant in 68 or 70 fathom there the ground is white and yellow smal shelly sand mingled with many gray crompeld little things like needles About 30 leagues somewhat more northerly from Ushant Ushant in 90 fathom the ground is smal white rough and somewhat long sand mingled with a little red and yellow some glistering little things like needles with two or three peeces of white gray shels If you goe on from thence northeast and by north until you come in 55 fathom there the ground is yellowish white course shelly sand with white peeces of shels then you may see Silly lye nine or tenne leagues north or somewhat more westerly from you Westnorthwest from Ushant Ushant 21 leagues and southwest and by south from the Lizard Lizard 27 leagues in 80 fa. the ground is gray and red shelly sand there commeth also on the lead a little peece or two of white or gray qeene shels with yellow and red peeces of shels alsoo peeces of perriwinckles Nine leagues northwest and by north from Ushant Ushant the gâ—ound is white and yellow rough shelly sand with gray crompled glistering little things like needles there come alsoo on the lead little things like smal straws If you goe on northeast from thence you shal fall with the Steart Twenty leagues northwest by north from Ushant and 16 leagues southwest somewhat southerly from the Lizard in 68 fathom the ground is white yellow and red smal round sand with some white glistering little things like needles with one or two little gray crompled things like needles and two or 3 little peeces of little white shels Nineteen leagues n.n.w. from Ushant Ushant 12 or 13 leagues s s.w from the Lizard Lizard it is 68 fathom deepe the ground is there all manner of ragged stones gray red black with red peeces of shels some gray crompled little things like needles Nineteene leagues north and by w. from Ushant Ushant the south from the Lizard it is deepe sixty two fathom the ground is white course shelly sand with white gray crompled little things like needles with white peeces of shels and 2 or 3 little stones amongst it Twelve or thirteene leagues west from Silly Silly or somewhat more northerly it is deep 60 fathom the ground is gray and oâ—sie mingled with smal black sand In some places of the same depth it is white gray oasie smal sand with peeces of thin white shels amongst it with a little peece or two like parings of cheese this ground cannot be gotten up with candle tallow or other hard tallow upon the lead but with soft tallow or butter In these depths you have no where such oasie ground as there whereby men may well know that they are on the back side of Silly or England to wit west from Silly West from Silly Sâ—lly 7 leagues it is oasie gray sand with 2 or 3 little peeces like parings of cheese Seven or 8 leag s s w. from the Lizard in 16 fathom the ground is white grosse with a little red sand with little shels and little glistering white things like needles Nine or ten leagues south and by west from the Lizard in 60 fathom the ground is yellow pieces of shels and gray pieces of soft flat stones like parings of cheese with some red pieces of shels without any sand therein South west and by west from the Lizard Lizard and southsouthwest from Silly Silly 19 leagues it is deep 78 fathom the ground gray yellow and red shelly sand with red yellow and blue pieces of shels with queene shels and a piece or two like parings of cheese or like pieces of Oyster shels with alsoo two or three glistering little things like needles in the height of about 49 degrees and 30 minutes Fifteen or sixteen leagues southwest and by south from the Steart Steart in 57. or 58. fathom the ground is full of pieces of all maner of shels and queen shels with a little yellow and white shelly sand with many sorts of little stones and gray little pieces iike parings of cheese with some crumpled and some not crumpled but little glistering things like needles and little things like maggots that are in Bacon South southwest from the Steart Steart sixteen leagues in 53 fathom the ground is white reddish shelly sand with pieces of queene shels with red gray little stones South west from the Steart 8 leagues it is deep 40 fathom the ground gray and red shelly sand South southwest from the Steart 13. or 14 leagues it is deep 47 fathom the ground pale muddy sand with little long
de Finisterre south and by west westerly 150 leagues From Silly to Cape Cleare in Ireland northwest and by north 46 leagues From Silly to Waterfoord north by west 40 leagues From Silly to the C. of Cornewall northeast 9 leagues From the C. of Cornwall to S. Yves east and by north 5 leagues From S. Yves to Stoupert poynt northeast and by east 9 leagues From Stoupert to Hartland poynt northeast and by north 9 leagues .. From S. Yves to Hartland poynt n.e. 18 leagues From Hartland poynt to the Island Londey north 4 lea From the C. of Cornwall to Londey northeast and northeast and by north 25 leagues From the C. of Cornwall or Milford in Wales northnortheast 32 or 33 leagues From Silly to Milford northnortheast somewhat easterly 46 leagues From the Cape of Cornwall to the rock Tuskar north and by west 40 leagues From the Cape of Cornwal to Waterford northnorthwest 40 leagues From the west end of Londey to Biddeford eastsoutheast 5 leagues From Biddeford to Ilfercomb e.n.e. 4 leagues From Londey to the Holmes e.n.e. 20 leagues From the Steepholme to the river of Bristow northeast somewhat easterly 12 leagues From the Steepholme too the Naes westnorthwest about 7 leagues From the Naes to S. Gawens poynt west somewhat northerly 13 leagues From S. Gawens poynt to Milford haven northwest by north 3 leagues From the Island Scaline to Ramsey northnorthwest 2 leagues From Londey to Milford north by west and northnorthwest 12 or 13 leagues From Milford to the Cape of Cornewall southsouthwest 32 leagues From Milford to Silly southsouthwest and southwest by south 40 leagues Heights The south side of Silly lyeth in 50 degr or a little more The Cape of Cornwal lyeth in 50 degr 25 min. Londey lyeth in 51 degr 13 min. The Holmes lye in 51 degr 30 min. Milford in 51 degr 46 min. The Island Ramsey in 51 degr 50 min. How these Lands doe shew them selves at Sea Thus sheweth the Lizard when it is 5 or 6 leagues east and by north from you Mounts Bay The Lizard Thus sheweth the Lizard being east from you 4 or 5 leagues Thus sheweth the Land betwixt the Lizard and the Lands-end when the Lizard lyeth about east and by north and Mounts-bay north from you Lands end n. n. w. Mounts Bay n. e by n. and n. n. e. Thus sheweth the Lands-end and the land to the eastwards of it when it is northnorthwest and Mounts-bay is northeast and by north and northnortheast from you being a league from the land The Lands-end sheweth it selfe thus when you come in right within out of the sea The Lands-end being east from you sheweth thus East The Lands-end of England Thus sheweth the Lands-end when it lyeth southeast and by south seven or eight leagues from you and the round Hill to the northwards of it east then you may even see the low land betwixt them both Thus sheweth Silly being east northeast from you When Silly is southeast from you it sheweth thus When Silly is east 5 or 6 leagues from you it sheweth thus Silly being southwest from you sheweth thus When Silly is southeast and by east from you it sheweth thus Thus sheweth the land betwixt the Lands-end of England and the C. of Cornwall or the Island Bresam when you are on the Back-side of the Lands-end Thus sheweth the C. of Cornwall when it is east and by south from you so farre that you may but even see it from the poop Thus sheweth the land betwixt the C. of Cornwall and S. Yves when it is about 4 leagues from you Thus sheweth the land when you are before or thwart of S. Yves about five leagues without the land To the westwards of Stoupert sheweth the Land thus when you sayle alongst by it 2 or 3 leagues without the Land The Land to the eastwards of Padstow or Stoupert sheweth thus when it is 2 leagues east and south from you The Land of Stoupert or Padstow sheweth thus when you sayle alongst by it 3 or 4 leagues without the land When the Island Londey is north from you it sheweth thus When the Island Londey is n. n. w. from you it sheweth in this forme The entrance of Ilfercomb White-house Thus sheweth Ilfercomb when you are right before the entry of it close by the Land Axbridge Ilfercomb Thus sheweth the Coast of England betwixt Ilfercomb and the Holmes when you sayle alongst by it The Naes Cardief Silly Thus sheweth the Land of Wales from Cardief to Wormeshead Thus sheweth the coast of Wales betwixt the Island Caldy and Milford-haven when the northermost is northnortheast and the southermost is eastsoutheast from you and that you may but even see it from the poope Tinbuy Caldy The Land betwixt Tinbuy and Milford sheweth it selfe thus when you sayle alongst by the Land as is pourtrayed in the 2 figures as the AA belongeth one to the other the spire of the tower of Tinbuy is very white S. Davids-Bay The Land from Milford-poynt unto the poynt of S. Davids-head sheweth as is pourtrayed in these 2 figures From Mil-ford to Tinbuy men sayle alongst by the coast about 4 or 5 points it is most plaine Land like sand-hils About two leagues to the westwards of the poynt of Tinbuy standeth a Spire tower with 2 other small flat little towers more whereby the coast thereabouts is easy to be knowne The sixth Demonstration Where in The Southeast and east coast of Ireland is described betweene Corckbeg and Hedenhoo or Houth FRom the Lands end of England to Waterford the course is northnorthwest with that course you shall fall right with Waterford But from Silly to Waterford the course is north and by west somewhat northerly forty leagues betwixt both it is all oasie and soft ground Nine or ten leagues in the ossing from Ireland lieth a sand banck of forty fathom deepe where commonly fishermen lye to fish that is a certaine mark of the distance of the land The hill of Dongarvan when you finde it in cleare weather and when there is good sight then you may see the high mountaine of Dongarvan If you sayle from the Lands-end of England with a north west course 43 leagues soo shall you fall before the River of Corckbeg Corckbeg it is there a good way upwards with a low water 7. 8. 10. fathom water Bâ—llâ—â—â—tton Isle Foure leagues to the eastwards of Corck-haven lieth an Island called Ballecotton within it men may ride for westerly and southerly windes in foure five or six fathom Corck Iochull lye eastnortheast and westsouthwest distant seven or eight leagues The haven of Iochull Iochul is a broad haven where men must goe in at high water by the east land it lyeth in northwest and northwest and by north The west side is a sandy strand al alongst to the towne De Zuyd Oost zyde Van YERLANDTVan Dubling tot aen t' Eylandt Corkbeg Foure leagues to the eastwards
southeast side there is the roade Men may also anchor in the Islands over against it towards the maine in divers places and lye landlockt for all windes Upon the northwest point of Ireland a good wayes landwards in lyeth a high hill of fashion al most like a Sugarloafe which is seen in cleare weather before any other land at least nine leagues at sea When that hill lyeth east and by south from you then sayle in in right with it you shall not misse to fall right with the great Island Aran. Erom the Island Aran unto the point Telling-head called by the Irish cape de Telling or Tellin Cape de Telling-Telling-head rhe course is southsouthwest eight or nine leagues Three or foure leagues to the northwards of C. de Telling lyeth an Island called Raigleene borne At the Cape Telling lyeth a little Island halfe a league from land men may saile through betwixt the Island and the cape boldly without any danger To the southward of C. de Telling to wit betwixt the Cape and the Stagges of Broadhaven lyeth the land with a great bay where in lye many good Havens as Tilling-haven Kilbegh Dungall Ballashaven Slego Endrigo and Moye From the Cape of Telling unto Kilbeg Kilbegh lyeth the coast e. s.e about foure leagues betwixt both about one league and a halfe from the cape lyeth Telling-haven a round bay with good sandy ground there may about 30 ships lye west and southwest windes doe blowe there open in for all other windes men are there landlockt De Noordwest zyde van YERLANDT Beginnende van Capo de Hoorn tot aen Schynes ofte Slyne-head About a little league to the eastwards lyeth another Bay within some rocks called Mackswyns bay Mackswyns bay but it is not to goe in except men be very wel acquainted they must go betwixt the rocks in untill they bee gotten in there they may save a ship without cable or anchor A great league to the southwards of Kilbegh lyeth a long lying out poynt called S. Johns poynt S. Johns poynt right west from that poynt a quarter or a little halfe league lieth a great Rock under water whereupon the sea breaketh with great noyse Betwixt that rock and the poynt of S. Johns point men may sayle boldly through it is there cleane and cleare About 2 great leagues to the eastwardes of that foresayd point S. Johns point lyeth the Haven of Dungall Dungall-haven into the southwards For to saile in there you must first shun the easter shoare which is very foule with dry plates and Rocks When you are come right against a little castle that standeth on the north side right against it lieth off a little riffe from the shoare that you must avoyd also And when you are come about the poynt of that riffe you must goe over again to the northside for the south side is there slat and shoale Betwixt Saint Johns point and Dungall-haven alongst the coast is all over good anchor ground The Haven of Moy Moy. hath at the comming in a broad bay in it lye some rockes For to sayle in there you must leave them all on the west side that is on the starboard side run towards little sandy Island that hath at the north end a little riffe you must goe into the westwards of it and leave that Island on the larboard side Even within that foresayd Island lieth another little round green Island that must bee left on the starboard side so soon as you shal be right against it you must let fall your anchor for a little further it is shoale and hard sandy ground the greatest anchor must be brought towards that foresayd long small Island the small anchor towards the little greene Island it falleth there at low water allwayes dry If you will goe from thence before the Town Moy you must light your ship to 8 foot for to come through betwixt the long small Island and the s grounds there is at high water with an ordinary tide no more then 9 foot water being come over the neck you shall come into a poole before the towne Moy there you may ride a float at a low water In the road against the Island it is 15 or 16 foot deep The Stagges of Broad-haven Staggs of Broad haven are Rockes that lye to the northwards a league or a league a halfe a seaboard of the point to the northwards of Broad-haven Broad-haven lieth in s and by west in the sound lye 3 or 4 rocks these must be left on the larboard side run in there alongst to the westwards until you come within the haven A great league to the westwards of Broad-haven lyeth an out point southwest from the Staggs From thence lyeth the coast alongst to black-rock s s.w Black-rock Blackrock is a great high black-rock with more other rocks by it and lyeth from the foresaid point s s.w distant about 6 leagues about a leag northwest from the out point Acklehead Acklehead Acklehead is a very high poynt and sheweth itselfe a farr off like an Island with agreat Saddle thereby it is good to be knowne Within this poynt lye also 2 exceeding high hills which together with the point men shall see first at sea before any other part of the land so that the poynt doth shew it selfe first like three Islands Men may sayle through betwixt Acklehead and Blackrock comming from the southwardes men doe leave Acklehead on starboard and Blackrock with the rocks thereby a seaboard on larboard the course lieth through betwixt them both n.n.e. n. by east unto the point of Broad-haven it is there large and wide To the n. wards to the e. wards of Acklehead lie divers havens where it is good riding a little to the n. wards of Aclehead you may run into the w. wards betwixt the low land to the n. wards on the larboard side the high land of Acklehead on the starboard side a great wayes in anchor in 7 8 fathom landlockt for all winds from thence may come out againe to the n. wards or else may come out into the sea again to the s wards round about the land of Acklehead From Acklehead to Slynshead by the seafaringmen called Twelve-pence Slynshead Twelve-pence because the land doth shew it selfe in 12 round hommocks the course is southwhat easterly 11. leagues betwixt them both lye three Islands before a great bay the northermost or next to Acklehead is called Cleere this hath a high hill on the n. end that is very steepe and at the south end it is slat going downe The second or middlemost is called Boche wihin it is a road for those that are bound to the southwards where men may anchor in foure fathom The southermost is called the Horse Betwixt Acklehead Twelve-pence lyeth within in the land a very high hill like a Sugerlorfe called S. Patricks-hil Patricks-hil
leagues From Mizanhead to Beerhaven n. and by w. 5 leagues From Beerhaven to the Island Whiddy the course is e. n. e. and n. e. and by e. 7 or 8 leagues From the Dorseys to Silly s e. and by e. 56 leagues From the Dorseys to Cape de Finisterre is the course s and by e. and south 173 leagues From Mizanhead to C. Cleare e. and by south distant 7 leagues From C. Cleare to Croockhaven n. w. 5 leagues From C. Cleare to C. Veelo or Oldhead e. n. e. and n. e. and by e. 14 leagues From Cape Cleare to the Landsend of England e. s e. 53 leagues From C. Cleare to Silly s e. and by e. 46 leagues From C. Cleare to C. de Finisterre south 173 leagues From Oldhead or C. de Velho to the haven of Kinsale is the course n. and by e. 2 leagues From Oldhead or C. de Velho to Corck e. north e. 5 or 6 leagues From C. de Velho to the Landes end of England s e. s e. and by e. 45 leagues Heights C. Clear lyeth in 51 degrees 12 minutes Cape de Velho or Oldhead lyeth in 51 degrees 28 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea The Islands as also the maine land by north and by south the Bay of Galloway shew as you may see in these 5 following Figures when as you are right before the Island of Aron which lye before the Bay of Galloway North being 8 leagues from you N. n. e. 10 leagues These 4 following figures belong one to the other as the markes doe shew N. n. w. 6 leagues the mayne Land by n. Gallow. N. 3 leagues Betwixt these two Islands it is 20 fathom deepe The 3 Islands of Aron before Galloway E. and e. and by n. 4 leagues E. and e. s e. S. e. and by s 7 leagues S. s e. 8 leagues S. and by e. 9 leagues This belongeth to the 3 figures going before the AA BB CC one to the other N. n. e. 4. leagues East 5 leagues East n. e. 6 leagues Being 8 leag n.e. and by e. from you Thus sheweth the land on the Islands betweene Limbrick and Galloway when as you come out of the sea Being n. e. and by n. 4 leagues from you N. e. 4 leagues N. e. and by e. 5 leagues When as the middest of the Islands of Aron which lye before Galloway is north e. 4 Dutch leagues from you it sheweth itselfe thus and that southerly little Island sheweth then low and flat C. Kerry or Sinbrandonhill Blaskeyes The land of C. Kerry or Sinbrandonhill by some called Devils hill unto the Blaskeyes lying n. e. and by e. 5 or 6 leagues sheweth as is Described out in these two figures when the foresayd hill of Sinbrandon is e. s e. from you three or foure leagues Islands to the northwards of the Blaskeyes A Channell Sound of Blaskeyes The Blaskeyes Blasques Blasques S. south east being 2 leagues and a halfe from you The Blasques being s e. and by s 3 leagues from you sheweth thus Out-Rock Southeast 3 leagues from you The highest rock of the Blasques being two leagues e. and by south from you sheweth thus Northnorthwest The Blaskeyes Sound of Blaskeyes The Blaskeyes and the land to the eastwards of them doe shew themselves thus when you sayle from the Skellocks towards them An entrance All double ragged land The Skellockes Thus shew the Shellockes with the land to the eastwards or to the northwards of them when you are somewhat to the northwards of them and sayle alongst by them When you are by the Skellocks then the Islands lying to the northwards and to the eastwards of them shew themselves thus East and by north 2 leagues Skellockes E. s e. 2 leagues and a halfe The Skellockes being east and by south from you 3 leagues sheweth thus This is an entrance These Islands lye to the southwards and to the eastwards of the Skellockes the land from thence eastward towards the Dorseyes is all high broken and very ragged land This Island lyeth betwixt the Skellockes and the Dorseyes close by the land Thus shew the Dorseyes with the Rocks Bull Kow and Kalfe which lye without them they are to the southwards of you This and the figure following belong at the AA one to the othe When you are to the eastwards or to the southwards of Dorseyes they shew as is showne out in these 2 figures here before The east end at B sheweth almost like Cape Cleare being east from you but it is a higher land The Dorseys Hilly and very ragged Land Northeast and by east These two figures belong one to the other at the A A. Mizanhead A broad Channel but within it is all broken Land Eastnortheast C. Cleare When as Cape Cleare is eastnortheast from you and Mizanhead northeast and by east then is the land unto the Dorseys in these formes as is shewed in these two figures here before The Dorseys Mizanhead northeast and by east When as Mizanhead is northeast and by east about two leagues from you then sheweth the land to the northwards of it towards the Dorseys And then may you also see the Island of C. Cleare east from you Fastney C. Cleare The forme of C. Cleare with the rock Fastney Rock a little to the eastwards of Baltemore This belongeth to the figure going before the AA one to the other beeing the land to the eastwards of Baltemore Thus sheweth C. Cleare when it is north from you 5 leagues and there it is 58 fathom deepe C. Cleare sheweth thus being north and by west from you C. Cleare Sharpe hils within The Cape Cleare being n. w. 7 or 8 leagues off from you sheweth thus If you then beare n. you shall fall right with Oldhead when you come neare the shoare you shall loose sight of the high land it shall seeme to be all low land Land within Land within Land within This followeth the former figure the eastermost hommockes at A are the high hils about Iochull which you may hardly see when C. Cleare is n. w. from you 7 or 8 leagues off they lye far within the land and the clouds oftentimes hangover them C. Cleare Oldhead Point of Corck within the Island Hil within Iochul When you are before Oldhead two leagues or two leagues and a halfe a seaboard the land then sheweth the land to the westwards unto C. Cleare and the land to the eastwards of Oldhead in this forme When the poynt of Rosse is west and by north from you it sheweth thus Thus sheweth Oldhead when it is w. s w. a halfe league from you then may you see the Haven of Kinsale open When Oldhead is west 2 leagues from you it sheweth in this forme The land a little to the eastwards of Kinsale sheweth thus The land to the eastwards of Corck towards Iochull sheweth in this forme Old ruined houses The Rock betwixt Iochul and Corck When you are to the eastwards of Corck not
a high sharpe Tower called Quinperly from the east poynt runneth off a great ledge of rocks called the Baers within it on the east side of the entry of the Haven lye two suncken Rocks also on the west side a Rock with a hole which at halfe ebbe is uncovered whereof men must take very good heed in the comming in Men run in alongst by the west land for to eschew the foresayd suncken rock foule grounds The marks for to sayle in there are these there lyeth a little Island within in the middest of the haven which you may see when you are without the Haven To the eastwards of that little Island upon the maine land standeth an Abbey bring that Abbey right to the east poynt of the haven which lyeth within the Baers and sayle in with it untill you come thwart of the east poynt within the Baers and runne in about by it being within it there it is wide and broad you may anchor there before the foresayd little Island in 5 or 6 fathom there it is at low water 3 or 4 fathom deepe or else men commonly runne in about by the poynt untill they come in the oaze From the Pennes unto Bell-Isle the course is eastsoutheast twenty leagues but from Groy to Bell-Isle it is souhsoutheast five leagues Bell-Isle hath at the northwest end a steepe poynt lying out with a great saddle thereabouts stand also some little houses and the end goeth very steepe downe When as Bell-Isle lieth n.n.e. from you Road to know Bell-Isle the west end sheweth it selfe in three parts the westermost where of is a great rock which floweth at a very high water almost under at the east end there divideth it selfe off also a great rock by these foresayd marks it is indifferent well to be knowne men may see Bell-Isle out of the sea in 55 fathom At the s side lye off many rocks little Islands If you will seeke a roade under Bell-Jsle Road unâ—â—r Bell-â—â—le then you must give the Northwest end a good birth off from it lyeth a suncken rock under water a good wayes from the land being come within it sayle then within two Cables lengths alongst by the land within a Base shot about by the North poynt untill you come before the village with the little sharpe Tower called Pauls there standeth a castle upon the poynt to the westwards of the foresayd little Tower anchor within that poynt in nine or ten fathom there you shall lye landlockt for a south southwest and northwest wind If it blow more northerly you must shift and runne before the east end which is about halfe a league broad and anchor there in ten or eleven fâ—thom This Island lyeth about southeast and northwest according as the winde bloweth men doe shift there from one road to another it is there every where good ridâ—ng Within the Island Bell-Jsle to wit betwixt Bell-Isle and the maine land lye many little Islands where at divers pâ—aces men may sayle through to the Rivers of Vannes or Morbeam Roche Barnard the river of Nants called the Loâ—re Of these Islands are three the principall the eastâ—â—most is called the Cardinall â—â—â—â—nal the east poynt where of â—nd the e. poynt of Bell-Isle lye one from the â—â—heâ— direct east and by north and w. and by south about 4 leagues The middlemost is called by some also the Cardinall or else together with the eastermost the Cardinalls This hath a good Haven on the north side going in by a great Rock â—â—ndbank From the n.w. poynt of the northermost runneth a sandy strand unto the maine land against the point betwixt Blavet Morbeam so that men cannot sayle there betwixt that and the maine but at high water it is most covered and at low water it lieth most drye at low water men may goe over there on foot from the Island to the maine land He that commeth from the west and is bound to Morbeam Roche Barnard or other places thereabout must run to the southwards of it if the will not saile about to the southwards of Bell-Isle he may saile through betwixt the northermost and the middlemost Island and also he may sail through betwixt Bell-Isle and the foresayd Islands about to the eastwards of the Cardinall The channell there betwixt them both is about a league broad and cleane it lyeth through e. s.e and by east men may run alongst by the Cardinals either by night or by day in 8 9 and 10 fathom all cleane sandy ground For to sayle through betwixt the westeâ—most which is fast at the north end with the strand to the maine land and the middlemost Island the course is from the n.w. e d of Bell-Isle e.n.e. A little from the east end of the foresayd westermost Island lieth a great round rock wâ—ich you must leave on the larboard side run alongst by it within two or three Cables lengths and then you shall leave on the starboard side to seawards of you a g eat many rocks some above some under water which lye towards the other Islands which you must give a greater birth to then to the foresayd great rock From this foresayd channell to the river of Morbeam or S. Jolms the course is n.e. or n.e. and by e. or els if you run about to the eastwards of the Cardinal and are bound to Morbeam then goe away from the east poynt of the Cardinall first n.w. and n.n.w. and you shall have then in that fareway 8 9 fathom depth goe then by little and little more northerly right with the point which lyeth to the westwards of S. Jolms there runneth off the sayd poynt of S. Jolms a ledge or riffe of rocks allmost a halfe league into the sea which you must give the west poynt a birth to and run in alongst by the east shoare which is flat and lieth from the Tower of S. Jolm to the River of Vannes n. w. s e but you must be sure to reckon your tyde well in this Channel for it runneth in and out the River of Vannes so strong that you cannot sayle in with an ebbe although it blow a storm likewise doth it to the contrary with the flood therefore you must sayle in there with a still water At the middle poynt where the river doth devide it selfe in two whereof the one runneth to Vannes the other to Auray lye many rocks the most part under water which you leave on the starboard side when you are bound to Morbeam or Auray and on the larboard side when you are bound to Vannes when you are come from so far within that the Tower of Morbeam is w. from you anchor there in the middlest of the haven in 9 fathom and then shall Auray the innermost little Tower lye n.n.w. from you the other little Tower north and by e. but the poynt of Mayland e. s.e The west shoare thwart of it is very steepe oasie
and soft you can take no hurt of it although you sayled right against it The east poynt of the Cardinall and the entring off the Haven of Morbeam lye northnorthwest and s s.e one from the other Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Without Ushant a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moone and within the Trade a southwest by west moone maketh full sea At S. Matthewes poynt a southwest and northeast Moon maketh highest water Jn the broad Sound betwixt Ushant and the Seames a w. s.w and e.n.e. moone maketh the highest water The floud falleth very strong upon Ushant and to the southwards of it through the Mullens Thwart over the Trade towards the Backovens Likewise in through the Broad Sound unto Brest Also alongst by S. Mathews point towards the Fourne or Backovens with great rippeling He that commeth sayling about Ushant must reckon thereupon In the Race of Fontenay a southwest and by south and northeast and by north moon maketh full sea The floud falleth very strong through betwixt the Keyser somwhat thwart over towards the Lavender with very great rippeling over the Calfe that is the ledge of Rocks which lyeth off from the Lavender from thence forth north and north and by west inwards to S. Mathews point With calms men must take very good heed not to be miscaried away with the current With stormy weather out of the north or south it is not without danger to come in this channell especially with an ebbe or out-fall On these coasts of Britaigne and the Islands there abouts a southwest and n.e. moon maketh the highest water but within the havens rivers indraughts bayes a s w and by w. and n.e. and by e. Moone or a poynt later according as the havens or rivers doe lye deepe in the land Men doe not reckon there any setting or running of the streames for the floud commeth through the swelling of the great Ocean right against the coasts and so runneth onely into the havens the Ebbe contrariwise goeth thwart from the shoare to seawards when it falleth soo that men cannot perceive any course off streames except it bee a little through or about some points off Islands On these lands as on all the coast off Britaigne a n. e. and southwest moon maketh high water and within the havens rivers and in-draughts a poynt or two later according as they lye far within the land On the Coastes and Islands a s w and northeast moone maketh high water within the Havens Rivers a point or two later according as they lye farre within the land Of the Depths about these places and in what depths men may see the land The Backovens or the land of the Foure men may see in 50 fathom Ushant being about s from you you may see in 50 fathom Southwest from Ushant 5 or 6 leagues off it is deepe 75 fathom and then you may see the land from the poop In the Broad Sound it is 45 fathom A little without the Seames about a league it is deepe 50 fathom Men may see the Seames and the Sheetes or Slaeplakens in 60 or 65 fathom Betwixt Ushant and the Seames in the fareway it is deepe 55 fathom Thwart of the Pennes and the Glanons men may see the land in 55 and 60 fathom Bell-Isle men may see from below in 55 but under the top in 60 fathom How these landes doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the Fourne to S. Matthewes poynt s s.e and s e and by south 4 or 5 leagues From S. Matthewes poynt to Croydon or Claesdowne e. southeast 3 leagues From S. Matthewes poynt to the Race of Fontenay or the Keyser south and by east 6 leagues From Ushant to Portland northeast 53 leagues From Ushant to the Steart northeast and by north 39 or 40 leagues From Ushant to the Lizart north 29 leagues From Ushant to Silly northwest and by north and n.n.w. 34 leagues From Ushant to Cape Cleare in Ireland northwest 78 leagues From Ushant to the Island of S. Michaels s w and by w. 360 leagues From Ushant to the Cape Finisterre southsouthwest westerly 121 leagues From Ushant to Cisarga southsouthwest 110 leagues From Ushant to Cape Prior s s.w 105 leagues From Ushant to C. de Pinas south 93 leagues From Ushant to Laredo s s.e 104 leagues When men sail away s and by east from Ushant then they run a little without the Seames From the Race of Fontenay to the Pennes southeast somewhat easterly 10 or 11 leagues From Fontenay to Oldyarne e. s.e 7 leagues From Oldyarne to the Pennes southeast and by south five leagues From the west end of the Seames to the Pennes e. s.e by east 13 leagues From the Seames to the Band or Craghe of Oleron s e and by east 68 leagues From the Seames to the Bayon in France southeast somewhat southerley 102 leagues From the Seames to S. Sebastians southeast and by south 102 leagues From the Seames to Bilbaw southsoutheast easterly 96 leagues From the Seames to Saint Andero southsoutheast 92 leagues From the Seames to Cape de Pinas or Tores south 81 leagues From the Seames to Ribadeus s by west 89. leagues From the Seames to Cape de Ortegall southsouthwest southerly 84 leagues From the Seames to C. Finisterre southwest by south southerly 112 leagues From the Seames to Silly Northnorthwest five and forty leagues From the west Pennes to the east Pennes or Glannons eastsoutheast 6 leagues From Glannons or Gloyland to Groy east and west nine or 10 leagues From the east end off Groy to the west end of Bell-Isle the course is southsoutheast 5 leagues From Glannons or Gloyland to Bell-Isle s e and by e. somewhat easterly 13 or 14 leagues From the northwest end of Bell-Isle to the southeast end the course is southeast and by east 5 leagues From the West Pennes to Bell-Isle eastsoutheast 21 leagues From the east end of Bell-Isle to the east end off the Cardinall east and by north 4 leagues From the east poynt off the Cardinall to the entring off Morbeam n.n.w. 4 leagues From the west Pennes to Viverus southsouthwest 84 leagues From the west Pennes to Sysarga southwest and by south 102 leagues From Groy to Viverus southwest and by s 90 leagues From Groy to Cape de Finisterre s w 123 leagues Heights Ushant lyeth in 48 degr 30 min. The Seames lye in 47 degr 58 min. The Island Bell-Isle lyeth in 47 degr 5 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea When Ushant is south by west from you 4 leagues it sheweth it selfe in this forme Ushant being s and by e. from you 4 leag sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth Ushant being s e. from you 4 leag Ushant being south and by east from you 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Ushant being east from you 2 or 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Fontenay Oldyarne The Pennes Thus sheweth the Sheets or Slaeplakens with the Pennes as you sayle alongst by
you may also sayle about to the northwards of it and sayle in by the Tower of Voorn or Four At low water this river falleth dry at least 4 leagues within the land For to sayle from Burnt-Island to Burwage you must sayle away s s.e keepe the little Tower of Heer 's to the westwards of the wood so long untill the tower of Voorn or le Four come over the little red-tyled house that stands rpon the s side of the river of Sherrant sayle then in s e and by little little s e by east untill that Pront a village that lieth upon the strand commeth to the n. wards of Soubise when as then Soubise cometh within the foresayd village and the mill above the village then you shall be against the poynt of Oysterbanck Oysterbancks goe then in alongst s e. by south and bring that outermost little Tower of Heer 's over the outermost sandy place where the gallowes standeth by keep them so standing and sayle in s s.e when as then the little Tower of Heer 's commeth to the east side of the valley whicb is in the wood then keepe that sharpe little Tower right over the east side of the valley of the wood and sayle in so into the Creeke or river of Burwage At Burwage was wont not to stand a house where now is a strong faire Towne being builded so within 70 or 80 yeares past The Bannier lyeth alongst the land of Oleron and lyeth untill within Burnt-Island at low water it is uncovered and the tayle of it lyeth farre to the northwards If you should turn out from the Creek towards the Burnt Island then bring the Tower of Rochell not without the Burnt-Isand before you come thwart of it because of the Baniard Baniard thē you shall take no hurt of it At the south end of Oleron betwixt Oleron and the land to the southwards of it is yet another channell where men may sayle in and out called the Mamme-sound deep enough for great shipps it lyeth in from out of the sea east and by n. being come there within there runneth up ariver southeast towards Sales where men doe lade salt being past that to the other poynt of the Mamme-sound Mamme sound lyeth a plate where of men runne to the northwards upon these marks you must keepe the mill that standeth upon the lands of Oleron over the trees and so you shall runne to the northward off the plate there is the road for them that will lade salt at Oleron or Olderdon But if you will runne in through and out againe then you must fayle so farre to the eastwards untill that Sales come over the trees which stand within Merven for to avoyd the tayle or riffe that shooteth of from Oleron when Sales commeth over the trees sayle then north and by w. on the Burnt-Island but bring Duke Charles Tower to the s wards of the Burnt-Island for not to sayle within the Banniard When the little Tower of Heer 's commeth to the wood keepe it then so standing untill Rochell commeth over the north side of the Burnt-Island sayle then out at the Portrush There shooteth of also a riffe from the west-west-end of Saint Martens Island Riffe at S. Martens Island where of you must take heed About south or a little more westerly thirteene leagues from the Island Use south-southwest and by west from the Island S. Martens and w.n.w. or somewhat more northerly from the river of Burdeaux lye the Rockes of Rockedon or Rochebon Rocks of Rochebon of some called Urkamia in forme of a Trevet or Brandize The southermost of the three is the shoalest whereupon remaineth at low water about 2 fathom depth At the southeast side the ground is black little stones and at the northeast side white sand but you may not come neare them by your lead sound by them A little to the westwards not farre from the foresayd rocks lyeth yet another rock where upon is at low water 5 fathom water neverthelesse with a storme the sea breaketh terribly upon it Of the Tydes and Courses and streames Upon all these a foresayd places as kewise over the whole bending of the French Coast as alsoo before the River of Bordeaux a southwest northe moone maketh the highest water Of the Depths ahout these places and in what depths men may see the land Bell-Isle men may see from below in 55 but under the top in 60 fathom Without Use it is 35 fathom deep and then men may see the land from below when it is cleare weather men may see it in 60 fathom Westsouthwest from Use about 9 leagues you shall find 45 and 46 fathom the ground is full of fine small stones as greate as course sand and verry steepe The land of Olone men may see it from below in 25 and 30 fathom S. Martens Island and the north end off Oleron men may see in 28 and 30 fathom When men get sight off S. Martens Island they shall see upon it a high Tower with a high house and upon the strand a mill with foure or five high sand-hills Upon Oleron men shall see a high spire Tower upon a red poynt where men shall see some trees stand over it and to the southwards of it is at 2 or 3 places ragged sandhills How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Bell-Isle to the river of Bourdeaux southeast somewhat southerly 47 leagues From Bell-Isle to S. Sebastians s s.e southerly 75 leg From Bell-Isle to S. Andero south 71 leagues From Bell-Isle to C. de Pinas or Tores s s.w somewhat westerly 76 leagues From Bell-Isle to Cape de Ortegall s w 88 leagues From Bell-Isle to Cape de Finisterre s w 121 leagues From the east poynt of the Cardinall to Croswyck e.n.e. 7 leagues From the poynt of Croswyck to Pierre-Perce east s e. 4 leagues From the Cardinall to Old-downes e. n. e. 7 leagues From the north poynt of the River of Nantes to the Picqueliers n.n.e. 7 leagues From Pierremen to Armentiers westsouthwest 2 leag From Armentiers or Picqueliers to the West end of Use s by e. s s.e at last 7 leagues From the east end of Bell-Isle to Use southeast easterly 16 leagues From Use to the Barges of Olone e. by s 7 leagues From Use to the Killiates or S. Martens Island e. s.e 12 or 13 leagues From Use to Cape de Pinas south-southwest and by south 75 leagues From Use to Cape de Ortegall southwest and by west 93 leagues From Use to Portrush or the Band of Oleron the course is southeast and by east 15 or 16 leag From the Band or Craghe of Oleron to the Tower of Cordan s s.e and s and by e. 14 or 15 leagues From S. Martins Island to the tower of Cordan or the river of Bourdeaux s s.e 16 leagues From S. Martens Islands to Cape de Pinas southwest somewhat westerly 80
east and by south being within you must sayle up e. n. e. and n. e. by east and when you come against the Abbey at Restier then you must edge somewhat over towards the south-land els you must keepe the northland alongst For to sayle into the Carrick deep For to sayle in at the Carrick deepe you shall bring Cascalis over the west-poynt of Roxent keepe it so untill that the little Tower which you shall see stand above the Abbey at Restiers come over the white Abbey which standeth the farthest from Restier to wit over S. Katherines Abbey or Cloyster goe then northe n. e. by n. in keeping these marks standing thus untill that you come within the poynt off S. Gillies and then goe in alongst by the north-north-land to Restiers within the Castle and anchor there where you thinke it best Upon these markes you may sayle in and out at the Carrick deepe If you come from the westwardes and will goe in to the Carrick deepe then bring Cascalis over the west-west-end of Roxent and sayle so about the norther Cachops untill that the Town off Lisbone come within two ships lengths neere to the southside of the River then further in northeast and by north when as then you shall see the sand-bay within the poynt of S. Gillians then are you in the righ fareway But if it should happen that you could not see the towne or the little Tower then keep the sand-bay which lyeth within S. Gillians poynt north e. land by north from you and sayle so n. e. n. e. by north in and take the sounding of the norther Cachops in eight or nine fathom when you begin to come against S. Gillians poynt sayle then indifferent close along by the northland as is before sayd He that will turne out or in to the Carrick deepe must bring the foresayd little tower that standeth within the land a shipps length to the s wards a shipps length to the northwardes off the foresayd Abbey or Cloyster off S. Katherines and then cast about every time and so turne too and againe out and in Also come not with calmes in this channel neither bound inwards nor outwards with an ebbe for it falleth very strong over the east end of the Cachops If you will run out at the Carrick deepe you must looke out for the foresayd little Tower when it commeth out from under that high land bring it then a little to the westwardes of the second white Abbey or Cloyster and goe away south-southwest and by south and then the little tower shall come to the Cloyster But if you must turne out too and again then you must be very carefull of your tydes for the streames fall strong over the Cachops so that it is very dangerous with calmes to come in or out at those channels but especially in sayling out with an ebbe for it falleth thwart over the Cachops From Roxent to S. Uves poynt the course is southeast by s 10 leag that is also a apoynt easy to be known by a high round hill which lyeth on it also men shall see the top of the castle of Sisembre upon a flat hill like a great top or ridge of a countrey house S. Uves poynt is called Cape de Pitcher by the Dutchmen Cape de Spichel a little to the southwards about the poynt is a rent or clift in the land before it is good riding in 9 and 10 fathom Before Sisember men may also anchor in 15 or 16 fathom Of the Tydes and Courses and streames On these Coastes as on the former a southwest northeast moone maketh high water A southwest and northeast moone maketh full sea at the foresayd places on the sea-coast within the havens a poynt later A northeast and southwest Moon maketh on these coasts full sea like as on all the coastes lying on the great sea there goe also no streames alongst the land because through the swelling off the Ocean sea the flood commeth right on against the coastes and falleth right in and out at the Havens Courses and Distances From Cape del Fisiron or nova Lisbona to the Rock or Roxent south 15 or 16 leagues From the Burlings to the Rock or Roxent south by east and s s.e 16 leagues From the Burlings to the Cape S. Vincent s by eâ—st 53 leagues From the Burlings to the great Canaries southsouthwest 248 leagues From the Burlings to the Island Palma southwest by south 256 leagues From Roxent to the Cape Pitcher or Saint Uves poynt southeast and by south 10 leagues From Cape Pitcher to Cape S. Vincent south somewhat easterly 29 leagues From Roxent to Cape Saint Vincent south and by east 37 leagues From Roxent or the river of Lisbone to ths great Canaries southsouthwest westerly 240 leagues Heights The Burlings in 39 degrees 40 minut Roxent lyeth in 38 degr 55 min. or as some hold in 39 degr Cape Pitcher or S. Uves point lieth in 38 degr 30 minut How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea C. Montego The Land to the southwards of Montego The C. de Montego being northeast from you foure or five leagues with the land to the southwards of it sheweth it selfe as is pourtrayed in this and the figure following at the letters AA they belong one to the other This belongeth to the former and is the land to the southwards of Montego untill thwart of the Burlings Thus sheweth the Burlings when the northermost are east from you a league The land betwixt Peniche and Roxent sheweth it selfe as is pourtrayed in these three figures following when the high land to the southwards of Peniche being called young Roxent is east from you the like letters as AA and BB belong one to the other Young Roxent Burlings This belongeth to the former figure and is the land to the northwards of the Rock or Roxent Roxent This followeth the former figure untill Roxent or the rocke at the B one to the other Young Roxent northeast and by east Roxent south and by east Thus sheweth the Rock or Roxent when it is south and by east and young Roxent is northeast and by east from you and that you are close by the land When the Rock or Roxent is northeast from you seven leagues it ariseth thus When the Rock or Roxent is east and by south and e. s.e from you 7 leagues it sheweth it selfe thus The eight Demonstration Which Contayneth the description of Algarve and Andaluzia from S. Uves to Palos or Clif. FIve leagues to the eastwardes of Cape Pitcher or Saint Uves poynt Road under Saint Uves poynt lyeth Saint Uves there lyeth a great bancke before the havens mouth Beneath the high land upon the water side standeth a white Castle when that is northnortheast from you then are you right before the havens mouth Cust van ANDALVZIA En Algarve Beginnende van Capo de Spichel tot aen het Clif. For to finde
next Tower to wit the next to the little castle there is fresh water to be gotten on the land The towne off Velez Mallaga Velez Malaga lyeth about a leag within the land but upon the strand standeth a great Packhouse appearing like a castle The Coast of Spain from Malaga to Modril From Velez Mallaga to Almunecar the course is east 15 or 16 leagues betwixt them both it is all cleane Coast men may anchor there under all the poynts which lye betwixt them both Two great leagues to the westwards of Almunecar lyeth a poynt whereupon standeth a fire-tower under is a good road for a west wind If you will anchor at Almunecar then anchor to the westwards of the rock where the little chappell standeth upon in twelve fathom there is good ground and shall lye there landlockt for an east westnorthwest wind Salobrena lyeth from Almunecar foure leagues to the eastwards that is a little Towne with a little Castle lieth upon a hill a little about the east poynt of Almunecar right before Salobrena lyeth a little Island he that will anchor there must anchor to the westwards of it there he shall lye landlockt for a northeast wind and also for a west wind then he shall have succour of the e. poynt of Almunecar Men may also well anchor to the eastwards of that little Island but too the westwards of it is the best road there lye also all the ships they may anchor there in fourteene and fifteene fathom clean soft ground in sixteene fathom they shall lye somewhat too farre out Men may if need so require run through betwixt the foresayd little Island the maine land betwixt them both there is about sixteen or senventeen foot water and the little Island is round about clean so that men may run very close alongst by it without feare Two great leagues eastwards from Salobrena in the same bight a half league from the sea side within the land lyeth Modrill which hath two Churches some trees thereabouts upon the water side standeth a square tower If you will anchor at Modrill then anchor before the foresayd square tower which standeth upon the water side in twelve or thirteene fathom so that you may see the little Tower upon the east poynt even without the other poynt there is cleane ground men lye there landlockt for an eastwind but a south east a southwind make there like as at all places on these coasts a lee shoare A little to the eastwards of Modrill lyeth the poynt called Cape de Sacrastijf The Coastes of Barbary For to sayle out of the Bay of Gibralter to Tetuan then run over south by east about close by the point of Seuta especially with a westerly winde you should otherwise be carried away so with the current which then commonly runs to the eastwards that you should fall too farre to the Leewards Comming then about by the point of Seuta you shall see out a head a black point called cape Porkes lying south from the poynt of Seuta When men lye in the Bay of Gibraltar they may see the foresayd cape Porkes C. Porques alongst over Seuta which is a poynt very easy to be known sail towards that point with a westwinde luffe up so neere as you can When you come about that poynt then you shal begin to see Tetuan which lieth up against the high land a great league within the land run then soo far to the s wards untill that the east end of the towne come right over a little round hommock which is upon the high land within In the middest off the towne standeth a black tower and in the innermost land of al within lye three little hills which doe as it were looke over the outermost inner land bring the three little hills over the foresayd black tower anchor then so farre from the shoare that the first little hill of the high land to the southwards of Seuta towards cape Porques come a little without Cape Porques there it shall bee sixteen fathom deep good soft ground Marks of the Roade before Tetuan If you anchor otherwise then upon these foresayd marks you shall have bad stony sharpe ground It hath happened that some ships have anchored there but their anchors fell so into the rocks that they could not weigh them again but must hew of their cables and leave their anchors behinde them Therefore if you come off from the point of Cape Porques then bee care full that you bring the foresayd first little hommock which lyeth a stearn of you in the bight of Seuta to the southwards of Seuta a little without the Cape Porques and so keep sailing to the southward and keep heaving of the lead continually without ceasing untill that you get the soft ground so soone as you shall feele it let then presently your anchor fal for the place where the soft ground is is not two cables length in compasse great Tetuan lyeth from Seuta about sixe leagues and three or foure leagues to the southwards of it lyeth a point called Cape Tetuan C. Tetuan whereupon standeth a tower He that hath never been at Tetuan might easily be mistaken by that poynt taking it to be cape de Porques the sooner because that some say that Tetuan at least nine leagues to the southwards of Teutan It hath happened that ships have sayled unto this poynt and have so runne past Tetuan therefore it is best that men goe not too farre from the shoare either by night or by day for to get the cape Porques certainly in sight The Bay off Tetuan betwixt the Cape Porques and Cape Tetuan is a sand-bay altogether of sand-strand with low hommocks here and there upon the sea-side which a farre of seeme as if they were shipps but the ground thereabouts is altogether foule except such a place as before is sayd Betwixt the Cape Porques and Seuta it is also a faire sandstrand but thwart of it is all good ground The Coast of Barbarie in the Straite of Gibralter lyeth from Seuta to Cape de Spartell west and by south and westsouthwest eight or nine leagues But the Cape de Spartell and Cape de Trafalgar on the Spanish side lye north by west and south and by east eight leagues asunder From Cape de Spartell to Arzila Arzila the coast lyeth south and by west seven leagues betwixt them both alongst the sea-side it is all lowe land with some poynts and high land within with a white sand-hilly strand A little to the southwards of the poynt of Cape de Spartell men may anchor for easterly windes in twelve or thirteene fathom cleane sand-ground but so soone as the winde doth shift to the west they must bee ready to get under saile lest they be inbayed upon a lee shoare About a league to the southwards of the Cape lyeth a little hommock upon the low land by the water side which sheweth in
Blanco to the C. Cantin the coast lyeth west s w and s w and by w. about 9 leag The C. Cantin C. Cantin is an even plaine point when you are to the n. wards of it it sheweth flat towards the w. going off towards the sea there standeth a fire-tower upon it but very small that sometimes you can hardly see it If you come from the northwards or from C. Vincent and are bound to Saffia then set your course south and s and by east and then you shall fall with the land 4 or 5 leag to the e. wards of C. Cantin or if you sayle a more westerly course you shall runne till you come in the height of 32 degr a half and then the C. Cantin shall lie due e. from you it is better to fall a little to the eastwards of the C. then to the w. wards of it because the winds blow there most common northerly If you fall to the eastwards of the C. the coast lyeth there s w and by w. and w. s w. and it is even plaine land About 10 leag to the e. wards of the C. lieth that little town Tyro with a high white tower upon the sea side 5 or 6 leag more to the westwards betwixt Casa Cavalgero and C. Cantin you shall see a little bight or Bay thereabouts lie upon the strand by the water side great black rockes which shew as if they were wrakes of ships and then forth alongst to the C. it is a faire flat sandy strand From the C. shooteth off a ledge of rocks somewhat off into sea which men must avoid when they sayle about the Cape From C. Cantin to the north poynt of Saffia the coast lieth s or somewhat more westerly 5 or 6 leag betwixt them both it is a steep rocky land without sandy strand but above upon it plaine and even A league to the southwards of the C. lieth a riffe or shoale by the shoare by some called the Gold-banke and lyeth about a league off from the land at sometimes of the year there is much fish to be taken To the southwards of the Bay of Saffia Saffia is high uneven and most of all double land but to the southwards of it it is even plain thereby men may easily perceive or discern whether they be to the northwards of Saffia or to the southwards of it If you will anchor in the bay For to anchor in the Bay or road before Saffia Saffia then bring the north poynt whereupon standeth a tower a little more westerly then n. from you anchor then in 18 fathom Or if you will anchor further in the Bay then bring the foresayd north poynt n.n.w. or a little more northerly from you and then the northermost of the two north points shall bee a shippes length without the southermost or the next unto you run then so farre to the southwards untill that the tower were men doe land with the boats which is a high square tower standing below even within the wal of the towne come right over a tower which is fast to the wall which commeth off from the Castle above to the southwards so that the foresaid thicke tower below come right over the Haven betwixt the poynt where the castle standeth upon the water side and the rocks where men goe in betwixt Or else anchor that the high Castle of Saffia stand e. and by s and e. s.e from you there it is 16 17 and 18 fathom deepe good fine sandy ground You may also anchor so farre within in the Bay in 15 16 fathom that the north poynt come to be n. w. n. w. by n. from you These are the Summer road in the Winter you men must anchor further from the land in 28 or 30 fathom there the ground is course sand Men may boldly run in before Saffia into the road by night there is nothing that they need to feare which may doe them hurt but the land About two leagues from Saffia lyeth the south point of the bay which is a low point that lieth out and two leagues to the southwards of it lieth another steep rocky point without sandy strand By it goeth in the River Tansit up into the land unto Marrocos From the poynt of Saffia to the Island Mogodor the coast lyeth southsouthwest 19 or 20 leagues Against the northeast end of the Island Mogodor Island Mogodor there shooteth off from the maine land a great row off rocks being hard sharpe rockes whereof the outtermost or those that lye next to the Island Mogodor lye high above water He that commeth from the northwards and will sayle in behind the Island Mogodor must runne in betwixt the Island and the foresayd rockes close in alongst by the Rocks It is there in comming in betwixt the Island and the Rockes five fathom deep Within the foresayd Rocks lye also some other Rockes on the larboard side which at high water are under water and at low water are uncovered When you come to the end of them you may luffe up about by them towards the maine land and anchor there within them in 3 fathom at low water there is good sand-ground But yet neverthelesse it is not there very good lying for by reason of the breaking of the Sea upon the foresayd rocks there goeth sometimes a great Sea so that it is not good lying there with a storme but further in under the Island it is good lying in two fathom and a halfe From the south-end of the Island lyeth off a little riffe towards the maine land almost to the foot strand and to the s wards off that foresayd little riffe lyeth a bancke off from the maine land almost a league off into sea If you will sayle out at the south end then run alongst by the shoare of the maine land untill that you bee about the foresayd riffe and run out then upon your lead along by the banck then you shall presently get deeper water of 4 6 8 10 fat then you may sayle there where you desire to be From the point of Saffia to C. de Geer C. de Geer the course is southsouthwest about 43 leagues but from Mogodor the same course is about 22 or 23 leag It is there betwixt them both a faire flat sand-strand with double land which at some places is very high About 8 leagues to the northwards of C. de Geer lyeth a point called C. de Taffalana C. de Taffalana under which men may ride in good sand-ground for east and northeast windes The C. de Geer is lower then the land to the northwards of it and falleth to the southwards flat off into sea which men shall first perceive when they come within 3 or 4 leagues of it About 4 leagues to the northwards of the Cape lyeth a high Hommocke within the land further northwards the land is yet higher but when you come thus
When the Pico of Teneriffe is westsouthwest from you then are you open before this road of S. Cruz and when you lye in the road of S. Cruz you may see the Island of great Canaries southeast from you about 13 leagues On the northwest side of Teneriffe lieth the road of Garrichica from the northeast point Punte de Nago westsouthwest and southwest by west eight or nine leagues He that will anchor before Garrichica let him anchor to the westwards of the rock with the crosse called the Lion so that the foresayd rock do lie southeast and by east and southeast from him then he shall lie right before the towne and may see right into the street of the town through the Cloister of S. Dominicus there is clean ground in 36 or 40 fathom the Pieck lieth then over the w. side off the town nearer to the land or to the rock then in 35 or 36 fathom it is not cleane westwards towards the riffe Lapania it is also foule ground This is a dangerous road therefore every one that commeth here must be very carefull to have their anchors cables and sailes very preedy and ready for to shift roads as soon as it beginneth to be a storme There is also a little haven before Garrichica where men may lie with a few ships For to sayle in there you must have a Pilot. On the west side of the havens mouth lieth a rock under water but the sea breaketh alwayes upon it you may anchor within in the haven in five or six fathom and must bring two anchors out a head to seawards with a cable on the rocks and an anchor out a stearn on the land so that the ships cannot wend too and again the ground is there foule you must buye up your cables with buyes and cask for to keep them from the ground This is a good haven in Summer then it is commonly good weather but in the winter it is not good to com in there with a ship for the grown sea out of the n. west commeth running in there sometimes so forcible and strong that it is not possible to hold a ship although she had to anchors out It hath hapned certain years past that there was lost in the same haven a great many ships and a great many houses of the same towne washed away with the great water Betwixt Garrichica and the east end of Teneriffe are three lading places more for to lade wine at as Maramela Relecho and Oratama At the south-southwest end of Teneriffe lieth also another little haven or Bay where is much wines laden called Adessa there is also good lying except it be with a s w winde which bloweth there open in From Teneriffe to the Island la Palma the course is westnorthwest twenty leagues On the southeast side la Palma lieth a faire Bay with a town and lade-place called S. Cruz. He that commeth from the northwards and desireth to anchor in the road let him run so far in the Bay untill he be to the southwards or past the head or the bridge and anchor there in 25 or 30 fathom In winter time men must not anchor so near the strand because of the southeast or southsoutheast windes for then they should lie too near the strand Men lye there moored with two anchors for the sea winde with a small anchor out a stearn for to keep the ship right in the road there lyeth to the eastwards of the towne a high white rock with a crosse there is the best road A little to the northwards of the town is a faire sand-bay there is good anchoring in 20 30 or 35 fathom according as men will lye far off the Road is called the Rammell road When men lie in the road of Palma they may see the Pieck of Teneriffe lie eastsoutheast from them The Island Palma is very high and full of trees whereby it is easy to bee known On the southwest side of la Palma is another place where men lade wines called Tassa Corda About 5 leagues west from the west end of Teneriffe lieth the Island Gomera which hath on the n. e. side a good haven of 10 fathom deep where is good lying almost for all windes better then in any of the other Islands but there is nothing to lade Men may alsoo anchor without before the haven in 20 fathom but they must shift roads there as at Garrichica The road of Adessa in Teneriffe lieth right over against it east off from it about 5 leagues The road of Palma lyeth from this haven in Gomera northwest and by north 16 leagues The Island Ferro lieth from the Island Palma south and by west distant 13 leagues Of the Tydes On the Islands of the Canaries maketh at the most places the natural tyde to wit a southwest and northeast Moone the highest water Of the Courses of the Sunne From the west point of Forteventura to the Island of great Canaries east and west 19 or 20 leagues From the north poynt of the Canaries to Punte de Nago the northeast point of Teneriffe westn w 21 leagues From Punte de Nago to Garrichica westsouthwest and southwest and by west 8 or 9 leagues From Teneriffe to Isle de Palma w.n.w. 18 leagues From the west end of Teneriffe to Gomera w. 5 leagues From the Palma to Ferro south and by west 13 leagues From great Canaries to Salvages northn w 40 leagues From Garrichica to Salvages northnortheast and north and by east 30 leagues From Teneriffe to the Isle de Madera north 72 leagues From great Canaries to the east end of Madera north by west 85 leagues From la Palma to Madera north and by e. 60 leagues From Salvages to the Serters of Madera n. 46 leagues The outermost of the Serters lyeth from Madera 4 leagues From Madera to S. Michaels n. w. 136 leagues From the west end of Forteventura to the C. de Bajador south and south and by west 20 leagues From Lancerota to the Cape S. Vincent northnortheast 180 leagues From great Canaries to Cales northeast 240 leagues From great Canaries to the C. S. Vincent northeast and by north 210 leagues From great Canaries to Roxent northnortheast somewhat easterly 240 leagues From great Canaries to C. de Finisterre northnortheast somewhat northerly 307 leagues From Teneriffe to the Lizart northnortheast distant 467 leagues From the Palma to Cape S. Vincent n.e. 224 leagues From Madera to Cape de Geer eastsoutheast 128 leag From Madera to Saffia east 130 leagues From Madera to Cales eastnortheast 200 leagues From Madera to Roxent northeast 178 leagues From Madera to the C. Finisterre northeast by north somewhat northerly 245 leagues Heights The Island Lancerota lieth in 28 degrees 35 minutes The north end of the great Canaries lieth in 28 degrees 14 minutes The north end of the Teneriffe in 28 degrees 40 minutes Isle de Palma in 28 degrees 10 minutes Salvages in 30 degrees The southermost part of Madera in 32 degrees But the northermost in 32 degrees 30 minutes Porto Santo in 33 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Hil with the Mizen Thus sheweth the south-coast of Forteventura when the hill with the white Mizen is northwest and by north about a-league from you Thus sheweth the northwest side of great Canaries Thus sheweth Teneriffe when the Pico is westsouthwest from you and then you are open before the Roade of Saint Cruz. Thus sheweth Teneriffe when the Pico is southeast from you and then are you open before the Roade of Garrichica When la Palma is about east from you 16 or 17 leagues then it ariseth thus When Porto Santo is s and by w. from you about 9 leag then it sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth the Island Palma being south and south and by east nine or ten leagues from you Thus sheweth the Island Palma being southwest by south 4 or 5 leagues from you When Salvages is eastsoutheast five leagues from you it sheweth it selfe thus When Salvages is eastsoutheast five leagues from you it ariseth thus When Porto Sancto is about south 5 or 6 leagues from you then sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth the Island Madera when you come from the northwards that the middest of the Island is 10 or 12 leagues from you the southeast end is very ragged when you are neere by it the northwest end is a steep point going sloping downe Thus sheweth the Island Madera being south-southwest from you When Madera is westsouthwest from you 13 leagues it ariseth thus When Madera is south from you 16 leagues it sheweth it selfe thus FINIS
of the table sheweth the degrees the second the min. the third the parts which you must take for the degrees and mi. for the first halfe degree or 30 min. 87 for a degrees 175. for 2 degr 15 mi. 393 but for 6. degrees 45. min. 1184. parts but if you cannot divide so small a breadth as of F E or F O into 10000 parts then you may divide it into halfe so many parts and so you shall take so many parts for a degree or part of a degree if you cannot doe that you shall devide it into 1000 parts at every time leaving out one letter in the table as when you should take for the first degree 175. take 17 and as neare as you can one halfe for the 8 degrees in the place of 1405 take 140 and so forward But if you marke this staffe with the number inverted so that in the place of 90 you set 0 for 80. 10 for 70 20. and so forth as the common crosse staffe is marked ordinarily which you use toward the Sunne you must then on the contrary use the northerly declination and substract the southerly and so at the first without further marking you have the height as it is in the figure if as in that which went before you to the height of the Sun being elevated at D 70 gr you shall in place 70 finde on the staffe 20 that is not the height of the Sun from the Horizon B D but the fulfilling of the height to 90 degrees as D Z that is the distance of the Sun and Zenith if then you joine to it the northerly declination D E 10 gr that makes together EZ 30 degrees the distance of the Equinoctiall and Zenith and just at P A the elevation of the Pole In the same manner if the Sun hath southerly declination and is risen from the Horizon 50. gr as in S. you shall not find on the staffe 50 gr for B S but 40. gr for S Z the distance of the Sunne and the Zenith Then if you take S E the southerly declination from S Z 40. there remains E Z 30 degrees for the distance of the Equinoctiall and the Zenith just at P A the height of the Pole That the unsliding peece should be moveable by the sight it is done for 2. causes first that you may slide it netherward or outward as these and sliding of the great crosse requireth secondly that in soule weather when the waves goe high you may set it inward as occasion shall require for your better measuring for where the waves are high and troublesom long instruments are not so fit for use as short This foresaid crosse staffe is very fit to take the height certainely on the firm land without the use of the Horizon That you may do this you shall lay the staffe on a table or any other flat place in a rightline with the water the eye end directly to the south and with the other end where the thwart sliding peece standeth to the north on two smooth peeces of wood so much lifted up that you may slide the long crosse too and againe without hinderance then when the Sunne comes directly south that is when the Sunne hath equall shadow on each side of the staffe then shall you slide the long crosse too and fro so long untill the shadow of the eare at the little crosse fall just betweene the two parrallell lines on the thwart crosse that being done you shall finde the height of the Sun in the staffe at the long crosse which being sound you shall by that know the height of the Pole or the distance of the place where you take the height according to the instructions before laid downe Here followeth the Table by which you must marke the foresaid crosse staffe The first Columne sheweth the degrees the second the minutes which are above the degrees the third the number of prickes points or parts belonging to such degrees and minutes gr mi. parts 0 0 0 Â 15 43 Â 30 87 Â 45 131 1 0 157 Â 15 218 Â 30 162 Â 45 306 2 0 349 Â 15 393 Â 30 437 Â 45 480 3 0 524 Â 15 568 Â 30 612 Â 45 655 4 0 699 Â 15 743 Â 30 787 Â 45 831 5 0 875 Â 15 919 Â 30 963 Â 45 1007 6 0 1051 Â 15 1095 Â 30 1139 Â 45 1184 7 0 1228 Â 15 1272 Â 30 1317 Â 45 1361 8 0 1405 Â 15 1450 Â 30 1495 Â 45 1539 9 0 1584 Â 15 1629 Â 30 1673 Â 45 1718 10 0 1763 Â 15 1808 Â 30 1853 Â 45 1899 11 0 1984 Â 15 1989 Â 30 2034 Â 45 2080 12 0 2126 Â 15 2171 Â 30 2217 Â 45 2263 13 0 2309 Â 15 2355 Â 30 2401 Â 45 2447 14 0 2493 Â 15 2540 Â 30 2506 Â 45 2632 15 0 2680 Â 15 2726 Â 30 2773 Â 45 2820 16 0 2867 Â 15 2915 Â 30 2962 Â 45 3010 17 0 3057 Â 15 3105 Â 30 3153 Â 45 3101 18 0 3250 Â 15 3297 Â 30 3346 Â 45 3394 19 0 3443 Â 15 3492 Â 30 3541 Â 45 3590 20 0 3640 Â 15 3689 Â 30 3739 Â 45 3789 21 0 3839 Â 15 3889 Â 30 3939 Â 45 3990 22 0 4040 Â 15 4091 Â 30 4142 Â 45 4193 23 0 4245 Â 15 4296 Â 30 4348 Â 45 4400 24 0 4452 Â 15 4505 Â 30 4557 Â 45 4620 25 0 4663 Â 15 4716 Â 30 4770 Â 45 4923 26 0 4877 Â 15 4931 Â 30 4986 Â 45 5040 27 0 4095 Â 15 5150 Â 30 5206 Â 45 5261 28 0 5317 Â 15 5373 Â 30 5429 Â 45 5486 29 0 5543 Â 15 5600 Â 30 5657 Â 45 5715 30 0 5773 Â 15 5832 Â 30 5890 Â 45 5949 31 0 6009 Â 15 6068 Â 30 6128 Â 45 6188 32 0 6249 Â 15 6310 Â 30 6371 Â 45 6432 33 0 6494 Â 15 6556 Â 30 6619 Â 45 6682 34 0 6745 Â 15 6809 Â 30 6873 Â 45 6937 35 0 7002 Â 15 7067 Â 30 7133 Â 45 7199 36 0 7265 Â 15 7332 Â 30 7400 Â 45 7467 37 0 7535 Â 15 7604 Â 30 7672 Â 45 7743 38 0 3815 Â 15 7883 Â 30 7954 Â 45 8026 39 0 8098 Â 15 8170 Â 30 8243 Â 45 8317 40 0 8391 Â 15 8466 Â 30 8541 Â 45 8617 41 0 8693 Â 15 8770 Â 30 8847 Â 45 8925 42 0 9004 Â 15 9083 Â 30 9163 Â 45 9244 43 0 9325 Â 15 9407 Â 10 9490 Â 30 9573 44 0 9657 Â 15 9742 Â 30 9827 Â 45 9913 45 0 10000 Â 15 10088 Â 30 10179 Â 45 10265 46 0 10355 Â 15 10446 Â 30 10538 Â 45 10630 47 0 10724
reckoned upon the Meridian or length of the earth from the westend of England Those which are more easterly from thence have the lesser declination when the Sun departeth from the Line and increaseth in declination either towards the North or South as wel betweene the 20 of March and the 22 of Iune as betweene the 23 of September and the 22 of December and the greater declination when the Sun returneth againe towards the Line whether it bee by north or by south the Line as wel betweene the 22 of December and the 20 of March as betweene the 22 of Iune and the 23 of December On the contrary those which are more westerly from thence have the waxing declination that is when the Sun runneth from the Line either by North or by South the Line the greater declination and the falling declination that is when the Sunne runneth againe towards the Line either by North or by South the Line maketh the lesse That commeth to passe by reason of time thus Those which are more easterly have the Sunne sooner in the south or in their Meridian and therefore is the waxing declination lesse and the falling greater on the contrary those which are more westerly have the Sonne later in the South and therefore have they the increasing declination more the decreasing lesse The first Example Concerning those which are more easterly with rising declination upon the 25 of March in the second yeare following the Leap-yeare I desire to know â—he Sonnes declination at noone at Bantam in the East-Indies First I seeke upon a Globe or any other Table how much more Easterly Bantam lyeth then the Lands end of England and I find it to bee about 120 degrees herein wee reckon not so neare upon a degree or two because such a difference is but little in this respect whilst then the Sonne must have 24 houres to run about the heaven or the whole earth which is 360 degrees I seeke how much time hee must have to run 120 degrees and I say thus 360 degrees maâ—â— 24 houres what maketh then 120 facit 8 houres 〈◊〉 thence I find that the Sunne commeth 8 houres sooner to the South at Bantam then at the Lands end of England that is That the Sunne is fall South at Bantam when it is but 4 a clock after midnight at Englands Lands end Then I looke in these Tables upon the abovewritten 25 of March for the declination of the Sun and I find it to bee 1 degree 57 minutes and out of the declination on the day following 2 degrees 21 minutes that the declination of the Sun at that time in 24 houres increaseth 24 minutes therefore say I if the declination increase 24 minutes in 24 houres how much in 8 houres facit 8 minutes from thence it is cleare that seeing the Sun runneth from the Meridian over Bantam to the Meridian of Englands end and the declination riseth or increaseth 8 minutes that it at Bantam is 8 minutes lesse as these Tables declare The Suns declination is that day at Bantam no more then 1 degree and 49 minutes by north the Line The Second Example With falling Declination Upon the 16 of the same yeare I desire to know the Suns declination at noone at Bantam and I find in these Tables upon that day for the length of England Lands end 2 degrees 40 minutes that it decreaseth every day at that time of the yeare 24 minutes Seeing then the Sun as is sayd in the first example cometh 8 houres sooner to the South at Bantam then at Englands end I say doth the declination decrease 24 minutes in 24 houres how much maketh it in 8 houres it maketh 8 minutes from thence it is knowne that seeing the Sonne runneth from the Meridian of Bantam to that of Englands End and the declination falleth 8 minutes and therefore at Bantam is it 8 minutes more even as these Tables declare The declination of the Sonne on that day is at Bantam 2 degrees and 48 minutes Observation From hence it followeth That one and the same Steer-man sayling eastwards to the Indies comming upon two such divers times before the Straite of Sunda and would take the height of the Pole according to the Sun of one and the same corner of Land and should use these Tables without such caution hee should though hee thought it wel done thereby taking one time 8 minutes soo much and the other time 8 minutes too little declination hee should find it to differ 16 minutes in his height therefore in long voyages you must thinke wel upon this The third Example Concerning those which are more Westerly with rising declination A certaine Ship comming upon the 9 of October in the third yeare after Leape-yeare upon the greate South Sea neare the Coast of Peru the Steerman desireth to know the Suns declination there at noone hee findeth out of a Globe or any other Table that that Coast lyeth full 80 degrees more Westerly then Englands Lands End The Sun must then run from the South over Englands end to the South of the foresaid Coast of Peru full 80 degrees to which hee requireth about 5 houres and an halfe so that when the Sun standeth there in the South it is then from Englands end halfe an houre past 5 in the afternone Hee findeth in these Tables the declination of that day 6 degrees 13 minutes by South the Line and out of that of the following day which is 6 degrees 36 minutes that at that time in 24 houres the declination riseth 23 min. therefore shall hee say the declination riseth in 24 houres 33 minutes how much then in 5 houres and a ½ facit full 5 minutes and from thence wee find that seeing the Sun running from the Meridian of Englands end to hert of the Coast of Peru riseth full 5 minutes and thereupon the declination on that day is there 5 minutes more even as the tables demonstrate The declination then on that day on the Coast of Peru is 6 degrees 18 minutes The fourth Example Concerning the falling declination Suppose that such commeth to passe on the foresaid Coast of Peru on the 8 of September the same yeare these tables point at the declination of that day 5 degrees 46 minutes and the day following 5 degrees 23 minutes so as upon that time of the yeare in 24 houres time the declination lesseneth 23 minutes The Steerman shal then reckon thus if in 24 houres the declination lesseneth 23 minutes how much is that in 5 houres and a halfe facit full 5 minutes and shall from thence find that his declination is there 5 minutes lesse as these Tables instruct the Sonnes declination then upon that day is upon the Coast of Peru 5 degrees 42 minutes from hence may bee understood what it is which before is said in the example of the more easterly that a Steereman whe would looke after the Sun on the Coast of Peru upon such two divers times in the same place and
would use these Tables of declination without the foresaid care and caution though hee sayle right and well should neverthelesse find 10 minutes difference The fifth Example Suppose 2 Ships beeing together depart from these Lands the one sayleth eastwards and commeth according to his reckoning upon the 26 of September in the first yeare following the Leap-yeare on the other side of the world I suppose 180 degreâ—s in longitude distant from Englands end and find in these Tables the declination of the Sun on that day 2 degrees 0 minutes The other ship sayleth westwards and meeteth the first shipp at the foresaid place according to this reckoning not upon the 26 of September but upon the 25 and findeth the declination in these Tables for that day 1 degree 24 minutes and so differ as wel in the time one day and accordinglly in the declination 24 minutes which commeth to passe from this the first sailed towards the Sunrising 180 degrees hath shortened his time 12 houres The other sayled with the Sonne 180 degrees hath lengthened his time 12 houres thereby hath had one night lesse then the other whilst then the declination at that time increaseth in one day 24 minutes soo must hee that is sayled eastwards reckon 12 minutes declination lesse and hee that is sayled westwards must reckon 12 minutes more as the Tables each and shal have one sort of declination to wit 1 deg 12 m. haved The 30. Point How to finde the height of the Pole by the Sunne TO find the height of the Pole by the Sunne one thing is specially to bee marked to wit whether you are northward or southward from the Sunne whether the Sunne standeth northward or southward from you is easily knowne when you are in such a place upon the earth as is farre from the Line or from the Sunne but when the Sunne is neare almost above your head then you cannot wel see it with your eye therefore set a compasse before you that you may see where north and south is then take your Astrolabium and set it so that the one edge thereof stand right south and the other north and then you shall see at a hayres breadth whether the Sunne being at the height standeth northward or southward from the head point or Zenith if then you will seeke the height of the Pole when you are on the north side of the Sunne that is when the Sunne is Southward from you then take the just height first and as much as the declination of the Sunne is northward take it out of your height and that which resteth is the height of the Equinoctiall in the south which substracted out of ninety as in the former Point is declared then you have the height of the north Pole Example In this figure let P be the north Pole and G the South Pole E H the Equinoctiall A B the Horizon Z the Zenith and D the Sun let the height of the Sun B D bee sixty degrees above the Horizon the northerly declination D E 8 degrees if then you take D E 8 degrees from B D the height of the Sunne there will rest B E 52 degrees which is the height of the Equinoctiall which taken out of 90 degrees resteth 38 degrees for the height of the north Pole A P as in the 7 Point is shewed If the declination be Southerly then adde unto the height aforesaid taken and then if the addition bee lesse then 90 then looke upon the height of the Line in the south which taken out of 90 as aforesaid it leaveth you the height of the North Pole Example Let the height of the Sun be D B 40 degrees the southerly declination of the Sun E D 20 degrees then adde E D 20 degrees to D B 40 degrees it maketh E B 60 degrees the height of the Equinoctiall which substracted from 90 as E G the distance betweene the Equinoctiall and de south Pole then there will rest 30 for G B that is as much as the south Pole is gone under the Horizon as before is shewed so much as the one Pole is under the Horizon just so much is the other above it the north Pole P shall here be elevated thirty degrees But if the height of the Sunne being added unto the declination maketh more then 90 degrees then you must understand that the Equinoctiall is northward from your head just so much as the aforesaid addition is more then 90 and so consequently the South Pole also shall bee so much elevated Example Looke into the figure next following wherein let the height be D B 80 degrees and the southerly declination E D 18 degrees then if you adde E D 18 degrees to B D 80 degrees the height of the Sun there wil bee 98 degrees for B E seeing then that from the Horizon B to the Zenith Z that is the point in Heaven right above our heads is just 90 degr as in the 22 point is taught it followeth that E the Equinoctiall is 8 degrees northwards from the Zenith Z and so 82 degr elevated in the north above the Horizon when E A is taken out of 90 there resteth 8 degrees for the height of the south Pole G above the Horizon B then you must understand that you are betweene the Line and the Sunne How you shall finde the height of the Pole when you are southward from the Sunne WHen you perceive that you are southward from the Sunne that is when the Sunne standeth northward from you first as aforesaid take the height of the Sun then if the declination be southwards take it out of your height which you have found and then you shall have the height of the Equinoctiall which substracted from 90 it sheweth under what height you are southward from the Line Example Behold the figure above standing Let A D be the height of the Sunne in 64 degrees the southerly declination E D 16 degrees which substracted from A D the height of the Sunne there remaineth for A E 48 degrees the height of the Equinoctiall in the north which substracted out of 90 then the height of the South Pole G B will bee 42 degrees If the declination bee northerly then adde it to the height found out if then the addition bee lesse then 19 it sheweth you the height of the Equinoctiall which taken out from 90 you finde the height of the south Pole Example Looke on the figure with his circles as it followeth here after let A D the height of the Sunne in the North bee 50 degrees and D E the northerly declination 15 degr then adde E D 15 to D A 50 degrees tâ—en you have 65 degr for A E is the height of the Equinoctial then G B the height of the south Pole is 25 deg for as in the 27 Point it is shewed the height of the Equinoctiall E A with the height of the Pole G B alwayes make 90 degrees But if the height and the declination of the
houre later and so you shall find the just timâ— of high water or full sea in that place The third Example When the moone is new or full then it is at Amsterdam and Rotterdam and wheresoever a southwest and northeast moone maketh full sea high water at three of the clocke a day after the new or full moone at three of the clocke 24 mi. two dayes after at foure of the klocke and 36 min. and foure dayes after the new or full moon at six of the clocke 12 minutes Here follow the Tables of the Water-tydes South and North. da. ho. mi.   0 12 0 At the Iuttish Ilands Before the Hever Eyder and Elve before Emden Delfeziel Before Enchuysen Horn and Vrck upon all the coasts of Vlanders upon the foreland At Dover in the Pier at Bevesier on the sand at Hanton on the Kay Before Schietenburch and the Ras of Blanckert at Olfernes In the conduit at Iubleter in the Road. Falling of streams upon the same stroke 1 12 48 2 1 36 3 2 2 4 3 1 5 4 0  6 4 48  7 5 36  8 6 24  9 7 12 From the Nesse to Beunen 10 8 0 11 8 48 12 9 36  13 10 24  14 11 12   15 12 0   South Southwest and North Northeast da. ho. mi.   0 12 45 Within the Mase within the Veer at Flushing Neare Bevisier in Sea In the Chamber In Charmsey Falling of streames upon the same stroke 1 1 33 2 2 21 3 3 9 4 3 57 5 4 43  6 5 33   7 6 21   8 7 9  From Beunen to the Sont Also from Estaple to Beunen 9 7 57  10 8 45  11 9 33  12 10 21  13 11 9  14 11 57  15 12 45   South and by West and North and bâ—â—â—st da. ho. mi.   0 1 30 Vnder the Holy Land Before the Mase and Goeree Before the Veere at Armewe Upon the slat before Rammekens Before the Wielings On the Sealand Coasts Before the Thames of London Before Yarmouth In Duyns on the Road Neare the Cingle On the Wester end of Wight Without Callice and Swartenes In Blavet Bunlline at the Land Faâ—â—â—â— of sâ—reâ—â—â—â— upo◠〈◊〉 sâ—me stâ—oâ—â— 1 2 18 2 3 6 3 3 54 4 4 42 5 5 30  6 6 18  7 7 6  8 7 54  9 8 42 From the Gravel â—â—ghen to Beunen 10 9 30 11 10 18 12 11 6 13 11 54  14 12 42  15 13 30   Sout west by South and Northeast by North. da. ho. mi.   0 2 15 Without Fontenay Without Blavet Under Bulline Before the Wieling Before the Mase Falling of streames upon the same stroke Amidst through the Heads From Duynckerck to Greveling From Staples to Fecam From Dortmout to Exmouth 1 3 3 2 o 3 51 3 4 39 4 5 27 5 6 15  6 7 3  7 7 51  8 8 39  9 9 27  10 10 15   11 11 3   12 11 51   13 12 39   14 1 27   15 2 15   Southwest and Northeast da. ho. mi.   0 3 0 At Amsterdam Rotterdam Dort and Ziericksea Before Newcastle the These Harie poole In Robinhoods bay without the Flemish bankes In the pas of Calice Before Conquet at peymarques groy Armentiers Heys Kiliaets Porthus the river of Burdeux On all the southcoasts of Britagne Gascoigne Poictu On all coasts of Biscaye Galissien Portugale and Spaine On the West coasts of Ireland at Bokenes or Orkenesse In Hitland and Fairehill Falling of streames upon the same shok From Ca. de Hague to the Iland of Ornay From Garney to Caquet from Mylford to Ramsey At Fawike in the chanel At Portland in the Sack 1 3 48 2 4 36 3 5 24 4 6 12 5 7 0 6 7 48 7 8 36 8 9 24 9 10 12 10 11 0 11 11 48 12 12 36  13 1 24  14 2 12  15 3 0  Southwest by West and Northeast by East a. ho. mi.   0 3 45 between the pas of Calice the Mase at Roan In the Soths before S. Matthews point In Bristow and Crixdown In the forde betweene Heysant Before the Bos. at S. Marten before Rochel before Brouwage at Roan In the river of Bourdeaux within the chanels situated on the coasts of Spain Galissien the Southside of Bretaigne Gascoigne and the west coasts of Ireland Falling of streames upon the same stroke 1 4 33 2 5 21 3 6 9 4 6 57 5 7 45  6 8 33 From Strusaert to Deepe From Lezart to Start From Cale Clare to London 7 9 21 8 10 9 9 10 57 10 11 45 11 12 33 12 1 21 13 2 9 14 2 57 15 3 45   West Southwest and East Northeast da. ho. mi.   0 4 30 From Texel to the pas of Calice in the fareway Before Humber before Flambrough Schetenborough Abruac In Famouth in the Mouschole Seven Ilands S. Pauls with out the haven betweene garnsey and the seven Isles in the farewater In the Breesand without the foure All south coasts of Ireland as Kinsael Corke Iochel Waterfood and Cape de Cleare Falling of streames upon the same stroke From Ostend to S. Catelines from Berchfleur to Strusaert The Breesand out and in From C. de Cleare to the Iland 〈◊〉 Saltees between London Holmes so far as Bristow from Sorlings to EnglaÌ„ds end From Start point to Portlant 1 5 18 2 6 6 3 6 54 4 7 42 5 8 30 6 9 18 7 10 6 8 10 54 9 11 42 10 12 30 11 1 18 12 2 6 13 2 54  14 3 42  15 4 30  West by South and East by North. da. ho. mi.   0 5 15 In Torbay and Dartmouth In Plimmouth and Fawyke In the Sea of Galles In Famouth In Milford At Ramsey in Wales Before Lin in England Against London In all havens on the South-coasts of Ireland Falling of Streames upon the same strok From Isle â—as to the Foure From Dorsey to Caep de Cleare From the Sotlis to Lizard From Portland to Wight From Wight to Beach otbovesier 1 6 3 2 6 51 3 7 39 4 8 27 5 9 15 6 10 3 7 10 51 8 11 39 9 12 27 10 1 15  11 2 3  12 2 51  13 3 39   14 4 27   15 5 15   West and East da. ho. mi.   0 6 0 Before Hamburgh Before Bremen Before the Maersdeep or Tessel At Hull At Blakney and Wels. Before Antwerpe Tergoes Tergouwe At Concallo and S. Malo S. Pauls in the haven Without the Sorlis in the channell Falling of Streames upon the same Stroke 1 6 48 2 7 36 3 8 24 4 9 12 5 10 0  6 10 48 From the Kilcasses to Berchs fleur
of it which lyeth right in the farewaye in sixteen foot but alongst to the eastwards of the buye is the deepest water the farther into the Bight towards Freesland the deeper The marke of this buy is the little flatt steeple of Mirnes on to the southwards of Molqueren Bring that foresayd little slat steeple in Molqueren keepe it so standing then you come in the farewaye of the buy of West-worckum that is a very good marke when the buyes are taken away The old thwart markes of the buy in the Bight are Mirnes Molqueren Hemelum and a little long village when they stand in four parts Betwixt the buyes upon the Freese plate and in the Bight is the shoalest of the flatt When the buy in the Bight is on your broad side then go on north and by west somewhat more westerly unto the buy of West-worckum Buy of West-worckum which lyeth on the east shoare in 16 foot at low water upon these marks a little sharpe steeple far within the land called Harich commeth over a little village to the northwards of Hinlopen called Dertwisch the right deepe thwart of it is three fathom The old markes are two villages next to Mackum upon the water side standing northeast off from it when these stand a little asunder one from the other you see yet two little steeples somewhat to the northwards of Bolswart almost one to the other neare about as the other upon the water side stand asunder the one is called Idsegahuysen The thwart markes are a high house on the east end of Coudom that commeth within a capstane barres length to the south end of Hinlopen From thence to the buy upon Yghelhoeck Yghelhoeck the course is north the markes there of are a little sharpe steeple with the first long village to the northwards of Worckum called Geest when that little steeple commeth in the innermost swampe of that long village then you have the buye that is a good thwart marck the longst marks are the sharpe steeple of Pingom over the flat steeple of Coorenwaert upon the waterside and Pendragen to a little house to the northwardes of the village with the swamp or when the mil of Staveren standeth betwixt the towne and the Block-house of Stavern these are all good longst markes of the buy upon Yghelhoeck From Yghelhoeck to the middle ground the course is north the right deepe in the Middle ground Middle-ground is seven fathom in the farewaye betwixt Westworckum and Yghelhoeck the right deep in four fathom soft ground the east shoare is flat and the west shoare steep The buy of the Middle ground lieth upon these marks the two sharpe steeples Arun and Pingom one in the other about northeast from you or Bolswaert right to the northwards of a Countrie house to the northwardes of Mackum these are good thwart marks of the Middle-ground The longst markes are kinswaert that is the runner commeth behind the church of Surich then you are right in the farewaie The Church of Surigh standeth upon the water side upon a point that lyeth out about northeast and by north from the buy or when the flat steeple of Wynaem to the northwards of Harlingen commeth betwixt Midlum and the east end of Harlingen then you are right in the Middleground on which side that Wynaem standeth nearest that shoare you are also nearest unto the west shoare is steep the east shoare indifferent flat you may runne over it in three fathom and come againe in five fathom towards Friesland From the Middle-ground outwards to the Flye you can sail within no tayles of sand on the west shoare Being past the buy in the Middle-ground then goe on northnorthwest unto the buy upon Swanebalgh Swanebalgh which lyeth in 3 fathom on the east shoare the thwart marks there of are Bolswaert over a little short house to the southwards of Cornwaert When you runne over betwixt the buyes of the Middle-ground and Swanebalgh on the east shoare more easterly then in three fathome that you come againe in four or five fathom you might in sayling out sail behind the shoals of Swanebalgh or when you are bound in behinde the shoals of the Middleground the west shoare thwart of this you may sound in four fathom or three fathom and a half over against the buye upon Swanebalgh on the west shoare is good ground for to anchor in From the buy upon Swane-balgh to the buy upon Schuytesand Schuytesand the course is north w. somewhat northerly the thwart markes there of are Wynaem over the highest part of Harlingen the longst markes are Bolswaert the northwards of the Sluys which lyeth to the northwards of Woens this buye lyeth in six fathom on the east shoare upon a taile or point which you might saile within when you saile out the right deepe thwart of it is 7 and 8 fathom the west shoare is indifferent flat which you may sounde in 4 fathom the e. shoare is steepe but a little without the buye it is flatte all alongst to Keeshoeck and you may sound it all alongst unto the Sloot In sailing up you might sail within the w. shoare over against Schuytesand or a little to the southwards of it in 3 fathom or 3 fathom a half into a Deadbalg behind a taile of sand Point of Waert called the point of the Waert but keeping in 4 fathom from that shoare you cannot take hurt of it In sailing up with a forfloud keep the east shoare or els you should be lightly carried therwith into the foresaid balgh behind that Waert before you should be aware of it Upon the point of that waert standeth a drift beacon 2 to the northwards or the westwards of it which men do call the beacons of Claesoomen and to the southwards of it standeth a beacon upon Dominicuâ— plate or as the Pilots do name it Meynsen plate Tâ—e marks for to sail alongst this long reach are Mackâ—â— with a mill upon the water side and a village with a liâ—â—â—e flat steeple to the southwards of Mackum called Idsegahuysen when Pandragen commeth betwixt Mâ—ckum and that village then you shal go cleare of that fo esayd taile or Deadbalg If Pandragen come nearest to â—dsegahuysen then you are too near the foresaid taile or plate or if Pandragen come nearest to Mackum then you are too neare the east shoare Keeshoec From Schuytsand to the buye upon Keeshoeck the course is w.n.w. or northwest and by w. according as the wind tide shall be In that long reach goe little more then half tides alongst the deep the afterfloud fore-eb fall thwart over there to the westwards the after-eb fore-floud right contrarie to the eastwards The marks of the buy upon Keeshoeck are Franiker steeple betwixt the mill the towne of Harlingen or to the mastes of the Schips which lye in the haven Tâ—is buy lyeth on the east shoare the right farewaye thwâ—rt of it is
the north in east Friesland stand two towers one by another of which the one is stumpy and greate and the other low and small when these towers come with the north end of Bandt a little Island upon the WATT even one with another then have you the Buy upon Conings plate they are good longst Marks and when Iuyster tower commeth northnortheast from you they are good thwart Marks of the same buy From the buy upon the Conings plate to the buy upon the Westernbalgh the course is southeast till you get the two Capes upon Bandt together that is the buy southsouthwest from you from the first buy upon the westernbalgh to the second the course is southwest even as the whole westernbalgh is you shall not misse if you keepe both the Capes upon Bandt together to run out of the balgh but at last a little more westerly From the balgh beacon to the beacon upon Eems-horn the course is south and north to sayle through the channell from these beacons forth to the Knock the course is southsoutheast from thence to Loegen east About a half league within Juyst betwixt the beacon upon the High Horne and the buye upon Kings-plate on the east side of the Easter Eems lyeth Memerbalgh Memerbalgh Jt lyeth in most north that is a good road for small shipps that are bound to the westwards or out into sea Within the balgh he that runneth in by the High Horne shall finde good road for small ships that are bound to the eastwards which lyeth in south Comming from the eastwards you may sound Iuyst riff which is flat on the off side without in the point of the riffe is a shoare or Deadbalgh with 2 points betwixt them it is 3 fathom and an half deepe A southsoutheast and a northnorthwest moone maketh without in the Easter Eems the highest water To the east of Iuyst lyeth Buys the shortest and smallest Island that is upon all this coast It riseth up in two Hommocks where of the one Hommock which is the most easterly is the highest and sharpest Betwixt Iuyst Buys goeth in the Buysdeepe Buysdeep the Wor. Counsell of Embden was wont to set it with buyes but it is done no more in regard it doth so oftentimes shift Two great leagues to the eastwards of Iuyst lyeth Norderny Norderny betwixt them both lyeth that little Island Buys Norderny is to be known by a broad flat tower which standeth upon the west end but sometimes men can hardly perceive it About the midst of the Island nearest the east end lyeth a high white sand-hill thereby it is best to be known Further the land is all full of Hommocks Betwixt Norderny and Buys goeth in a channell called the Norder-deepe or Norderny A great league to the eastwards of Norderny lyeth the Island Baltrum â—â—ltrum which is about two leagues long a little shorter then Norderny Upon this Island standeth no speciall thing whereby men may know it but upon the east end a high sand-hill which is sharp above the west end is low sand-hills When the foresayd high sand-hill is southeast and by east from you then it is round to see to Upon the west end there goeth a swamp through Betwixt Baltrum and Norderny runneth in a channell called the Whichterie Whichtery there is no certainty to be written of it that men may trust to sometimes there is 2 fathom water more sometimes no more then 4 or 5 foote The Island Langeroogh lyeth a league to the eastwards of Baltrum which is soure great leagues long and hath on the off-side a faire strand three or four sand-hilles where by men may know it which lye from about the middest of the Island unto the west end a good wayes one from the other the tops of them are plaine and slat Betwixt Langeroogh and Baltrum goeth in the Acumy Acumy wherein lye 2 buyes It is no channell for great shipps it lyeth out alongst by the foote strand of Langeroogh first northeast then somewhat more easterly but it is not to be trusted to because it altereth and shifteth very often Betwixt Langeroogh and Wrangeroogh lyeth the Island Spyckeroogh â—â—â—â—â—erâ—â—gh which is about a league long At the e. end there was wont to lye a little Island easy to be known called Luttick Spyckeroogh which is now altogether gone Upon Spyckeroogh standeth nothing whereby men might know it but it is a black land with Hommocks Nobbes like to the other Islands Betwixt Spyckeroogh and Langeroogh goeth in the Oxebalgh Oxebalgh Wrangeroogh Wrangeroogh lyeth two great leagues to the eastwards of Langeroogh which is a great league long being a little plaine white Island Upon the east end lye high broad white sand-hills Upon the west end the â—arle of Oldenbourgh hath caused to be made a great thick tower with 2 spires when they stand one right in the other then you are by the outer buy of the Weser the aforesayd tower men may see two kennings off at sea Betwixt Wrangeroogh and Spyckeroogh goeth in the Harrel The Harrel about southsoutheast but it is not to be trusted because it shifteth very often The Acumy and Harrell are set both with buyes by the Wor. Counsell of Embden These channell serve not but for small ships like as all the other lying betwixt the eastern Eems and the Weser The Land lyeth from Bornriffe to Wrangeroogh eastnortheast and westsouthwest 29 or some will have it 30 leagues For to sayl into the Iade or Western Weser with a southerly winde runne to the strand of Wrangeroogh in foure fathom with a westerly winde runne no further then five fathom and lead it in so by the strand of Wrangeroogh in 4 or five fathom untill you come a good wayes within or to the end of foote strand of Wrangeroogh there you shall finde the first buye in 5 fathom at low water Menserchurch shall then stand south from you Thwart of this first buye the redde sand is very steepe which you must leave on the larboard side and the buye on the starboard side when you come in Thwart of this first buye commeth a tayle shooting off from the south shoare that is the innermost point of the Stonebalgh which men might at unawares sail within in three fathom and an halfe or foure fathom the first buye is laid upon the point of this tayle The Stonebalgh goeth in to the eastwards of Wrangheroogh the south side where of is steep but the north side flat which men may sound In this Balgh it is ten foot deepe at low water From the first buye to the second and alongst to the third the course is east the second buy lyeth in two fathom and an half The third that is the Jade buye lyeth in three fathom upon the shoalest of the High-waye It is very uneven betwixt the first and the third buye you shall get wise depth of five or six fathom and then again
two fathom or two fathom and an half For to sayle from the Iade to the Weser then sayle by the third buy over the shoalest of the High way on eastnortheast to the Mellembuye and you shall finde at low water upon the foresayd shoalest place or by the third buy no more water then nine or tenne foote and being over there you shall get againe deeper water and then you are in the Weser Reckon well your tydes for the ebbe falleth very strong northnorthwest out at the Iade and the flood to the contrarie very hard inwards so that you can hardly stemme the tyde when the weather is somewhat calme whereof you must be very carefull For to sayle up into the Iade leave the foresayd third buye on the larboard side and go from thence most south up unto the poynt of the Dyke called Hormerscheel when you are come by the Dyke there the Iadeis wide and broade without the foresayd Dyke standeth a beacon or two for shipps that are bound over the Wadt If you will sayle further up into the Iade then keep the west shoare untill you come thwart of the church without a steeple which standeth by the Dyke there you must leave the west shoare because of the Aentâ—n or Ieppe plate which shooteth off from the Veer alongst the west shoare and sometimes lyeth drye at low Water The west shoare lyeth most southeast somewhat southerly A south and north moon maketh the highest water upon the Jade and it floweth with an ordinary tyde a fathom and an half up and downe The Weser For to saile up the Weser come no nearer Wrangeroogh then seven fathom being in seven fathom then edge off from the shoare into 11 fathom and you shall there finde the first buye at the comming into the Weser lying in seven fathom upon the taile of the Redsand Menser Church that is a flat Church without a steeple in Vroukens land is then southsoutheast from you Being thwart of the first buye and that the west end of Wrangeroogh is southsouthwest from you then you runne over the taile of the Red-sand in five fathom From the outtermost buy to the second third fourth fifth the course is due east which lye all in 7 fathom the south side to wit the Red-sand nearest each a point different from Menser church so that Menser church lyeth from the second south and by east from the third south from the fourth south and by west and from the fifth southsouthwest The fifth buy is called the buy upon the Head for to know that from all the other buyes there standeth a staffe upon it of a halfe fathom long With a white knotte upon it Over against the buye upon the Head lyeth a white buye on the white grounds Betwixt all the foresayd buyes you must reckon wel your tydes the floud commeth out of the north west and falleth alongst over the Red-sand and the ebbe to the contrary The right deep thwart of these foresaid buyes in the comming in is eleven fathom but thwart of the buye upon the Head five fathom at low water Right before the We lyeth the Middle-plate Middle plate the Eastermost or the Innâ—â—side beginneth right to the northwards of the buye upon the Head by the white grounds lyeth alongst the reach of the third buye to reckon from without and is on both sides flat for to sounde about On the west side of the foresaid plate lyeth a white buy about from Menser Church which you must leave in comming in on the larboard-side For to sail from the buye upon the Head out again to the eastwards of this plate unto the Elve Then sound it out about the white grounds in 4 or 5 fathom untill you be out in the sea For to saile further up into the Weser the course from the buye upon the Head unto the sixth buye is southeast northwest Menser Church shall then lie from you southwest and by south the Weser is thwart of it about 20 fathom deep From the sixth buye to the seventh that is the buye upon the Cours or the Wapperbuye or the southwest buye because Menset Church lyeth southwest off from it the course is southeast The Jade buy lyeth about south or south by west from this buye From the buye upon the Cours unto the Mellem buye the course is yet southeast which you might sail within ar unawares in sixe fathom Menser Church lyeth off from it southwest and by west From the Mellem buye to the buye upon Bollenziele the course is southeast somewhat easterlie you must reckon your tides there verie well because the floude falleth exceeding hard into the west shoare Langworder church lyeth right south by east from that buye upon Bollenziele Buye upon Bollenziele over against it upon the point of the blackgrounds lyeth a white buye come no nearer to it at half floud then four fathome and an half you might unawares sail within that point in sayling in in four fathom From the buye upon Bollenziele to the beakon upon Bollenziele the course is southsoutheast or southeast by south Langworder church lyeth about south from that beakon you must leave it on the starboard side comming in within that beakon upon Bollenziele is a good roade for a westerly winde From the beakons upon Bollenziele to the first buye upon the flat the course is southeast till you come somewhat beneath the beakon then alongst eastsoutheast The marks of the first buye upon the Flat is when you can see through the belholes of Langworder steeple then you are thwart of the first buye Langworder Church is then from you somewhat more southerly then southsouthwest From the first buye upon the Flat to the second the course is eastsoutheast Betwixt these two buyes stande five beakons on the larboard side upon the black grounds From the second buye upon the flatt to the Meyland the course is southeast and by south Being come thwart of Wadnis or the Meyland sayl then close along by the green shoare untill you come within Blixem there is the roade for great ships that are bound to sea Like as upon the Iade so also upon the Weser a south north moon maketh the highest water it floweth there also 2 fathom and a half up and downe To the eastwards of the Weser lye the south grounds South grounds of the Elve there go in 2 faire deep Balghs or Creeks of 10 12 13 fathom The Til called also Broadbalgh is the westermost and lyeth so far to the westwards that men can but even see the New-worke from thence If it should happen that comming to the eastwards of the Weser you should be beset upon the souther grounds being a lest shoare be in danger then saile to the south grounds in 4 or 5 and 6 fathom but not much nearer also for they are somewhat steepe When you running so along by these grounds upon the same course shall get 8 9 yea 10
buttell All the depths here before mentioned are reckoned at halfe flood From Bruns buttell to the buye upon Salfhorne or Friburger-sand the Course is east and east and by north alongst by the north-land From Salts-horne to the buy against the Steur east and by south eastsoutheast from the Steur to the buye upon Gringer-oortssand southeast and southeast and by east that lyeth against Bilenburg more then halfe wayes in the deepe Betwixt this buye and the buye upon the Steur lyeth another buye in the fareway From the buye of Gringeroort to the buye upon Stader-sand southeast and by south and southsoutheast This buye you must leave on the starboard side From Stader-sand to Willems-fliet or the buye upon the Luye it is southeast and southeast and by south and from thence to the buye upon Terloo eastsoutheast From thence to the buye upon Hanneball the course is east and west From Hanneball to the buye upon Blanckenes sand east and east and by north you must keepe that buye right with a great tree and then runne alongst by the north land untill you bee past the buye From Blancknesse sand unto the buye in the bight the cours is eastsoutheast from thence unto the Eeckhout east and by north in the right channell it is there 3 or 4 fathom deepe there lye the great ships for to lade unlade The Eyder Six leagues to the northwards of the Elve lyeth the Eyder with many shoals lying farre out without the land chiefely and most on the south side on the north side of the deepe alongst by the land of Eyderstee lieth a long sand called the Broad-back or New-grounds on the south side lye Blavoort the Iron Hendrick the Hound and Hecksand To the southwards of Blavoort the Iron Hendrick about a league to the southwards of the mouth of the Eyder goeth yet a Deep in called the North pipe where men may saile in and come out againe by the Hound upon the Eyder In this Eyder lye on the south side of the Deepe seven black buyes which you must leave all in sayling in on the starboard side and on the north shoare which you must leave on the larboard side The outermost buye lyeth from the steepe buye right north and from Holy-land east or a little moâ—e northerly seven or eight leagues When you fall with the land with that course you shall espye to the northwards of the Eyder upon the land of Eyderstee a sharpe steeple indifferent high called Gardingen bring that over or to the south side of the little sand-hils lying on the north side of the Eyder called the Souther-Heads they shall then stand from you northeast and by north or a little more easterly sayle right in with them so you shall fall with outermost buy when that then the sharpe steeple of Weslinburen standing to the southwards of the Eyder in the land of Ditmarsen commeth to be east or a little more southerly from you then you have the length of the foresayd buye then S. Peters Church upon the Eyderstee to the westwards of Gardingen not farre from the sea side shall stand from the northn east Thus or comming out of the southwest upon the foresayd markes of Gardingen and the Souther-heads you shall run over the shoale of Blavoort which men do call alsoo the taile of the Hound lying off from Blavoort almost halfe waies to Holy-land It is also by some called Blavoort or comming from the northwards bring the foresayd steeple of Weslinburen east or a little more southerly from you saile so right in untill that Gardingen commeth to the foresaid southerheads or that S. Peters church bee northnortheast from you in doing so you shall not misse also the outermost buy From the outermost buy to the second third fourth it is al one course eastsoutheast the second lieth upon the shoalest of the channell at low water in 16 foot the the third in 4 fathom and the fourth in 5 fathom These three last lye alongst the north side of Blavoort on the south side of the deepe In sayling in You must leave them all on the starboard side runne alongst to the northwards of them From the fourth to the fifth that is the buye upon the Hound the course is east which lyeth thwart of the Hound on a point which lieth off from Heckesand which in comming in men might at unawares sayle within alongst to the southwards of the buye therefore you must leave that also as well as the former on the starboard side and sayle alongst to the northwards of it Betwixt this foresayd buye upon the Hound and the fourth lyeth another buye upon the north side of the deep upon the southermost poynt of the New-grounds which you must leave on the larboard side runne about to the southwards of it From the buye upon the Hound to the sixth the course is northnortheast and two fathom deep From the sixth to the seventh and last buye northeast and by north and the deepe alongst to the northwards of it three fathom Being past the last buye follow the beakons which stand alongst on the north shoare untill you come to Hulck runne close alongst to the southwards or to the eastwards of them for to avoyd a tayle of sand which commeth off from the east shoare which men might unawares sayle within into a Dead-creeke From the Hulck to Schulperzile the course is east southeast In that reach the beakons stand on the south side upon the Ballast-plate and you must run alongst to the northwards by them leaving them on the larboard side From Schulperzile to Tonningen the course is northnortheast Before Tonningen the Eyder is at the shoalest and at low water no deeper then one fathom and a halfe From thence further in towards the Newtown called Frederick stadt there is depth enough The depths here before mentioned are all to bee understood at low water From Tonningen towards Wollersum the Eyder lyeth alongst northeast and by east From Wollersum towards Harebleck northnorthwest From Harebleck towards Reymers-bode northeast From Reymers-bode towards Nyenzyle eastsoutheast From Nyenzyle to the Nyen-veere south Betwixt the fourth buye upon the Eyder and the fifth that is the buye upon the Hound over against the buye upon the southermost poynt of the New-grounds stand two beakons a little to the southwards of the foresayd two buyes the westermost upon the east poynt of the Blavoort or the Iron Hendrick and the eastermost upon the taile of the Hound Betwixt these two beakons goeth in through a deepe southeast or southeast and by east where you may sayle through alongst by the beakons upon the Iron Hendrick which you must leave then on the starboard side untill you come into the end of the North-pipe which lyeth from thence about west into sea You may sound in at the North-pipe comming in out of the sea by the south shoare in 3 4 fathom untill you come to the foresayd beakons
Comming from the northwards for to sayl into Ryper-deepe you shall also runne on to the south end of Phanu untill that you shall espye the foresayd Capes and goe then further as is above taught This channell is not the best channell in foule weather for it is narrow and farre off shoale wihout it but when you shall bee entred into it you may easily see both sides break if it blow any thing hard A southsouthwest and northnortheast moon maketh here the highest water The Growe-deepe About northeast or northeast and by north from the north end of Phanu lyeth a little Hill called Luysbergh a little to the northwards of it lyeth a long plaine sand-hill called Langeleg from thence lyeth the land towards Zuyder-zyt westnorthwest and eastsoutheast Betwixt the north poynt of Phanu Langeleg Langeleg goeth in that Growe-deep For to sayl in there when you come from the southwards run alongst the Island Phanu and about by the north end of it which is farre flat When as that you get deeper water you shall see three or four hommocks about northeast from you upon the high land with a little flat steeple called Holm or Bruynum Bring that little Church a cables length to the northwards of the Hommocks goe in then northeast and keep the south shoare untill you come within that dry sand which shooteth off from Phanu called Smeursand Smeursand you may run to that upon your sight without doing amisse but leave that on the starboard side when you come in The shoares are there abouts both of them very steepe as well Wisdike that is the Plate which lyeth in the channell as also Smeursand but without the shoares are flat When you are past the poynt of Smeursand edge then over to Wisdike and anchor there untill that you have the lowest water and then you may sayle to Hartingen and go on forth to Wardt Wardt or Woerdt which lyeth eight or nine leagues within the land the river is very crooked upon the which here and there lyeth a Gentlemans house A southsouthwest northnortheast moon maketh there the highest water and there it floweth with a common tyde about a fathom up and down From Phanu to Schellingkroegh Schelling-kroegh it is four leagues betwixt them lyeth Zuyder-zyt a little river of eight or nine foot water The land betwixt Langeleg and Zuyder-zyt is ragged land with sand-hilles and rough being grown with spirie grasse or heath If you should fall with the land at Zuyder-zyt Zuyder-zijt and that you could not lead it into the channell then choose the land of Langeleg you may run to it without danger keepe in two fathom and a halfe and you cannot sayle amisse of this Kroegh sor you may sound this land all alongst in two fathom and an halfe off from Langeleg untill you come within Schellingh-kroegh but if you run in three fathom or three fathom and a halfe you shall sayle without the driesand and run about a seaboard of the forenamed Kroegh Schellingh-kroegh lyeth in most northwest men lye there within sheltred for all winds like as men doe lye at Coningsborough in the Kettell If so bee that you come from the northwards and are bound into this Haven or Kroegh you may run about by that drie sand in three fathom when you come by the innermost point of that drie sand there shooteth off a little tayle of sand but you may see it well and keepe your selfe from it when you come to the east end of that sand luffe up about it untill you come into that Kroegh and anchor there in two fathom and a foot it is there very wide you may make there a good board and turne it in to windwards A southsouthwest and northnortheast moone maketh there the highest water the farther you come to the northwards to Iutland the lesse tyde goeth and the lesse it floweth up and downe At the north end of the foresayd drie sand lyeth the Doodenbergh Doodenbergh that is a short hommock of a Sand-hill which lyeth alone When you are somewhat off from it then it lyeth under the other land that you cannot see it when you come from the southwards or the northwards you may see it From the Doodenberg unto that south end of the drie sand it is all alongst a faire strand and flat ground For to ride under the drie sand you may sound about it comming from the northwards and get smooth water for a northwest wind and also for westerly windes A little to the northwards of the Doodenbergh lyeth the poynt called the Horne betwixt Zuyder-zyt and Wester-zyt making there a Horn of the land to the southwards of it the Coast lyeth eastsoutheast and westnorthwest towardes the Growe-deepe to the northwards of it north and south towardes Wester-zyt Wester-zyt is a village lying betwixt the Blawenbergh and the Horne About this poynt or Horne runneth off a long banck about twelve leagues westsouthwest into sea called Reefshorne Reefshorne or as some do name it Devillhorne which lyeth at some places altogether drye specially seven or eight leagues from the shoare where it is not deeper then two fathom and a halfe or three fathom a foote lesse A shippe that sayleth upon it men can but even see it from the land it is at the deepest by the land to witt four fathom lacking a foot He that commeth there from the northwards with a ship of a great draught must take verie good heed for it is upon the northwest side off steepe that men shall have one caste two and twenty the next cast fifteene and the third cast no more then three fathom When you fall with the land with Wester-zyt or to the northwards of Reefshorne you may sound alongst by the shoare in six or seven fathom untill you come neare the foresayd Horne you shall then also finde another shoale Riffe that runneth off from the land called the Owle The Owl which is also very steepe on the north side from the northwards you may not come nearer it then in seven fathom A little to the southwardes of it beginneth Reefshorne to runne off from the shoare it is there a narrowe banck you shall not finde there lesse then three fathom or three fathom lacking a foot water at two or three cast according as it shall blowe hard or soft and that you shall make your waye and then you shall get presently againe five fathom and sound it about by that shoale sand whether you desire to bee According to the opinion of some Doggers-sand beginneth from this banck When men sette sayle early in the morning out of Rinkopper deepe with a southwest waye and a good northeast winde then they are about four of the clock in the afternoone yet in nine fathom whereby it should appeare that Doggers Sand should have his beginning at this banck For to know the land hereabouts About four leagues to the northwardes of the foresayd Horne lyeth a
high hill a little from the strand called the Blawenbergh going playn downe on both sides which is somewhat blacker then the other land being grown with spyrie grasse to the southwards of this Blawenbergh lyeth that fishers village Wester-zyt betwixt that village and the Horne lyeth one Black hommock and also a Gentlemans house otherwise the land is altogether full of hommocks Rinkopper deepe To the northwards of the foresayd Blawenbergh lye three or four lowe white Sand-hills and by the haven of Numen also two great white Sand-hills close one by the other To the northwardes of these Sand-hills runneth in that Haven of Numen the land lyeth betwixt the haven of Numen and the Doodenbergh most south and north about 7 leagues all alongst a faire strand the best to bee knowne of this Coast is the foresayd Blawenbergh and these two foresayd white Sand-hills For to sayle into Rinkopperdeep Rinkopper deepe or the Haven of Numen runne alongst by the land of West-zyt in six or seven fathom untill that you come to the two foresayd great white Sand-hilles and then you shall see upon a low land two capes upon each of them standeth a barrell Bringe them one in the other and then they shal stand north or north and by east from you saile in right with then and you shall finde a buye excepit it be laide somewhere els Right before the haven of Numen lieth a Sandplate named Gladde Jaep Gladde Iaep For to saile into the souther channell then leave that plate on the larboard side and run in close by the south shoare or foot strand where the aforesayd white Sandhilles doe lye upon right with the Capes and there you cannot doe amisse but runne in boldly by it upon your lead that is the very surest waye of all to sayl in alongst by the strand when men are carefull of the lead Being past Gladde-Iaep runne then towards the north shoare you may sayle about by it so close as you will it is a lowe playne poynt altogether cleane and very steepe When you are come within this poynt you may anchor where you please This channell lyeth in most north and north and by east untill you come within Gladde Iaep and then somewhat more easterly towards the foresayd poynt In this channell goeth an indifferent strong tyde because there lyeth such a great sound within It floweth there little up and downe no more then two foot and a halfe with a common tyde A southwest and northeast Moone maketh there the highest water Right to the northwardes of Gladde Iaep runneth in another channell but there is no more but eight foot water Further within the Haven of Numen it is Pilots water but shippes that are not of great draught may well sayle up especially at a low water The deepe runneth alongst by the strand of Numis keeping alongst by it you cannot doe amisse so soone as you goe off from it you shall bee in danger to sayle within the shoares or tayles which lye off from the Wadt towardes the land of Numit therefore runne close alongst by the foresayd strand of Numit so long untill that the little Church with a flatt steeple bee about east from you against the high land of the Holme come to the south side of the highland then you are within the tayles and sands that lye out leave then the strande and goe in northnortheast and northeast and by north untill that a round hommock come close to the southwardes or right over a little blew Church upon the highland of the Holme Goe then in alongst northeast and by east untill that the foresayd little blew Church commerh over a Gentlemans house beneath in the low land close to the water Sayle then on north and by little and little north and by east untill you come before Rinkoppen it is there broade large and wide and the right deep two fathom and two foote Rinkoppen and the havens mouth of Numen lye four leagues asunder one from the other To the northwardes of Rinkoppen goeth a little river into the land upon which lye two little townes seven or eight leagues in the land the one named Hostebro and the other Huysbuy A halfe league to the southwards of Boevenberghen goeth in yet another little haven inwardes out of the sea named Trosmone there stand two mastes you must keepe them one in the other and runne so into it there lyeth a little village within called Trosmonde From thence you may sayle over the Wadt to Rinkoppen This little haven is not to be reckoned for a Haven because sometimes it is cast too and sometimes there may goe in and out againe Boates or Crayers and small shippes From Rinkopper Deepe or the Haven of Numen to Boevenbergen the land lyeth most north and south ten leagues there is all alongst betwixt them both a faire strand with white sand-hills growne with spyrie grasse When you sayle alongst by it you may see the blew double land of Rinkoppen called the Holmes alongst over this land Betwixt Boevenberghen and the Reefhorne lye some banckes of seven eight and nine fathom and also some that are deeper Boevenberg Boevenbergh is a long smooth hill having in the middest a high round hommock or hill and upon that hill standeth a church with a steeple when you come thwart to land with Boevenbergen it sheweth it selfe in three hilles the middlemost is the highest upon which standeth the foresayd church with a flat steeple upon both sides of that hill stand also other churches but they are not so high you may see the land in thirteene and fourteene fathom the ground is grosse red sand with some little stones there in When Boevenbergen is east northeast from you it sheweth it self in a long hill with some dale in the middest on the northside with a church and also a church on the south side also another hill to the northwards of it From Boevenbergen to the Holmes the land lyeth northnortheast nine or tenne leagues betwixt them it falleth in with a Bight it is blackland with hommocks and sandhilles growen with spyrie grasse here and there standeth a flat steeple in the land About five leagues from land lyeth a banke of tenne fathom but it lasteth not long before you get againe deeper water The Riffe Betwixt Boevenberghen and the Holmes lyeth the great Iuttish Riffe west into sea running over it in twelve or thirteene fathom then lyeth the Naze from you northwest by north 24 leagues running over it in seventeen or eighteene fathom you may see the land on the north side it is grosse sand on the south side stonie like as pease and beanes Westnorthwest from Boevenbergen about eight leagues it is sixteen fathome deep grosse stonie sand ground ten leagues from the land it is twentie fathom deep grosse stonie land like to pease Southwest and by west from Boevenbergen about nine leagues it is 25 fathom deep redde and black sand ground
about the riffe of the Scawe When you come about the Scawe from the westwardes and are bound to the Sound or the Belt you must take an especiall care of the tyde that commeth out of the Belt which falleth commonly out of the Belt towardes Norwaye especially when the winde hath blown a while east or northeast it can carry a shipp by night or darke weather under Norwaye before you should thinke of it it did happen in the yeare 1605 the three twentieth of May that a shippe comming thwart of the riffe of the Scawe so that the riffe did ly southwest from her did drive with calmes in 8 houres untill shee came within three leagues neare to the land of northeast about Harmenshooft five leagues to the westwards of Maelstrand so great strong a current there did shoote alongst by the riffe towards the northeast although it doth seldome happen that the tyde doth run there so strong out yet neverthelesse it behooveth men to be verie carefull to consider there of and to reckon there upon From the Scaw to Seabuye the course is south and by west sixe leagues there it is upon the road four and five fathom deep Betwixt the Scaw and Seabuye lye the small Helmes foure leagues from the Scaw and two leagues to the northwards of Seabuye When you will sayle into the Belt you must leave them on the starboard side going on still south and by west untill thwart of Seabuy you may also saile through betwixt the Helmes and the main land unto Seabuy if you will there is at the shoalest betwixt them 3 fathom water but about a seaboard the Helmes betwixt the Helmes the north end of Lesou it is foure leagues broad and in the channell ten fathom deep soft ground The lying of the Helmes how men shall come to anchor there also of all depths shoale dwale grounds betwixt the Helmes the Scaw and Lesou together with the description of the Island Lesow and the riffes that lye out there about it is described before Betwixt Lesou and Seabuy lye many false grounds which are very uneven of three foure five sixe fathom the like uneven and shoale grounds lye also within or to the southwards of Seabuy of foure five and sixe fathom but the right channell through betwixt the false grounds of Lesou and the shoals of Seabuy is seven and eight fathom deep To the southwards of the small Helms and Seabuy neerer to the maine land then Lesou lye also some uneven dwale grounds upon which there is no more water then 10 11 and at some places 12 foot Hee that draweth but 8 or nine foot need not feare of them You may for a need run through the small Helmes From Seabuy to Aelburger deepe For to faile into Aelburger deep the course is south and by west nine leagues upon the north side of the haven standeth a flat steeple called Hals in the havens mouth lyeth a buy and upon the southland stand two Capes which you must bring one in the other by them you shall finde the buye the channell lyeth in first west and by south about a cables length then you must run up northwest and west right unto Hals and run in by the north shoare untill thwart of Hals from the south poynt of the land shooteth off a slat which you must avoyd being thwart of Hals you must goe southwest and by west unto the bight and in the crooked channell you must shun the north shoare somâ—what and then againe northwest and by west alongst by the north side unto the second crooked and then southsouthwest and afterwards westsouthwest unto the town in the comming in by the buye it is two fathom But for to sayle in there it is best to take a Pilot. By the south shoare goeth in also a little deepe of sixe and seven foot The towne Aelburgh lyeth up in the land foure leagues within the river Also there lyeth alongst this coast to the westwards some bancks there you must shunne the land somewhat When you sail from the Helmes to Stevenshead through betwixt the dwale grounds and the flat of Seabuy you shall meet with a shoale ground about half wayes betwixt Stevenshead and Seabuy or 5 6 and 7 fathom This shoale is called the Swetering The Swetering lyeth about 3 leagues eastwards from Aelburgh deep the channell there betwixt them is about ten or twelve fathom deep From Aelburgh deep to Haselin the course is southeast and by east about 20 leagues From Aelburgh deep to Stevenshead Stevenshead the course is southeast and by south about nine leagues There betwixt them the land lyeth in a great Bay wherein lye the two little townes Mariacker and Randersen Mariacker lyeth from Aelburgh deep south south and by west foure leagues and from Stevenshead five leagues Betwixt Mariacker Mariacker and Stevenshaven lyeth the River of Randersen RanderseÌ„ which runneth up crooked farre in to the land unto the little town Schandelburgh Under the wood of Mariacker runneth a riffe from the shoare and stretcheth neere to Stevenshooft by Mariacker neere unto the shoare it is 12 foote further 3 and 4 fathom faire sandy ground within the riffe it is 6 a halfe 7 fathom soft ground a little without Stevenshooft it is stony ground but neere the shoare it is sandy ground From Stevenshead to Haselin Haselin the course is eastsoutheast 13 leagues Haselin is on the outer side full of shoales riffes and grounds A larger description of Haselin and Anout as also of all the foule grounds and shoals lying thereabouts you shall finde in the first Demonstration of this book A little to the southwardes of Stevenshead lyeth a little town called Oruntbuy Oruntbuy Chalck-grounds there lye the Chalck-grounds right before the river of Grimsound in a bay a little about the poynt of Stevenshead that is a sand two or three foot water but not far off it it is ten fathom deep you may sound them in foure fathom You may sayle up in to Grimsound unto Grimstee that is a lading place for Huyes From Stevenshead unto the great Helme Great Helm the course is southsouthwest about sixe leagues The land lieth from Stevenshead unto the poynt of Ebeltud southsouthwest seven or eight leagues Ebeltud is a little Towne lying within the land thwart of the great Helme Betwixt the great Helme and Iutland it is sixe and seven fathom deepe Close by Stevenshead and the poynt of Ebeltud it is eight nine and also tenne fathom deepe The great Helme hath two Riffes one upon the northeast side and the other upon the southwest side From Stevenshead to Siero the course is southsoutheast and south east and by south nine leagues Betweene Siero and Stevenshooft lye some shallowes but neere Stevenshooft there upon it is 3 and 4 fathom deepe From the southeast poynt of Syero lyeth off a riffe towards Rusnes where you may anchor behind
fathom deep Of these and more other shoals uneven groundes betwixt Lesou and Zeabuy reade the description off the norther part of the Belt Rockes betwixt Lesou and the Helmes About a league northnorthwest from the west end of Lesou southsoutheast somewhat southerly from the point of the Scaw eastsouthe from the little Helmes there lye two or three little low Islands or rocks a little above water betwixt these Holmkens and the Helms it is twenty fathom but betwixt these Holmkens and Lesou five fathom deep to the northwards of them is farre flat four and five fathom deepe sand ground If you wil sayl by night off from the Helmes or from the high land of Lacklie towards Lesou with a southwest or southsouthwest winde then sayle no nearer because of these little Islands and shoals then southeast and by east with that course you shall run over those shoals or flats lying to the northwards from the foresayd Holmkens in six or seven fathom afterwards it wil be deeper again nine ten and twelve fathom go then on eastsoutheast so long untill that the east end of Lesou be south-southwest from you When that east end beginneth to come south and by west from you then you come on against that flat or rif which shooteth off from the northeast end of Lesou towards the Trindell It doth shoale up from 14 12 and 10 fathom unto 8 6 and four and also to three fathom If you be somewhat near to Lesou three fathom lasteth a good whiles and then it will be again deeper four six tenne and fifteene fathom and then verie deep When that foresayd northeast end of Lesou is southwest from you then you are cleare of that flat The Helmes and the Trindel lie east by south and west and by north seven leagues asunder For to sail within the Trindell When you come from the Scaw with a southwest or westsouthwest winde and that you will sail through within the Trindel that is betwixt the Trindel and Lesou it is best that you goe such a course that you may make your wayes good southeast and by south and then you shall run alongst about the middest of the channel through betwixt the Trindel and the foresayd low rockes which lye northnorthwest off from the north poynt of Lesou and southsoutheast from the poynt of the Rif of the Scaw At the deepest in this farewaye betwixt the Scaw and Lesou it is 23 and 24 fathom being past over that you shall come against a banck of eight seven and six and also into five fathom and then you shall be about due west or a little more northerly or southerly from the buye upon the Trindel Afterwards it wil be again deeper if you be in the right fareway to witt seven eight ten and also wel twelve fathom Not for to sayl within the riff or the northeast poynt of Lesou it is good to run then somewhat more easterly to witt southeast or southeast and by east untill you come against the foresayd riff that lyeth off from the northeast poynt of Lesou which you may sound and so runne about by it in five four and also three fathom When the northeast poynt of Lesou that is the poynt with hommocks is south by west from you then you come against the rif when that poynt is southsouthwest from you then you are right thwart of the rif but when the poynt is southwest from you then you shall be past and cleare of the rif Being gotten about it towardes Anoute it will be deepe thirtie five and thirtie and also fortie fathom He that commeth by night about the Trindell must not spare his lead on the outer side that is on the east side of the Trindle you may not come nearer it by night then nine or tenne fathom and then you shall not befarre off from it When you sayle close alongst without the Trindell in cleare weather and that you stande without board upon the bendes of the shippe with your feet by the water then you can even see Lesou If that then in cleare weather standing so without the ship you cannot see Lesou when you are about thwart of the Trindle then you runne farre enough alongst without the Trindle Depths betwixt Anout Lesou The Trindle and the riffe of Anout lye northwest and southeast or as some say southsoutheast and northnorthwest nine or tenne leagues a sunder Betwixt Anoute and Lesou in the right farewaye it is five twentie fathom deep but to the westwards of it to wit right betwixt the Islands Anout and Lesou it is shoale water of seven and eight fathom you may sayle there over these flats and shoals through betwixt Anout and Lesou into the Belt Anout is upon the west side verie foule and farre off to seawards from it lye manie uneven dwaelgrounds of two three and four fathom When you saile with a southwest or westerly winde from Lesou to Anout and runne over the flat of Lesou in three or four fathom you neede not sayle on more easterly then southeast and by east although it be by night you shall with such winde and course run cleare enough of Anout When as that you reckon to have the length of the riffe goe then on southsoutheast and south and by east for to sail a wether of Coll. But by day or when you can see about you not more leewardly then southsoutheast When you saile off from the foresayd pointe of Lesou to Anout with a southwest or westsouthwest winde as is before said make reckoning to come by night by Anout then you can not doe better as to goe eight tenne or twelve glasse according as the winde shall blow fresh on southsoutheast untill you come against the shoaling of Anout and looke for the daye that running not to far to leewards off the poynt of the riffe you may the better gett a weather of Col. Likewise when you come off from Col with a southwest or southerly winde and runne about a halfe league alongst without Coll you neede not also saile more northerly then northwest and by north that goeth also a good waye alongst to leewards of Anout riffe and so forth towards Lesou But when you come with a northeast wind out of the Sound or from Col you must runne out close by Coll if you will sail a weather of the riffe of Anout He that must lye by or turne to windwardes betwixt Lesou and Anout and is bound for the Sound let him keepe himselfe on the west side of the farewaie when he is a league or two a weather of Lesou upon those foresaid flattes or foure sixe and seven fathom when as that he beginneth to come within a league or two of Anout there it will be again deeper but uneven the one cast at least a fathom more or lesse then the other when that you shall begin to get that uneven ground of sixteene twentie and also thirtie fathom then is Anout
September 1628 run upon with his shipp For to saile into Rifsholl or Copenhaven comming from the northwards out of the sound runne along somewhat to the westwards of the Norther buye for to avoyd the plate or Middle ground which lyeth to the westwardes of the buyes in the shoals which upon the north end is not deeper then twelve foote and on the south end eight nine and at some places ten foot deep all hard stony and rocky ground keepe the sounding of the shoare on the west side in two three or foure fathom so deep as you please untill you come before Copenhaven on that side you can take no hurt it is there broad and wide and lyeth in south by west in the middest betwixt the shoare and the Middle-ground it is 5 6 and 7 fathom deep If you should turne to windwardes there then come not neerer the middle-ground then in foure fathom but the west shoare you may runne to by your lead as you please From the north end of the Island Draecker runneth off a riffe to the northwards upon the poynt of that riffe lyeth a buye which men do call the buye in the Reefsholl Buye in the Reefs hol leave that on the larboard side and run in untill you come before the towne and anchor there If you come from the southwards and will saile unto Reefsholl then run alongst to the eastwards of the foresaid fourth buy which men do call the buye upon Casper Caniel then luffe up presently about by it and go on northwest into the Kings-deep unto the buye in Reefsholl which lye one from the other due northwest and southeast you shall then also see right out a head in the northwest within the land a flat steeple right over a great house or Hospital that standeth close upon the sea-side keepe them so one in the other and saile right in with them and so you shall runne in right amidst the channell it is there in the farewaye five sixe seven eight fathom deep This Kingsdeepe is somewhat uneven of ground therefore be carefull in using of the lead and come not too neere the north side that is the Middle-ground which is very foule and rocky from the south shoare about halfe wayes betwixt the two s resaid buyes it lyeth off somewhat shoale of that you shall have at one cast five or sixe the other but 3 fathom When you come by the buye in the Reefsholl which lyeth upon the point of the norther riffe of Draecker leave that on the larboard side and runne on south about by it unto Copenhaven Markes of the buy in the Reefshol The Markes of this buye are these there lyeth a round hommock or great rock about half a league within the land when that is right east from you then it commeth right with a flat steeple which stands about a league within the land then you are eventhwart of the buye or poynt of the foresayd riffe These marks will serve at times when the buy lyeth not there A little to the northwards of that buy lye the great ships which tarry for wind in five or six fathom there is good anchor ground From the buye upon Draker-riff unto Kuyck Kuyck the course is southwest five great leagues but unto the riff of Fasterborn or Steden it is south and south and by west 5 leagues in the fareway betwixt Draecker and Fasterborn it is six seven and eight fathom deep but between Fasterborn and Steden 10 or 12 and 13 fathom but by Steden deepest Under Steden you may anchor as well to the southwards of it for northerly Road under Steden as to the northwards for southerly windes If you wil anchor for northerly winds then run in betwixt Steden and Meun a good wayes into the bay so that the steep poynt of Steden lye about northnortheast from you anchor there in 8 or 9 fathom and you shall lye land-lockt for north and northwest winds But if you wil anchor for south or southwest winds then anchor to the northwardes of Steden so that the southeast poynt be south and by east or southsoutheast and the northwest poynt northwest or westnorthwest from you there it is good lying in seven fathom the ground is there small white and blanck sand If you will set saile from thence to the shoales or grounds then go not more northerly then northeast so long untill that you come by the riffe of Draker then run about by it in five fathom To the northwards of Steden the coast of Zealand goeth in with a great bay into Kuyck it is there all to the westwards shoale water in five sixe and seven fathom and good anchor ground so that you may anchor every where there abouts The riffe of Fasterborne lyeth off southwest to Seawards a league and a halfe Marks of the riffe of Fasterborne It is a fowle stony and rocky riffe upon the end of it lyeth a buye in foure fathom You may run about by it upon your lead in five fathom with small ships of little draughts Men doe hold for a marck of this riffe that when the steeple of Fasterborn and the castle come one in the other that then they are thwart of the poynt of the riffe He that commeth from the northwards and will sayle about Fasterborne with a northerly or northeast wind and that he will come somewhat neere about the riffe and commeth in five or sixe fathom he must be very quick in using the lead When old Falsterborne Church commeth halfe wayes to the Castle and the Church of Fasterborne then beginneth to come the worst and shoalest of the riff that lasteth untill that Old Fasterborn church commeth to the eastwards of the houses of Fasterborne before that you are not past the riffe If you should luffe up sooner about by it you should run in great danger with a ship of great draught you shall have comming against the riffe the one cast 4 or 5 and then presently three fathom upon it all hard stony ground Therefore it is best with a ship that draweth twelve or fourteene foote to come no neere this riffe then in six or seven fathom If when you come from the eastwards you will saile about Fasterborne and come alongst the shoare with a northeast wind in six or seven fathom and Falsterborne is about north or northnortheast from you then it shoaleth up very fast in two fathom or two fathom and a halfe Therefore keepe you further off from the shoare in tenne or twelve fathom so long untill that the Castle be northeast or northeast and by north from you or that old Falsterborne church come halfe way to the castle of Falsterborn and Falsterborn church then you cannot sayle upon the riff from the eastwards but running about by it in five fathom then you must be very carefull in using your lead But if you will come neere the riff in foure or five fathom when old Falster-born Church commeth to
the eastwards of Hamer-sound men doe goe into Kerck-sound Kerck-sound and then a halfe league more to the eastwards lyeth the haven of Hesnes Upon the land of Hesnesse Hesnesse stande two Warders thwart of them it is very steepe but towards the little church it is shoaler to witt about thirty fathom the out-rockes there-abouts are all red of colour On the west side of the havens mouth lyeth a suncken rock under water called the Koenagle upon the land stand two little mastes when they come one in the other then you are thwart of the Koenagle The two foresayd little mastes stand upon a gray Holme leave that on the starboard side and go so still inwardes there it is high land and the Drommels lye from thence northnorthwest within the land there you may sayle through within the rocks untill you come into Maerdow To the eastwards of old Hilsound lyeth Hamer-sound Hamer-sound lying in northnortheast On the west side of the Havens mouth lyeth a suncken rock which you must avoyd and sayle close alongst by the Island which lieth on the east side of the havens mouth and anchor behinde the Island right against the Warder in thirty fathom The easter-gatt lyeth to the eastwards of that Island in and out northwest and southeast upon the west side lyeth a rock with a Warder To the eastwards of Wolf-sound lyeth old Hill-sound Old Hill-sound but betwixt them both at the poynt of the west side of old Hill-sound lyeth the Island of Blind-sound to the eastwards of it lye manie greate rockes with two or three Warders upon them For to sayle into the old Hill-sound you must runne alongst to the eastwards of Blind-sound with the rocks that lye by it in by the west land leaving them on the larboard side and the foresayd greate rockes or Holmes with the Warders altogether on the starboard side there are divers faire sounds where men may sayle into and anchor in without taking hurt You may edge up to the westwards about the poynt and sayle through betwixt the Islands that you can not see the sea On the east side of Reperwyck lyeth Wolf-sound Wolf-sound before it lye two great Islands which shew themselves in high gray Rockes with three or foure Warders upon them whereby you may know them Wolfsound is a narrow haven for to sayl into there stand two mastes upon the west-land where you must goe in close by leaving them on the larboard side and some little rockes on the starboard side untill that you come within the greate Island whereupon the great Warders stand there you may anchor and lye landlockt for all windes From thence you may runne foorth through within the rocks and come out againe into the sea by the old Hill-sound or you may runne out also at the Eastergat of Wolf-sound there standeth a greate Warder on the west side of the gat upon a round high rock there you may sayle out or in by it where you will Reperwijck Three leagues to the eastwards of Fleckerie lyeth Reperwyck a broade and wide Sound lying in north north and by west For to saile in there you must runne in by the land of Wolf-sound lying on the east side of this haven leaving all the rocks also where the mast of Wolf-sound doe stand upon on the starboard side and all the rocks of Ran-sound on the larboard side untill that you come to the end or within in the haven and then you must edge up to the westwards about the poynt and anchor there that is a good haven for ships that are bound to the westwards About three leagues eastnortheast from Holysound and eight leagues to the eastwardes of the Naze lyeth the haven and Island Fleckerye Fleckerie you may sayle in at both sides of the Island as well from the westwardes as from the eastwards into the haven of Fleckerie The wester gat of Fleckerie The wester gat lyeth in northnortheast When you come of from Holysound then you see open into the Sound you must sayle alongst by the Rockes without Holysound untill you come within the Island Fleckerye and edge then westwards towards the land untill you come within the Dieveholme where the gallowes standeth upon and anchor by the west land in fifteene sixteene or twenty fathom You must bring out there an anchor a head and make a cable fast on the rocks upon the land You may runne from thence to the eastwards of the Island Fleckerie out againe at the Easter-gatt eastnortheast into sea and then you must leave the little Island within the Warders which lyeth at the east end of the Island Fleckerie with all the greate rockes by it on the starboard side and all the black holmes on the larboard side The Easter-gatt of Fleckerie goeth in westnorthwest betwixt the Island Fleckerie and the poynt of Ransound When you come before it you may see open in the Vosse For to sayle in there you must leave all the black rocks thwart of the poynte of Ransound on the starboard side the greate graye rockes with the little Island where the Warders stand upon on the larboard side when as you come then by the forenamed Dievenholme you must runne to the westwards of it into the Sandbay aod anchor there as is beforesaid When you are thwart of the Easter-gatt of Fleckerie then there lyeth right thwart from you within the land a high round hill which men doe call the Boate turned up side downe which lieth out above all the lands thereabouts and comming from the westwards against Fleckerie there shewe also three high double lands which by little and little seeme to goe to nothing towards the Drommels Three leagues eastwards of Scheersont lyeth the Island called Holysound Holysound whereupon stand two great Warders you must sayle in westwards that Island alongst by Geve which is a great high blacke cliffe which is the marke to know the land by you must leave them in your sayling in on your larboard side till you are within then you may anchor under the foresayd Island thereabouts runneth a great bay in towards the land where you may sayle in and where many ships doe lade A little to the eastwards of Sparrels lyeth a haven called Scarsound or Westrysen for to sayle in there you must leave Sparrels to the westwards on the larboard side and all the great Holmes or rocks to the eastwards on the starboard side and runne so inwards untill you come into the haven From the Naze that is the southermost poynt of Norwaye on the north sea westwards the coast lyeth somewhat alongst by the land of Leest westnorthwest but to the eastwards of it alongst without the rockes untill past the Island Fleckerie eastnortheast about ten leagues From thence alongst northeast unto the Longsound about 16 leagues This coast is all alongst full of high steepe stonie hilles and without it full of manie rockes verie strange to behold but
that is bound to the westwards may runne out to the southwards of the three foresayd rocks he that is bound to the eastwardes may saile out to the northwardes through betwixt the Land and the Island but that channell is verie narrow not above 2 fathom deep A halfe league to the eastwards of Sweggesound lyeth the haven of Bremsnes Bremsnes a little quarter of a league within it on the starboard side standeth a little church with some houses which you shall espie behinde a point when as you are come somewhat within there dwelleth the Governour of Normer Leen Men were wont to come to anchor there to paye custome but now the Kings Customer dwelleth over against it in little Fossen so that now at this present men may eyther goe there or to little Fossen for to paye their custome according as occasion doth serve For to anchor before Bremsnes you must looke out for two beackons which stand by the church upon the water side thwart of the innermost is the best Roade also the best grounde let your anchor fall there in twenty fifteen eight or tenne fathom that is neare by the shoare for there it is verie steep rising ground and make you fast with a hawser to the beakons there you shall lie landlockt for all winds you may not anchor any where thereabouts then in the foresayd place by reason of the great depth verie steepe grounds Little Fossen or Fossound is a narrowe haven Little Fossound lying to the northwardes over against Bremsnes betwixt two lands In these two places lye the ships commonly to tarrie for the winde they that are bound to the eastwards before Bremsnes they that are bound to the westwardes in Little Fossen Men may also sayle from Fossen to the eastwardes through betwixt the foresayde land come into Stanwixfioerd againe in roome into the Lieth of Dronten but it is a verie narrow channell and not wel to be done for them which are not there verie wel acquainted Westnorthwest from the haven of Bremsnes goeth a channell through the rockes called Flessound Flessound after three round Rocks Three Flessen called three Flesse which lye in a rowe without the east side of this channell and thereby is very easy to be knowne A little within the three Flesses lyeth a great black flat rock when you are by or in the Havens-mouth of Bremsnes it lyeth westnorthwest or somewhat more northerly from you For to run out from thence at that channell sail right with the aforesaid black rocks and runne to the southwards of it close alongst by it leaving it and the Flesses on the starboard side to the norhwards of this flat rock the Flesse it is all ful of rocks some above and some under water you shall then leave on the larboard side of you two other round rocks which you shall see lye about a shot of a cast peece eastnortheast or northe by east one from the other When you are come without the Flesses you shall be without all the rocks but somewhat to the westwards of them lyeth a great row of rocks lying westnorthwest a good wayes into sea you may runne westnorthwest alongst by them unto the end when you are come without the Flesses you may set your cours somwhat more northerly for to get sea room betimes In this foresayd channell there is no danger that can hurt you but you may see it In the offing you may know this foresayd channell by the foresaid three Flesses The markes for to finde Flessound comming in out of the sea are two high Hils the one called Freekol Freekol lying upon an Island towardes the southeast not farre from Bremsnes the other called Northhorne North-horne lying farr within the land Freekol is a hill with two hommocks where of the southermost is the smallest lowest Northhorne is a hill much higher with a sharp toppe lye alwayes white covered with snowe When this hill the foresayd southermost Hommock of Freekol stand one in the other then they are southeast by south from you and if that you saile in right with then you shall without fail fall right open before Flessound It is a channel of a shoare inlet and very commodious as also Grypsound for them which comming from Dronten Edou or any other place in the Lieth and before night cannot saile to the channels of the black Oxe or Voghel for to runne through them into sea About a quarter of a league to the eastwardes of Bremsnes lyeth Stangwyxfioird a large broad sound at the east poynt lyeth a great many rocks within lyeth a Haven called Hamersound Hammer-sound you may not come in there but with a Pilot except you be there extraordinary well acquainted A quarter of a league within that foresayd point on the north side of Stangwyxfioird lye two lade-places Iorianwach Lynwach Iorianwach Lynwach men runne in there to the northwardes behinde some rocks but it is also Pilots water Towards the southeast from Iorianwach men may sayle farre within the land into divers sounds Stangwyxfioird Schaelwicxfioird Northfioird Walsfioird Wenningfioird and other more Upon the land of Iorianwach lyeth the mountaine of Toester in 2 hilles to the eastwardes of it upon the next land lyeth the mountaine of Stadebuye also in 2 hills as Toester These hills of Toester and Stadebuy when you come from the westwardes alongst the Lieth lye right behinde one the other and seeme then to be no more then one hill but being thwart of them in the Liet or at sea each sheweth in 2 which is together foure very high hills and are commonly called together without difference Toester Poester Toester Poester Betwixt Toester Stadebuye runneth through a narrow Sound into the Northfioird called Soolsound Soolsound To the east of Stadebuye runneth also another sound through into the Northfioird called Emmersound within which on the north side close by the Northfioird is a lade place where men do lade good deales A quarter of a league in the Liet to the eastwards of Emmersound Emmersound runneth in another sound at the entrie broade and wide within it divideth it selve into 2 pâ—rts Sayling in there you must leave Fisholme and the Yellowe Island on the larboard side a rockie Island called the flat Island with manie Rocks on the starboard side The Yellow Island The Yellow Island is not wel to be discerned from the main land for those which are not there well acquainted the end of the Northfioird runneth there about behinde it maketh it an Island the Norwaybarkes runne much thereabout behind it To the southwardes of the flatte Island lyeth a Rock or little Island Flatholm called Flathome betwixt them both is good anchoring in 10 or 12 fathom landlockt for all winds Through this Sounde men doe runne into Eursound Eursound a lade place lying in the Northfioird there standeth a little
Dunwich Dunwich lye both upon the high land betwixt them both is a valley therein you may see Walderswike when you are thwart of it Dunwich is the best to be knowne of all these foresayd places it hath two flat steeples and on both sides some trees To the southwards of it lyeth Albrough Albrough which is also very easy to be knowne it hath one high flat steeple with three mills the two stand to the northwards and the third to the southwards of Albrough when you are thwart of it but sailing to the southwards they come at last all three to the southwards of it The land without Albrough and to the southwards of it is very low flat and chindely land Betwixt Albrough and Dunwich about half wayes betwixt them lyeth a Wood which is at both ends high and in the middest low with a saddle this you shall commonly see first when you fall with the land thereabouts and is the best to be knowne for to know the coast by the land without it and to the southwards is very low flat chindely land About two leagues to the southwards of Albrough lyeth Orfordnes Orfordnes betwixt them both stand also two woods of trees which shew themselves a farre off like castles or towers Orfordnes is a flat steeple with a thick or broad castle which hath also athick flat steeple almost of fashion like the steeple of Rarop open above with holes in it like Bellholes Before Dunwich you may anchor there is good lying in eight or nine fathom somewhat soft ground Before Albrough is the best road of all the coast thereabouts in six and seven fathom East from Aelbrough about two league lieth Aelbrough Knock Aelbroug Knock. this is a sand which at low water is not deeper then seven or eight foote you may sound round about it in five fathom but is not good to come nearer it With sea winds you may descerne it plainly by the breaking of the sea upon it but with lawderly or westerly winds faire weather the sea breaketh not upon it hee that runneth thereby to the northwards with an ebb shall see it commonly ripple very much upon it like as upon most of the English bancks not indeed upon the bankes but against them for upon the shoalest or middest of the bankes is alwayes the smoothest water like as you finde every where When as Aelbrough is west from you and the two steeples of Orfordnes are one in the other there you shall finde Albrough Knock. These are sure marks of that sand The Whiting or Whiting sand is somewhat a long small sand lying before Orfordnes and the chindely land to the southwards of Aelbrough and lyeth alongst the reach but the south end lyeth further from land then the north end there is at low water not above six or seven foot water upon it Comming from the northwards men sayle commonly to the westwards of it that is through betwixt the land and Whiting-sand towards the Naze Men may also saile alongst to the eastwards of it through betwixt Whiting-sand Whiting-sand and the eastermost poynt of the Court The Court or Court-sand which some doe call the Rib. The north end of the Whiting lyeth alongst close to the shoare and lyeth from the steeples of Orfordnes southeast and by south it is so exceeding steepe and needle too that you shall have the one cast nine the next cast five fathom and then you are no more but a ships length from it before you can heave the lead again you should be upon it When as you sit with the foreship against it it is at the stearne five or six fathom deep Alongst the inner-side it is also everie where so steepe that you cannot sounde it but on the outer side you may runne alongst by it in five fathom upon the lead untill you come within the sands When as you come from the northwardes and wil sayle through within the Whiting you must run close alongst by the shoare southwest about by the poynt of the chindle to the southwardes of Aelbrough untill you come within the north poynt of the Whitinge when the steeples of Orfordnes come to be northwest and by north from you then you are right thwart of the north poynt of the Whiting being within it goe againe more southerly to wit southwest and by south towardes Balsy cliffe If you should fall to the southwards of Whiting or els comming from the southwards will sayle in there to the northwardes then bring the steeples of Orfordnes westnorthwest or northwest and by west but for all not more northerly then northwest from you and sayle so right in untill you come by the Chindle strand then run in alongst by it as is before saide and then you shall run far enough alongst to the northwardes of the Whiting For to runne into the eastwards off the Whyting If you will sayle into the eastwardes or the southwardes of the Whiting then bring the steeples of Orfordnes northnorthwest or northwest and by north or northwest from you and sayle in so right with them untill that the wood of trees that standeth upon the next poynt to the southwardes of Balsy cliffe come to Balsy cliffe which shall then stand about westsouthwest from you keepe that aforesayd woode to the south side of the cliffe and saile in bouldly right with it and then you shall runne right in the farewaye in betwixt the Whiting and the tayle of Courtesand but if you bring the foresaide trees more then a handspikes length without the cliffe you shall not fayle to runne on against the point of the Courte That aforesayd wood of trees is verie easy to be knowne because there abouts stand no other trees Or bring the steeple of Balsy westsouthwest from you and saile in so right with it untill you come by Whiting-sand in five or sixe fathom and leade it in so by it upon the leade untill that you come by Balsy or that you gett deeper water When you come neare Balsy whether you be come in from the northwards or the southwardes of Whiting-sand you must keepe somewhat off from the shoare because of a litttle riffe or smalltayle that shooteth off from the shoare thwart of Balsy cliff which you must avoyde somewhat with shippes of greate draughts there remaineth at low water upon it not more then two fathom you may commonly perceive it well by the rippeling of the tyde Fot to sail in at a channell through the Court. You may also sayle into the southwardes of the Ribbe that is the tayle of the Courte or Courte-sand thus Bring the steeple of Balsy northnorthw or a little more northerly from you and sayle in so right with it and so you shall runne into the northwardes or through the Courte at a channell of eight fathom depth the e. side of this channell is steepe come no nearer it then eight fathom but by the w. side you may
league to the southwards of it lyeth Salensi Daelna Daelna Silensi that is to say the farther Silensi but betwixt them both a little to the northwards of Silensi lyeth yet a great indraught which lyeth in at least two leagues into the land and is about so wyde as the River Tye before Amsterdam there may lye a great multitude of shippes it is there broade and large enough and all over good anchor ground A little to the northwards of this in-draught lieth a little Island or rock somewhat high about which you may sayle within to witt through betwixt these rockes and the land but may make no road under them Salensi Daelna Daelna Silensi is a great broad bay before it lye three Islands which are to see to gray of colour as the mayne land To the northwards of these Islands upon the poynt off the bay standeth 3 great Warders and a little to the southwards of the Islands on the mayne land lyeth a steepe hill by which markes this bay is very easy to be knowne If you will sayle into this bay comming from the northwards alongst the shoare by the foresayd great in-draught a little to the northwards of this baye you must looke out for these foresayd great Warders leave them on the starbord side sayle in close by them through betwixt that poynt and the Islands first westsouthwest somewhat within and then more southerly untill behind the Islands and anchor there in five six or seven fathom you may also sayle further to the southwards into the baye so deepe as you will there it is all over cleane When you come before the channell it seemeth to bee very narrow but it is broad enough To the southwards of these Islands is also a channell which is very narrow but yet for need you may sayle out there The southermost Island that is whereupon the Fishermen dwel is fast to the northermost with a shoale whereupon is at high water 10 or 11 foot water but at low water you cannot goe over it Two little leagues to the southwards of Salensi lyeth the Island Daelna Olinie Daelna Olinie that is to say the Furthest Olinie it is an Island almost of Fashion like Bliesna Olinie at the north end high at the south end lower and upon the end very steepe it hath in the middest but some what neerer the south end then the north end a low valley where at high water the sea doth almost run alongst over it Behinde this Island not under the Island but under the mayne land are good roades For to come in from the northwards behind this Island it is a broad large and very deepe Channell without any dangers but if you will sayle in behinde it from the southwards then you must runne in close by the Island for to avoyde a foule and stony riffe which lyeth off from the maine land halfe wayes to the Island and so shoale that it falleth dry with the spring tydes at low water About halfe wayes the Island nearest the south end is a point lying out from the mayne land twoards the Island to the northwards of it men doe anchor in 6 7 or 8 fathom When you come in from the northwards you may so soone as you come within the points lusse up towards close about the point of the main land into a bay anchor there in eight six five or foure fathom according as you sayle far in there it is very easy lying In these roades under the mayne land it is all cleane flat rising ground but under the Island it is deepe and the ground rising very steep therefore it is not good anchoring there Betwixt this Island Daelna Olinie Silensi lye 3 little black Islands where is very easy road under them in 8 7 and 6 fathom From Daelna Olinie to Rinde Rinde are five leagues Rinde is a very faire Haven before it lye foure little Islands where men may goe to anchor behinde them behinde these Islands this Haven hath two bayes upon the point betwixt them both standeth a great Crosse the southermost baye is farre the greatest into it commeth also a river or off water where men doe catch Salmon The middlemost Island which is the northermost save one is the greatest and highest upon which standeth a great Warder the northermost is somewhat long and small so low that at high water the sea runneth up a good wayes upon it on both sides and so maketh that Island smaller Betwixt that Island and the maine land or the north shoare of the Havens mouth lyeth a suncken rock which you must leave in comming in on the larboard side and runne in close by the main land this channel is so narrow that you cannot sayle in it except you have a large wind at low water there remaineth no more then 9 or 13 foot water To the southwards of that great Island lyeth another Island that is indifferent high and the southermost of them all betwixt that and the point of the maine land lyeth in the souther channell which is broad and deep enough but when you seyle in there you must run nearest the land for to avoid a suncken rock which lyeth at the foresaid poynt of the maine land These channells both from the southwards and from the northwards lye in both alongst the shoares when as that you come then within the Islands you may anchor there all over where you will there it is broad and large and every where cleane cleare Men doe anchor commonly under the greatest Island thwart of the great Warder and also behinde the norhermost Island in five foure or three fathom there it is very easy lying but with a southeast winde the sea commeth a little rowling in but there can goe no great sea Farre within the southermost bay almost before the river lyeth a rock but above water Without the greatest and the southermost Island lyeth a little Island or great rock somewhat round you may sayle out and in betwixt the southermost and the greatest Island alongst to the n. wards of that little round Island that is you must leave the southermost Island with the outermost little round Island both on the starboard side and the greatest Island with the Warder on the larboard side when you sayle out this is a very narrow channell but very cleane and cleare so that there is nothing to bee avoyded but onely a little suncken rock which lyeth at the north end of the outermost little round Island and falleth dry at low water neverthelesse it is not good to use it except it were for need that you could not doe better He that is bound into this haven must run close alongst by the shoare for to get sight of the foresayd Islands for by reason that the inner land is high the Islands lye so under the land that men can hardly see them when they bee any thing farr off from the shoare A halfe
as it is at high water and neepe tydes the water falleth and floweth there at least two fathom up and downe at Spring-tydes little lesse then three fathom or two fathom and an halfe Within the poynt or in the bight of Lombascho you may not anchor there remaineth not above three foot water and the ground is stony and foule To the northwards of Lombascho lye five Islands lying alongst the coast allmost halfe wayes to Swetenoes Three leagues to the southwards of Lombascho lyeth a black steep poynt untill that the coast lyeth of from Lombascho also southsoutheast but from that poynt to Orlogenes Orlogenes the course is south 9 leagues betwixt them there is no place where men may anchor but all alongst a whole coast cleane and steepe From the poynt of Orlogenes lyeth off a stone-riffe a shot off a cast peece into Sea which falleth dry a great wayes at low water whereof men must take very good heed From Orlogenes to the river Ponnoye it is six leagues betwixt them lye the three Islands Three Islands First from Orlogenes to the two first Islands the course is south three leagues from thence to Ponnoye southwest by south 3 leag A halfe league to the northwards off Ponnoye lyeth the third of the three Islands so that the two and the third lye about two leagues asunder These Islands are much lower then the maine land so that they can hardly be seene or not at all except you be by the shoare thwart of them you may come neere the shoare in seven fathom without danger Thwart of these three Islands and Ponnoy the mouth off the white sea is at the narrowest About foure leagues thwart off to seawards from the three Islands in the middest of the mouth lyeth a shoale which is very uneven and stony and at some places with low water commeth dry above water it lyeth south and north first north alongst the coast at last north and by west untill thwart of Lombascho but there alongst it is deepe enough fifteen and sixteen fathom About southeast from Ponnoy it is at the shoalest seven fathom deep You may also saile alongst to the eastwards of this shoale into the white Sea but there it is shoale water uneven very shoale The right fareway is alongst to the westwards of it and five and twenty fathom deep Ponnoy is a River where at low water remaineth no more then ten foot water it floweth there with a spring-tyde three fathom up and downe and with an ordinary tyde 15 foot From the three Islands to the Island Sousnowits which men doe call the crosse Island the course is southwest by south or as some doe hold southwest ten leagues or from Ponnoy nine leagues All alongst this coast men may anchor every where in eight or nine fathom and with contrary winds stop the tydes there goe strong tydes especially in the spring of the yeare withan Ebb. Between the three Islands and the crosse Island lyeth a poynt upon which stand also three crosses one by the other which men doe mistake oftentimes for the crosse Island but it is much smaller to see to When you doe get sight of that poynt there sheweth by it as if there lay a shippe before the land with the topmast-stricke The right crosse Island hath upon the north end two Crosses and upon the South end three by all these markes they are easy to bee knowne one from the other Behind the Crosse Island you may have road in 6 or 7 fathom you may sayl in behind it as well from the northwards as from the southwards it is there cleane and cleare every where men doe anchor when as the great crosse doth stand from them e.n.e. there is the right road Southeast and by south from the three Islands and Ponnoy on the Russe side there goeth in the Meseens golfe into which commeth a great River where men may go up to Kilda and Kolmogro and also another upon which the town Slowoda lyeth Southeast from Ponnoy lyeth a little Island in the mouth of the Meseens golf where you may have road under for westerly and southwest winds The south poynt of this golf is a low sand-strand all grown with trees there you may also anchor alongst by the shoare but close by the land if you lye somewhat of from the shoare in 9 fathom there the ground is foule from thence alongst the shoare to the Blew point it is al faire strand ground From the Crosse Island to the blew or Gray point the course is southwest twenty leagues In this fareway in the mouth of the White-sea Current in the mouth of the white sea there goe sometimes very strong currents especially in the spring through the terrible great freshuts of the melting of the snow which falleth from both sides into the White-sea and runneth through this strait into the sea with graet whirling terrible riplings It happeneth sometimes that the current runneth there so terrible strong to the w. wards into the sea that with a reasonable gale full sayls men can doe no more but stem the tide where of men must be mindfull Under the Gray poynt Gray-poynt men may anchor on the south side in tenne eight or seven fathom there it is good lying for easterly windes a northeast winde commeth from the poynt the ground is there reasonable good but not the cleanest From the Gray poynt eastwards to the Meseens Golf the coast is all faire sand-strand with some bancks of 2 fathom and an halfe and three fathom alongst the shoare not farre without the land where sometimes the current falleth over with great riplings From the blew poynt to the river of Arch-Angell the course is south and by west fourteen leagues When as you sayle so towards the rivers you shall then first espy the land a good wayes to the westwards of S. Nicholas it arriseth in a long strake and then there riseth more land towards the River as if it were a round Island afterwards you shall see the steeple of S. Nicholas when that standeth south and by west southsouthwest from you then you are open before the mouth of the river of Arch-Angell The cape of Candenoes Candenoes and Orlogenes lye northeast southwest 7 and sixty leagues asunder The point off Candenoes is very easy to bee knowne there stand five great crosses upon it for markes When as you fall with it you may very well perceive that the land falleth away on the one side to the southwest towards the White sea and southeast on the other side About thirteen leagues to the eastwards of the cape de Candenoes lyeth an Island called Morsonowits Morsonowits to the eastwards of it goeth a great Baye into the land but it is very shoale water with many shoales and Dwale-grounds It hath heretofore happened that some ships have beene here lost thinking that they runne into the mouth of the White Sea for it
afterwards southeast by south untill you come in the bight then goe on easts e and keepe yet to the west shoare untill that you see the towne of Arch-Angel Arch-Angel then sayle right towards it but avoid the point on the larboard side for it is foule For to goe from Arch-Angell further up the River to Kolmogro Kolmog o. it is about twelve or thirteene leagues most southeast but the River runneth upwards with many crooked Bights For to sayle out of the River For to sail out of the River of Arch-Angell then runne out by the foot-strand and keepe the sounding of the west shoare When as you beginne to see the steeple of S. Nicholas then bring it a ships length to the second or middlemost Podessemske there lyeth a black Hommock upon the strand The north side of the wood within commeth then over that Hommock then goe on northeast and by north and northnortheast towards the Podessemskes When as then the wood within commeth to the north side of the southermost of the two woods upon the middlemost Podessemske then you are upon the shoalest of the Barre but when the poynt of the southermost Podessemske is southsoutheast somewhat southerly from you then you are at the end of all the shoales and may goe your Course through the sea where you please no shoales shall hinder you From the Barre of Podessemske or from the River of Archangell to the roade of S. Nicholas S. Nicholas it is foure leagues There standeth a Beacon at the end of the Island where the English house standeth upon by west that beakon is the roade for the English shippes in sixe or seven fathom according as they lye neare or far from the shoare The English River English River lyeth in there eastnortheast n.e. by east alongst by the Cloyster of S. Nicholas but that is so shoale a river that no ships can goe into it men must lade them without with Lodges About southwest and west and by west from the barre of the river of Arch-Angell lyeth the Salt Island upon it standeth a Cloyster is fast to the main land This land lyeth off from thence to the Cape de Onega west and by north From the Crosse-Island to Warsiga the course is west southwest and west and by south about foure and twenty leagues Warsiga Warsiga is a village lying on a river where is a Salmon-fishing which lyeth into the northwards within the land you cannot come into the River with shippes there is no more then eight or nine foot water but must stay without in the Roade before the River there is cleane sand-ground without any fowle ground so that you may anchor there without danger so neare or farre from the shoare as you will This River men doe know when they sayle alongst the coast by three high Hommocks which are higher then all the other and almost of fashion like the three hills by Bayonne in Galicia to the northwards of it are white sand-hills with trees upon them Even by west the three foresayd hommocks goeth in the river For to saile from Warsiga to Ombay the course is alongst by the coasts a little west west and by north and then westnorthwest afterwards the most northwest unto the poynt of Tauria Poynt off Tauria six and thirty or seven thirty leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them well so neare Warsiga as Tauria lyeth on the coast a high bare hill thwart of it and to the westwards of it lye some bancks whereof you must take heed The poynt of Tauria is a high steepe poynt full of trees to the eastwards of this land the poynt falleth away into a great Baye farre alongst to the eastwards About five leagues to the eastwards of the poynt of Tauria lyeth a rock a good wayes from land which is not very great but very easy to be knowne it sheweth a farre off as if there sate a great Ape upon it this rock the Russes call Tourie Babbe Tourie Babbe that is to say Grand-Mother of the poynt Within that Rock in that foresayd Baye it is all shoale water uneven and foule ground where you may not anchor not have roade but to the eastwards of the poynt Tauria you may anchor for westerly northerly winds somewhat to the northwards of the poynt in the Bight there it is shoale but by the poynt it is deepe there you must anchor close by the land By the west poynt lyeth the Island Volna Ostrove Volna Ostrove by the Dutch-men called the Reeme-Island From the poynt Tauria to that Island the course is northnorthwest two leagues Betwixt the Island and the land of Tauria lyeth also a little Island betwixt these two Islands you may for need sayle through with a shippe but it is very narrow at the northeast poynt of Ostrove is roade in thirty fathom then you lye with the shippe when she lyeth wended to the Island in eight fathom so very steepe and rising is the ground there From Volna Ostrove or the Reeme Island to the Gouba that is the salt river Salt river where men doe lade lying a half league by east Ombay the course is northnortheast three leagues which lyeth in north and north and by east it is not very broad but deepe at the comming in it is in the middst foure and twenty and five and twenty fathom farre within five or six fathom deepe but there it is foule Men doe commonly anchor a halfe league within the river on the east side with an anchor in the middst of the river sixteen or eighteen fathom and with a cable on land there it is good lying with all winds except with a southsouthwest winde which bloweth there open in About halfe a league to the westwards of it lyeth the fresh River of Ombay Ombay which is so shoale and foule that men cannot goe in there with shipps except they bee small and also the Russes are not willing they should come there for not to spoyle their Salmon-fishing there is great store of Salmon caught which is carried from thence with boats to the shipps in the salt river From thence the coast lyeth somewhat alongst westsouthwest and then upon northwest to Kandalax Thereabouts lye also more lade-places where Salmon is caught as Kierickarick Kierickarick and Kargapoll Kargapol that lyeth southwest from Ombay on the Koreels side How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the Barre of Arch-Angell to the Salt Island southwest somewhat westerly 7 leagues From the Salt Island to the C. Onega west and west and by north 17 or 18 leagues From the C. Onega to the Islands Solofky northwest and by west 20 leagues From Warsiga unto the poynt of Tauria west west and by north westnorthwest and northwest 37 leagues From Cruys Island to Warsiga westsouthwest 24 leag From the poynt of Tauria to Volna Ostrove northnorthwest 2 leagues From Volno Ostrove
ye have stonie-ground Ships could come in to ly there but there is no anker-ground A mile and a half southwest southerly from the aforesaid rock that seemeth like to be a ship there lieth another rock of that same fashion yet not so sharp above as the other this lieth but a small canon-shot from the land besides this there are many other little rocks whereon are abundance of fowls standing out in a corner between this and the Bears-gat is the wall rough and rockie and sometimes here and there small foot-strands whereon ye cannot come with your boat and from thence begins the land to be higher and stonier for from the aforesaid corner Seawards in it is rockie and stonie and landwards in full of hills and mountains in time of need ye may bring your boat to the foot of the hills half a mile further there lieth more such rocks stayly descending to the water alongs the shore so far from land as a small piece of canon can carrie it is commonly fiftie or sixtie fathoms deep The matter of three miles south and to eastward from the south or west-corner there lyeth a stone A Stone which at the undeepest hath about eleven foot of water which stone in circuit is about so big as a man can throw a small-stone Lucas Bouwenson from Delfs-Haven hath with calm water broken the ruder of his ship there on about this stonegoeth commonly a hollow water The length of half a mile northeastward from this stone ye have uneven ground for casting your sound-lead one time ye can have but seven fathoms and at the other time ye can sound five and thirtie from this stone towards the land falleth the ground by degrees off to the depth of six and thirtie fathoms and deeper yea so far from the wall as a small peece of canon can carrie ye have fourscore fathoms water with soft clay-ground but about the stone the ground is stonie and sandie Claes Dirckson Seyn from Wijck wrote in the year after our redemption 1616. that about eleven or tvvelve miles south south-east from the South-corner of the Island he found 35 or 36 fathoms vvith black moulie sand and small stones John Sybrantson Pael-man writes that south-eastward from the south-east corner of the Island about two miles he found rockie ground my neighbour had once 60 and I had but 30 fathoms so that it is very uneven there About a quarter of a mile northwestward from the South-corner there stands a rock high above water with sundrie other little rocks by him which are commonly called the seven or five rocks The seven or five rocks when ye come from the north ye can easily passe through between them hard by the land there lieth a Holmken Holmken a little above water From these seven or five rocks till near under the wall drieth it up from thirtie to five fathoms From the southwall north northwest a short mile the land falleth out with a corner commonly called the Low-south-corner The Lovv-south-corner on the shore is it low and there lieth the sloops that keeps watch Between the South-corner and this corner there are severall infalls with a low shore commodious for boats to come by in the infalls is it sandie ground six or seven fathoms deep Between this and the South-corner lye some small rocks some above and some under water from thence about two canon-shot is the land somewhat crooked to an infall which is commonly called the Bocht of Guinea The Bocht of Guinea From this aforesaid Bocht north-east northward about half a mile come ye into the South-bay South-bay a lesser Bocht as the aforesaid there were wont to stand ten tents in this bay for the handling of fish oil but in one year the sea washt away three tents thirteen chaloups tuns and oily-vessels pertaining to the chamber of Amsterdam it washt away likewise most of the ground whereon they stood wherefore those from Amsterdam did delve a large peece of ground the sommer following whereon they have set two tents Afore this Bay ye have from nine to fifteen and so forth to eighteen fathoms with black sandie-ground a little further off ye have five and twentie yea thirtie fathoms with short stonie ground and again so far as a small piece of canon can reach ye have fourscore fathoms and soft ground Between the Bocht of Guinea and the South-bay the wall is very stay stonie and rockie when ye ly on fifteen fathoms afore this South-bay then ye can see through between the land and the Fowlie-rock or Vogel-klip Some two canon-shot from this Fowlie-rock Fovvlie-rock into the Bocht there lieth a small rock and on land there is a Red-hill Red-hill in the aforesaid Bocht there lieth a channel whereon ye may lay four or five chaloups The matter of a mile north-eastward from the South-bay ye shall finde a little corner then ye have a gate or entry where ye can row through from the mountains into a Kolk or depth there ye have so much room as to lay some twentie chaloups on and it is very convenient for the waiting on whales this is called of Sea-men the Hoepstocks-Bay The Hoepstocks-Bay A large canon-shot from this Hoepstocks-Bay ye shall finde a corner where there are many small rocks which are called the Rudsen The Rudsen from thence to the Red-hill the wall is rockie and stonie The matter of a mile north-east northerlie from the aforesaid Rudsen there is an outlying corner commonly called the Walrush-gate VValrush-gate without or rather at the which there lieth the Briellish-steepel between these two the land hath a great infall which is commonly called North-bay and is the most convenient place of all for the handling of fish-oile A quarter of a mile from these Rudsen or small rocks towards the Bocht there is a flat place North-Bay which is called the Wood-bay VVood-bay because of this flat the land lieth high this flat is a short quarter of a mile large between this and the Walrush-gate there lieth a great flat Channel whereon lie all the tents and kettles of the chambers of Holland and Zeeland this Bocht hath a flat sandie-ground where the ships may lie at anker on fifteen or sixteen fathoms water about a canon-shot from land In the fore-sommer the ships lie near on land within the Bay on eight or nine fathoms water From the Briellish-steepel the land lieth eastward up and hath for a mile flat strand which is very convenient for chaloups to keep watch the aforesaid corner of the Walrush-gate is very high and stay towards the sea at the end of the aforesaid mile ye finde nothing but rockie stay land without any strand and which is worthie to be made mention of a canon-shot from thence ye have a stone on the fashion of a steepel At the end of this aforesaid land a little foreby the steeple there ye finde a little infall
which is called Mary-Mus-bay The Mary-Mus-bay because that Mary Mus from Rotterdam of happie memorie was the first that ever sent a ship there to boile oil there is a very commodious anker-ground for about a canon-shot from land ye have five six or eight fathoms water and a far way Seawards in ye have smooth water likewise ye have a shore fit for all kinde of commodities useable for boiling of fish A little landwards in ye have a pool whereout ye can take fish yea ye can bring your boat from shore into that same pool From the east-corner of Mary-Mus-bay the foot of the mountains streatches themselves in sea very stay and high towards the west strand or shoar From the foot of these mountains setting your course north-east northerly for the matter of a quarter of a mile ye have a flat shoar where aforetimes there hath stood a crosse on a grave between those two the land hath a great infall and hard under wall a stonie ground the wall of it self is flat and sandie so that a man might have occasion on severall places to boil fish The Northwest Corner De Noord-westhoec van IAN MAYEN Eylandt BEsides this aforesaid Bay two musquet-shot from land ye have nine fathoms depth off-falling ground to the seventeenth fathom about a musquet-shot further ye have good single sandy ground but when ye come to have five and twentie thirtie or fiftie fathoms there ye have foul stonie ground which continueth till ye come so far in Sea that ye can see both the corners of the land half a mile from the land yee loose the stonie-ground and again hard under land where ye can see the ground is it stonie From the crosse to the next Yce-hill is it overall flat sandy ground and in some places stonie it is about half a mile broad and some places are fit to lay your boats on that keeps watch but it is not convenient for ankering of ships for deepnesse From the northwest corner towards the east ye have a stonie and stay wall a quarter of a mile in length where ye finde a convenient little bay whereon ye may set one kettle to boil fish in but because a short canon-shot from thence it is well 300 fathoms deep therefore it is inconvenient for ships to ly there From thence runs the wall well a half mile in length eastwardly up at the end whereof there is a little bay where ye could set a kettle and lay a boat on watch but a short canon shot from the land is it well three hundred fathoms deep From thence to the north-corner which is half a mile on the shoar is it stonie knottie and stay On the north-side of this Island the yce lyes sometimes so near that if ye would sail from hence to Spitsbergen ye should be forc'd to set your course fourtie five and fourtie yea sometimes fiftie miles northerly about and sometimes ye can sail right northwards from this Island wel five and fourtie or fiftie miles to the heighth of 75 grades norther bredth before ye can see any Yce By fair and clear weather ye can see the Bears-mountain when ye are thirtie miles from it Now adayes there are not so many fish taken about this Island as was wont because they run now more towards the north then they used to do At John Mayens Island the veriation is a stroke and a half northwestward Of the Tides and flowing of Streams In the South-bay a south southeast and north northwest Moon according to the Hollands compas makes high water the floud flows from the south running northwards and ebbes contrarily Situation and Courses From Hitland to John Mayens Island north and northwest at the half stroke 160 miles From the north-North-end of John Mayens Island to the North-cape east somewhat northerly but little 170 miles From the north-North-end of John Mayens Island to the southermost point of Spitsbergen west northwest half a stroke northerly 165 miles From the south-South-end of John Mayens Island to the Island Grijp on the Liet of Dronten northwest a little more northerlie 147 miles From the south-South-end of John Mayens Island to Langenes the northermost corner of Yceland south-southwest half a stroke westward 111 miles From the north-corner to the south-corner north-east and north-east easterlie 9 miles From the North-corner to the South-east-corner of the little Sandiebay north-east northerly and north northeast 2 miles and a half From the little Sandiebay to the Eyer-Island or the beginning of the great Hout-bay east southerly 1¼ of a mile From the Eyer-Island to the first Rock that is like to a ship with her sails southward westerlie 1¾ mile From the first Rock to the other Rock which is also like to a ship west and a little southerly 1½ mile From this second Rock to the south-corner southwest 2¼ mile From the South-corner to the five or seven Rocks northwest ¼ mile From the south-corner to the low south-corner or the Hoy-berg north 1 mile From the Hoy-berg to the Southbay northeast 1¼ mile From the Fowlie-Rock to the Hoepstock-bay north-east 1 mile From the Fowlie-Rock to the Rudsen north-east scarce 1½ mile From the Rudsen to the Briellish-Steepel north-east northerlie 1 mile From the Briellish-Steepel to Marie-Mus-bay east northerlie 1¼ mile From Marie-Mus-bay to Muyens second Crosse-corner north-east 1½ mil. From Muyens Crosse-corner to the North-corner east 2½ mile The Hights The North-corner lieth on the hight of 71 grades 23 min. The South-corner lieth on the hight of 71 grades Thus appeareth the land in your sight when ye are on Sea The flat strand Thus appeareth the Bears-mountain vvhen he is northvvard tvvo miles from you Thus appeareth the Bears-mountain vvhen he is vvestvvard tvvo miles from you Thus appeareth the Bears-mountain vvhen he is southvvard tvvo miles from you The third Demonstration Containing The situation of the Bears Island the Hoopen Island as also of whole Spits-bergen for so much as they are northerly and easterly known as yet WHen ye come from the North-cape to the Bears-Island The Bears-Island your course is north northwest and north-west northerly about 54 or 55 miles Syroy Syroy then lyes right north northwest from the Bears-Island Upon the aforesaid North-cape there are people who lives till they be seventy or fourscore years old they never eat any bread for they live on fish and flesh The Indwellers of the North-cape towards Finmarken say that that Bay never freeses so that they get their living most by taking of fish and drying the same The Bears-Island is reasonable high ye can row about it in the space of six hours at the north-west corner thereof coming within three miles to it ye can finde ground of fourtie fathoms and how nearer the land ye come how undeeper it is for within a canon shot to it ye are on 15 fathoms Out of the Bears-Island ye can have refreshment of waters although it were for an hundred ships there groweth likewise
brave herbs whereof ye can make salate which refresheth a man extraordinarily there are also many fowls ye finde there coals to burn not unlike to the Scots coals At the northeast corner there lieth a little Bay where ye can ly safe after a little Island cornerwindes from east southeast to west southwest blows flat into this bay but as for other windes ye ly safe ye can come into this bay at the south-side thereof at the north-side it is almost fast to a great Island except a narrow passage where ye can come handsomely through with a chaloup hereabouts is no other Inham to run into in time of storme but round about ye have anker-ground yet ye must ly in open Sea the ground is durtie and there goeth a hollow Sea so that it is not good to anker there in time of storm the floud floweth commonly from the south-west toward the northeast a southwest northeast moone make high water and it floweth commonly four foot up and down At the time of year ye can take good kods and haddoks at the Bears-Island The East-coast of Spitsbergen FRom the Bears-Island to Hoopen-Island The Hoopen-Island the course is north-east northerly as is suspected two and thirtie miles the Island is seven or eight miles in length and not above three musquet-shot broad it lieth east north-east west southwest at both sides so wel at the south as the north but on the north side alongs the whole Island ye have good anker-ground on twentie fathoms a great half mile from land on the southwest end and the northeast end ye have some flat ground where the Walrushes use to come otherwise it is overall stay and ragged but on the southside it is overall stonie and rockie and not fit for ankering of which ye must take heed yet ye may sail within half a mile alongs the coast without danger but there is nothing on this Island that serveth for refreshment There hath been some who have sailed beyond the Hoopen-Island east north-eastward 24 miles but found no land found aboundance of yce and could reach no ground The Hoopen-Island appeareth to you as five mountains whereof the northeast end is the highest At the northeast end of Hoopen-Island there is a valley wel a quarter of a mile in circuit whereon resorts a great number of Walrushes yea sometimes it lieth whole full of them there are likewise an innumerable number of Sea-mews and other Sea fowls they flie sometimes in such multitudes that they hinder you from the sight of the firmament above your head so that the land is wel enough to be known by the off and on flying of those fowls seeking food for their young ones From the northeast corner of Hoopen-Island to Black-point the course is north westerly some ten miles but before ye come to Black-point on the southeast side there lieth a great many small Islands from the mast of your ship ye can tell sixtie of them but indeed there are so many as if they were sowen and that all alongs the coast so far as ye can see and that towards the northeast and west northwest as we suspect altogether stones and rocks When Black-point Black-point is four miles north easterly from you you see a great Island in comparison of the other when ye are a large musquet-shot on the south side of this Island ye ly on thirtie fathoms stitch-ground it is a stay ground for the length of a ship more Seawards in ye have 60 fathoms within the aforesaid Islands towards land ye can see open in Sea where the Islands are not so close together A mile further east from the aforesaid great Island without the low Islands there lyes a great many blindes in Sea where ye can have no anker-ground the Sea beats much on those blindes when it is high water yet there is no great floud On the northeast corner of Hoopen-Island there goeth as strong a stream as there doth in Texel the floud cometh from the south southwest and runs along the land A south-southwest winde maketh there the highest water on the aforesaid Island is no refreshment to begot so far as is yet known but is all stonie low land neither can ye see the aforesaid Islands from farre But Black-point is a very high land so that when it is fair weather ye can see it from Hoopen-Island thereabout ye have thick mists yea sometimes for the space of five or six dayes ye see not once the Sun but all thick cold mist From Black-point so lyeth the coast eastward on northeast up so far as ye can see to Wijbben Iansons water west northwest but the whole coast along lieth full of rocks and little Islands the floud cometh out of the south-west by the Cape on the east side of Look-out and runs northeastwardly up to Wijbben Jansons water Ye can scarcely lay on by the east side of the Cape Look-out because of the Yce that cometh from the east of Nova Sembla and runs along the coast as if it were fast land like to a bank so that ye can scarcely come through The West-coast of Spits-Bergen Look-out or Kijckâ—â—â— FRom the Bears-Island to the Cape Lookout or the south corner of Spits-Bergen is the course north northwest somewhat westly about eight and twentie miles There lyes a stonie channel on the southeast cape of Look-out Seawards in wel four miles in length on some places when the water rages ye can see it beat on the channel ye can sail through between this channel and the land but with great danger From the cape Look-out to the south-south-end of the foreland the course is north northwest six or seven and twenty miles between both lyes Hoorn-zond Klock-bay or Belzond and Yce-zond From the cape Look-out to Hoorn-zond the course is north northwest six miles it is betvveen both stonie and foul ground The Hoorn-zond Hoorn-zond is a wide bay and lyes without danger of all kinde of windes The English have their tents standing there and comes every year to take fish Between Hoorn-zond and Klock-river by others called Belzond Bel-zond lyes the coast northwards westerly and north northwest all alongs the coast it is stonie and foule and full of rocks and craigs Within the Bel-zond lies sundrie rivers and havens and a little within the corner on the north side lyes Willem van Muyens haven VVillem van Muyens haven that is so called because Willem van Muyen had fisht there aforetimes a little northwards up runs a river landvvards in which is called the undeep river The undeep river whereon lyes the cold harbour where aforetimes there have stood some tents a little more southerly lyes Michel Rinders river and more southerly from the aforesaid river lyes Sardammer-river which runs a great way landwards in From the Sardammer-river westward or sailende in through Klock-bay a little about the south corner there lyes a fair harbour which because of its conveniencie
north-west and so runs alongs Rusland The streams that comes to Way-gats comes from Colgoyen and Nova Sembla and falls with the rest east northerly through the Strait of Way-gats to the river Oby so by this means the flowing and ebbing of the streams keeps the passages of Way-gats open so that they are often without Yce except boards of Yce that come from other places driving But on the east-side of Way-gats the floud comes from the north-east and falls in the Oby and Strait of Nassow The water flows and ebbs there but keeps no constant course Of the depths and grounds so vvel on the east as vvest-side of VVay-gat Along the whole coast from Candenoes to Way-gats it is a flat upgoing ground most sand and fast ground If it be mistie weather and if ye have eight or nine fathoms water then ye must know that ye are but three or four miles from the coast but if ye have 30 or 35 or 40 fathoms then ye are far enough from land so is it likewise alongs Nova Sembla and over the east-side of Way-gats but when ye come into the mouth it grows flatter Of the situation and hovv far every land lieth from another From Orlogenes to the Cape Candenoes the course is north-east 35 miles From Candenoes to the Island Colgoye the course is east southerly 20 miles From Candenoes to Swelgenoes south-east easterly 22 miles From Candenoes to the Island Morsonowits south-east 10 miles From Candenoes to Tussara east south-east 32 miles From Tussara to Colcova east 5 miles From Colcova to Pitsana east northerly 5 miles From Pitsana to Pitsora east and east northerly 10 miles From Pitsora to Way-gats the course is about north-east easterly 10 or 12 miles From Catsnoes to the Islands of Solofky west a little southerly 28 miles From Catsnoes to Warsiga north-west westerly 12 or 13 miles From Catsnoes to Polongi north-west northerly 17 miles From the Islands of Solofky to Ombay in Lapland north 24 or 25 miles From Solofky to Warsia east north-east 24 miles From Solofky to Polongi north-east easterly 38 miles From Candenoes to Costintzarck in Nova Sembla north-east somewhat easterly 46 miles From the east-east-end of Colgoyen to Way-gats east 45 miles From Pitsora to the east-east-end of Colgoya west north-west 32 miles From the Lowland to the Stream-bay east west 4 miles From the Stream-bay to Yce-havens-corner east northerly 3 miles From the Yce-havens-corner to the Islands-corner the course is east north-east 5 miles From the Islands-corner to Vlissinger-head north-east easterly 3 miles From Vlissinger-head to the Head-corner the course is north-east 4 miles From the Head-corner to the corner of Begeerten or desire south and north 6 miles From the corner of Begeerten to the Islands of Oranjen north-west 8 miles From the Islands of Oranjen to the Yce-corner west and south-west 5 miles From the Yce-corner to the Cape the Troost or comfort west and west southerly 25 miles From the Cape the Troost to the Cape Nassow west northerly 10 miles From the Cape Nassow to the east-east-end of the Crosse-Island west northerly 3 miles From the east-east-end of Crosse-Island to Wilhelms-Island west southerly 3 miles From Wilhelms-Island to the Black-corner west south-west 6 miles From the Black-corner to the east-East-end of the Admiraliteyts Island west south-west 7 miles From the East-corner to the West-corner of the Admiraliteyts-Island west south-west 5 miles From the West-corner of the Admiraliteyts-Island to the Capo de Plancio south-west westerly 10 miles From the Capo de Plancio to Lomsbay west south-west 8 miles From Lomsbay to the Staten or States corner west south-west 10 miles From the States-corner to Langenesse south-west southerly 14 miles From Langenesse to the Capo de Cant south-west southerly 6 miles From the Capo de Cant to the corner of the Black-rock south westerly 4 miles From the corner of the Black-rock to the Black Island south south-east 3 miles From the Black Island to Constintzarck east and west 2 miles From Constintzarck to the Crosse-corner south south-east 5 miles From the Crosse-corner to St. Laurence-bay south-east 6 miles From St. Laurence-bay to Meel-haven south south-east 6 miles From the Meel-haven to the two Islands south south-east 16 miles The Heights The Cape of Candenoes lieth on 69 grades 30 minut I. Colgoya on 69 grades 10 minutes The rivers of Colcova Pitsana and Pitsora lieth on 68 grades 40 minutes Way-gats or the Strait of Nassow lieth on 69 grades 43 minutes The North-corner which lieth most northward of Nova Sembla lieth on 77 grades 30 minutes The first part THE THIRD BOOKE OF THE LIGHTNING-COLVMNE OR SEA MIRROUR WHEREIN IS The Description of the whole EAST-SEA Furnished with all the needfull Seacards sights of Land with divers changes as well in the courses distances as in the heights and purged from many faults Gathered together from the experience of divers Famous Seamen and lovers of Navigation never before brought to light By IOHN van LOON Practicioner in the Sciences of Astronomy Geometry and the Mathematiques IN AMSTERDAM Printed by Iohn Iohnson dwelling at the Signe of the Passe-card 1654. Pascaarte vande OOST-ZEE Van 't Eylandt Rugen ofte Bornholm tot aen Wyborg De Custen van DENEMARCKEN en Sweden van Valsterbon tot Schenckenes Al 's mede de Custen van Pomeren van't Eylant Rugen tot Rygshooft The first part of the New LIGHTNING SEA COLUMNE OR SEA MIRROUR THE THIRD BOOKE Of the EASTERNE NAVIGATION Containing The Description of the whole East-Sea The first Demonstration Where in Are described the Sea-Coastes of Falsterborn to Schenckenes and from the Island Rugen to Ryghs-head HOw men shall sayle about the riff off Fasterborn hat been here before rehearsed The coast from Fasterborn eastwards lyeth most east and east and by north First from Fasterborn to Elburgh Elburgh are three leagues If you will anchor before Elburgh then bring the Cloyster and the Church within a fathom or a fathom and a half near one to the other and sayle so right in unto the town you may anchor by it in 4 3 or 2 fathom and a halfe From Elburgh to Uytstede are 7 or 8 leagues Betwixt them both about 3 leagues to the eastwards of Elburgh and 5 leagues to the westwards of Uytstee Uytstee is a poynt off from which lyeth a shoale come no nearer it then 8 or 9 fathom Uytstee lyeth in a bight and hath a high sharp steeple If you be bound thither then bring the steeple north from you and then sayle in right with it towards the strand there standeth a red tiled house to the eastwards of the bridge bring that house and the end of the bridge one in the other and sayle in so and runne to the westwardes of the bridge anchor there in 3 fathom or two foot lesse there is cleane sand-ground When you come from the west and are past that foresayd shoale then you may boldly runne alongst by the shoare in 3 fathom
on against the west end of a long small rock which lieth farr to the eastwards towards Oeland and lieth almost even with the water at some places a little above water and at some places the Sea runneth alongst over it edge then a little up to the northwards and runne about by the poynt of that rock Being past that you shall meet on the larboard side a low rock from the which there shooteth off a little taile to the northwards upon it standeth a little beacon sayle alongst by it and being a little past it then shall the town lye westsouthwest from you let your anchor fall there in five or sixe fathom there is the right road If you come to anchor somewhat northerly in the roade you must be carefull to take heed of a sunken rock which lyeth not more then eleven or twelve foot under water The Marks of this sunken rock Sunken rock are these When the mills upon the Mulholm are one in the other with the mill which standeth on the north side without the town then you are thwart off the foresayd sunken rock On both sides of it as well to the northwards as the southwards of it it is deep enough It is good lying there allmost with all windes but a north and by east winde is the worst which bloweth there open in With shipps that go not deeper then sixe or seven foote men may come to lye at the bridge before the towne You may also sayle to the westwards of the Grimschaer that is through betwixt the Grimschaer and the land with shipps that go not deep but he that shall doe it must be verie well acquainted there for there it is all full of Rocks some above and some under water From the south end of Oeland called Southerorden The riff of southerorden lyeth off a great dangerous riffe a league and an half into sea there it is seven and eight fathom deep when the Chappel upon Southerorden is northwest a great league from you there it is tenne and eleven fathom deepe you may sound about this riffe in eight or nine fathom but it is not good to come nearer it when you can doe otherwise and can passe it A halfe league to the northwards of the Towne Calmer to wit a little to the northwards of the road lyeth an Island called Skalloe Skalloe which you must leave on the starboard side when you are bound from Calmer to the northwards It is indifferent cleane upon the west side but from the Sweeds side there over against it runneth off a stone riff almost unto the Island Upon this riffe standeth commonly a stone-beacon it is dangerous to sayle through there or over that shoale for one that is not there very well acquainted It is also Pilots water Foure leagues to the northwards of the Calmer on the Sweeds side lyeth an out-poynt called Schenknes or Skegnesse Skegenes thwart of it lyeth a small Island called the Baker The Baker betwixt this poynt and Skallo it is very uneven of depths The east coast of Oeland is a cleane coast lieth northnortheast southsouthwest Off the Island Rughen To the westwards of the Island Rugen men doe sayle up into the Jelle unto Straelsound For to sayl from Straelsound out alongst the Jelle For to sail out at the Jelle goe on north and north and by west there lyeth a Middle-ground sometimes there standeth a beacon upon it and sometimes not leave that on the larboard side being past that sayle to the poynt where the wood standeth upon so that the town come behind the wood you shall then see a verie high tree bring that over the flattest steeple and keep it so a while standing going on still north and north and by west unto the beacon the Jelle When as you luffe up about by it west then looke out for two trees which stand upon the east shoare somewhat within the land bring them a ships length without the highest tree which standeth upon the shoare luffe up about the beacon towards the buye In the mouth of the deepe lye three buyes which in sayling out you must leave all on the larboard side but in sayling in all on the starboard side It is not deeper in the mouth of the Deepe then sixe seven foot and also without it is farre of shoale water The Island Rugen hath four poynts that lye out under which men may ride at divers places as Doornbosh Whitmond Jasmond and the Peert The poynt of Doornbosh Dornbosch lyeth from the Jelle north distant two leagues it is high land with a steepe poynt men may ride under it for northeast east and southeast windes If you will anchor there then anchor in three four or five fathom so that the steepe point stand northnortheast from you or that the Church stand over the poynt or anchor where about that it shall please you or shall be best convenient it is there all over shallow water and clean sand-ground From Dornbosch to Brontholm the course is east northeast seventeen or eighteen leagues but Dornbosch and Fasterbornes Riffe lye northnorthwest and southsoutheast fourteen leagues asunder From Dornbosch to Whitmont the course is northeast by east four leagues Betwixt them both goeth in a greate Bay where you may run in alongst by Whitmondt and have road there in five or six fathom for southwest south also for an east winde If you will seeke roade under Whitmondt Roade under Whitmont for westerly windes and runne about by the poynt comming from the westwards then come not nearer the poynt then seven or eight fathom there shooteth off an uneven shoale which you must avoid being come about the poynt anchor there in twelve thirteen or fourteene fathom that is about a league from the shoare nearer to the shoare in seven eight or ten fathom the ground is not cleane in twelve fathom you have grosse sand in thirteene or fourteene fathom soft ground so that with harde windes you should need to shoe your anchor you lye there also landlockt for a west and south winde Iasmond Roade under Iasmondt lyeth from Witmond eastsoutheast distant three leagues If you will anchor under Iasmond for a west or westnorthwest wind then sayle so far about the poynt that it come to be northnorthwest or somewhat more northerly from you when you come about the poynt you shall see in the southwest or somewhat more westerly from you a little thick wood of trees upon a plain hill and on each side of that little wood a little sharpe steeple and also a great tree like as if it were a mill without wings when that tree commeth to be southwest and by west from you anchor there in 9 or 10 fathom there is indifferent ground according as the ground is there by the poynt of the land it is about 13 fathom deep Or bring the north poynt northwest and the other poynt southwest and by south
you so farre that you may but even see it from below The Rose-head Woolsackes Reefcol Thus sheweth the land betwixt Reefcoll and the Rose-head when you sayle alongst by it three leagues without the land Thus sheweth the land betwixt Colbergen and the Stolp when you sayle alongst by it about 2 leagues without the land The second Demonstration Where in The Sea-Coastes betweene Rygs-head and Der Winda are set forth FRom the Rose-head to the Heele the course is southeast eight or nine leagues distant When you come neere the Heele you are allmost ground off in thirty fathom On the coast of the Hee le close by the land it is four and twenty and also thirty fathom deep Under the Heele Roade under the Heele you may anchor in twelve and twenty fathom close by the land the ground there goeth off very much If you be a little off from the land then you are ground off not very farre without the land you have no ground in fourty fathom A league to the northwards off the Hee le there runneth of a flat from the land where you must take heed when you will go to anchor under the Heele you may anchor on both sides of the Heele but on the innerside it is soft ground From the Heele to Danske before the Wissell the course is south and by west 5 leagues If you will anchor before the Wissell then anchor to the westwards of the Chests or the Wester-head in ten or twelve fathom But for to sayle into the Wissell or the Danske Deep Danske Deep you must look for out the two masts with barrels upon them which standeth upon the Chests or the Wester-head bring one in the other and sayle in right with them in betwixt the Chests but when you are within Termunde you must chuse the easter shoare for the West shoare is flat when you come before Boatsams flat you must chuse the side off the Green-shoare and make there fast with foure hawsers or cables The Quinsbrough deepe Quinsbrough deep lyeth from the Wissell or the Chests of Danske east and by north thirteen or fourteen leagues From the Rose-head east southeast southerly 19 or 20 leagues and from the Heele eastsoutheast easterly 12 leagues From the Wissell to the Quinsbrough-deep al alongst to the northwards of it it is altogether a faire white sandy strand upon both sides off the deep stand some withered trees to see to as if they were burnt but upon the south side stand two Capes or beakons If you wil sayle in there bring the capes one in the other when you come in 10 or 8 fathom and sayle in so right with them and so you shall run right with the buyes which lye on both sides of the Deepe to 8 or 10 in number to wit on each side foure or five sayle in betwixt them untill you come within in the Kettell There is no certainty to be written of the lying in of this channell as also of the the Danske deep whereunto men might trust for by reason of the scouring of the Freshuts and with great streaming of the Ice they doe change oftentimes and sometimes in short time but the Lords of the land there have very great care to give charge that they be alwayes well set with buyes and beakons For to anchor in the road without the deep then anchor so that the poynt of Locksteed lye about north and by east from you there it is eight nine and ten fathom deep Within the Deep in the Kettell men do lye to tarrie for the wind in three fathom and three fathom and a halfe For to sayle up the Haff go out of the Kettel about e. untill you come against the Heert and southeast over it and then alongst the Haff amidst the channell unto the Haverstrome the course is most east Being over the Heert edge somewhat to the south shoare for to avoyd that riff which lyeth off from the north shoare about a third part into the Haffe to wit from the point by east Fishouses there lyeth a little buye upon it and come no neerer it then twelve or thirteene foot The right fareway is to the southwardes of it fourteen and fifteen foote soft ground untill about Brandenburgh from thence further it is by little and little shoaler twelve eleven and ten foot upon the Haverstraw When you get the steeple of Quinsbrough in sight then you shall see also by it a round black little wood keep the steeple on the north or east side off that little wood untill that you be past Brandenburgh then let the steeple come a ships length to the eastwards of the little wood of trees sayle so right with it till you come by the buyes or little trees of the Haverstraw there you must run through amidst the channell betwixt them untill you come into the Pregell which lieth up northeast unto the towne From der Pillo to Quinsbrough are about eight leagues but to Melven Melven it is about 9 leagues you must also sayle up there amidst the channell about southwest but the poynt over against the Pillo where the castle Terbaly standeth you must avoid somewhat which runneth far off flat Foure or five leagues north and north and by west from the Quinsbrough Deep lyeth the poynt of Brusteroort and betwixt them both Loocsteed whereupon standeth a Castle with a Church not farre one from the other and also two high hommocks or hills and the land there abouts is all full of trees From Brusteroort to the Deepe off Der Memell Der Memell the course is northeast and by north sixteen or seventeen leagues It is there betwixt them both a faire strand and the land lyeth in a great bay The deep of Der Memell lyeth in northeast and northeast and by east and is two fathom deep within it you come into a great Haffe you may runne to the westwards about the poynt and anchor there where you will From Der Memell to Heyligena the coast lyeth north by east four leagues From Heyligena to the poynt of Sevenbergen north and by east five leagues that is with hommocks and hilly land Foure or five leagues north and by east from Sevenbergen lyeth Terlyba Terlyba There goeth into the land a little river but there can go in no shippes there is no more then six foot water On the north side of the river standeth a Gentlemans house or Castle with a turret upon the midst of it the north end of the house is covered with boards and the southend with red tyles to the southwards or the eastwards of it stand also some houses covered also with tyles in betwixt two woods to see to If you will anchor in the road of Terlyba then anchor a little to the southwards of the village so that the foresaid Gentlemans-house with the turret doe stand east and by north from you in foure fathom and a half and five fathom lesse two foot there is the
Staverne then you come right thwart of that foresaid plate The markes of the buye upon the Creyl Mark of the Creyl are the sharpe steeple of Twisch over the Cornemill to the westwards of Medenblick that little flat steeple of Mirnes to the south side or east side of the cliffe The right fareway there is four fathom an half five fathom deep soft ground the buye lyeth in four fathom if need require men may runne wel a cables length about to the eastwards of it From the Buye upon the Crippell which lyeth upon the east end off the Cripple-sand Markes of the beakon upon Cripp e-sand three fathom unto the Beakon upon Cripple-sand the course is northwest and by west and northwest When Lutkebrooke a small spire steeple commeth to Hem which is also a spire steeple then are you thwart of that beakon From the Beakon upon the Crippel unto the souther buye upon Wieringher flat the course is northwest and by west or westnorthwest according as the wind and tyde shall serve it lyeth at high water with an ordinary tyde in thirteene foot and a halfe Markes of the fouther buy upon the Flat the markes thereof are these Grootebrooke commeth betwixt two Hay-stacks to the eastwards of the five water-mils which stand to the eastwards of Warvers hoof that is a long marke in the s Twisch a sharpe steeple to the westward of Medenblick commeth over Almerdorp there was wont to bee a little flat steeple but it is fallen downe and therefore now not soo well to bee knowne that was a right thwart-marke Upon Wieringhen standeth a cape bring East lander steeple which is a flat steeple upon Wieringen right over the cape and sayle so right with it and you shal come right with the buy When you are at the buy Westlander Church commeth then over Cleverstee and the eight mils to the eastwards of Medenblick a little without the Towne For to finde the deepest of the flat comming from the Cripple you must bee carefull to looke out for the foresayd markes If that Twisch come first to Almerdorp before Cleverstee come to Westlander Church then you are to neare to Breesand or the grounds on the starboard side these are sure markes for to sayle over the flats when there lye no buyes Alongst to the eastwards of the buye is the deepest water If you will anchor before the Wieringer flat then come no nearer the Flat then when Twisch commeth a little to the Northwards of Opperdoes or halfe way betwixt Opperdoes and Almerdorp For to sayle from the foresayd souther buy over the Gammels to Medenblick For to fail over the Gammels to Medenblick you must bring the westermost water-mill of the eight which stand to the eastwards of Medenblick a capstone barres length without or to the eastwards of the Bulwarke of the Towne and sayle then boldly without feare right in with them untill that you come into the road where the ships commonly lye or else if you desire to goe into the Haven then sayle in right to the northerhead there is nothing that can hurt you But if you must turne to windwards over the Gammels and that your ship draweth more then eleven foot water then runne not Further over to the westwards then that the foresayd Water-mill commeth almost within or a handspikes length to the foresayd Bulwark soo that yet you may well see through betwixt them then cast about run over to the eastwards soo long untill Grootebrooke come in the five water-milles which stand to the eastwards of Warmershoof or on to the eastwards of them so you shall not doe amisse for it is there broad and wide If you desire to sayle over the Gammels to Medenblick when you come from the Flye then bring the steeple of Opperdoes over the westermost Water-mill of five which stand to the westwards of Medenblick and runne in soo right with them untill that the westermost water-mill oft eight to the eastwards of Medenblick come to stand a capstone barres length without the Bulwark as here before once already hath been sayd Having these marks thus and that it doe become darke then goe on south south and by east according as the wind and tide shal serve and you shall not doe amisse neither shall you misse the Town In this foresayd faire way there is no lesse depth then upon the Wieringher flat and all soft ground When the steeple of Twisch is over the westermost watermill except one of the five which stand to the westwards of Medenblick and Grootebroeck in the little village to thee wards of the five water-mils on the Easterdyke then are you in 13 foot from the northwest poynt of the Crippl and past the taile of the Cripple Upon these foresayd markes 13 foot lyeth a buye with three legges on the foresayd west shoare lye three drift-beakons in 12 foot and then commeth the wester-most water-mill of the eight which stand to the eastwards of Medenblick and so you shall not have lesse water then upon the Wieringer flat From the Souther-buye to the second or middle buye For to sail over the Wieringen flat the course is northwest and northwest and by north but for to find the deepest water goe first northwest so long untill that Ypels-hoofs Church come over the water-mill which is called the Bolmill and then forth n. w. and by n. When the Cornmill upon Wieringen commeth in the swamp off the Oever then you have the length of the second Buye which lyeth upon the west or the south end of a little plate called the Repell the faire way is alongst to the westwards of it there being at low water two fathom large and at high water scarce three fathom deep On the west side of the fayre way betwixt the souther-buye and the middle-buye nearest the middle-buy lyeth a hard sand called the Sow or the old Sow which on the east side is very steepe and needle to which in sayling up men might sayle within a poynt or tayle of it to the westwards of it shooteth off another tayle to the northwards a great wayes towards the Northeast buye Upon the outermost or northermost poynt called Seughoort standeth alwayes a beakon Upon Wieringer upon the Oever stand two little capes with barrels on them the one upon the North-end off the Oever and the other upon the head they are so little that you can hardly see them when you come off from the souther-buye towards the middle-buye then keepe them not one in the other for if you keepe them one in the other then you will bee very close by the south shoare and shall but even run cleare of the old Sow but keep the southermost a little to the westwards of the northermost and then you shall run alongst the right fareway and shall not take any hurt of the old Sow When you come neare the middle-buy you must leave these marks and use them then no longer
steeple it is al most one course south south east or somewhat southerly the buyes lye along the west shoare men may for need sayle alongst to the westwards of them but not farre for the west shoare is so steepe that if a great shippe should lye with the stemme against it there should be at head no more then 3 foot and by the main mast at least 3 fathom deepe but the east shoare is flat men may runne alongst by it upon their lead untill they come within the buyes The buy upon the tayle that is the innermost buy of the old slenck lyeth from the buy upon Cape and steeple south by west s s west but the Helder southeast men may sayle from the buy upon Cape and steeple rightwith the Helder without danger or to the buy upon the tayle from thence alongst by the south shoare which is also very steepe or right to the Helder according as shall be best convenient for the wind and tyde The foreftood falles very strong over the south ground to the Spaniards channell till half flood and the fore-ebbe s.s.e. till halfe ebbe The faling of the tide The Helder lyes from the buy upon the tayle e.s.e. and s.e. and by e. When you are come near the Helder run close by it so to avoyd a tayle shooting off from Geest sand which you may sayle within as you come from the sea there lyeth a Buy upon it which leave on the Larboard side Being past the Helder goe northeast or a little more easterly or alongst the Tessels side in eight or nine fathom unto the Copevaerders road The Wieringhen side is steep The Slenck In The Slenck used to lye six buyes but the sands are growne now soo high and have stopt the passage Within the sixth Buy it is wide enough to sayle in from thence right to the Helder east southeast To sayle out at the Land-deepe The Land deep run alongst within a bow-shot of the foot strand of Huysdown and about by the heads and you shall not misse the innermost Buy lying on the shoals nearest the west shoare in seventeen foot at high and 13 foot at low water that shoaly place is not above 2 ships lengths broad over it and alsoo within it it is deep enough Thwart of that Buy shooteth off a little tayle from the shoare towards the Buy therefore run close alongst by the Buy and leave it on your starboard side in sayling out Besides that Buy there lie 3 other Buyes in the Land-deep which you must leave all lying to seawards of you and so run betwixt them and the shore when you are past the 4 Buy you are past all the shoale and may sayle where you will To finde the Land-deep comming from the sea southwards you must sound the shore in four fathom and a halfe and running so by the shore you shall sayle right with the outermost buy which doue come no neare the shoare els you should saile within the taile of Arrian Bergers Creek which shooteth off from the shoare to the south sandhill Or els if you come from sea with an open winde thē keepe the great Cape upon Huysdowne over Dirckooms sandhil that is a round sandhil a litle to the south of Kyck downe bur not soo high and sayle soo in right with it you shall then meet with the outermost buy which lyeth at low Water in 4 fathom and a halfe nearest the Wester-grounds or the hakes leave it on the larboard side and run in alongst to the eastwards of it betwixt it the shore it lyeth most northeast and northeast and by north in you can take no hurt on either side if you take heed to keep you from the shoare Thwart of the Kyckdowne or comming to the southwards of it you must edge a litle from the shoare to avoyd a shoale which lyeth neare somewhat off from the shore When you come to the second buy then commeth the mill to the Northwards of Kyckdowne and at the third the mill and Cane Nels howse come one in the other which two buyes lye in 5 fathom at low water From the third to the innermost buy it is n.e. and by e run close along to the east ward of it to avoyd the foresayd little tayle of sand which thwart of it lyeth off from the shoare and then forth within a bow shot about the heads and so along by the strand of the Helder Conrerning the Mase and Goerees Gat. The Mase is at present but a wide or broad flatt having little change of depth which may bee sayled with all winds When the wind is south regard the old markes that is comming from sea before you see the Capes bring the steeple of Brill which is a stumpy steeple e. s.e south from you To sayle in to the Mase with a south wind or a little e. or southerly after you have gotten the cape bring them together and run on or if you bring the Brill steeple a spades length northwards the tower of Oostvoorn and run on you shall then first run the buy in sight lying in 3 fathom at low water From this first buy to the 2 and 3 buy wee sayle right upon the Capes The second buy lyes on 13 and the third upon 11 foote beeing there come the steeple of Goer comes a little upon the foote strand of the land of the Brill the fourth buy lyeth much alike with the third right upon the Capes though a little more southerly betweene these buyes the shallowest of the Maes is about ten foote by the fourth buy it begins to deepē with a common low water it is about eleavē foote deepe but with a southerly or s e. wind it runs shallower From thence to the fourth buy it is broad so that there wee may sayle in a reasonable depth Below the Heydyck or inmost beacon it is much narrower The fifth buy lyes distant from the fourth e. n. e and n.e. and by e. From the fourth buy to the fifth southward along the buyes in the right channell it is deep 14. 15. 16. 17 foote neare the fifth buy five fathom The sixth buy lyeth from the fifth e. and by N. in twelve foote there alongst the southward it is 5 6 fathom deepe and is called the Pitt Comming then a little beyond the sixth buy soo commeth Maeslandt sluce and Vlaerding steeple together keepe them so and run forwards soo long till you bring the old head of the Brielin the new head then you may run to the land of the Briel and so further alongst the southwall till you come before the Briel where you may anchor Now who will run higher up the Mase let them run all along the soutwall till hee is past the New sluce chuse then the Northwall From the east end of Roosenburgh there comes a tayle off which you may undersayle comming westwards If then when you are past the heads of Swartewal you bring not
of 5 6 7 and 8 fathom depth and runneth to the southwards towards the land of Bulleyn West and by south from Callice-cliffe and south and south and by east from Dover is the shoalest of it at low water not deeper then sixteene or seventeene foot On both sides of this banck as well alongst to the eastwards as to the westwards of it it is 20 22 23 and 24 fathom deepe Men may anchor before Dover for a north and northwest wind right against the Castle in tenne fathom is the best road and cleane ground For to sayle into the Downes from the southwards you must run about by the south Forland within two cables length alongst by the land and anchor thwart of the middlemost Castle in 7 or 8 fathom The southermost poynt of Gooding and the south Forland lye n. e. and s w. asunder Betwixt Goodding Goodding and the Valley in the land off the north Forland called Ramsgat lye two shoals whereof the westermost is called the Quernes and the eastermost the Brakes For to sayle from Dover through within the Goodding betwixt the Goodding and the Brakes to the north Forlant you must goe on north and by east so long untill that the mill upon the north Forland come to the west side of the Valley in the north Forland then goe yet north and by east and northnortheast untill that the little steeple upon the North Forland come to the East-side of the foresayd valley then you shall bee to the northwards of the Brakes and then the little flat steeple on the south Forland commeth too or right over the third white Chalck-hill to the Northwards of the south Forland that is a direct long marke for to sayle through betwixt the Brakes and Goodding as well when you come from the Northwards as from the South-wards For to sayle through within the Goodding from the Northwards you must not come nearer the Brakes Brakes then in seven fathom and set the south Forlant southsouthwest from you and sayle then so right with it and then you shall runne alongst the best deepe When as the flat steeple upon the North Forland standeth in Ramsgat ot the Valley then you shall be thwart of the Brakes and when the mill commeth in Ramsgat you shall be to the southwards of the Brakes When you lye in the Downes and that the inner poynt of the cliffe of the south Forland lye southsouthwest from you then the Quernes Quernes lye north and by east from you and the end of Goodding n. e. from you The north end of Goodding and the poynt of the north Forland lye southeast and by east and n. w. and by w. a league a halfe asunder For to come from the northwards into the Downes through betwixt the Brakes and the Quernes For to saile through betwixt the Brakes and the Quernes there standeth a Church upon the high land of the south Forland to the northwards of it which is a flat steeple the church somewhat great of body there are 3 Castles upon the strand of the Downes you must bring the foresayd Church with the flat steeple right in the middest betwixt the two southermost Castles and then you are in the fareway in the middle of the channel and that wil serve for a leading mark to run through betwixt the Brakes and the Quernes and the course lyeth through s s west If the winde bee southerly that you must turne to windwards through runne not further over to the eastwards then that the foresayd church come within 2 ships length of the southermost castle for if you should bring them neerer or together then you should run upon the brake and being cast about run not further over the westwards then that the foresayd church come within two shippes length of the three for if you should bring them neerer or together you should run upon the Quernes and these markes will serve to turne to windwards through betwixt the Brakes Quernes either from the northwards or the southwards The Brake is steep being 5 s close alongst by the side of it and in the middle of the channell is but 15 foot at low water soo that it is deeper by this side of the Brake then in the middle of the channell As you turn to windwards and run over to the eastwards towards the Brake as soon as you must cast about or els you should be against the Brake the Querne is flat but neverthelesse as soon as you finde it shoaler in running over to the w. wards the Querne then 15 foote you must cast about again Thwart markes of a tayle of sand lying of from the Goodding and so turn through About halfe a league from the north end off the Goodding to the southwards lyeth of a flat tayle or spit of sand to the westwards from the Goodding a great musket shot of and falleth dry a good wayes of at low water which maketh the channell there betwixt the Goodding and the Brake very narrow the thwart markes of this tayle of sand are these up within the land a litle to the southwards of Ramsgate stand 3 or 4 high trees together when these trees doe come right over the southermost end of the cliffe that lyeth alsoo a litle to the southwards of Ramsgat then you are thwart of this foresayd tayle of sand as soon as you shall bee past it then you shall have more roome to turne to windwards and may run further over to the Goodding For to run about a seaboard of Goodding For to sayle from Dover without the Goodding to the north Forland you must keepe the poynt to the westwards of Dover without the south Forland and goe on northeast untill that the north Forland come n.w. and by west from you then you may boldly run to the north Forland and anchor before Margate or where that you shall think it best but thwart of the steeple where the mill standeth by is the best roade Or when the poynt of the north Forland lyeth southsouthwest and southwest and by south from you there is alsoo good riding in 8 or 9 fathom Betwixt Margate the Reculvers mē may anchor every where in sixe or 7 fathom at halfe flood Betwixt the Querns the north Forland men may also run through to Sandwich there runs of a litle stone-banck from the shore called the Fourefoot betwixt that and the Quernes it is at halfe flood two fathom deepe The Quernes are lately growne much lesse and shifted soo that the north ende of them is allmost gone Of the tydes courses of the Streames Alongst the coast of Flanders on the Land a south and north moone maketh full sea In the fareway without the Flemish banckes in the sea a s w. moone maketh high water In the middest betwixt the heads a s w. Moone At Dover a south north moone In the Downes a southsouthwest moone At the n. Forland a south n. moone Alongst the Flemish
of Iochull lyeth Dongarven haven betwixt both lyeth an out point a little to the eastwardes of it standeth a high blacke Tower called Ardimore Ardimore which may bee seen wel foure leagues at sea within it is a bay which is a good roade for westerly windes in seven or eight fathom Dongarvan Dongarvan is a narrow tyde-haven the mouth off the haven is ful of rockes and at lowe water it falleth drye men must goe in there at high water and runne in through betwixt the rockes it lyeth in northnorthwest within it is deepe enough The towne Dongarvan lyeth upon the west side of the haven From Dongarvan to Waterford are eight leagues Within Dongarvan northnorthwest landwards in lyeth the mountaine of Sleges which men doe cal the high mountaine of Dongarvan or Cape de Quin C. Quin. or Caray Quin it shewed it selfe with three exceeding high hommockes farr above all other landes thereabouts men may see it at sea alongst a great part of the south coast of Ireland When you shall have that mountaine northnorthwest from you and sayle in right with it you shal fall right with Dongarvan When you shall have it north from you and sayle in right with it then you shall fall with Iochul being northnortheast then you shall fall with Corck but when it shall be n.w. and so run in you shall fall with Waterford The haven of Waterford Waterford lyeth about five leagues to the westwardes of the s east poynt of Ireland being called Carnaroort the coast betwixt both lyeth eastnortheast and w. s w. and sheweth it selfe in the ossing within the land with high hilles two and three double one above the other but by the sea side it is all low land where you may see many flat Towers upon it as you sayle alongst by it The east poynt of the haven is a low rock poynt but it is cleane upon it standeth a high white flat Tower called the Tower of Waterford Tower of Waterford which you may see farre off at sea and is a perfect mark to know this haven by there stand many more flatt Towers to the westwards alongst the coast but this is better to be seen then all the rest because it is white and higher then the other The west poynt is a high and fowle poynt there lyeth a shoale soutsoutheast off into sea from it the channel is broad and cleane without it it is eleven and ten fathom deep in the havens mouth seven fathom and somewhat further in sixe fathom it lyeth in north and north by west within this river within the east poynt is a good roade in foure or five fathom a league within the rivers mouth there lyeth on the west side a steepe poynt from thence beginneth a shoale lying to the northwards alongst the shoare unto the steep poynt of Passage and shooteth over from that poynt with a tayle towards the east shoare Passage is a village where men passe over lying on the west side of the river a little to the northwardes of the foresayd steepe poynt Betwixt that village that point on the west side is a good roade very fit as wel for them that are bound out as for them that are bound up In sayling up you must take heede of a little shoale that lyeth off by castle standing on the east side of the river somwhat thwart over the River downwards at high water there is no more then two foote water upon it a man that looketh for it may see it it is also flat that a man may sound it About halfe a league northwards up the river from Passage there goeth another river westwards up to Waterford About halfe wayes betwixt the haven of Waterford and the poynt Carnaroort lye 2 little Islands about half a league from the shoare called Saltees The Saltees the southermost is the greatest and lieth distant from the Tower of Waterford directly cast almost three leagues Betwixt these two Islands you may sayle through in five sixe and seven fathom but you must keep neerest the smallest or northermost Island for to avoyd some suncken rockes that lye at the north end of the great Island and at low water are drye From the northermost or smallest Island of the Saltees towardes the maine land lyeth off a ledge of rockes where men were wont to goe over on foote but now may sayle over For to sayle betwixt the Saltees and the main land you must leave two thirds of the distance of water from the Islands and one third part from the maine and you shall have at low water about two fathom deepe About a half league without the southermost Island of the Saltees lyeth a rock above water called Kinbegh Kinbegh and s west about so farre from it s by west from the south end of the Saltees lyeth a suncken rock called Kimor Kimor of the bignesse of a ship it cometh with halfe ebbe even above water it is so steepe that a man may lie with a shipps side against it and have 14 fathom water so that a man without any danger may sayle alongst by it as neere as he will A man may also if need require sayle through betwixt Kinbegh and the greatest Island of the Saltees but a seaboard of all is best and securest To the eastwards off the rock Kinbegh southeast from the greatest Island of the Saltees lye also some suncken rockes called the Frailes The Frails which may be seen at low water there men may also sayle through within them Northeast from the Saltees lye also rockes the southermost is called the Tuns and the northermost the north rocke Tuns and northrock Northnortheast from the greatest Island of the Saltees or from Kinbegh and s west and by s from Carnaroort lyeth one rock above water called Blackrock Blackrock that is cleane and cleare round about so that a man may sayle round about it freely without feare of danger But a quarter of a league eastwards from it lyeth a suncken rocke called the Barrel Barrel of that a man must take heed Under the Islands of both the Saltees a man may ride under the greatest at the n. west side neerest the north end the marke or knowledge of the road is a black rock like a boat turned upside downe Road under the Saltees right against that you must anchor in seven eight or nine fathom there it is good sandground and landlockt for an eastsoutheast southeast and a south winde a south-southwest winde bloweth alongst the shoare If you anchor neerer the shoare in 5 fathom or there about there it is rough ground Under the smallest Island a man may ride at the east side in 7 or 8 fathom so that the north poynt of the Island lye n.n. west from you there you shall lye neere the land-lockt for s west and n. west windes From the point of Waterford the shoare lyeth to the eastwardes within the
of the Touns it is very deepe men may sound about the Touns on the off side in foure fathom For to finde the Channell that lyeth into the westwardes off the Touns comming from the east or alongst by the Touns you must looke out for a little sandy Bay that lyeth on the west-side even within the north-poynt of the river under the high land bring it soo that you may see it open of the foresayd north-poynt and sayle in there upon untill you come by the land and then runne in alongst by it southwest untill you come right against Greencastle If you come from the west or the north you may boldly without feare runne alongst the shoare about the poynt upon your lead without comming neere the towne you may see any thing that might doe you hurt comming by Greencastle there may you anchor so that you may see Withcastle without the poynt of Green-castle there you may lye within the Towns sheltred for windes out of the sea Road in Loughfoyle For to sayle up from Green-Castle you must runne up alongst by the west shoare by your lead and shunne the little sandes that lye here and there alongst that side until you come past With-castle right against the three trees there is the ordinarie road Betwixt Green-castle and With-castle neerest unto Green-castle goeth a Creecke ot Slencke through the grounds unto the easterne shoare which is as deepe or deeper then the right fareway unto With-castle When men come off from Green-castle they must take good heed not to goe farre off from the westerne shoare lest they fall into that Creeke How men shall saile from the foresayd roade forth up unto the Towne Derry they may perceive or marke by the card From Lough-foile-haven unto the Islands Enesterhul Islands Enesterhull by some called Monsterhul the course is northwest foure or five leagues these are small black Islands or rockes not very high above water and lye a little off the northermost poynt of Ireland called Enistom a high plaine land and very good to knowe for him that hath once seen it Betwixt the Islands and the point men may saile through but not-without great danger for them that are not very well acpuainted with it because off much fowle ground and shoals that lye betwixt them both Under the foresayd poynt Eniston on the west side men may anchor for easterly windes or els to stoppe the tyde From the Islands Enesterhull unto Lough-Swilly Lough-Swilly of some called Locksillie the course is southwest 5 leagues that is a faire haven For to sayle in there men must shunne the west side and goe in alongst by the casterne shoare The land about Lough-Swilly is the highest land of the whole north coast of Ireland and thereby it is also very good to know for those that comming out off the north do fall with the lands there abouts Foure or five leagues westsouthwest or somwhat westerly lyeth a large broad haven called Sheepeshavē but it is at some places foule ground within it men may lye landlockt for al winds The west poynt lyeth out called Hornehead Horne-head or Cape de Horne Cape de Horne upon it is a hill with two hommockes in fashion like two hornes and there after the poynt is named At the west side of this poynt men may ride and anchor within the rockes for easterly windes Betwixt Lough-Swilly sheepshaven lyeth also a Bay where men may anchor but the ground is not very cleane and right against it in the offing halfe a league from the land lyeth a ledge of rockes which at high water are under and at low water lye above water may for need run through betwixt it and the land but without it is best and surest The Coast of Scotland The haven or sound of Loughrean Loughgrean or Loockreen in Scotland by the poinr of Galloway lieth distant from Faire Forland the n.e. poynt of Ireland e. s.e about eleven leagues but the poynt called Cantir lyeth distant from Loockreen n.w. s e 9 leagu there betwixt them both goeth up a great broad sound northeast in called Dunbritain Firth through which men saile up unto Glas kow in Scotland The sound of Lookreen you may sail in Dubritaine Firth and a good wayes you may turn in to and againe for to anchor there within for westerly winde if you doe come no neerer the Gores on either side then in foure fathom you can take no hurt You may anchor somewhat in by the second high poynt on the east shoare in tenne or 12 fathom About seven leagues to the northwards of the poynt of Galloway in the foresayd great sound lyeth a high sharpe Island cleane round about of fashion al most like unto a pook of Hay called Ailza or Elzee there you may boldly sayle round about Elze Island it is there round about it and close by it 18 fathom deepe From Elzee northwards sixe leagues lyeth also another little Island close by the east side of the great Island Arren called Lamblash or Lamb-Isle Lamb-Isle cleane also round about there you may sayle round about it and anchor under it for all winds in ten twelve or thirteene fathom to wit within it betwixt the Island the great Island of Arren North and by east and northnortheast two great leagues from Lamb-Isle lyeth an Island by the poynt of the maineland called Commer-Isle Commer-Jsle on the east side of it betwixt the Island and the maine land you may sayle through in to a faire bay Bay of Commer-Jsle where men are landlockt for all winds and from thence may sayle forth unto Dunbrittaine or into the river Glaskow The foresaid Island Commer-Isle lyeth from the Island Elzee about north by east For knowledge of this Island when men come off from Elzee or from the southwardes towardes this Island men shall see a great castle on the east side of the maine about a great league to the southwards of Commer-Isle and also a little castle a good wayes to the northwardes close upon the water side that standeth right to the southwardes of the Island Commers-Isle or the sound that lyeth there into the eastwards of it upon the same Island standeth alsoo a little castle close to the water side Runne in betwixt the Island and the maine land about northnortheast in and leave the Island a great cables length on the larboard side and the main land on the starboard side you must shun more because of a great ledge that lyeth off from it towardes the Island and somewhat more northerly Having gotten cleare of the end of this ledge runne then right towards the maine land into the bay or sound and anchor there in ten fathom right against a stone house with an ore hard thereby it shall be then a stearne your ship about 7 fathom deepe and there moore your ship well For to sayle out of the Sound of Commer-Isle towardes Glaskow
or by some Don Patrix that may be seen far at sea shall bee seene long altering it selfe by the cliffe land as men sayle along the coast to the northwards or to the southwards From Sleynshead or Twelve-pence unto the sound of S. Gregories before the bay of Galloway the course is s e nine leagues Of the tydes and courses of the streames In all these foresaid Havens and roads an eastnortheast and westsouthwest Moone maketh full sea In the offing a seaboard a southwest and northeast Moone Courses Distances From C. de Horne or Hornhead to the Island Tore w. n. west 2 leagues From the Island Tore to the Isles of Aron southwest 8 leagues From the Islands of Aran unto Tellinghead southsouthwest 8 or 9 leagues From C. de Tellin or Tellinghead to Kilbegh eastsoutheast 4 leagues From C. de Tellin to the Stagges of Broadhaven southwest 11 leagues From the poynt of Broad haven to Black-rocke southsouthwest 6 leagues From Black-rock to Acklehead southeast 1 league From Acklehead to Slynshead s e by e. 10 leagues From Blackrock to Rokoll n. and by w. 60 leagues Heights The River of Galloway lyeth in 52 degrees 54 minut How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea KilbeghThe Island betwixt Kilbegh and the poynt of Slego The high hommock vpon the poynt of Slego These two figures belong at the A A one to the other and shew the forme or likenesse of the land betwixt Kilbegh Slego White downe-Open before Slego Very low land The Old flat Towers The Staggs Thus sheweth the Land to the eastwards of the Staggs of Broad-haven towards Moye Slego Staggs The entrance of Broad-haven Bleek rock thwart from you Southsouthwest somewhat southerly S. Patricks Low land at the end of the high land The land to the northwards of Blackrock as farre as the Stagges and then to the southwards alongst past S. Patricks hill sheweth as in these two figures is Described when men are thwart of Blackrock Thus sheweth the land betwixt Blackrock and Acklehead when it is east from you when you come more to the northwards these high hils doe alter also wider one out of the other Blackrock The poynt of Blackrock sheweth thus when you are to the northwards of it Thus sheweth the poynt of Blackrock when men are to the southwards of it then they see a sharpe rocke over the poynt Don Patrick or Patricks hill Thus sheweth S. Patricks hill when it is s e. and by s from you being not farre from Land at the n. side of it lye some little Islands and rocks S Patricks hill S Patricks hill Black rock Thus sheweth the second poynt to the northwards of Blackrock lying in the height of 54 degrees and a halfe De west custen van YERLANDT Beginnende van Corckbeg tot aen Slyn hoost The ninth Demonstration Where in is Contained the Description of the west Coast or poynt of Ireland from Slynehead to Corck Bey FRom Slynehead untill you come before the Bay or great inlett of Galloway the course is southeast nine leagues where lye three great Islands called the Islands of Aron â—slands of Aron the southermost is greatest the channell betwixt the northermost and the middlemost is called the sound of S. Gregory S. Gregoâ—ies sound which is on both sides cleane without any foule ground so that men may turne in too againe from the one Island to the other without feare of taking any hurt The north side of the middlemost Island is nothing else but faire steep rocks when you are come within the Islands you must shun the middlemost because of a little riffe that lyeth off it Men may also sayle to the northwards of the northhermost Island into the great Bay of Galloway likewise also to the southwards of the southermost to wit through betwixt the southermost Island and the maine land but that Island is foule at the south end of it and therefore you must runne in alongst close by the south shoare or at least leave two third parts of the channell towards the Island as well in sayling in as sayling out Somewhat within the Islands on the south side lieth a high black point called Blackhead Blackhead you must beare in to it and alongst by it in whether you come in at the souther channell or through S. Gregories sound or else in at the norther channell for the north side of the bay is foule and rocky About 2. great leagues n.e. from Black-head lyeth an Island called Motton-Ile under it on the east side you must anchor in a poole in 5 or 6 fathom You cannot sayle furthet up to the northwards into the River with shippes but onely with boats A northeast and southwest moone maketh there full sea and it floweth there so strong in the baye that the rockes which at low water are above water at high water you may sayle over them at low water of spring-tydes the grounds fall dry w. s west from Motton-Isle Motton-Isle a great league a halfe off most all rocky and foule ground When you sayle from Blackhead towards Motten-Island you must take heed of the north side and edge over most towards the south side About halfe wayes betwixt them both lyeth a plate or ledge nearest the north side you must goe in alongst by it to the southwards From the Bay of Galloway to Lupishead Lupishead at the n. poynt of the Haven of Limbrick the course is s s west 11 or 12. leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them both lyeth a little Island that is foule round about with ledges of Rocks that lye of to seawards a league a halfe a seaboard the land To the southwards of the poynt Lupishead goeth in the Haven of Limbrick Haven of Limbrick Foure leagues eastnortheast within the foresayd poynt lyeth an Island called Seatrick Seatrick you must sayle alongst without it to the southwards leave it on the larboard side in sayling up At the east side of that Island is a good road About halfe wayes betwixt that Island and Lupishead lyeth a shoale which you must shun and sayle alongst to the southwards of it From the Island Seatrick unto Limbrick are more 12 or 13 leagues first from thence to the Island Quoine 4 or 5 leagues there are two little Islands you must sayle close alongst to the northwards of them from thence eastnortheast unto a great rock called the great Beefe The great and little Beefrocks and then southeast unto another great rock called the little Beefe When you are come before the towne in the Haven you must make fast on the Castle with three or foure Cables For there goeth a very strong tide as well of flood as of ebbe An eastnortheast Moone maketh there full sea From the Haven of Limbrick to the haven of Smerrick Smerrick the course is southwest eight er nine leagues betwixt them both lyeth the coast with a gtear Bay where in lye some
poynt away east and by south and eastsoutheast and keepe the north-end of the Southermost Mollens without S. Matthewes point so long untill that the mill upon the north-north-land come to the northwards of the trees then you sayle alongst to the southwards of the foresayd rock and so doing you can take no hurt off it but if you bring the south end of the Mollens neare or to S. Matthewes poynt you shall not fayle to sayle upon it For to sayle to the northwards of the foresayd Rocke you must runne from S. Matthewes poynt alongst by the North-land and keepe the southermost Mollens hidden behinde the great Rocke that lyeth off from S. Matthews poynt and sayle then right with the west poynt of Bartrams bay untill that the foresayd mill standing upon the North-land commeth to bee northwest and by north from you and the trees stand northnorthwest from you then shall you be past the foresayd Rocke but to runne alongst to the southwards of it is best and broadest For to sayle forth alongst to Brest being past the foresayd rock you must run forth within two cables lengths alongst by the north shoare A little within the east poynt off Cordon or Claesdownes lyeth a rane off Rockes about the middest of the channell in the mouth of Brest-water which at low water lye above water and at high water are under water called the Baginne Baginne you may runne alongst on both sides off it but to the northwards of it is best when the south poynt of Brestwater commeth over the poynt off Crodan then are you thwart of the foresayd Bagyne which lyeth about two cables lengths from the north shoare runne alongst to the northwards of it When the Brest commeth without the poynt sayle then soo right to it you must anchor there with an anchor to seawards in eight or nine fathom and with a cable a shoare fast on a tree When you come within the Bagyne you may edge up to the eastwards or to the southwards before the river of Landerneau or Lefou Lefou and anchor there under the south-land in ten twelve or thirteene fathom Before the little towne old Croidan Brest-watet or the river of Landerneau lyeth in most eastnortheast and it is Pilots water hee that is bound in there may take a Pilot to bring him in where hee desireth to bee It floweth there with an ordinary tyde three fathom up and downe a southwest and by west and northeast and by east moone maketh there full sea If you come to anchor within Brest you must pay for anchoringe ten soubs and for it you shall get a ticket off freedome If it should happen that you should loose your shippe upon Britaigne you might there with challenge your goods else they are unfree Bartrams bay â—artrams-â—â—y lyeth about two leagues to the eastwards of S. Matthewes poynt a little league past the foresayd suncken rock there is good anchoring for a north northeast wind in 10 and 11 fathom Over against Bartrams bay lieth Croidan Croidan or Claesdownes from S. Matthewes poynt southeast distant about 3 leagues it is a great bay For to sayle from S. Matthewes poynt to Croidan you must keepe the southermost Mullens even without the black Moines that are the Rocke without S. Matthewes poynt and go away east and by south and e. s.e untill you come before the bay and may see open into it then you shall see a Chappell or little Church stand upon a chindle run in right with it anchor thereabouts in 6 7 8 9 or 10 fathom there is the best road The Mullens Mullens are the rockes which lye there to the southwards of Ushant and to the westwards from Saint Mathews poynt Betwixt them and Ushant lyeth a channell northeast and southwest through which is in different large and broad and deepe enough there remaineth at low water 6 and 7 fathom water Hee that commeth from the northwards and cannot sayle a weather of Ushant and the Mullens by reason of the flood may run through here or he that commeth out of the sea and with northerly winds cannot sayle a weather off Ushant may with a floud run through here and so further his voyage when men runne through here either in or out and keep the middle of the channell betwixt both lands they can take no hurt From S. Mathews point to the race of Fontenay or the Keyser and Lavender the course is south and by e. 6 leagues betwixt them both lye divers rocks where of men must take good heed as the Hen with the Chickens the Collier the Falconers Scheminckelborrowes and other more The Hen Henne with the Chickens Chickens and the middlemost Falconer or Foukenisse lye from S. Mathewes poynt s e by east distant a league a halfe but the Collier lyeth from S. Mathewes point s s.e also a league and a halfe The Falconers Falkoners or Foukenessen lye from the west Poynt of Croidan about w. s.w an English mile The innermost or southermost Falconer The southermost Falconers lyeth from the northermost s s.e about a halfe league or two shots off a cast peece and from Croidan s w by south is coverd at high water North n.e. a cables length from it lyeth another suncken Rocke which at low water may even be seene To the westwards of the northermost Falconer lyeth also a suncken rock which at low water may even be seene The Hen The Hen lyeth from the Falconers w. s.w about 2 cables lengths or a shot off a cast peece it is a round sharpe rocke it is round about it deepe and cleane in 6 and 7 fathom The Chickens Chickens are two sharpe little rockes which at low water may even bee seene and lye about the shot off a Base northnorthwest from the Hen and west from the northermost Falconer The Scheminkel broughs Scheminkelboroughs lye to the southwards off the Falkoners men may run through betwixt them in ten fathom to the point of Croidan there is good road and anchor ground If you will sayle from S. Matthewes poynt to the Race of Fontenay you must goe away south and by east and bring the mill off Fenestiers which standeth upon the east poynt of Conquet-haven over the poynt off Saint Matthewes a little to the westwards off the Abbey and keepe them so standing so long as you can see them and you shall not come to neare the foresayd Rockes to take any hurt off them When as then you come to the Keyser and Keyserinne first give the Keyser Keyser a birth because off some suncken Rockes which lye off from the East side of it under water From the southwest side of the Lavender runneth off Lavender Race off a soule ledge of rockes called the Calfe there the tyde falleth very strong over it with very great rippeling This Channell off the Race of Fontenay Fonteney lyeth through betwixt the Keyser
the Barre of Bayone deepe with scowring through of the water From the Barre of Bayone to S. John de Luz S. Iohn de Luz the course is south and by west 4 leagues there is a faire Bay where men may ride in five sixe seven or eight fathom according as they will lye farre in cleane sandy ground at the end of the Bay is a little tyde-haven where upon lyeth the towne on the west side At high water and with an ordinary tyde there commeth nine foote but with a spring twelve foote water at low water it falleth altogether dry so that men may goe over there with drie feete A little within the west point of the Bay is also a little Dock where there is a foot water more then in the foresaid tyde-haven but it falleth also dry at low water This Bay is very good to know by these marks that hereafter are written It lyeth right in the Bight to the eastwardes of it lyeth the land north and by east towards Bayone and to the westwardes of it the land falleth away southwest nnd by west and southwest towards Fonteravia Upon the east poynt of the Bay standeth a white Fire-tower which men may see farre off especially when the Sunne shineth upon it then it shineth very white more then the other land Upon the west poynt standeth a flat white house a little wayes upon the high land to the westwardes of the Bay it is upon the sea side gray and blewish land Alsoo the high hill of S. John de Luz is a good marke for to know this Bay which remaineth in sayling in lying somewhat to the eastwardes or on the larboard side This foresayd hill of S. John de Luz sheweth it selfe out in height above all other hilles thereabouts thereby is very good to be knowne above upon the top it is somewhat flat as is demonstrated in the rising of the lands Upon this foresayd hill standeth a Chappell from whence men may see into foure Kingdomes France Spaine Navarre and Arragon About two leagues southwest and southwest and by west from S. John de Luz lye the rocks called the Pignons of S. Anna Pignons of S. Anna not farre from land a league to the westwards of them lyeth the Bay of Fonteravia being a faire Bay At the west poynt of the Bay lyeth the C. Figure a high poynt upon it standeth a castle to the southwards of it a little chappel At the poynt of this cape lyeth a rock a little wayes from it but the sea cannot runne through betwixt them except it be with very high floods it breaketh a little through At the east side of this bay lye two high rocks and thwart of them lye also some low rocks a good wayes off from the land For to avoyd them you must sayle in by the west poynt for to come into this Bay and being within it you may anchor in eight or nine fathom but so that the foresayd great rock at the C. Figuer stand northnorthwest from you there you lye in faire sandy ground and landlockt for a northwest winde The Kroonenbrough Kroonenberch lyeth about halfe wayes betwixt S. John de Luz and this foresayd Bay of Fonteravia A little league to the westwards of C. de Figuer lieth Passage Passagie also a faire haven At the west side of the havens mouth which is very narrow lyeth a round rock so that it is evill to come in there with an ebb but with a flood it is better without it is very cleane without any shoale or fowle grounds but onely the foresayd rounde rocke The towne lyeth a little within the haven on the w. side where men doe lye before it in 7 fathom Two great leagues to the westwardes of Passage lyeth S. Sebastians betwixt both is also a sand-bay in a bight where there goeth up into the land a shoale little river where come in many Barkes The haven of Saint Sebastians S. Sebastians is good for to come into men doe runne in there betwixt two little castles where of the eastermost is the greates standing upon a high hill The westermost is a little square Tower and lyeth upon a little Island or rock In the havens mouth being narrow betwixt the two foresayd little Castles lyeth a rocke which at low water is sixe fathom deepe and when it is a storme out of the sea it breaketh allwayes upon it and lyeth neerest the east-land by the west-land it is deepe ten fathom Now for to avoyd the foresayd rocke in comming in there commeth an Abbey to the eastwards of the westermost Island a liitle Tower If you keepe them one in the other then you run into eastwards of it For to anchor without S. Sebastians in the road you must keepe the high hill which lyeth upon the poynt of Cape Figuer without the foresayd eastermost castle there you may anchor but if the same come to be hidden behind the castle or Island then you may not anchor in the road of S. Sebastians When you are come through the narrow within the rock and the castles then you may anchor at the east side under the great castle there is the best road Within the foresayd castle goeth up a little water men may goe at low water on foot from the easter castle alongst a high strand upon the maine land unto the Towne which lyeth behinde the foresayd high hill with the Castle yet the strand at high water is covered it is a bay and within before the towne it is deepe five sixe and seven fathom at the west side under the little Island men may not anchor because it is flat and shoale there He that will goe forth from thence into S. Sebastians let him run in keeping the middle channell betwixt the two Islands and let him leave the little Island where upon the chappel standeth on the starboard side running in so right against the first or the second wall of the towne and anchor there the boats or shallops shall come aboard of him and helpe him into the haven betwixt the walles A league to the westwardes of S. Sebastians lyeth a sandbay where men may anchor so deep and so shallow as they will Of the Tydes and Courses and streames Like as on all the coastes of France so also at the mouth of the River of Burdeaux maketh high water a s w and northeast moone In the Haven of Arcason a southwest and by west a northeast by east Moone maketh high water but the flood drawes almost an houre longer in then the water flowes On all the places and before all the havens of these coasts a southwest and northeast moon maketh the highest water but within the haâ—ens about a poynt later according as they lye deepe within the land like as on the coasts off Brittaigne Poictou and Gascoigny Men reckon here also no failing or setting of the streames But the streames fall here thwart off and on Upon the coast
the west side lyeth the towne men may alsoo sayle up to it anchor there in the shoale water Sâ—x leagues to the westwards of Villa Viciosa lyeth the out-poynt of Sanson Sanson to the eastwards of it lyeth a little Island where upon standeth a little Tower Betwixt Sanson and the foresayd little Island is a good road in six or seven fathom At the west side of Sanson is alsoo a good road right before the little haven of Sanson in 6 or 7 fathom To the westwâ—rdes of Sanson lyeth Gion Gion with a Piere or Head that is paled off under the which the Fishermen which dwell there lay theyr barkes A great league to the westwards of Gion lyeth the Bay of Tores a good road for a southwest and west wind in 8 and 9 fathom Upon the poynt standeth a high tower Three leagues to the westwards of Tores Tores lyeth Cape de Pinas where many rockes lye off to seawards at least a halfe league of some doe say that men may sayle through betwixt the poynt these rockes From the cape de Pinas C. de Pinas lyeth off a rane of rockes lying at the least a halfe league into sea some say that men may sayle through betwixt the point and these rockes But a little within or to the westwards off the Cape de Pinas lyeth a great rock betwixt that rocke and the land men may sayle through When men are within the Cape de Pinas then lyeth Avilles three leagues from thence southsouthwest which is a good tyde-haven where a great shippe may well goe in at halfe flood alsoo there is a good road before this haven in 6 and 7 fathom For to sayle in there men must goe in by the e. land the west-land is farre off shoale there standeth a little Chappell upon the east-land men must sayle in close by it and anchor a little wayes within two rockes that lye on the east side a little within the havens mouth The towne lyeth a league further up From the west poynt runneth off a riffe and lyeth inwards alongst the haven towardes the town so that it is there very shoale on both sides On the west side without the haven in the bight lye 2 great rockes right before the little Church in the Sand-bay men sayle round about them but it is not very cleane but without the rocks good anchor ground in 7 or 8 fathom over against the little Church that standeth against the high land From Avilles Avilles to Luarca Luarca is 6 leagues and from Luarca to Ribadeus w. s.w 6 leagues from Aviles to Ribadeus s w. and by w. 12 leagues From the east poynt off the havens mouth of Ribadeus Ribadeus lyeth off a ledge or riffe off rocks towards the w. shoare you may found in about it in foure fathom or foure fathom and a halfe or else if you keepe the little towne Castropoll even without the poynt so sayle right in with it then you shall not come too neere the foresayd ledge but you shall sayle far enough alongst to the westwards off it The w. poynt sheweth it selfe when you come in out of the sea like an Island upon it at the norâ—h end standeth a flat tower allmost like the tower in the Groyne but not so great About thwart off that Tower lyeth a suncken rocke a little wayes from the land you must look out for it and take heed off it when there commeth in any great sea you can easily espye it by the breaking of the sea upon it but not with smooth water at the very lowest water it commeth even with the water The w. shoare is fowle and rocky there runneth off to the southwards of the fotesayd Tower also a fowle ledge or riffe off rockes at least halfe wayes over the havens mouth and at the side of it you cannot use the lead When you are past the ledge or riffe that lyeth off from the east shoare you must run in about it and edge in somewhat to the e. shoare and sayle in alongst by it untill that you are past or come to the end of the foresayd ledge or riffe off rockes which lyeth off from the west shoare as soone as you shall bee past it you must luffe up about it towards the west shoare for to give the e. shoare within the havens mouth a birth which is a great wayes within very flat or shoale but on the w. side it is deep water There standeth a little Tower on the w. shoare a little within the point where the riffe lyeth off which you shall see when you are come within the west poynt and run alongst by the riffe when you get that little tower w. or thwart of you then are you at the end of the riffe then you must sayle towards that little Tower untill that you come to the w. shoare and run in alongst by it untill you come before the Towne there you must lye with an anchor to seawards and with a cable fast on the rockes A little league to the w. wards of Ribadeus lyeth a tyde-haven he that commeth from the w. alongst by the shoare thwart of it should lightly thinke that to bee the haven of Ribadeus but it is light to discerne from it by these markes following On both sides of this tyde-haven are the coasts all high land but on both sides of the havens mouth of Ribadeus it is low land Also there lyeth a high sharpe hill very easy to be knowne which ariseth out above all other hills thereabouts which may bee knowne at least 7 or 8 leagues off upon it lye some heapes of stones appearing like little houses when that you have that hill s s.w from you sayle in so right with it then you shall bee with the land right before the havens mouth of Ribadeus Northwest from Ribadeus about 8 leagues lyeth the Cabo de Brilo a little to the westwards of it lyeth the little towne Viverus Viverus To the westwardes off the Bay off Cyspriaen where men may anchor in ten fathom lye two great high rockes w. north w. from these rockes about a halfe league lyeth the Island S. Cyprian right before the haven of Viverus whereby this haven is easy to beknowne you may sayle about on both sides off this Island into the haven off Viverus in all alongst in the middle of the channell south and south and by w. untill you come before the town being within you may anchor where you will either on the e. or w. side it is there shoale water of 5 6 7 8 fathom according as you run farre in Of the Tydes and Courses and streames Upon the Coasts of Biscay wee find no runnings of streames but a south e. and north w. moone maketh upon the whole coast the highest water but within the Rivers a poynt later Courses and Distances From Saint Sebastiaen to Gateria west and by north 7 leagues From Gateria to C.
the deepest water in sayling out over the banck off Saint Uves with shippes that draw much water doe thus when you sayle out from the white Castle then bring the foresayd white house over the north-side of the Castle that standeth on the water-side so that you may see directly through betwixt them and keepe them so standing untill Saint Uves poynt begin to come without the east-poynt of Sisember then bring the white house to the south-side of the Castle and run so out you shall have there the deepest water But when you can see that Castle of Pelmelo that is a direct longst mark for to run over the bancke And then that white Castle must bee from you n. northeast northerly It is from Saint Uves poynt to C. de S. Vincent south somewhat easterly 29 leag betwixt both are no knowne havens Salines â—alines a little river lying halfe wayes is also unknown From S. Uves to Cape S. Vincent the coast lyeth most south and by west about 32 leagues betwixt both lye some high steep hils which men doe call the Salines which are very good marks for to know this coast by but above all serve for the knowledge of this coast of Algarve or of the Cape de S. Vincent the Vighebergen or Mount Chigo which lye within Lagos may be seen farre off at sea A halfe league to the northwardes of C. S. Vincent lyeth a high cliffe in the land that is somewhat whitish higher then the other land when you see that then you are by the cape de S. Vincent Upon the poynt of the cape standeth a broken Abbey or Cloyster and close by the poynt lyeth a high rock being called by the Dutch saylers Monninck strand A little about the poynt of the Cape S. Vincent men may anchor in a sand-bay for a n. n.w. wind in twenty fathom Road under Cape S. Vincent About the second poynt to the eastwardes off the Cape is another Sand-bay there is a good road for a northwest north winde in 14 or 15 fathom From the Cape de S. Vincent to Cape S. Maries or Faro it is east or a little more southerly ninteene or twentie leagues betwixt them both lye Lagos or Laves and Villa Nova From Cape S. Vincent to Lagos it is east and by north six leagues there is a tyde-haven through betwixt the rockes behind a strand of chindle which falleth dry at low water men may alsoo ride there for a northwest westnorthwest and north wind in ten or twelve fathom Villa Nova Villa Nova lyeth about foure leagues to the eastwards of Lagos betwixt both 3 leagues from Lagos and one from Villa Nova lyeth a suncken rock whereoff men must take heed Villa Nova is a good haven it lyeth in north and north and by west at halfe flood you shall have there two fathom water within in the haven on the east side lyeth a little Island or rock and upon it standeth a Tower or little house also there stands upon the land a great mast with a barrell upon the top off it when the little Tower or little house and the mast come one in the other then you must sayle right in with them into the haven alongst by the east-land untill you be past the little Tower the west side is flat and shoale when as you come by the mast then you must goe up to the westwardes before the Towne of Villa Nova there you may anchor in foure or five fathom From Villa Nova to Faro Faro or cape de S. Maria it is about 9 leagues Upon the strand standeth a fire-tower and from the poynt shooteth of a riffe which men must avoyd into the haven off Faro men must goe in from the eastwards it lyeth west and westnorthwest in and they must leave the tower on the larboard side and run in two or three fathom being within they may anchor over against the Towne off Faro under the Island in three fathom it is upon the barre at halfe flood 2 fathom deepe The Cape S. Maries sheweth it selfe at sea when you first see it in one round hommock which is a good mark for to know the whole coast of the Condado by Five leagues northeast and by east from Cape S. Maria or Faro lyeth Tavila that is a crooked shoaly Barre which allmost every yeare doth shift and is not to trust to for to sayle into it unlesse it were first beakond or set with buyes it is at halfe flood scarce two fathom deepe men lye there a little within the sand-hills in foure fathom From Tavilla to Ayemont the course is eastnorth e. 5 leagues Ayemont is a deepe Barre and one of the best havens in the whole Condaet it lyeth in northwest by the eastland at halfe flood it is three fathom deepe there lyeth some shoals before the havens the markes thereof are these There standeth a tree upon the east side of the haven or-rivers mouth when Ayemonte commeth right against over the tree then are you to the eastwards off the shoals or sands which lye before the haven then you must goe towards the foot strand and leade it in alongst by it northwest and northwest and by west when you you are within you must goe up to the northwards before the Town or if you will goe before Porte Maria the northwest course will bring you there within it is wide and broad and sixe or seven fathom deepe There goeth in alsoo a haven by the westland where men come in right out of the sea but that by the e. land is the best From Ayemont to Leepe Leepe or S. Michaels the course is east and by north seven leagues Leepe hath uncertain bars which oftentimes shift where men may not trust themselves to sayle into without a Pilot the Barre that goeth into the e. wardes of the great Island is held to be the best from thence they must goe up to the westwardes towards Taron the River so come to Leepe and there they take their lading in before the deepe The Barre of S. Michaels Saint Michaels was wont to run thwart over into sea and to be at halfe flood three fathom deepe before S. Michaels five fathom from thence men may com through within over the shoals at high water into the River at Leepe Also men were wont to come in by Taron Taron but for certainty it is needful to take in a Pilot for these Barres From S. Michaels to Palos Palos or Saltees Saltees the course is east east and by south 7 leagues here men sayle into the great Condaet this haven goeth in at the west end of the Rooduyn thee standeth a great broad tree to the westwards off that white cliffe that you must keepe over a red sand-hill like as if it were red earth this sand-hill goeth sloping downe Runne in upon these markes unto the strand about north north and by west then shall the Tower
Odier which stands above Wolves Wolves come over the east side of the havens mouth keepe them so standing and sayle alongst by the strand without 2 cables lengths untill you come about the poynt and then you run up north to Palos or northwest to Wolves and anchor there in sixe or seven fathom It is deepe there within sixe seven and also three foure fathom in sayling up according as men doe sayle farre up or els not this Barr is upon the shoalest at halfe flood three fathom and a halfe but within it is five fathom deep There commeth also a channell running out of the sea betwixt the sands then Wolves commeth to the east-side of the havens mouth and men sayle n. n. w. in when they are within the havens mouth then they must doe as before is sayd This channell is three fathom deepe For knowledge of the land hereabouts you shall understand that at the west end of the Roduyn lyeth a white steepe land cliffy being reddish earth or chalke he that falleth there with may think that he is by the havens mouth of Saltees upon it stand some little bushes of trees els the land is all without trees reddish sand therefore called Roduyn or Red sand-hill Of the Tydes and Courses and streames A southwest northeast Moone maketh at all these places on the sea side high water and within in the havens a poynt or 2 later according as they lye farre within the land As on all the coastes of Portugall even so here also on these coasts a southwest north e. moone maketh the highest water A s w. n. e. Moon maketh on these coasts full sea within the havens a poynt or two later according as they lye farre within the land A n. e. s w. Moone maketh high water at the C. S. Vincent at the Cape S. Maria also on the coasts lying betwixt them both But to the eastwardes on the Condaet maketh full sea a s w. by s s s w. moone Courses and Distances From C. Pitcher to the C. S. Vincent s somewhat easterly 29 leagues From the river of Lisbona to the Isle de Salvages southwest and by south 213 leagues From the River of Lisbona to Porto Santo southwest 160 leagues From the River of Lisbona to the Isle Madera south w. 176 leagues From the River of Lisbona to the Island Tercera west 263 leagues From the C. S. Vincent to Lagos or Laves east by north 6 leagues From Lagos to Villa Nova e. 3 leagues From Villa Nova to C. Maria or Faro east by south 10 leagues From C. S. Maries or Faro to Tavilo n. east and by e. 5 leagues From Tavila to Ayemonte e. n. e. 5 leagues From C. S. Vincent to C. S. Maria east 19 leagues From C. S. Maries to Leepe or S. Michaels e. n. east 17 leagues From C. S. Maries to Saltees e. n. e. 24 leagues From C. S. Vincent to the C. Cantin s 90 leagues From C. Vincent to C. de Geer south westerly at least 138 leagues From C. S. Vincent to the Island Lanzerotte s s west 180 leagues From C. S. Vincent to the great Canaries southwest and by south 210 leagues From C. S. Vincent to the Isle de Palma south west 224 leagues From C. S. Vincent to Porto Santo southwest and by west 144 leagues And to Madero s w. by w. 157 leagues From C. S. Vincent to the Isle de S. Maria w. 236 leag From C. S. Maria to Sipiona e. 29 leagues From C. S. Maria to the Straite e. south e. and southeast and by east 42 leagues From C. S. Maria to C. Cantin s by w. 90 leagues From C. S. Maria to the great Canaries southwest and southwest and by south 220 leagues From Cape S. Maria or Faro to the Isle de Madera s w and by west 174 leagues Heights The Cape de S. Vincent and S. Maria lye in 37 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Roxent Cascalis The land to the eastwards or to the southwards of Roxent towards Restiers sheweth it selfe as standeth pourtrayed in this and the figure following S. Gillis This belongeth to the former Cape Pitcher Thus sheweth the Coast betwixt the River of Lisbona and S. Uves poynt called C. Pitcher Thus sheweth S. Uves poynt when you come from the northwards Thus sheweth S. Uves poynt when it lyeth east and by north 6 leagues from you Thus sheweth S. Uves poynt when it is northeast and by north foure or five leagues from you Jn this forme ariseth S. Uves poynt when it is northnortheast five or sixe leagues from you Cust van HISPANGIENVande Rivier van Sivilien tot aen Malaga en de De cust van Barbarien van Out Mamora tot Penon de Velex Blew hil Salines Mount Chigo C. S. Vincent Thus sheweth the land about the C. de S. Vincent when you come from the northwards and sayle alongst by it Cape S. Vincent Mount Chigo The Cape de S. Vincent sheweth thus when it is north and by east and northnortheast from you about 8 leagues The Vigebergh or Mount Chigo lyeth then northeast and by north from you in forme as is here pourtrayed When the Vigebergen or Mount Chigo is northnortheast and northeast and by north from you 12 or 13 leagues it sheweth thus in one long hill going downe flat at both ends with another peece of land much lower to the eastwards of it Thus sheweth the Cape S. Vincent when it lyeth northwest seven leagues from you Thus sheweth the Vigebergh or Mount Chigo when it is with cleare water northnorthwest from you 11 or 12 leagues Vygebergen or Mount Chigo White poynt Lagos Villa nova Village Albofero Thus sheweth it selfe the land about Lagos and Villa nova when you are thwart from Villa nova not farre from land a little to the westwards of Lagos lyeth a white poynt where by men may easily know Lagos The Cape S. Maria sheweth it selfe then as in the figure following Alboera This is red land Cape S. Maria. This followeth the former figure from Albofero to the Cape S. Maria. Thus sheweth Cape S. Maria when it is northeast and by east from you nine or ten leagues When the Cape S. Maria is northeast and by north from you it sheweth it selfe thus The ninth Demonstration In Which Are shewed the sea Coastes of Andalusia from Palos untill you are past the Straights by Madril and the Coast of Barbarie lying over against it and also the Cape Spartell on the Coast of Barbarie to the Old Mamora FRom Saltees to the river of S. Lucas the course is southeast southeast and by east betwixt 8 9 leagues If you will sayle into the river of S. Lucas For to sayle into the River of Saint Lucas then sayle alongst the red sand-hils so long untill that you get the towne of S. Lucas in sight about e. s.e from you there lieth a white cloyster to the eastwards of